THE RETRO GAME LIBRARYretrogameindexCLASSIC GAMES · LASTING GUIDES
THE FIELD NOTES

All game guides

5240 reference guides across 546 game guides.

Pokémon Platinum box artPokémon Platinum ↗

01Pokémon Platinum / GETTING STARTEDSinnoh team and progression basics

A starter guide to Pokémon Platinum: choose your starter, check the move category, prepare for the league, plan your postgame.

↗
02Pokémon Platinum / WALKTHROUGHSinnoh Gym route and story checkpoints

An eight-badge route through Platinum, including the story gates between Gyms.

↗
03Pokémon Platinum / BOSS GUIDEElite Four and Cynthia preparation

Build coverage for the first League challenge without depending on one perfect team.

↗
04Pokémon Platinum / CHARACTERSSinnoh characters, rivals and major trainers

Meet the important people in this adventure and understand their gameplay roles.

↗
05Pokémon Platinum / ITEMS & EQUIPMENTPlatinum items — pictures, effects and locations

Browse 445 inventory entries with original Nintendo DS sprites, Platinum effects, acquisition methods and prices where listed.

↗
06Pokémon Platinum / COLLECTIBLESCollectibles and completion

Optional discoveries, useful collections and completion goals in Pokémon Platinum.

↗
07Pokémon Platinum / TRIVIAFun trivia

Three memorable details to notice while playing Pokémon Platinum.

↗
08Pokémon Platinum / COLLECTIBLESPlatinum Pokédex: all 210 Sinnoh Pokémon, locations, evolutions and stats

Explore all 210 Platinum Sinnoh Pokémon with original sprites, Generation IV types and searchable names. Open any card for Platinum locations, evolution, base stats, abilities and moves.

↗
09Pokémon Platinum / MAP & LOCATIONSSinnoh map and locations

Explore Sinnoh with a clickable DS-era map and a searchable directory of towns, routes and landmarks.

↗
10Pokémon Platinum / REFERENCEPokémon Platinum Moves

Search original Platinum moves by name, type and class. Compare Generation IV power, accuracy, PP, machines and Pokémon learners.

↗
11Pokémon Platinum / REFERENCEPokémon Platinum Abilities

Search Platinum abilities and original Generation IV effects, and find Pokémon that can have each ability.

↗
12Pokémon Platinum / REFERENCEPokémon Platinum Gym Leaders

Browse Platinum’s eight Gym Leaders with first Gym and Battleground rematch teams, levels, moves, abilities, held items, badges and TM rewards.

↗
13Pokémon Platinum / REFERENCEPokémon Platinum Elite Four

Compare Aaron, Bertha, Flint and Lucian’s original and stronger Platinum teams, with exact Pokémon, moves, abilities and held items.

↗
14Pokémon Platinum / REFERENCEPokémon Platinum Champion

Explore Champion Cynthia’s first Platinum team and stronger postgame team, including every Pokémon, move, ability and held item.

↗
15Pokémon Platinum / WALKTHROUGHPokémon Platinum complete story walkthrough

Follow the original Platinum adventure through eight badges, Team Galactic, the Distortion World and Cynthia.

↗
16Pokémon Platinum / GUIDEPlatinum Gym puzzles, badges and field moves

Use Platinum’s eight-badge order, puzzle instructions, machine rewards and field-move access.

↗
17Pokémon Platinum / GUIDETeam Galactic and the Distortion World

Follow Galactic’s story gates and complete the Distortion World boulder puzzle.

↗
18Pokémon Platinum / GUIDEPlatinum caves and optional dungeons

Find the main rewards and access requirements in Sinnoh’s caves, ruins and side paths.

↗
19Pokémon Platinum / GUIDEPlatinum legendary and gift Pokémon

Plan static encounters, roamers, gifts, fossils and historical event requirements.

↗
20Pokémon Platinum / GUIDEPlatinum postgame unlocks and daily events

Unlock the Battle Zone, stronger rematches, daily catches and repeatable activities.

↗
21Pokémon Platinum / GUIDEPlatinum Battle Frontier facilities

Compare the Tower, Factory, Hall, Castle and Arcade before building a streak team.

↗
22Pokémon Platinum / GUIDEPlatinum breeding, EVs, IVs and natures

Use the original Day Care, inheritance and training rules without later-generation assumptions.

↗
23Pokémon Platinum / GUIDEPlatinum catching and encounter methods

Choose the correct encounter method, time, location and catching preparation.

↗
24Pokémon Platinum / GUIDEPoké Radar, swarms and special Sinnoh catches

Use postgame encounter tools, Honey Trees and daily locations to extend the collection.

↗
25Pokémon Platinum / GUIDEPlatinum forms and Pokédex completion

Record the expanded Sinnoh dex and use the original evolution and form requirements.

↗
26Pokémon Platinum / GUIDEPlatinum move tutors, reminder and deleter

Find original shard tutors, Heart Scale reminders and special lessons.

↗
27Pokémon Platinum / GUIDEPlatinum Underground, fossils and Secret Bases

Dig for original Sinnoh treasures, revive fossils and progress through Secret Base activities.

↗
28Pokémon Platinum / GUIDEPlatinum Super Contests, Poffins and Ribbons

Prepare condition, presentation, dance and appeals for Hearthome’s Super Contests.

↗
29Pokémon Platinum / GUIDEPlatinum Pokétch apps and useful services

Use the Dowsing Machine, Marking Map, Day Care checker and Sinnoh’s supporting services.

↗
30Pokémon Platinum / GUIDEDiamond, Pearl and Platinum differences

Keep Platinum’s routes, roster, Gyms and mechanics separate from Diamond/Pearl and the remakes.

↗
31Pokémon Platinum / GUIDEPlatinum trading, Pal Park and connectivity

Distinguish local trades, original GBA migration and historical online features.

↗
32Pokémon Platinum / REFERENCEPlatinum TM and HM locations

Look up all 92 TMs and eight HMs with original combat values, sources and field access.

↗
33Pokémon Platinum / PICTURESPokémon Platinum: artwork & image gallery

Explore 13 selected images from Pokémon Platinum: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Pokémon Emerald box artPokémon Emerald ↗

01Pokémon Emerald / GETTING STARTEDHoenn starters and battle basics

A starter guide to Pokémon Emerald: choose a hoenn partner, use generation iii damage rules, keep useful field moves available, return for the battle frontier.

↗
02Pokémon Emerald / WALKTHROUGHHoenn Gym route and story gates

Follow Emerald’s badge sequence and recognise where its plot differs from Ruby and Sapphire.

↗
03Pokémon Emerald / POSTGAMEBattle Frontier facility guide

Choose a Frontier facility and prepare for its rules before chasing Symbols.

↗
04Pokémon Emerald / CHARACTERSHoenn characters, rivals and major trainers

Meet the important people in this adventure and understand their gameplay roles.

↗
05Pokémon Emerald / ITEMS & EQUIPMENTHoenn items, equipment and training tools

A practical reference to regional tools, held items and move-planning systems.

↗
06Pokémon Emerald / COLLECTIBLESCollectibles and completion

Optional discoveries, useful collections and completion goals in Pokémon Emerald.

↗
07Pokémon Emerald / TRIVIAFun trivia

Three memorable details to notice while playing Pokémon Emerald.

↗
08Pokémon Emerald / COLLECTIBLESEmerald Pokédex — all 202 Hoenn Pokémon

Browse the complete Hoenn Pokédex with numbered entries, Pokémon pictures and Generation III types.

↗
09Pokémon Emerald / REFERENCEPokémon Emerald Gym Leaders

Browse all eight Pokémon Emerald Gym Leaders with Pokémon teams, levels, moves, abilities, Badges and TM rewards, plus all four Match Call rematch teams.

↗
10Pokémon Emerald / REFERENCEPokémon Emerald Elite Four

See the Pokémon Emerald Elite Four teams for Sidney, Phoebe, Glacia and Drake, including Pokémon, levels, moves, abilities and held items.

↗
11Pokémon Emerald / REFERENCEPokémon Emerald Champion

See Champion Wallace’s Pokémon Emerald team, including all six Pokémon, levels, moves, abilities, held items and his level 58 Milotic.

↗
12Pokémon Emerald / PICTURESPokémon Emerald: artwork & image gallery

Explore 12 selected images from Pokémon Emerald: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Pokémon HeartGold / SoulSilver box artPokémon HeartGold / SoulSilver ↗

01Pokémon HeartGold / SoulSilver / GETTING STARTEDJohto journey and team planning

A starter guide to Pokémon HeartGold / SoulSilver: start in johto, pay attention to the clock, use the pokégear, continue into kanto.

↗
02Pokémon HeartGold / SoulSilver / WALKTHROUGHJohto to Kanto progression guide

Follow the main Johto story, then open the second region and its late-game routes.

↗
03Pokémon HeartGold / SoulSilver / BOSS GUIDELance and Red battle preparation

Prepare for the first Champion and the optional summit battle with different teams and supplies.

↗
04Pokémon HeartGold / SoulSilver / CHARACTERSJohto characters, rivals and major trainers

Meet the important people in this adventure and understand their gameplay roles.

↗
05Pokémon HeartGold / SoulSilver / ITEMS & EQUIPMENTHeartGold and SoulSilver items — pictures, effects and locations

Explore 513 item entries with original Nintendo DS sprites, HeartGold and SoulSilver effects, locations and acquisition methods.

↗
06Pokémon HeartGold / SoulSilver / COLLECTIBLESCollectibles and completion

Optional discoveries, useful collections and completion goals in Pokémon HeartGold / SoulSilver.

↗
07Pokémon HeartGold / SoulSilver / TRIVIAFun trivia

Three memorable details to notice while playing Pokémon HeartGold / SoulSilver.

↗
08Pokémon HeartGold / SoulSilver / COLLECTIBLESHeartGold & SoulSilver Pokédex — all 256 Johto Pokémon

Browse the complete Johto Pokédex with numbered entries, Pokémon pictures and Generation IV types.

↗
09Pokémon HeartGold / SoulSilver / REFERENCEPokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver Gym Leaders

Browse all sixteen HeartGold and SoulSilver Gym Leaders across Johto and Kanto with Pokémon teams, levels, moves, abilities, Badges, TM rewards and postgame rematch teams.

↗
10Pokémon HeartGold / SoulSilver / REFERENCEPokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver Elite Four

Compare HeartGold and SoulSilver Elite Four teams for Will, Koga, Bruno and Karen on the first League challenge and the postgame rematch.

↗
11Pokémon HeartGold / SoulSilver / REFERENCEPokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver Champion

See Champion Lance’s HeartGold and SoulSilver teams for the first battle and the rematch, plus Red’s Mt. Silver team, with levels, moves, abilities and held items.

↗
12Pokémon HeartGold / SoulSilver / PICTURESPokémon HeartGold / SoulSilver: artwork & image gallery

Explore 13 selected images from Pokémon HeartGold / SoulSilver: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Pokémon FireRed / LeafGreen box artPokémon FireRed / LeafGreen ↗

01Pokémon FireRed / LeafGreen / GETTING STARTEDKanto starters and collection basics

A starter guide to Pokémon FireRed / LeafGreen: choose your first partner, check version exclusives, understand older move rules, explore the sevii islands.

↗
02Pokémon FireRed / LeafGreen / WALKTHROUGHKanto story route and roadblocks

A practical route from Pallet Town through the League, with the key items that open the map.

↗
03Pokémon FireRed / LeafGreen / POSTGAMESevii Islands and legendary checklist

Understand the original GBA postgame and separate normal encounters from historical event access.

↗
04Pokémon FireRed / LeafGreen / CHARACTERSKanto characters, rivals and major trainers

Meet the important people in this adventure and understand their gameplay roles.

↗
05Pokémon FireRed / LeafGreen / ITEMS & EQUIPMENTFireRed items — pictures, effects and locations

Explore 307 item entries with original Game Boy Advance sprites, FireRed effects, locations and acquisition methods.

↗
06Pokémon FireRed / LeafGreen / COLLECTIBLESCollectibles and completion

Optional discoveries, useful collections and completion goals in Pokémon FireRed / LeafGreen.

↗
07Pokémon FireRed / LeafGreen / TRIVIAFun trivia

Three memorable details to notice while playing Pokémon FireRed / LeafGreen.

↗
08Pokémon FireRed / LeafGreen / COLLECTIBLESFireRed & LeafGreen Pokédex — all 151 Kanto Pokémon

Browse the complete Kanto Pokédex with numbered entries, Pokémon pictures and Generation III types.

↗
09Pokémon FireRed / LeafGreen / REFERENCEPokémon FireRed and LeafGreen Gym Leaders

Browse all eight FireRed and LeafGreen Gym Leaders with Pokémon teams, levels, moves, abilities, Badges and TM rewards, from Brock to Giovanni.

↗
10Pokémon FireRed / LeafGreen / REFERENCEPokémon FireRed and LeafGreen Elite Four

Compare FireRed and LeafGreen Elite Four teams for the first League challenge and the postgame rematches, including Pokémon, levels, moves, abilities and held items.

↗
11Pokémon FireRed / LeafGreen / REFERENCEPokémon FireRed and LeafGreen Champion

See Champion Blue’s three starter-dependent FireRed and LeafGreen teams for the first battle and the postgame rematch, with levels, moves, abilities and held items.

↗
12Pokémon FireRed / LeafGreen / PICTURESPokémon FireRed / LeafGreen: artwork & image gallery

Explore 13 selected images from Pokémon FireRed / LeafGreen: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Pokémon Black / White box artPokémon Black / White ↗

01Pokémon Black / White / GETTING STARTEDUnova team and version basics

A starter guide to Pokémon Black / White: choose a unova starter, read ability and move details, watch seasonal changes, keep sequel guides separate.

↗
02Pokémon Black / White / WALKTHROUGHUnova badge route and story finale

Follow the original Black and White campaign without mixing in the sequel route.

↗
03Pokémon Black / White / TEAM BUILDINGReusable TMs and League team building

Use Generation V mechanics to build a flexible party for the original Unova League.

↗
04Pokémon Black / White / CHARACTERSUnova characters, rivals and major trainers

Meet the important people in this adventure and understand their gameplay roles.

↗
05Pokémon Black / White / ITEMS & EQUIPMENTUnova items, equipment and training tools

A practical reference to regional tools, held items and move-planning systems.

↗
06Pokémon Black / White / COLLECTIBLESCollectibles and completion

Optional discoveries, useful collections and completion goals in Pokémon Black / White.

↗
07Pokémon Black / White / TRIVIAFun trivia

Three memorable details to notice while playing Pokémon Black / White.

↗
08Pokémon Black / White / COLLECTIBLESBlack and White Pokédex: all 156 Unova Pokémon, locations, evolutions and stats

Explore the original 156-species Unova Pokédex with Generation V pictures, types and searchable names. Open any Pokémon card for locations, evolution, base stats and original moves.

↗
09Pokémon Black / White / GUIDEStory team & badge preparation

Plan an original Black / White party around obtainable teammates, the eight Gyms and the first League finale.

↗
10Pokémon Black / White / COLLECTIBLESVersion differences & legendary encounters

Compare original Black and White, use the Nacrene trade and plan the story dragons, Swords of Justice, roaming legends and post-story catches.

↗
11Pokémon Black / White / WALKTHROUGHPokémon Black and White complete story walkthrough

Follow the original Unova adventure from Nuvema Town through all eight badges, Team Plasma, Victory Road and the N / Ghetsis finale.

↗
12Pokémon Black / White / REFERENCEAll eight Gym Leaders: teams, levels, badges and puzzles

Check every original Black / White Gym team, badge, TM reward, unlock event and practical battle or puzzle strategy.

↗
13Pokémon Black / White / REFERENCEElite Four, N, Ghetsis and Alder: complete battle reference

Prepare for the first Unova League, N’s Castle, Ghetsis’s Hydreigon and the expanded Elite Four rematch before Champion Alder.

↗
14Pokémon Black / White / REFERENCEUnova route, city and landmark directory

Find every numbered route in original Black / White, all towns and cities, major caves, forests, bridges and postgame destinations.

↗
15Pokémon Black / White / REFERENCECaves, forests and ruins: exploration guide

Navigate original Unova’s magnetic rocks, sand pits, tower jumps, seasonal mountain paths, legendary chambers and underwater ruins.

↗
16Pokémon Black / White / REFERENCEPostgame checklist and all Seven Sages locations

Plan eastern Unova, locate the six remaining Plasma sages, collect their TMs, train for Alder and separate optional catches from event requirements.

↗
17Pokémon Black / White / REFERENCEBattle Subway rules, modes and BP rewards

Understand regular and Super lines, exact level and party rules, Ingo / Emmet milestones, Battle Point payouts and original Black / White prize costs.

↗
18Pokémon Black / White / REFERENCESeasons, daily events and weekly activities

Use the original Black / White month-to-season calendar, winter access changes, Friday Musharna, Tuesday Casteliacone and repeatable training routines.

↗
19Pokémon Black / White / REFERENCEMusical, sports arenas, Royal Unova and sidequests

Learn the four Musical shows, sports-field opening hours, daily cruise rewards, Village Bridge minigames and useful city side activities.

↗
20Pokémon Black / White / REFERENCEBlack & White evolution guide — all 156 Unova species

Every original Unova evolution family, exact levels, stones, friendship, trading and the special locations used by older Pokémon.

↗
21Pokémon Black / White / GUIDEBlack & White breeding, EVs, IVs and nature guide

Original BW inheritance rules, Route 3 Day Care, all 25 natures, EV caps, Power items and practical training locations.

↗
22Pokémon Black / White / GUIDEBlack & White catching guide — shaking grass, dust clouds and fishing

Find the correct encounter table, trigger Unova phenomena, choose Poké Balls and prepare for rare catches, shinies and roamers.

↗
23Pokémon Black / White / REFERENCEBlack vs White — complete version-exclusive directory

Compare Unova and older-species exclusives, White Forest’s full pool, counterpart exceptions and the originals’ city, character and battle differences.

↗
24Pokémon Black / White / GUIDEBlack & White legendary and event Pokémon — requirements and routes

Every Unova legendary, mythical and event-dependent encounter in the originals, with levels, prerequisites, roamer tactics and form restrictions.

↗
25Pokémon Black / White / REFERENCEBlack & White gifts, fossils, NPC trades and move services

A complete practical directory of original BW gift Pokémon, fossils, five NPC trades, move tutors, reminder, deleter and useful specialists.

↗
26Pokémon Black / White / GUIDEBlack & White C-Gear, local trading, Entralink and Poké Transfer

Which original BW cartridge connections still work locally, how to trade and transfer, and which official online services ended.

↗
27Pokémon Black / White / REFERENCEBlack & White battle mechanics — type chart, status, weather and formats

The complete 17-type Generation V chart plus physical and special damage, statuses, abilities, weather, Triple Battles and Rotation Battles.

↗
28Pokémon Black / White / REFERENCEBlack & White Abyssal Ruins guide — all floors, relics and the Relic Crown

Reach every Abyssal Ruins floor with Dive, Flash and Strength, plan around the 500-step limit, collect all 32 relics and sell the complete haul for ₽1,706,000.

↗
29Pokémon Black / White / REFERENCEBlack & White forms and Pokédex completion — seasons, rewards and event limits

All original Unova form families, monthly seasons, Zen Mode, Meloetta and Genesect requirements, plus the 152-species regional and 636-species National diploma goals.

↗
30Pokémon Black / White / REFERENCEPokémon Black and White TM and HM locations: all 101 machines

Find every original TM01–TM95 and HM01–HM06 with Generation V power, accuracy, PP, shop prices, BP sources and event limitations.

↗
31Pokémon Black / White / REFERENCEPokémon Black and White Items

Search item effects, Bag pockets, prices and locations, filter categories and availability, and switch between list and grid views.

↗
32Pokémon Black / White / REFERENCEPokémon Black and White Moves

Search original Black and White moves by name, type and class. Compare Generation V power, accuracy, PP, machines and Pokémon learners.

↗
33Pokémon Black / White / REFERENCEPokémon Black and White Abilities

Search Black and White abilities and effects. Compare regular and Hidden Ability slots and find Pokémon that can have each ability.

↗
34Pokémon Black / White / REFERENCEPokémon Black and White Gym Leaders

Browse Black and White Gym Leaders with Pokémon teams, levels, moves, abilities, badges and TM rewards. Filter by version and chosen starter.

↗
35Pokémon Black / White / REFERENCEPokémon Black and White Elite Four

Compare Black and White Elite Four teams for the first challenge and postgame rematches, including Pokémon, levels, moves, abilities and held items.

↗
36Pokémon Black / White / REFERENCEPokémon Black and White Champion

See Champion Alder’s original Black and White postgame team, including all six Pokémon, levels, moves, abilities, held items and his level 77 Volcarona.

↗
37Pokémon Black / White / PICTURESPokémon Black / White: artwork & image gallery

Explore 12 selected images from Pokémon Black / White: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Pokémon Black 2 / White 2 box artPokémon Black 2 / White 2 ↗

01Pokémon Black 2 / White 2 / GETTING STARTEDReturning to Unova

A starter guide to Pokémon Black 2 / White 2: start with the sequel route, build from the expanded roster, explore optional activities, verify version-specific details.

↗
02Pokémon Black 2 / White 2 / WALKTHROUGHBlack 2 and White 2 story route

A sequel-specific badge sequence from Aspertia City to Champion Iris.

↗
03Pokémon Black 2 / White 2 / POSTGAMEPokémon World Tournament preparation

Understand tournament selection, battle formats and team preparation at the PWT.

↗
04Pokémon Black 2 / White 2 / CHARACTERSUnova sequel characters, rivals and major trainers

Meet the important people in this adventure and understand their gameplay roles.

↗
05Pokémon Black 2 / White 2 / REFERENCEPokémon Black 2 and White 2 Items

Find Black 2 and White 2 items by name, effect or location. Browse original item sprites, Bag pockets, prices, TMs and HMs, and availability.

↗
06Pokémon Black 2 / White 2 / COLLECTIBLESCollectibles and completion

Optional discoveries, useful collections and completion goals in Pokémon Black 2 / White 2.

↗
07Pokémon Black 2 / White 2 / TRIVIAFun trivia

Three memorable details to notice while playing Pokémon Black 2 / White 2.

↗
08Pokémon Black 2 / White 2 / ACHIEVEMENTSMedal Rally achievements

How Unova’s in-game Medal Rally rewards exploration and different activities.

↗
09Pokémon Black 2 / White 2 / COLLECTIBLESBlack 2 and White 2 Pokédex: all 301 Unova Pokémon, locations, evolutions and stats

Explore the expanded 301-species Unova Pokédex with Generation V pictures, types and searchable names. Open any Pokémon card for sequel locations, evolution, base stats and Black 2/White 2 moves.

↗
10Pokémon Black 2 / White 2 / COLLECTIBLESBlack 2 & White 2 Pokédex completion, locations and version differences

Plan a complete Unova collection with early catch locations, version pairs, gift Pokémon, breeding, stationary encounters and the Permit / Oval Charm rewards.

↗
11Pokémon Black 2 / White 2 / COLLECTIBLESBlack 2 & White 2 evolution methods — Eevee, friendship, stones and trades

Solve Generation V evolution requirements with Eevee’s seven branches, Riolu friendship, Chargestone Cave, trade items, move conditions and a practical failure checklist.

↗
12Pokémon Black 2 / White 2 / REFERENCEPokémon Black 2 and White 2 Moves

Search original Black 2 and White 2 moves by name, type and class. Compare Generation V power, accuracy, PP, machines and Pokémon learners.

↗
13Pokémon Black 2 / White 2 / REFERENCEPokémon Black 2 and White 2 Abilities

Search Black 2 and White 2 abilities and effects. Compare regular and Hidden Ability slots and find Pokémon that can have each ability.

↗
14Pokémon Black 2 / White 2 / REFERENCEPokémon Black 2 and White 2 Gym Leaders

Browse all eight Black 2 and White 2 Gym Leaders with Normal and Challenge Mode teams, levels, moves, abilities, badges and TM rewards.

↗
15Pokémon Black 2 / White 2 / REFERENCEPokémon Black 2 and White 2 Elite Four

Compare the Black 2 and White 2 Elite Four’s first challenge and postgame rematches in Normal and Challenge Mode, with exact Pokémon, moves and held items.

↗
16Pokémon Black 2 / White 2 / REFERENCEPokémon Black 2 and White 2 Champion

Explore Champion Iris’s first challenge and postgame rematches in Normal and Challenge Mode, including her full teams, moves, abilities and held items.

↗
17Pokémon Black 2 / White 2 / WALKTHROUGHPokémon Black 2 and White 2 complete story walkthrough

Follow the sequel from Aspertia through all eight badges, the Plasma Frigate, Giant Chasm, Victory Road and Champion Iris.

↗
18Pokémon Black 2 / White 2 / GUIDEBlack 2 and White 2 Gym puzzles, badges and rewards

Navigate all eight sequel Gyms and look up their badge rewards alongside the exact trainer teams.

↗
19Pokémon Black 2 / White 2 / GUIDEElite Four and Champion Iris preparation

Plan the first League and postgame rematches with original moves, teams and difficulty choices.

↗
20Pokémon Black 2 / White 2 / GUIDEBlack 2 and White 2 Unova location directory

Trace the sequel’s city connections, optional branches and postgame destinations.

↗
21Pokémon Black 2 / White 2 / GUIDESequel caves, ruins and exploration tools

Plan Chargestone Cave, Relic Passage, Reversal Mountain, Giant Chasm and underwater exploration.

↗
22Pokémon Black 2 / White 2 / GUIDEBlack 2 and White 2 postgame checklist

Choose a next goal after Iris: N, legendary dragons, strong trainers, tournaments or regional completion.

↗
23Pokémon Black 2 / White 2 / GUIDEBattle Subway rules and BP preparation

Use Nimbasa’s regular and Super lines to train a team for structured Generation V battles.

↗
24Pokémon Black 2 / White 2 / GUIDESeasons, daily events and weekly activities

Use the four-month season cycle and repeatable sequel activities to plan return visits.

↗
25Pokémon Black 2 / White 2 / GUIDEBlack 2 and White 2 breeding, EVs, IVs and natures

Apply the sequel Everstone rules, original IV inheritance and Generation V EV limits.

↗
26Pokémon Black 2 / White 2 / GUIDESequel catching and encounter methods

Distinguish grass, rustling patches, dust clouds, water, Hidden Grottos, gifts and trades.

↗
27Pokémon Black 2 / White 2 / COLLECTIBLESBlack 2 and White 2 version differences

Compare the sequel’s paired encounters, dragon rewards, areas and unlockable keys.

↗
28Pokémon Black 2 / White 2 / COLLECTIBLESBlack 2 and White 2 legendary and event Pokémon

Locate ordinary sequel legends and keep historical event requirements explicit.

↗
29Pokémon Black 2 / White 2 / GUIDESequel gifts, fossils, trades and move services

Find starter and Zorua gifts, fossil revival, NPC exchanges and the four shard tutors.

↗
30Pokémon Black 2 / White 2 / COLLECTIBLESSequel forms and Pokédex completion rules

Separate Kyurem fusion, Therian forms and seasonal appearances from caught-species rewards.

↗
31Pokémon Black 2 / White 2 / GUIDEGeneration V connectivity and historical services

Use compatible local trades, Memory Link and transfers with the original DS games.

↗
32Pokémon Black 2 / White 2 / GUIDEBlack 2 and White 2 Abyssal Ruins and relic treasures

Explore the four underwater floors with the sequel Dive source and translation event.

↗
33Pokémon Black 2 / White 2 / GUIDEJoin Avenue shops and development

Choose shop services and grow the sequel’s avenue through visitor recommendations.

↗
34Pokémon Black 2 / White 2 / GUIDEHidden Grottos and Hidden Ability encounters

Understand regeneration, encounter chances and breeding restrictions for sequel grotto Pokémon.

↗
35Pokémon Black 2 / White 2 / GUIDEDifficulty keys and Unova Link

Unlock and share Easy, Challenge, area and Regi chamber keys on the original DS cartridges.

↗
36Pokémon Black 2 / White 2 / REFERENCEBlack 2 and White 2 TM and HM locations

Look up all 95 TMs and six HMs with original Generation V values and sequel acquisition sources.

↗
37Pokémon Black 2 / White 2 / PICTURESPokémon Black 2 / White 2: artwork & image gallery

Explore 12 selected images from Pokémon Black 2 / White 2: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time box artThe Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time ↗

01The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time / GETTING STARTEDDungeons and collection basics

A starter guide to The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time: learn targeting first, read dungeon tools together, track age and access, keep a collectible checklist.

↗
02The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time / WALKTHROUGHDungeon route and essential equipment

Follow the original quest’s major dungeons and the equipment that unlocks them.

↗
03The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time / COLLECTIBLESHearts, Skulltulas and useful upgrades

Organise optional exploration by age, time of day and the tool needed to collect a reward.

↗
04The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time / EQUIPMENTEquipment, weapons and key items

Where important tools enter the adventure, what they do, and when to revisit earlier obstacles.

↗
05The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time / CHARACTERSCharacters and quest contacts

A directory of companions, allies and the people behind major side quests.

↗
06The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time / COLLECTIBLESCollectibles and completion

Optional discoveries, useful collections and completion goals in The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time.

↗
07The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time / TRIVIAFun trivia

Three memorable details to notice while playing The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time.

↗
08The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time / INVENTORYInventory — illustrated reference

Explore 127 inventory entries with artwork and gameplay notes.

↗
09The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time / DUNGEONSDungeons — illustrated reference

Explore 12 dungeons entries with artwork and gameplay notes.

↗
10The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time / LOCATIONSLocations — illustrated reference

Explore 81 locations entries with artwork and gameplay notes.

↗
11The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time / ENEMIESEnemies — illustrated reference

Explore 76 enemies entries with artwork and gameplay notes.

↗
12The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time / BOSSESBosses — illustrated reference

Explore 25 bosses entries with artwork and gameplay notes.

↗
13The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time / CHARACTERSCharacters — illustrated reference

Explore 77 characters entries with artwork and gameplay notes.

↗
15The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time / ILLUSTRATED DIRECTORYThe Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time: items

A concise illustrated guide to key items in The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time.

↗
16The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time / STORYThe Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time: story

A boy raised in Kokiri Forest leaves home when the Great Deku Tree calls for his help. With Navi and Princess Zelda, Link pursues the Spiritual Stones and discovers a threat to Hyrule. His journey crosses seven years, combining dungeon exploration, music, and the struggle against Ganondorf.

↗
17The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time / SECRETSThe Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time: secrets

Small discoveries and optional rewards in the original Nintendo 64 adventure.

↗
18The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time / CHEATSThe Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time: cheats & tricks

Confirmed gameplay shortcuts for the Nintendo 64 release. Each entry is a normal game mechanic.

↗
19The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time / WHERE TO FINDThe Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time: where to find

Quick locations for four useful tools in the original quest.

↗
20The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time / HOW TO UNLOCKThe Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time: how to unlock

Requirements for optional upgrades and easier travel.

↗
21The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time / PICTURESThe Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time: artwork & image gallery

Explore 12 selected images from The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

The Legend of Zelda: Majora’s Mask box artThe Legend of Zelda: Majora’s Mask ↗

01The Legend of Zelda: Majora’s Mask / GETTING STARTEDThe three-day cycle and masks

A starter guide to The Legend of Zelda: Majora’s Mask: give each cycle a goal, know what resets, use the bomber’s notebook, experiment with transformations.

↗
02The Legend of Zelda: Majora’s Mask / WALKTHROUGHTemple route and three-day planning

Break Termina’s four regions into manageable cycles and preserve lasting progress.

↗
03The Legend of Zelda: Majora’s Mask / COLLECTIBLESMasks, Stray Fairies and timed quests

Plan optional rewards without losing a cycle’s work to an unfinished appointment.

↗
04The Legend of Zelda: Majora’s Mask / EQUIPMENTEquipment, weapons and key items

Where important tools enter the adventure, what they do, and when to revisit earlier obstacles.

↗
05The Legend of Zelda: Majora’s Mask / CHARACTERSCharacters and quest contacts

A directory of companions, allies and the people behind major side quests.

↗
06The Legend of Zelda: Majora’s Mask / COLLECTIBLESCollectibles and completion

Optional discoveries, useful collections and completion goals in The Legend of Zelda: Majora’s Mask.

↗
07The Legend of Zelda: Majora’s Mask / TRIVIAFun trivia

Three memorable details to notice while playing The Legend of Zelda: Majora’s Mask.

↗
08The Legend of Zelda: Majora’s Mask / ILLUSTRATED DIRECTORYThe Legend of Zelda: Majora's Mask: locations

A concise illustrated guide to key locations in The Legend of Zelda: Majora's Mask.

↗
09The Legend of Zelda: Majora’s Mask / ILLUSTRATED DIRECTORYThe Legend of Zelda: Majora's Mask: items

A concise illustrated guide to key items in The Legend of Zelda: Majora's Mask.

↗
10The Legend of Zelda: Majora’s Mask / STORYThe Legend of Zelda: Majora's Mask: story

While searching for a lost friend, Link follows Skull Kid into Termina, where the moon threatens to fall in three days. Joined by Tatl, he uses the Ocarina of Time to repeat the cycle, helps troubled residents, and explores four regions with masks that grant new forms and abilities.

↗
11The Legend of Zelda: Majora’s Mask / SECRETSThe Legend of Zelda: Majora’s Mask: secrets

Optional masks and rewards in the original Nintendo 64 version.

↗
12The Legend of Zelda: Majora’s Mask / CHEATSThe Legend of Zelda: Majora’s Mask: cheats & tricks

Confirmed time-management shortcuts. These entries describe normal Nintendo 64 game mechanics.

↗
13The Legend of Zelda: Majora’s Mask / WHERE TO FINDThe Legend of Zelda: Majora’s Mask: where to find

Locations for the Bow, Lens and two transformation masks.

↗
14The Legend of Zelda: Majora’s Mask / HOW TO UNLOCKThe Legend of Zelda: Majora’s Mask: how to unlock

Short requirements for important upgrades and sidequest tools.

↗
15The Legend of Zelda: Majora’s Mask / PICTURESThe Legend of Zelda: Majora’s Mask: artwork & image gallery

Explore 11 selected images from The Legend of Zelda: Majora’s Mask: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

The Legend of Zelda: The Wind Waker box artThe Legend of Zelda: The Wind Waker ↗

01The Legend of Zelda: The Wind Waker / GETTING STARTEDSailing and treasure charts

A starter guide to The Legend of Zelda: The Wind Waker: fill in your sea chart, check the wind, open charts before searching, separate original and hd instructions.

↗
02The Legend of Zelda: The Wind Waker / WALKTHROUGHGreat Sea story and dungeon route

Connect the islands and dungeons of the original GameCube campaign.

↗
03The Legend of Zelda: The Wind Waker / COLLECTIBLESTreasure charts and the Triforce hunt

Use the original GameCube chart system and organise sea travel efficiently.

↗
04The Legend of Zelda: The Wind Waker / EQUIPMENTEquipment, weapons and key items

Where important tools enter the adventure, what they do, and when to revisit earlier obstacles.

↗
05The Legend of Zelda: The Wind Waker / CHARACTERSCharacters and quest contacts

A directory of companions, allies and the people behind major side quests.

↗
06The Legend of Zelda: The Wind Waker / COLLECTIBLESCollectibles and completion

Optional discoveries, useful collections and completion goals in The Legend of Zelda: The Wind Waker.

↗
07The Legend of Zelda: The Wind Waker / TRIVIAFun trivia

Three memorable details to notice while playing The Legend of Zelda: The Wind Waker.

↗
08The Legend of Zelda: The Wind Waker / ILLUSTRATED DIRECTORYThe Wind Waker locations

Explore the islands, settlements and landmarks of the original GameCube adventure.

↗
09The Legend of Zelda: The Wind Waker / ILLUSTRATED DIRECTORYThe Wind Waker items

Browse the original GameCube inventory, equipment, supplies and treasure charts. HD-only items are excluded.

↗
10The Legend of Zelda: The Wind Waker / STORYThe Legend of Zelda: The Wind Waker: story

After a giant bird kidnaps his sister Aryll, Link leaves Outset Island with the pirate captain Tetra. A talking boat, the King of Red Lions, guides him across the Great Sea. Sailing between islands and conducting magical melodies, Link discovers a larger danger connected to Hyrule's old legends.

↗
11The Legend of Zelda: The Wind Waker / SECRETSThe Legend of Zelda: The Wind Waker: secrets

Optional discoveries from the original GameCube voyage.

↗
12The Legend of Zelda: The Wind Waker / CHEATSThe Legend of Zelda: The Wind Waker: cheats & tricks

Useful combat and item shortcuts. These are normal GameCube gameplay mechanics.

↗
13The Legend of Zelda: The Wind Waker / WHERE TO FINDThe Legend of Zelda: The Wind Waker: where to find

Quick directions to four important GameCube tools.

↗
14The Legend of Zelda: The Wind Waker / HOW TO UNLOCKThe Legend of Zelda: The Wind Waker: how to unlock

Requirements for optional abilities and helpful upgrades.

↗
15The Legend of Zelda: The Wind Waker / PICTURESThe Legend of Zelda: The Wind Waker: artwork & image gallery

Explore 13 selected images from The Legend of Zelda: The Wind Waker: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

The Legend of Zelda: Twilight Princess box artThe Legend of Zelda: Twilight Princess ↗

01The Legend of Zelda: Twilight Princess / GETTING STARTEDForms, directions and collectibles

A starter guide to The Legend of Zelda: Twilight Princess: check which map you are using, use wolf senses, return with new equipment, track optional collections separately.

↗
02The Legend of Zelda: Twilight Princess / WALKTHROUGHDungeon progression and key tools

Follow the Fused Shadow and Mirror of Twilight arcs with the right edition’s map.

↗
03The Legend of Zelda: Twilight Princess / COLLECTIBLESPoe Souls, golden bugs and heart pieces

Track Twilight Princess’s optional collections without mixing their totals or rewards.

↗
04The Legend of Zelda: Twilight Princess / EQUIPMENTEquipment, weapons and key items

Where important tools enter the adventure, what they do, and when to revisit earlier obstacles.

↗
05The Legend of Zelda: Twilight Princess / CHARACTERSCharacters and quest contacts

A directory of companions, allies and the people behind major side quests.

↗
06The Legend of Zelda: Twilight Princess / COLLECTIBLESCollectibles and completion

Optional discoveries, useful collections and completion goals in The Legend of Zelda: Twilight Princess.

↗
07The Legend of Zelda: Twilight Princess / TRIVIAFun trivia

Three memorable details to notice while playing The Legend of Zelda: Twilight Princess.

↗
08The Legend of Zelda: Twilight Princess / ILLUSTRATED DIRECTORYThe Legend of Zelda: Twilight Princess: locations

A concise illustrated guide to key locations in The Legend of Zelda: Twilight Princess.

↗
09The Legend of Zelda: Twilight Princess / ILLUSTRATED DIRECTORYThe Legend of Zelda: Twilight Princess: items

A concise illustrated guide to key items in The Legend of Zelda: Twilight Princess.

↗
10The Legend of Zelda: Twilight Princess / STORYThe Legend of Zelda: Twilight Princess: story

When monsters carry away his friends, ranch hand Link leaves Ordon Village and encounters a shadow spreading across Hyrule. Twilight transforms him into a wolf, and the mysterious Midna becomes his companion. Together they restore light to the provinces and seek the power to challenge the ruler behind the invasion.

↗
11The Legend of Zelda: Twilight Princess / SECRETSThe Legend of Zelda: Twilight Princess: secrets

Optional rewards for GameCube and Wii. Directions use landmarks because the Wii world is mirrored.

↗
12The Legend of Zelda: Twilight Princess / CHEATSThe Legend of Zelda: Twilight Princess: cheats & tricks

Confirmed item combinations and combat shortcuts. These are normal GameCube/Wii mechanics.

↗
13The Legend of Zelda: Twilight Princess / WHERE TO FINDThe Legend of Zelda: Twilight Princess: where to find

Dungeon rewards for four key tools in the original GameCube/Wii game.

↗
14The Legend of Zelda: Twilight Princess / HOW TO UNLOCKThe Legend of Zelda: Twilight Princess: how to unlock

Requirements for optional skills, equipment and wallet upgrades.

↗
15The Legend of Zelda: Twilight Princess / PICTURESThe Legend of Zelda: Twilight Princess: artwork & image gallery

Explore 11 selected images from The Legend of Zelda: Twilight Princess: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

The Legend of Zelda: A Link to the Past box artThe Legend of Zelda: A Link to the Past ↗

01The Legend of Zelda: A Link to the Past / GETTING STARTEDTwo-world exploration basics

A starter guide to The Legend of Zelda: A Link to the Past: look for connections between worlds, use dungeon maps deliberately, prepare bottles and supplies, mark incomplete heart upgrades.

↗
02The Legend of Zelda: A Link to the Past / WALKTHROUGHLight World and Dark World dungeon route

Connect the pendants, Master Sword and seven crystal dungeons in the original SNES adventure.

↗
03The Legend of Zelda: A Link to the Past / EQUIPMENTBottles, magic and exploration upgrades

Prepare for longer dungeons and use the two worlds to find optional improvements.

↗
04The Legend of Zelda: A Link to the Past / EQUIPMENTEquipment, weapons and key items

Where important tools enter the adventure, what they do, and when to revisit earlier obstacles.

↗
05The Legend of Zelda: A Link to the Past / CHARACTERSCharacters and quest contacts

A directory of companions, allies and the people behind major side quests.

↗
06The Legend of Zelda: A Link to the Past / COLLECTIBLESCollectibles and completion

Optional discoveries, useful collections and completion goals in The Legend of Zelda: A Link to the Past.

↗
07The Legend of Zelda: A Link to the Past / TRIVIAFun trivia

Three memorable details to notice while playing The Legend of Zelda: A Link to the Past.

↗
08The Legend of Zelda: A Link to the Past / ILLUSTRATED DIRECTORYThe Legend of Zelda: A Link to the Past: locations

A concise illustrated guide to key locations in The Legend of Zelda: A Link to the Past.

↗
09The Legend of Zelda: A Link to the Past / ILLUSTRATED DIRECTORYThe Legend of Zelda: A Link to the Past: items

A concise illustrated guide to key items in The Legend of Zelda: A Link to the Past.

↗
10The Legend of Zelda: A Link to the Past / STORYThe Legend of Zelda: A Link to the Past: story

A telepathic plea from Princess Zelda draws Link to Hyrule Castle on a stormy night. The wizard Agahnim is abducting descendants of the ancient sages. Guided by Sahasrahla, Link seeks the legendary Master Sword and explores two connected worlds to confront the growing threat to Hyrule.

↗
11The Legend of Zelda: A Link to the Past / SECRETSThe Legend of Zelda: A Link to the Past: secrets

Four optional discoveries for the original SNES adventure, with the equipment needed to reach them.

↗
12The Legend of Zelda: A Link to the Past / CHEATSThe Legend of Zelda: A Link to the Past: cheat codes & tricks

Useful item tricks in the original SNES version. Each entry is labeled as a normal gameplay trick rather than an entered cheat code.

↗
13The Legend of Zelda: A Link to the Past / WHERE TO FINDThe Legend of Zelda: A Link to the Past: where to find

Directions to five early and midgame tools in the original SNES version.

↗
14The Legend of Zelda: A Link to the Past / HOW TO UNLOCKThe Legend of Zelda: A Link to the Past: how to unlock

Equipment and actions that open important routes, transport and sword upgrades in the SNES game.

↗
15The Legend of Zelda: A Link to the Past / PICTURESThe Legend of Zelda: A Link to the Past: artwork & image gallery

Explore 8 selected images from The Legend of Zelda: A Link to the Past: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Super Mario 64 box artSuper Mario 64 ↗

01Super Mario 64 / GETTING STARTEDPower Stars and movement basics

A starter guide to Super Mario 64: practise movement in the castle grounds, use the mission title as a clue, plan the 100-coin star, include castle secrets.

↗
02Super Mario 64 / WALKTHROUGHCastle progression and Bowser gates

Understand the star doors, keys and extra requirements on a normal route to the ending.

↗
03Super Mario 64 / COLLECTIBLES120-star checklist and cap switches

Find missing stars by separating course missions, 100-coin stars and castle secrets.

↗
04Super Mario 64 / ABILITIES & ITEMSCaps, items and movement abilities

Understand the original N64 power-ups and the movement tools behind difficult stars.

↗
05Super Mario 64 / CHARACTERSCastle characters and course residents

Who helps, challenges or rewards Mario throughout the castle.

↗
06Super Mario 64 / COLLECTIBLESCollectibles and completion

Optional discoveries, useful collections and completion goals in Super Mario 64.

↗
07Super Mario 64 / TRIVIAFun trivia

Three memorable details to notice while playing Super Mario 64.

↗
08Super Mario 64 / PICTURESSuper Mario 64: artwork & image gallery

Explore 10 selected images from Super Mario 64: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Super Mario Sunshine box artSuper Mario Sunshine ↗

01Super Mario Sunshine / GETTING STARTEDShines, FLUDD and blue coins

A starter guide to Super Mario Sunshine: learn the hover nozzle, follow episode progression, record blue coins immediately, separate completion from story progress.

↗
02Super Mario Sunshine / WALKTHROUGHEpisode progression and Corona Mountain

Follow the Shadow Mario requirements instead of treating every Shine as interchangeable.

↗
03Super Mario Sunshine / MECHANICSF.L.U.D.D. nozzles: Squirt, Hover, Rocket and Turbo

How to unlock each F.L.U.D.D. nozzle, what it does and when to switch.

↗
04Super Mario Sunshine / COLLECTIBLESBlue coins and 120-Shine cleanup

Track episode-dependent coins and distinguish exchange rewards from ordinary Shines.

↗
05Super Mario Sunshine / EQUIPMENTF.L.U.D.D. nozzles and exploration items

Choose the right nozzle and manage the resources behind Delfino’s platforming.

↗
06Super Mario Sunshine / CHARACTERSIsle Delfino characters and recurring bosses

A guide to residents, allies and recurring troublemakers.

↗
07Super Mario Sunshine / COLLECTIBLESCollectibles and completion

Optional discoveries, useful collections and completion goals in Super Mario Sunshine.

↗
08Super Mario Sunshine / TRIVIAFun trivia

Three memorable details to notice while playing Super Mario Sunshine.

↗
09Super Mario Sunshine / PICTURESSuper Mario Sunshine: artwork & image gallery

Explore 11 selected images from Super Mario Sunshine: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Paper Mario: The Thousand-Year Door box artPaper Mario: The Thousand-Year Door ↗

01Paper Mario: The Thousand-Year Door / GETTING STARTEDBadges, partners and battles

A starter guide to Paper Mario: The Thousand-Year Door: practise action commands, balance your level-up choices, use partner abilities in the field, review badges before bosses.

↗
02Paper Mario: The Thousand-Year Door / WALKTHROUGHChapter route and partner progression

Follow the Crystal Star journey and revisit Rogueport with new partner abilities.

↗
03Paper Mario: The Thousand-Year Door / COMBATBadges, partner upgrades and battle roles

Build a practical loadout and spend your Star Pieces and Shine Sprites deliberately.

↗
04Paper Mario: The Thousand-Year Door / CHARACTERSPartner directory and field abilities

All seven original partners, their exploration jobs and their battle strengths.

↗
05Paper Mario: The Thousand-Year Door / EQUIPMENTBadges, upgrade currencies and consumables

A reference to the systems that shape Mario’s build and partner support.

↗
06Paper Mario: The Thousand-Year Door / COLLECTIBLESCollectibles and completion

Optional discoveries, useful collections and completion goals in Paper Mario: The Thousand-Year Door.

↗
07Paper Mario: The Thousand-Year Door / TRIVIAFun trivia

Three memorable details to notice while playing Paper Mario: The Thousand-Year Door.

↗
08Paper Mario: The Thousand-Year Door / PICTURESPaper Mario: The Thousand-Year Door: artwork & image gallery

Explore 11 selected images from Paper Mario: The Thousand-Year Door: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Animal Crossing: Wild World box artAnimal Crossing: Wild World ↗

01Animal Crossing: Wild World / TOWN LIFEGetting started and town life

Build a life in your DS town, from your first tools to long-term collections.

↗
02Animal Crossing: Wild World / COLLECTIBLESMuseum completion and wildlife

Museum completion and wildlife for Animal Crossing: Wild World on Nintendo DS.

↗
03Animal Crossing: Wild World / DAILY PLAYProgression plan and daily routine

Progression plan and daily routine for Animal Crossing: Wild World on Nintendo DS.

↗
04Animal Crossing: Wild World / TOWN LIFETown facilities and characters

Town facilities and characters for Animal Crossing: Wild World on Nintendo DS.

↗
05Animal Crossing: Wild World / TOOLS & ITEMSTools, pockets and collection equipment

Use the DS game’s tools without importing crafting rules from later games.

↗
06Animal Crossing: Wild World / COLLECTIBLESItems and complete collection references

Collection sizes and linked item-by-item directories for furniture, wildlife, music and more.

↗
07Animal Crossing: Wild World / TRIVIAFun trivia

Three memorable details to notice while playing Animal Crossing: Wild World.

↗
08Animal Crossing: Wild World / VILLAGERSAll 150 villagers and friendship

The full A–Z villager roster, personalities, friendship tips and historical monkey availability.

↗
09Animal Crossing: Wild World / VISITORSSpecial visitors and rewards

Special visitors and rewards for Animal Crossing: Wild World on Nintendo DS.

↗
10Animal Crossing: Wild World / PROGRESSIONHouse expansions and mortgage costs

Every house stage and associated loan, from 19,800 to 948,000 Bells.

↗
11Animal Crossing: Wild World / PROGRESSIONShop upgrades and Nook points

Shop upgrades and Nook points for Animal Crossing: Wild World on Nintendo DS.

↗
12Animal Crossing: Wild World / TOOLSGolden tools and the trading sequence

Unlock all six golden tools and follow the red-turnip trading route.

↗
13Animal Crossing: Wild World / TOWN LIFEBells, fruit, turnips and Boondox

Bells, fruit, turnips and Boondox for Animal Crossing: Wild World on Nintendo DS.

↗
14Animal Crossing: Wild World / GARDENINGHybrid flowers and the perfect town

Flower parent combinations, town ratings and the golden watering can.

↗
15Animal Crossing: Wild World / EVENTSEvents and annual calendar

Plan seasonal festivals, contests and recurring town events.

↗
16Animal Crossing: Wild World / COLLECTIBLESDecorating, music and creative activities

Decorating, music and creative activities for Animal Crossing: Wild World on Nintendo DS.

↗
17Animal Crossing: Wild World / TOWN LIFEMultiplayer and version differences

Multiplayer and version differences for Animal Crossing: Wild World on Nintendo DS.

↗
18Animal Crossing: Wild World / COLLECTIBLESFish (Wild World)

All 56 fish, with pictures, selling prices, habitats, hours and monthly availability.

↗
19Animal Crossing: Wild World / COLLECTIBLESBugs (Wild World)

All 56 bugs, with pictures, selling prices, habitats, hours and monthly availability.

↗
20Animal Crossing: Wild World / COLLECTIBLESArt (Wild World)

An illustrated gallery of all 20 museum paintings, with prices and acquisition sources.

↗
21Animal Crossing: Wild World / APPEARANCEFace styles (Wild World)

Compare all 16 face options and the taxi answers that select them.

↗
22Animal Crossing: Wild World / APPEARANCEHair styles (Wild World)

Compare 16 hairstyles, follow Harriet’s answers, and choose from eight hair colors.

↗
24Animal Crossing: Wild World / PICTURESAnimal Crossing: Wild World: artwork & image gallery

Explore 12 selected images from Animal Crossing: Wild World: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Harvest Moon: Friends of Mineral Town box artHarvest Moon: Friends of Mineral Town ↗

01Harvest Moon: Friends of Mineral Town / GETTING STARTEDYour first farm routine

A starter guide to Harvest Moon: Friends of Mineral Town: plant within your available energy, check days left in the season, care for animals every day, make time for townspeople.

↗
02Harvest Moon: Friends of Mineral Town / FARMINGSeasonal crop and farm planning

Plan your first year around watering capacity, harvest time and seasonal changes.

↗
03Harvest Moon: Friends of Mineral Town / FARM LIFETools, livestock and relationships

Develop the farm beyond crops while keeping upgrade requirements and daily care clear.

↗
04Harvest Moon: Friends of Mineral Town / CHARACTERSMineral Town residents and useful services

Find the people who support farming, upgrades, shopping and relationships in the GBA original.

↗
05Harvest Moon: Friends of Mineral Town / TOOLS & EQUIPMENTFarm tools, upgrades and animal equipment

Plan upgrades around crop care and distinguish field tools from animal-care tools.

↗
06Harvest Moon: Friends of Mineral Town / COLLECTIBLESCollectibles and completion

Optional discoveries, useful collections and completion goals in Harvest Moon: Friends of Mineral Town.

↗
07Harvest Moon: Friends of Mineral Town / TRIVIAFun trivia

Three memorable details to notice while playing Harvest Moon: Friends of Mineral Town.

↗
08Harvest Moon: Friends of Mineral Town / PICTURESHarvest Moon: Friends of Mineral Town: artwork & image gallery

Explore 12 selected images from Harvest Moon: Friends of Mineral Town: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Final Fantasy VII box artFinal Fantasy VII ↗

01Final Fantasy VII / GETTING STARTEDMateria and party preparation

A starter guide to Final Fantasy VII: equip materia to gain commands, use linked slots for combinations, review equipment growth, keep a recovery option ready.

↗
02Final Fantasy VII / WALKTHROUGHStory route and sensible save checkpoints

Navigate the original Final Fantasy VII while keeping useful saves before major transitions.

↗
03Final Fantasy VII / COMBATMateria combinations and Enemy Skills

Understand linked slots, defensive combinations and how Enemy Skill learning works.

↗
04Final Fantasy VII / CHARACTERSParty characters and combat roles

The original game’s nine playable characters, weapon styles and party-building considerations.

↗
05Final Fantasy VII / EQUIPMENTWeapons, armour and accessory decisions

Compare Materia growth, linked slots and protection before replacing equipment.

↗
06Final Fantasy VII / COLLECTIBLESCollectibles and completion

Optional discoveries, useful collections and completion goals in Final Fantasy VII.

↗
07Final Fantasy VII / TRIVIAFun trivia

Three memorable details to notice while playing Final Fantasy VII.

↗
08Final Fantasy VII / PICTURESFinal Fantasy VII: artwork & image gallery

Explore 10 selected images from Final Fantasy VII: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Chrono Trigger box artChrono Trigger ↗

01Chrono Trigger / GETTING STARTEDTechs and time travel basics

A starter guide to Chrono Trigger: experiment with party combinations, watch enemy positioning, track the era as well as the place, keep separate saves for exploration.

↗
02Chrono Trigger / WALKTHROUGHTime-travel story route

Keep the eras and story objectives straight from the Millennial Fair to the final choice.

↗
03Chrono Trigger / POSTGAMETech combinations, side quests and endings

Strengthen the party and understand why the timing of the final battle changes the ending.

↗
04Chrono Trigger / CHARACTERSParty characters and Tech combinations

Build three-person teams with useful damage, healing and combination options.

↗
05Chrono Trigger / EQUIPMENTEquipment, accessories and recovery items

Balance defence, speed, MP efficiency and status protection in the original adventure.

↗
06Chrono Trigger / COLLECTIBLESCollectibles and completion

Optional discoveries, useful collections and completion goals in Chrono Trigger.

↗
07Chrono Trigger / TRIVIAFun trivia

Three memorable details to notice while playing Chrono Trigger.

↗
08Chrono Trigger / PICTURESChrono Trigger: artwork & image gallery

Explore 8 selected images from Chrono Trigger: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Kingdom Hearts II box artKingdom Hearts II ↗

01Kingdom Hearts II / GETTING STARTEDAbilities and combat basics

A starter guide to Kingdom Hearts II: watch reaction prompts, spend your ability points, manage magic and recovery, check the edition before farming.

↗
02Kingdom Hearts II / WALKTHROUGHWorld visits and boss preparation

Organise the original campaign and use Sora’s defensive tools more effectively.

↗
03Kingdom Hearts II / CHARACTER GROWTHDrive Form levelling and movement abilities

Train each form using its actual experience rule and unlock better movement for normal Sora.

↗
04Kingdom Hearts II / CHARACTERSCharacters, companions and party settings

Understand the main trio, world allies and the roles behind the journey.

↗
05Kingdom Hearts II / EQUIPMENTKeyblades, armour, accessories and AP

Build around weapon abilities and useful defence instead of the largest single number.

↗
06Kingdom Hearts II / COLLECTIBLESCollectibles and completion

Optional discoveries, useful collections and completion goals in Kingdom Hearts II.

↗
07Kingdom Hearts II / TRIVIAFun trivia

Three memorable details to notice while playing Kingdom Hearts II.

↗
08Kingdom Hearts II / PICTURESKingdom Hearts II: artwork & image gallery

Explore 11 selected images from Kingdom Hearts II: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Super Metroid box artSuper Metroid ↗

01Super Metroid / GETTING STARTEDExploration and upgrade basics

A starter guide to Super Metroid: record the obstacle, use the map without assuming it is complete, learn each upgrade in a safe room, restock before a long route.

↗
02Super Metroid / WALKTHROUGHZebes progression and major upgrades

Follow a conventional route through the four major bosses and prepare for Tourian.

↗
03Super Metroid / COMBAT & EXPLORATIONBoss preparation and exploration tools

Use ammunition, movement upgrades and map notes to reduce difficult return trips.

↗
04Super Metroid / EQUIPMENTSuits, beams and movement upgrades

A reference to Samus’s permanent upgrades and the obstacles they solve.

↗
05Super Metroid / CHARACTERS & BOSSESZebes inhabitants and major threats

Identify allies, major bosses and the clues provided by Zebes’s inhabitants.

↗
06Super Metroid / COLLECTIBLESCollectibles and completion

Optional discoveries, useful collections and completion goals in Super Metroid.

↗
07Super Metroid / TRIVIAFun trivia

Three memorable details to notice while playing Super Metroid.

↗
08Super Metroid / PICTURESSuper Metroid: artwork & image gallery

Explore 6 selected images from Super Metroid: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Castlevania: Symphony of the Night box artCastlevania: Symphony of the Night ↗

01Castlevania: Symphony of the Night / GETTING STARTEDCastle exploration and equipment

A starter guide to Castlevania: Symphony of the Night: try equipment before judging it, review relics and transformations, use the map to guide backtracking, keep a save before the apparent finale.

↗
02Castlevania: Symphony of the Night / WALKTHROUGHCastle progression and the inverted castle

Find the route beyond Richter and avoid ending your exploration prematurely.

↗
03Castlevania: Symphony of the Night / CHARACTER BUILDINGEquipment, relics and map exploration

Make better equipment decisions and keep track of ability-gated rooms.

↗
04Castlevania: Symphony of the Night / EQUIPMENTRelics, transformations and key equipment

Important original PlayStation relics and the exploration routes they open.

↗
05Castlevania: Symphony of the Night / CHARACTERSCastle characters and their roles

Meet the central cast and useful contacts without confusing versions or playable modes.

↗
06Castlevania: Symphony of the Night / COLLECTIBLESCollectibles and completion

Optional discoveries, useful collections and completion goals in Castlevania: Symphony of the Night.

↗
07Castlevania: Symphony of the Night / TRIVIAFun trivia

Three memorable details to notice while playing Castlevania: Symphony of the Night.

↗
08Castlevania: Symphony of the Night / PICTURESCastlevania: Symphony of the Night: artwork & image gallery

Explore 9 selected images from Castlevania: Symphony of the Night: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Terraria digital coverTerraria ↗

01Terraria / GETTING STARTEDShelter and early exploration

A starter guide to Terraria: set up a safe base, ask the guide about materials, organise short underground trips, prepare before triggering major progression.

↗
02Terraria / PROGRESSIONStandard-world progression to Moon Lord

A broad 1.4-era progression route for an ordinary, unmodded world.

↗
03Terraria / PREPARATIONEquipment, storage and boss arenas

Build a consistent loadout and a reusable preparation routine.

↗
04Terraria / CHARACTERSNPCs, recruitment and town services

Important town residents for a standard, unmodded 1.4-era world; exact later-version rules may differ.

↗
05Terraria / EQUIPMENTEquipment slots, crafting stations and upgrades

A standard 1.4-era reference for making and improving a coherent loadout.

↗
06Terraria / COLLECTIBLESCollectibles and completion

Optional discoveries, useful collections and completion goals in Terraria.

↗
07Terraria / TRIVIAFun trivia

Three memorable details to notice while playing Terraria.

↗
08Terraria / ACHIEVEMENTSAchievements and milestone planning

Plan achievement goals alongside Terraria’s exploration and boss progression.

↗
09Terraria / GUIDEFirst nights, valid housing & safe mining

A practical first-session route: shelter, NPC housing, crafting stations, health upgrades and safer underground trips.

↗
10Terraria / GUIDEBoss roadmap & the Hardmode transition

Follow the major progression gates from early bosses through Moon Lord, with preparation tasks and troubleshooting for ordinary Desktop 1.4.4 worlds.

↗
11Terraria / GUIDECrafting stations, loadouts & boss arenas

Build a useful crafting chain, choose equipment by damage class and prepare reusable arenas instead of relying on defence alone.

↗
12Terraria / PICTURESTerraria: artwork & image gallery

Explore 9 selected images from Terraria: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Metal Gear Solid box artMetal Gear Solid ↗

01Metal Gear Solid / STEALTHStealth and alert levels

How patrols, distractions and the alert cycle work in the original Metal Gear Solid.

↗
02Metal Gear Solid / CODECCodec frequencies and saving

The essential support frequencies and how to save your progress in Metal Gear Solid.

↗
03Metal Gear Solid / EQUIPMENTWeapons and equipment field guide

Choose the right tool for guards, electronics, mines and ranged encounters.

↗
04Metal Gear Solid / SURVIVALInfiltration and boss preparation

Plan room entry, resource use and recovery during the Shadow Moses mission.

↗
05Metal Gear Solid / CHARACTERSCharacters and Codec support directory

Who supports Snake, who opposes him, and when their roles matter.

↗
06Metal Gear Solid / EQUIPMENTInventory reference: weapons and support gear

A quick lookup for core tools in the original Shadow Moses mission.

↗
07Metal Gear Solid / COLLECTIBLESCollectibles and completion

Optional discoveries, useful collections and completion goals in Metal Gear Solid.

↗
08Metal Gear Solid / TRIVIAFun trivia

Three memorable details to notice while playing Metal Gear Solid.

↗
09Metal Gear Solid / PICTURESMetal Gear Solid: artwork & image gallery

Explore 12 selected images from Metal Gear Solid: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Metal Gear Solid 2 box artMetal Gear Solid 2 ↗

01Metal Gear Solid 2 / NAVIGATIONNodes and the Plant radar

Why the radar may be missing in the Plant chapter and what to do at a node.

↗
02Metal Gear Solid 2 / STEALTHHold-ups and equipment basics

A short guide to hold-ups, item drops and quick reloads in Sons of Liberty.

↗
03Metal Gear Solid 2 / MISSION GUIDEPlant bomb disposal and route planning

Search each strut methodically and confirm that every bomb has been frozen.

↗
04Metal Gear Solid 2 / COLLECTIBLES & STEALTHDog tags and nonlethal tools

Combine careful hold-ups with a manageable collection plan.

↗
05Metal Gear Solid 2 / CHARACTERSCharacters and mission support

The main cast across the Tanker and Plant chapters, with practical support roles.

↗
06Metal Gear Solid 2 / EQUIPMENTWeapons, sensors and mission gadgets

Identify lethal, nonlethal and objective-specific tools before using them.

↗
07Metal Gear Solid 2 / COLLECTIBLESCollectibles and completion

Optional discoveries, useful collections and completion goals in Metal Gear Solid 2.

↗
08Metal Gear Solid 2 / TRIVIAFun trivia

Three memorable details to notice while playing Metal Gear Solid 2.

↗
09Metal Gear Solid 2 / PICTURESMetal Gear Solid 2: artwork & image gallery

Explore 12 selected images from Metal Gear Solid 2: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Final Fantasy X box artFinal Fantasy X ↗

01Final Fantasy X / BATTLE SYSTEMTurn order and party switching

Read the CTB display and choose your next action deliberately in Final Fantasy X.

↗
02Final Fantasy X / CHARACTER GROWTHSphere Grid basics

Understand the difference between moving on the Sphere Grid and activating its nodes.

↗
03Final Fantasy X / WALKTHROUGHPilgrimage route and party roles

Follow Spira’s main route and choose the right character for common enemy types.

↗
04Final Fantasy X / POSTGAMEOptional aeons and Celestial Weapons

Prepare for collection goals without confusing a weapon pickup with its full upgrade.

↗
05Final Fantasy X / CHARACTERSGuardians, party roles and development

The seven playable characters and the jobs they initially perform on the Sphere Grid.

↗
06Final Fantasy X / EQUIPMENTEquipment slots and useful auto-abilities

Read abilities and empty slots when choosing weapons and armour.

↗
07Final Fantasy X / COLLECTIBLESCollectibles and completion

Optional discoveries, useful collections and completion goals in Final Fantasy X.

↗
08Final Fantasy X / TRIVIAFun trivia

Three memorable details to notice while playing Final Fantasy X.

↗
09Final Fantasy X / PICTURESFinal Fantasy X: artwork & image gallery

Explore 7 selected images from Final Fantasy X: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Super Mario World box artSuper Mario World ↗

01Super Mario World / MOVEMENTControls and cape flight

The original SNES buttons for running, jumping and getting Cape Mario airborne.

↗
02Super Mario World / YOSHIYoshi and shell colours

A quick reference to riding Yoshi and the effects of coloured shells in Super Mario World.

↗
03Super Mario World / WALKTHROUGHWorld route and Switch Palaces

Follow the main route through Dinosaur Land and use switches to make exploration safer.

↗
04Super Mario World / COLLECTIBLES96-exit completion and Star World

Find missing exits without confusing levels, Dragon Coins and alternate goals.

↗
05Super Mario World / ITEMS & ABILITIESItems, power-ups and useful objects

Explore 45 illustrated entries with original SNES sprites, effects, locations and practical tips.

↗
06Super Mario World / CHARACTERS & ENEMIESCharacters, Yoshis and enemy families

Recognise useful allies and common hazards across Dinosaur Land.

↗
07Super Mario World / COLLECTIBLESCollectibles and completion

Optional discoveries, useful collections and completion goals in Super Mario World.

↗
08Super Mario World / TRIVIAFun trivia

Three memorable details to notice while playing Super Mario World.

↗
09Super Mario World / PICTURESSuper Mario World: artwork & image gallery

Explore 13 selected images from Super Mario World: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Mario Kart DS box artMario Kart DS ↗

01Mario Kart DS / REFERENCEGameplay & game modes

Grand Prix, Time Trials, missions and battles on Nintendo DS.

↗
02Mario Kart DS / REFERENCERacers & roster

Pictures, weight classes, availability and kart assignments for all 13 racers.

↗
03Mario Kart DS / REFERENCEAll 32 courses & cups

Browse every Nitro and Retro cup, plus the six battle arenas.

↗
04Mario Kart DS / REFERENCEAll 36 karts & statistics

An illustrated table of every regular kart, its driver and the six statistics listed by the source guide.

↗
05Mario Kart DS / REFERENCEAll items & effects

Pictures and practical effects for all 17 Mario Kart DS items.

↗
06Mario Kart DS / REFERENCEItem probabilities by position

The source’s Grand Prix probability grid and summary table, with all rank columns preserved.

↗
07Mario Kart DS / REFERENCECourse hazards, emblems & history

A reference to obstacles, custom emblems and notable features of Mario Kart DS.

↗
09Mario Kart DS / PICTURESMario Kart DS: artwork & image gallery

Explore 12 selected images from Mario Kart DS: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Wii Sports box artWii Sports ↗

01Wii Sports / REFERENCETennis guide

Time your swing and keep the rally going.

↗
02Wii Sports / REFERENCEBaseball guide

Bat, pitch and play through three innings.

↗
03Wii Sports / REFERENCEBowling guide

Aim for strikes across ten frames.

↗
04Wii Sports / REFERENCEGolf guide

Read the wind and plan your route across nine holes.

↗
05Wii Sports / REFERENCEBoxing guide

Punch, defend and face the champion Matt.

↗
06Wii Sports / REFERENCEAll 15 training games

Three challenges for each sport, from target practice to power throws.

↗
07Wii Sports / REFERENCEMii rivals & champions

Meet three familiar champions from the original Wii game.

↗
08Wii Sports / REFERENCESkill levels & Wii Fitness

Follow your progress across the five sports.

↗
10Wii Sports / PICTURESWii Sports: artwork & image gallery

Explore 10 selected images from Wii Sports: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Wii Play box artWii Play ↗

01Wii Play / REFERENCEAll nine minigames

A quick reference to every game in Wii Play.

↗
02Wii Play / REFERENCEScreenshots & pictures

Browse official Nintendo gameplay and promotional pictures.

↗
03Wii Play / REFERENCEGetting started

Players, controllers and your Mii.

↗
05Wii Play / CHARACTERSMiis & two-player roles

How your Mii connects Wii Play’s nine activities, and what changes when a second player joins.

↗

Tekken 3 box artTekken 3 ↗

01Tekken 3 / GUIDEControls & fighting basics

Learn the four attack buttons, guarding and movement.

↗
02Tekken 3 / GUIDEFighter roster

Pictures of all 23 fighters and alternate selections, with availability and stage assignments.

↗
03Tekken 3 / GUIDEArcade, Versus & bonus modes

Find a mode for training, local competition or an extra challenge.

↗
04Tekken 3 / GUIDEHidden fighters & unlockables

Track the main PlayStation unlock routes.

↗
05Tekken 3 / REFERENCEStages & Tekken Force areas

Pictures of all 15 main stages and all five Tekken Force areas, including the hidden final encounter.

↗
06Tekken 3 / GALLERYScreenshots & game artwork

The original logo, PlayStation cover, menus and bonus modes in pictures.

↗
07Tekken 3 / PICTURESTekken 3: artwork & image gallery

Explore 13 selected images from Tekken 3: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

New Super Mario Bros. box artNew Super Mario Bros. ↗

01New Super Mario Bros. / REFERENCEGetting started & game modes

Movement, the reserve item and the DS multiplayer modes.

↗
02New Super Mario Bros. / REFERENCECharacters & cast

Meet both playable brothers, Peach, their allies and the two central villains.

↗
03New Super Mario Bros. / REFERENCEPower-ups & items

Illustrated guide to every main power-up, coins and familiar objects.

↗
04New Super Mario Bros. / REFERENCEEnemies & hazards

A picture directory of the creatures and hazards found throughout the DS adventure.

↗
05New Super Mario Bros. / REFERENCEBosses & castle encounters

All nine main boss characters, from Bowser Jr. to Dry Bowser.

↗
06New Super Mario Bros. / REFERENCEAll eight worlds

World maps, themes and the branching adventure route.

↗
07New Super Mario Bros. / COLLECTIBLESStar Coins & secrets

Plan a return trip for 240 Star Coins and the hidden world routes.

↗
08New Super Mario Bros. / REFERENCEArtwork & screenshots

Cover art, the logo and scenes from the original DS release.

↗
10New Super Mario Bros. / CHARACTER PROFILEMario

Mario in New Super Mario Bros. for Nintendo DS.

↗
11New Super Mario Bros. / CHARACTER PROFILELuigi

Luigi in New Super Mario Bros. for Nintendo DS.

↗
12New Super Mario Bros. / CHARACTER PROFILEPrincess Peach

Princess Peach in New Super Mario Bros. for Nintendo DS.

↗
13New Super Mario Bros. / CHARACTER PROFILEToad

Toad in New Super Mario Bros. for Nintendo DS.

↗
14New Super Mario Bros. / CHARACTER PROFILEToadsworth

Toadsworth in New Super Mario Bros. for Nintendo DS.

↗
15New Super Mario Bros. / CHARACTER PROFILEDorrie

Dorrie in New Super Mario Bros. for Nintendo DS.

↗
16New Super Mario Bros. / CHARACTER PROFILEBowser Jr.

Bowser Jr. in New Super Mario Bros. for Nintendo DS.

↗
17New Super Mario Bros. / CHARACTER PROFILEBowser

Bowser in New Super Mario Bros. for Nintendo DS.

↗
18New Super Mario Bros. / PICTURESNew Super Mario Bros.: artwork & image gallery

Explore 12 selected images from New Super Mario Bros.: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Super Smash Bros. 64 box artSuper Smash Bros. 64 ↗

01Super Smash Bros. 64 / ITEMSItems & pictures

All 20 Smash 64 pickup items, with original-game pictures and quick explanations.

↗
02Super Smash Bros. 64 / REFERENCECharacters & pictures

Meet every Smash 64 fighter with original Nintendo 64 artwork.

↗
03Super Smash Bros. 64 / REFERENCEAll 12 fighters

The eight starting fighters and four secret challengers.

↗
04Super Smash Bros. 64 / REFERENCEControls & getting started

Attacks, shielding, recovery and match rules on Nintendo 64.

↗
05Super Smash Bros. 64 / REFERENCEThe nine VS stages

Eight starting arenas and the secret Mushroom Kingdom stage.

↗
06Super Smash Bros. 64 / COLLECTIBLESUnlock the four secret fighters

Requirements for Luigi, Captain Falcon, Ness and Jigglypuff.

↗
07Super Smash Bros. 64 / REFERENCESingle-player & multiplayer modes

Choose a solo challenge, practice session or local battle.

↗
08Super Smash Bros. 64 / REFERENCEScreenshots & image credits

Nintendo screenshots, fighter artwork and item image credits.

↗

Super Smash Bros. Melee box artSuper Smash Bros. Melee ↗

01Super Smash Bros. Melee / REFERENCECharacters & pictures

The complete Melee cast in a compact picture grid, including Sheik.

↗
02Super Smash Bros. Melee / ITEMSItems & pictures

All 34 standard Melee items, with pictures and expandable descriptions.

↗
03Super Smash Bros. Melee / COLLECTIBLESUnlockables: all fighters, stages & modes

All 11 secret fighters, their alternative challenges and VS milestones, plus all 11 hidden stages, Event requirements and retry rules.

↗
04Super Smash Bros. Melee / PROGRESSIONUnlock route & challenger troubleshooting

A practical route from a fresh Melee save to the full roster, with checkpoints, failed-challenge retries and ways to combine rewards.

↗
05Super Smash Bros. Melee / STAGESAll unlockable stages & pictures

The 11 hidden Melee arenas illustrated with original GameCube pictures, exact requirements and practical stage hazards.

↗
06Super Smash Bros. Melee / REFERENCEControls & getting started

GameCube controls, recovery and basic match rules.

↗
07Super Smash Bros. Melee / REFERENCEModes & solo challenges

Classic, Adventure, All-Star, Event Matches and practice.

↗
09Super Smash Bros. Melee / PICTURESSuper Smash Bros. Melee: artwork & image gallery

Explore 12 selected images from Super Smash Bros. Melee: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Sonic Adventure 2: Battle box artSonic Adventure 2: Battle ↗

01Sonic Adventure 2: Battle / REFERENCECharacters & pictures

The six story heroes and rivals, six extra 2P characters and Omochao.

↗
02Sonic Adventure 2: Battle / REFERENCEGetting started

The three play styles and the Hero, Dark and Last stories.

↗
03Sonic Adventure 2: Battle / REFERENCEHero & Dark stage routes

A quick route through the 31 main campaign stages, including kart stages.

↗
04Sonic Adventure 2: Battle / UPGRADESCharacter upgrades

A compact checklist of permanent equipment for the six story characters.

↗
05Sonic Adventure 2: Battle / REFERENCEChao & Chaos Drives

A compact illustrated introduction to Chao care and stat-building drives.

↗
06Sonic Adventure 2: Battle / COLLECTIBLESEmblems & completion

Story unlocks, mission ranks, Chao competitions and Green Hill.

↗
08Sonic Adventure 2: Battle / PICTURESSonic Adventure 2: Battle: artwork & image gallery

Explore 12 selected images from Sonic Adventure 2: Battle: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

SSX Tricky box artSSX Tricky ↗

01SSX Tricky / REFERENCECharacters & pictures

Meet all 12 standard riders in a compact illustrated gallery.

↗
02SSX Tricky / REFERENCEGetting started

Race, Showoff, Free Ride and your first big tricks.

↗
03SSX Tricky / REFERENCECourses

Eight main venues and two bonus playgrounds.

↗
04SSX Tricky / REFERENCETricks & boost

Build boost, find big air and land your Uber tricks.

↗
05SSX Tricky / EQUIPMENTSnowboards & pictures

Three of Eddie’s board designs, shown from both sides.

↗
06SSX Tricky / COLLECTIBLESProgress & unlocks

Keep track of your riders, medals and Trick Books.

↗
08SSX Tricky / PICTURESSSX Tricky: artwork & image gallery

Explore 9 selected images from SSX Tricky: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

The Sims Bustin’ Out box artThe Sims Bustin’ Out ↗

01The Sims Bustin’ Out / REFERENCEGetting started on PS2

Bust Out, Free Play and the basics of everyday Sim life.

↗
02The Sims Bustin’ Out / REFERENCECharacters & households

A compact directory of the main story residents and where to meet them.

↗
03The Sims Bustin’ Out / REFERENCEHomes & locations

The 13 main Bust Out locations, from Mom’s house to the mansion.

↗
04The Sims Bustin’ Out / CAREERSCareers & promotions

Seven Bust Out career paths and a simple promotion checklist.

↗
05The Sims Bustin’ Out / REFERENCENeeds, skills & friendships

Keep your Sim ready for work, social goals and daily life.

↗
06The Sims Bustin’ Out / COLLECTIBLESGoals & unlocks

Track household goals, career progress and new rewards.

↗
07The Sims Bustin’ Out / REFERENCEPS2 picture gallery

Original cover art and four console gameplay pictures.

↗

EarthBound box artEarthBound ↗

01EarthBound / REFERENCECharacters

The four heroes plus the friends, family and foes you meet on the way.

↗
02EarthBound / REFERENCELocations

Every major town and area, in the order you visit them. Includes later-area names.

↗
03EarthBound / EQUIPMENTItems

All 243 EarthBound items in searchable tables: weapons, protection, goods, food, condiments and medicine, with prices and where to find them.

↗
04EarthBound / REFERENCEEnemies & bosses

Every boss in story order, with where you fight them. Contains spoilers.

↗
05EarthBound / REFERENCESecrets

Hidden tricks, rare drops and easter eggs in EarthBound.

↗
06EarthBound / COLLECTIBLESSanctuaries

The eight Your Sanctuary locations and their guardians. Contains spoilers.

↗
07EarthBound / REFERENCEGetting started

Saving, money, exploration and the first steps out of Onett.

↗
08EarthBound / REFERENCECombat & PSI

Rolling HP, encounter positioning and party roles.

↗
10EarthBound / PICTURESEarthBound: artwork & image gallery

Explore 5 selected images from EarthBound: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Minecraft reference artworkMinecraft ↗

01Minecraft / REFERENCEItems

50 useful Minecraft items in simple searchable tables, with how to get them and what they do.

↗
02Minecraft / REFERENCECharacters

Meet Minecraft’s nine default player skins, including Steve and Alex, with simple notes about their role.

↗
03Minecraft / REFERENCEBlocks

Common Minecraft building blocks and ores: where to find them and how to use them.

↗
04Minecraft / REFERENCEMobs

A simple Minecraft creature reference, from friendly farm animals to familiar hostile mobs.

↗
05Minecraft / REFERENCEGetting started

A short Minecraft Survival guide to gathering wood, crafting tools, finding food and making your first shelter.

↗
06Minecraft / REFERENCEPictures

Official Minecraft promotional art and character pictures, with their original sources.

↗

Portal digital coverPortal ↗

01Portal / CHARACTERSPortal characters & familiar faces

Meet Chell, GLaDOS and the machines that make Aperture’s test chambers memorable.

↗
02Portal / PICTURESPortal: artwork & image gallery

Explore 5 selected images from Portal: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Portal 2 box artPortal 2 ↗

01Portal 2 / CHARACTERSPortal 2 characters & testing partners

Meet Chell, the facility voices, the co-op robots and Aperture’s testing companions.

↗
02Portal 2 / PICTURESPortal 2: artwork & image gallery

Explore 5 selected images from Portal 2: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Super Mario Galaxy box artSuper Mario Galaxy ↗

01Super Mario Galaxy / ILLUSTRATED DIRECTORYCharacters

An illustrated guide to characters in Super Mario Galaxy.

↗
02Super Mario Galaxy / ILLUSTRATED DIRECTORYGalaxies & locations

An illustrated guide to galaxies & locations in Super Mario Galaxy.

↗
03Super Mario Galaxy / ILLUSTRATED DIRECTORYItems & power-ups

An illustrated guide to items & power-ups in Super Mario Galaxy.

↗
04Super Mario Galaxy / PICTURESSuper Mario Galaxy: artwork & image gallery

Explore 13 selected images from Super Mario Galaxy: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Nintendogs: Dachshund & Friends box artNintendogs: Dachshund & Friends ↗

01Nintendogs: Dachshund & Friends / REFERENCEDog breeds

Explore dog breeds in Nintendogs: Dachshund & Friends for Nintendo DS.

↗
02Nintendogs: Dachshund & Friends / REFERENCEPlaces & activities

Explore places & activities in Nintendogs: Dachshund & Friends for Nintendo DS.

↗
03Nintendogs: Dachshund & Friends / REFERENCEItems & care

Explore items & care in Nintendogs: Dachshund & Friends for Nintendo DS.

↗
04Nintendogs: Dachshund & Friends / PICTURESNintendogs: Dachshund & Friends: artwork & image gallery

Explore 12 selected images from Nintendogs: Dachshund & Friends: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Mario Party 4 box artMario Party 4 ↗

01Mario Party 4 / REFERENCECharacters

Pictures of all eight playable characters.

↗
02Mario Party 4 / REFERENCEItems

An illustrated guide to all 14 board items.

↗
03Mario Party 4 / PICTURESMario Party 4: artwork & image gallery

Explore 12 selected images from Mario Party 4: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Burnout 3: Takedown box artBurnout 3: Takedown ↗

01Burnout 3: Takedown / REFERENCECars & vehicles

Browse the Burnout 3: Takedown cars & vehicles.

↗
02Burnout 3: Takedown / REFERENCELocations & tracks

Browse the Burnout 3: Takedown locations & tracks.

↗
03Burnout 3: Takedown / REFERENCESong list

Browse the Burnout 3: Takedown song list.

↗
04Burnout 3: Takedown / CHARACTERSRivals, traffic & vehicle roles

Understand who shares the road in Burnout 3 and how the garage represents your racing choices.

↗
05Burnout 3: Takedown / PICTURESBurnout 3: Takedown: artwork & image gallery

Explore 12 selected images from Burnout 3: Takedown: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Final Fantasy X-2 box artFinal Fantasy X-2 ↗

01Final Fantasy X-2 / REFERENCECharacters

Meet Yuna, Rikku and Paine — the three heroines at the heart of the Gullwings.

↗
02Final Fantasy X-2 / REFERENCEDressphere Unlock Guide & Checklist

Find every original FFX-2 dressphere: unlock chapters, locations, missable requirements and a checklist that saves your progress.

↗
03Final Fantasy X-2 / REFERENCELocations

A quick guide to 16 major destinations across Spira. Revisit areas as each chapter opens new events.

↗
04Final Fantasy X-2 / PICTURESFinal Fantasy X-2: artwork & image gallery

Explore 12 selected images from Final Fantasy X-2: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Call of Duty: Black Ops II box artCall of Duty: Black Ops II ↗

01Call of Duty: Black Ops II / REFERENCECharacters

25 key campaign and Zombies characters, with a short description of each.

↗
02Call of Duty: Black Ops II / REFERENCEGuns & Weapons

84 guns and special weapons, with pictures and numerical stats labelled by mode.

↗
03Call of Duty: Black Ops II / REFERENCEPerks

16 multiplayer perks and 12 Zombies Perk-a-Colas, with short descriptions, unlock levels and point costs.

↗
04Call of Duty: Black Ops II / REFERENCEMaps

31 multiplayer maps and 12 Zombies maps or standalone areas, including all four map packs.

↗
05Call of Duty: Black Ops II / REFERENCEScorestreaks

Black Ops II replaces killstreak rewards with scorestreaks: kills, assists, objectives and other team actions build your streak. These are the 22 multiplayer rewards from the original 2012 game, using its patched score requirements.

↗
06Call of Duty: Black Ops II / PICTURESCall of Duty: Black Ops II: artwork & image gallery

Explore 13 selected images from Call of Duty: Black Ops II: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Call of Duty: Black Ops box artCall of Duty: Black Ops ↗

01Call of Duty: Black Ops / REFERENCECharacters

Meet 22 characters from the original Black Ops campaign and its Ultimis, Five and Call of the Dead Zombies crews.

↗
02Call of Duty: Black Ops / REFERENCEGuns & Weapons

73 illustrated guns and special weapons, from multiplayer loadouts to campaign additions and Zombies wonder weapons.

↗
03Call of Duty: Black Ops / REFERENCEPerks

15 multiplayer perks with their Pro upgrades, plus all 8 Zombies Perk-a-Colas with prices and map availability.

↗
04Call of Duty: Black Ops / REFERENCEMaps

26 multiplayer maps, 10 Zombies maps and the Dead Ops Arcade bonus, including all four DLC packs.

↗
05Call of Duty: Black Ops / STORYStory

A concise illustrated recap of Mason’s interrogation, Nova 6, Reznov’s twist and the original Black Ops ending.

↗
06Call of Duty: Black Ops / REFERENCEKillstreaks

Black Ops has 15 selectable rewards in its original PC and console multiplayer set. Wii multiplayer omits Valkyrie Rockets, Chopper Gunner and Gunship. Requirements below are shown before Hardline.

↗
07Call of Duty: Black Ops / PICTURESCall of Duty: Black Ops: artwork & image gallery

Explore 13 selected images from Call of Duty: Black Ops: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Call of Duty: World at War reference artworkCall of Duty: World at War ↗

01Call of Duty: World at War / REFERENCECharacters

12 illustrated profiles: eight campaign characters and the four original named Zombies survivors.

↗
02Call of Duty: World at War / REFERENCEGuns & Weapons

33 illustrated base weapons, including multiplayer guns, special equipment and the original Zombies wonder weapons.

↗
03Call of Duty: World at War / REFERENCEPerks

28 multiplayer perks across three tiers, five vehicle perks and four classic Zombies Perk-a-Colas.

↗
04Call of Duty: World at War / REFERENCEMaps

23 multiplayer maps, including Makin Day and all three map packs, plus the four original Zombies maps.

↗
05Call of Duty: World at War / STORYStory

A concise illustrated recap of World at War’s Pacific and Soviet campaigns, from Miller’s rescue to the Reichstag finale.

↗
06Call of Duty: World at War / REFERENCEKillstreaks

World at War has three fixed multiplayer rewards: Recon Plane at 3 kills, Artillery at 5, and Attack Dogs at 7.

↗
07Call of Duty: World at War / PICTURESCall of Duty: World at War: artwork & image gallery

Explore 14 selected images from Call of Duty: World at War: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Call of Duty 4: Modern Warfare box artCall of Duty 4: Modern Warfare ↗

01Call of Duty 4: Modern Warfare / REFERENCECharacters

13 illustrated campaign profiles, from Soap and Captain Price to the Marine squad and Zakhaev’s allies.

↗
02Call of Duty 4: Modern Warfare / REFERENCEGuns & Weapons

29 illustrated base weapons: 26 multiplayer firearms, the RPG-7 and two campaign launchers.

↗
03Call of Duty 4: Modern Warfare / REFERENCEPerks

All 22 original multiplayer perks, grouped by tier, with short effects and unlock levels.

↗
04Call of Duty 4: Modern Warfare / REFERENCEMaps

21 original multiplayer maps: 16 launch maps, four Variety Map Pack maps and Winter Crash.

↗
05Call of Duty 4: Modern Warfare / STORYStory

A concise illustrated recap of the original Call of Duty 4 campaign: the coup, nuclear blast, Zakhaev’s missile plot and bridge finale.

↗
06Call of Duty 4: Modern Warfare / REFERENCEKillstreaks

The original Modern Warfare uses three fixed multiplayer rewards: UAV Recon at 3 kills, Airstrike at 5, and Helicopter at 7.

↗
07Call of Duty 4: Modern Warfare / PICTURESCall of Duty 4: Modern Warfare: artwork & image gallery

Explore 14 selected images from Call of Duty 4: Modern Warfare: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 2 box artCall of Duty: Modern Warfare 2 ↗

01Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 2 / REFERENCECharacters

12 illustrated campaign profiles, including Task Force 141, the U.S. Rangers and their adversaries.

↗
02Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 2 / REFERENCEGuns & Weapons

43 illustrated weapons, with the original multiplayer primaries, secondary weapons and launchers.

↗
03Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 2 / REFERENCEPerks

All 16 original multiplayer perks with their Pro upgrades, plus four separate deathstreak rewards.

↗
04Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 2 / REFERENCEMaps

26 multiplayer maps: 16 launch maps, five Stimulus Package maps and five Resurgence Pack maps.

↗
05Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 2 / STORYStory

A concise illustrated recap of the original Modern Warfare 2 campaign: Makarov’s plot, the invasion, Shepherd’s betrayal and the finale.

↗
06Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 2 / REFERENCEKillstreaks

The original Modern Warfare 2 offers 15 selectable multiplayer rewards, from UAV reconnaissance to the Tactical Nuke. The numbers below are the normal requirements before Hardline.

↗
07Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 2 / REFERENCESpec Ops Missions

All 23 Spec Ops missions, from Alpha to Echo, with mission pictures, objectives and player requirements. Earn up to 69 stars.

↗
08Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 2 / PICTURESCall of Duty: Modern Warfare 2: artwork & image gallery

Explore 14 selected images from Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 2: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Dragon Ball Z: Budokai 3 box artDragon Ball Z: Budokai 3 ↗

01Dragon Ball Z: Budokai 3 / REFERENCECharacters & Fusions

A searchable, illustrated roster of 38 fighters and four fusion characters.

↗
02Dragon Ball Z: Budokai 3 / REFERENCEBattle Stages

All 12 named battle stages with pictures and quick descriptions.

↗
03Dragon Ball Z: Budokai 3 / REFERENCEModes & Basics

A quick introduction to game modes, capsules and combat.

↗
04Dragon Ball Z: Budokai 3 / PICTURESDragon Ball Z: Budokai 3: artwork & image gallery

Explore 12 selected images from Dragon Ball Z: Budokai 3: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Metroid Prime box artMetroid Prime ↗

01Metroid Prime / REFERENCESuits

The four main suit stages in the original game. The unlockable Fusion Suit appearance is a bonus costume, not a fifth progression upgrade.

↗
02Metroid Prime / REFERENCEWeapons & Upgrades

26 equipment and collectible types, grouped by purpose. Includes starting equipment, new abilities, expansions and artifacts; this is not a room-by-room pickup checklist.

↗
03Metroid Prime / REFERENCELocations

Seven main locations: the prologue frigate and six regions on Tallon IV. Individual rooms and the crashed frigate are not counted as separate regions.

↗
04Metroid Prime / PICTURESMetroid Prime: artwork & image gallery

Explore 12 selected images from Metroid Prime: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Star Fox 64 box artStar Fox 64 ↗

01Star Fox 64 / REFERENCECharacters

14 main characters: the Star Fox team, supporting allies, Star Wolf and Andross. Fox is the single-player protagonist; this is a cast guide, not a playable-character roster.

↗
02Star Fox 64 / REFERENCEMissions & Locations

15 destinations, shown in 16 mission entries so the two Venom approaches stay distinct. A campaign follows a branching route rather than visiting every destination.

↗
03Star Fox 64 / REFERENCEVehicles

The three vehicles used in the single-player campaign, with their roles and equipment.

↗
04Star Fox 64 / PICTURESStar Fox 64: artwork & image gallery

Explore 12 selected images from Star Fox 64: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Half-Life 2 box artHalf-Life 2 ↗

01Half-Life 2 / REFERENCECharacters

11 main characters from the original campaign, with their roles and connections to Gordon Freeman.

↗
02Half-Life 2 / REFERENCEChapters & Locations

All 14 chapters in campaign order, from City 17 to the Citadel. Chapter summaries contain story spoilers.

↗
03Half-Life 2 / REFERENCEWeapons & Tools

All 11 carried weapons and tools in the original campaign, including the Gravity Gun and bugbait. Mounted guns and enemy-only weapons are not included.

↗
04Half-Life 2 / PICTURESHalf-Life 2: artwork & image gallery

Explore 12 selected images from Half-Life 2: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Super Mario Bros. 3 box artSuper Mario Bros. 3 ↗

01Super Mario Bros. 3 / REFERENCECharacters

13 main characters and bosses: the Mario brothers, their allies, Boom Boom, all seven Koopalings and Bowser.

↗
02Super Mario Bros. 3 / REFERENCEWorlds, Maps & Routes

All eight original NES worlds with maps, course highlights, secrets, recommended power-ups and boss strategies, from Grass Land to Bowser’s Dark Land.

↗
03Super Mario Bros. 3 / REFERENCEPower-ups & Items

15 power-ups and useful items from the original NES game, including suits, map inventory tools and Goomba’s Shoe.

↗
04Super Mario Bros. 3 / SECRETSAll Three Warp Whistles: Locations & World 8 Route

Find the white-block whistle, the fortress whistle and Desert Land’s hidden Fire Brothers. Compare Warp Zone destinations and follow the two-whistle route to World 8.

↗
05Super Mario Bros. 3 / WALKTHROUGHFortress Puzzles, Koopaling Bosses & Bowser

Solve the unusual World 7 and World 8 fortresses, learn all seven Koopaling patterns, and use Bowser’s floor-breaking jumps to finish the original NES game.

↗
06Super Mario Bros. 3 / PICTURESSuper Mario Bros. 3: artwork & image gallery

Explore 12 selected images from Super Mario Bros. 3: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Mario Party DS box artMario Party DS ↗

01Mario Party DS / REFERENCECharacters

All eight playable characters are available from the start. Character choice does not change board movement or item rules.

↗
02Mario Party DS / REFERENCEBoards

All five boards in story order, with their Star rules and boss minigames. The first four are available in Party Mode from the start; Bowser’s Pinball Machine unlocks by completing Story Mode.

↗
03Mario Party DS / REFERENCEItems & Hexes

All eight shop items and eight Hexes. You can carry up to three items and Hexes combined. Shop prices shown are the normal prices; Hexes are collected from Hex Areas and placed on board spaces.

↗
04Mario Party DS / PICTURESMario Party DS: artwork & image gallery

Explore 12 selected images from Mario Party DS: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Rhythm Heaven box artRhythm Heaven ↗

01Rhythm Heaven / REFERENCERhythm Games

40 rhythm games plus Airboarder, the credits game. Entries follow the DS game’s set order, including all 16 later variations. Pictures show each game’s title card.

↗
02Rhythm Heaven / REFERENCERemixes

All 10 DS remixes in order. Each combines multiple routines into one continuous challenge; keep the beat through every transition.

↗
03Rhythm Heaven / REFERENCEControls & Progression

A quick guide to holding the DS, using the stylus and improving your results.

↗
04Rhythm Heaven / PICTURESRhythm Heaven: artwork & image gallery

Explore 12 selected images from Rhythm Heaven: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Phoenix Wright: Ace Attorney box artPhoenix Wright: Ace Attorney ↗

01Phoenix Wright: Ace Attorney / REFERENCECharacters

13 key characters from the first game. These short introductions describe their roles without revealing culprits or case endings.

↗
02Phoenix Wright: Ace Attorney / REFERENCECases

All five cases in play order, including the DS-added Rise from the Ashes. These are opening summaries and gameplay notes, not solution walkthroughs. Case illustrations may hint at the cast.

↗
03Phoenix Wright: Ace Attorney / REFERENCECourtroom Basics

Learn how to investigate, use the Court Record and challenge testimony in the original five-case adventure.

↗
04Phoenix Wright: Ace Attorney / PICTURESPhoenix Wright: Ace Attorney: artwork & image gallery

Explore 12 selected images from Phoenix Wright: Ace Attorney: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Halo: Combat Evolved box artHalo: Combat Evolved ↗

01Halo: Combat Evolved / REFERENCECharacters & Factions

Meet the human survivors, their allies and the threats on Installation 04. Contains story spoilers.

↗
02Halo: Combat Evolved / REFERENCEWeapons & Grenades

Eight carried guns and two grenade types from the original Xbox game. The energy sword is enemy-only in this release.

↗
03Halo: Combat Evolved / REFERENCEVehicles

Four vehicles you can drive or pilot in the campaign, plus two important support and enemy vehicles.

↗
04Halo: Combat Evolved / REFERENCECampaign Missions

All ten missions in campaign order. Summaries contain story spoilers.

↗
05Halo: Combat Evolved / REFERENCEGetting Started

The essentials of survival, combat and local multiplayer in the original Xbox release.

↗
06Halo: Combat Evolved / PICTURESHalo: Combat Evolved: artwork & image gallery

Explore 4 selected images from Halo: Combat Evolved: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Journey digital coverJourney ↗

01Journey / REFERENCEGetting Started

Learn the essentials of movement, calls and exploration before setting out.

↗
02Journey / REFERENCETravellers & Creatures

Meet the figures and creatures of Journey. Later-game encounters are mentioned.

↗
03Journey / REFERENCEAreas & Route

Eight areas in route order, using common community names. Contains location and ending spoilers.

↗
04Journey / REFERENCETravelling Together

Communicate and cooperate through movement and calls. Online encounters depend on platform services and availability.

↗
05Journey / REFERENCESymbols & Secrets

A discovery overview for return visits, including unlock spoilers. This is not a location-by-location checklist.

↗
06Journey / REFERENCETrophies

An overview of all 14 trophies from the original PlayStation release. Contains discovery and ending spoilers.

↗
07Journey / PICTURESJourney: artwork & image gallery

Explore 5 selected images from Journey: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Crash Bash box artCrash Bash ↗

01Crash Bash / REFERENCECharacters

All eight playable characters, grouped by their mask’s team in Adventure Mode.

↗
02Crash Bash / REFERENCEMinigames & Arenas

All 28 retail minigame arenas, grouped into seven families. Screenshots show the original PlayStation game.

↗
03Crash Bash / REFERENCEBosses

All four Crash Bash bosses (Papu Pummel, Bearminator, Big Bad Fox and Oxide Ride), with how each fight works and how to win it. Contains boss and progression spoilers.

↗
04Crash Bash / REFERENCEGetting Started

Choose a mode, set up local multiplayer and learn the different event families.

↗
05Crash Bash / REFERENCEAdventure Mode

The five warp rooms and their events. Contains progression and co-op ending spoilers.

↗
06Crash Bash / REFERENCERewards & Unlocks

Understand trophies, gems, crystals and relics before returning to earlier arenas. Contains unlock spoilers.

↗
07Crash Bash / PICTURESCrash Bash: artwork & image gallery

Explore 12 selected images from Crash Bash: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Hollow Knight digital coverHollow Knight ↗

01Hollow Knight / REFERENCEGetting Started

Learn the essentials of exploration, combat and recovery in Hallownest.

↗
02Hollow Knight / REFERENCECharacters

Ten key figures you can encounter. Descriptions introduce their roles without detailing quest endings.

↗
03Hollow Knight / REFERENCEHallownest Areas

A guide to 14 major destinations. This is a regional overview, not every sub-area; later locations are spoilers.

↗
04Hollow Knight / REFERENCEAbilities & Spells

Core movement upgrades, spells and Nail Arts. Acquisition and late-game ability spoilers are included.

↗
05Hollow Knight / REFERENCECharms & Loadouts

A selection of useful charms and loadout basics. This is not the complete charm catalog.

↗
06Hollow Knight / REFERENCEBoss Encounters

Ten selected encounters and practical starting tips. Includes late-game and content-pack spoilers; not a complete boss list.

↗
07Hollow Knight / REFERENCEUpgrades & Completion

Plan permanent upgrades and optional challenges. Includes progression and content-pack spoilers.

↗
08Hollow Knight / PICTURESHollow Knight: artwork & image gallery

Explore 13 selected images from Hollow Knight: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Pikmin box artPikmin ↗

01Pikmin / REFERENCEGetting Started

Build a squad, plan safe routes and bring your helpers home.

↗
02Pikmin / REFERENCEOlimar & Pikmin Types

Meet the captain and all three playable Pikmin types from the original game.

↗
03Pikmin / REFERENCEAreas

All five areas, their ship-part totals and unlock requirements. Contains progression spoilers.

↗
04Pikmin / REFERENCEAll 30 Ship Parts

Every ship part grouped by area, with required and optional status. Contains progression spoilers.

↗
05Pikmin / REFERENCEEnemies & Bosses

A starter field guide to eight notable encounters, including the final boss. This is a selected bestiary.

↗
06Pikmin / REFERENCECompletion & Challenge Mode

Understand the deadline, endings and extra mode. Contains ending spoilers.

↗
07Pikmin / PICTURESPikmin: artwork & image gallery

Explore 12 selected images from Pikmin: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

WarioWare: Touched! box artWarioWare: Touched! ↗

01WarioWare: Touched! / REFERENCEGetting Started

Learn the touch-screen and microphone basics.

↗
02WarioWare: Touched! / REFERENCECharacters

Meet the main stage hosts and their companions, with artwork from Touched!.

↗
03WarioWare: Touched! / REFERENCEStages & Controls

Nine main collections and their signature control styles. Later-stage names are included.

↗
04WarioWare: Touched! / REFERENCEMicrogame Album

Browse microgame Album icons by collection, with their target scores. Icons are shown at an enlarged size.

↗
05WarioWare: Touched! / REFERENCEToy Room Souvenirs

A selection of 12 Toy Room toys and bonus activities, illustrated with game screenshots.

↗
06WarioWare: Touched! / REFERENCECompletion & Unlocks

Plan a return visit to the Album, score challenges and Toy Room. Contains unlock spoilers.

↗
07WarioWare: Touched! / PICTURESWarioWare: Touched!: artwork & image gallery

Explore 12 selected images from WarioWare: Touched!: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Guitar Hero III: Legends of Rock box artGuitar Hero III: Legends of Rock ↗

01Guitar Hero III: Legends of Rock / REFERENCEGetting Started

Learn five-fret guitar controls, Star Power and practice routines.

↗
02Guitar Hero III: Legends of Rock / REFERENCECharacters

All 15 playable character identities across editions. Each platform has 13: eight starters, three bosses and two platform-specific shop characters.

↗
03Guitar Hero III: Legends of Rock / REFERENCESongs & Setlist

73 base-game entries, including the three Career boss performances. Songs are grouped by solo tier, co-op exclusivity and bonus status. DLC is excluded.

↗
04Guitar Hero III: Legends of Rock / REFERENCECareer Venues

The eight solo Career venues in order. Co-op uses a different route through these locations.

↗
05Guitar Hero III: Legends of Rock / REFERENCEGame Modes

Solo, practice and local two-player options. This guide does not assume legacy online services are available.

↗
06Guitar Hero III: Legends of Rock / REFERENCEBoss Battles

Career rivals and the main attack mechanics. Contains final-boss spoilers.

↗
07Guitar Hero III: Legends of Rock / REFERENCEScreenshots

Promotional gameplay images archived by GuitarHero3.com. Open a picture to view it at full size.

↗

Tekken Tag Tournament box artTekken Tag Tournament ↗

01Tekken Tag Tournament / REFERENCECharacters

39 playable character identities in the PS2 edition, including alternate selections. Every fighter has a portrait.

↗
02Tekken Tag Tournament / REFERENCEStages

20 named stage presentations, including A/B variations. Archive screenshot resolution may differ from the original PS2 game.

↗
03Tekken Tag Tournament / REFERENCEGetting Started

Learn the controls, defence and a dependable two-fighter team.

↗
04Tekken Tag Tournament / REFERENCETag Battle System

Understand health recovery, safe switches and team attacks.

↗
05Tekken Tag Tournament / REFERENCEGame Modes

Explore the original PS2 game’s solo and local multiplayer options.

↗
06Tekken Tag Tournament / REFERENCEUnlockables

Build your roster and discover the PS2 bonus content. Contains unlock and final-boss spoilers.

↗
07Tekken Tag Tournament / REFERENCETekken Bowl

How to unlock Tekken Bowl, the PS2 bowling minigame, plus the controls, fouls, character differences and scoring tips.

↗
08Tekken Tag Tournament / PICTURESTekken Tag Tournament: artwork & image gallery

Explore 12 selected images from Tekken Tag Tournament: characters, identifying artwork and illustrated game references.

↗

Donkey Kong Country box artDonkey Kong Country ↗

01Donkey Kong Country / BasicsStart the island adventure

Learn the Kong pair, practice safe movement and secure your first save.

↗
02Donkey Kong Country / CharactersKongs, helpers and enemy matchups

Choose a leader for the obstacle and learn which enemies need a different approach.

↗
03Donkey Kong Country / AreasThe island's changing terrain

Follow the six mainland worlds and adapt to their signature obstacles.

↗
04Donkey Kong Country / MechanicsBarrels, bananas and Animal Buddies

Identify the tools that give extra lives, recovery, movement and secret access.

↗
05Donkey Kong Country / SecretsWorking toward 101%

Use level-name clues to find the original game's hidden Bonus Areas.

↗
06Donkey Kong Country / Cheat codesDonkey Kong Country cheat codes: 50 lives and music test

Every Donkey Kong Country SNES code, including BARRAL for 50 lives, the music test and bonus-stage practice.

↗
07Donkey Kong Country / Where to findWhere to find every Animal Buddy in Donkey Kong Country

Where Rambi, Enguarde, Winky, Expresso and Squawks appear in the original SNES Donkey Kong Country.

↗
08Donkey Kong Country / How to unlockHow to unlock 101% in Donkey Kong Country

What counts toward 101% completion in the SNES Donkey Kong Country and how to unlock each extra.

↗
09Donkey Kong Country / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Donkey Kong Country, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Silent Hill 2 box artSilent Hill 2 ↗

01Silent Hill 2 / Start hereGetting started: finding your way through the fog

Controls, exploration, and puzzle habits for a first journey through the original game.

↗
02Silent Hill 2 / Cast • light spoilersCharacters: six people and incompatible memories

A spoiler-conscious guide to the people James meets and the questions their scenes raise.

↗
03Silent Hill 2 / Route • spoilersAreas and story route: from South Vale to the hotel

A broad route map with puzzle landmarks; this page reveals the order of major areas.

↗
04Silent Hill 2 / MechanicsWeapons and survival: spend ammunition with a purpose

Use range, finishing kicks, and the right recovery item to keep James moving.

↗
05Silent Hill 2 / Completion • spoilersEndings and secrets: plan a second journey

What the first PS2 edition contains, and how to approach its replay rewards.

↗
06Silent Hill 2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Silent Hill 2, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Crash Bandicoot box artCrash Bandicoot ↗

01Crash Bandicoot / Start hereStart on N. Sanity Beach

Learn the original controls, build a safe jumping rhythm and understand when progress is saved.

↗
02Crash Bandicoot / CharactersCrash, allies and Cortex's cast

Meet the figures who drive the original rescue and learn how their roles affect play.

↗
03Crash Bandicoot / WalkthroughFollow the three-island route

Use the adventure's changing stage types to prepare for the next stretch.

↗
04Crash Bandicoot / MechanicsCrates, fruit and masks

Choose the right action for each crate and preserve protection through difficult sections.

↗
05Crash Bandicoot / CompletionGems, keys and the alternate ending

Apply the original checkpoint rule and plan the colored-gem returns.

↗
06Crash Bandicoot / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Crash Bandicoot, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Donkey Kong Country 2: Diddy's Kong Quest box artDonkey Kong Country 2: Diddy's Kong Quest ↗

01Donkey Kong Country 2: Diddy's Kong Quest / BasicsLearn the rescue team's moves

Practice Diddy's cartwheel, Dixie's glide and the new team throw.

↗
02Donkey Kong Country 2: Diddy's Kong Quest / CharactersHeroes, helpers and pirate threats

Understand the playable pair and the specialists who change the journey.

↗
03Donkey Kong Country 2: Diddy's Kong Quest / AreasExplore Crocodile Isle

Recognize the island's ship, volcano, swamp, amusement park and haunted routes.

↗
04Donkey Kong Country 2: Diddy's Kong Quest / MechanicsCoins, barrels and transformations

Distinguish the three currencies and use the right animal movement.

↗
05Donkey Kong Country 2: Diddy's Kong Quest / SecretsThe 102% and Lost World route

Follow both collectible tracks beyond the first ending.

↗
06Donkey Kong Country 2: Diddy's Kong Quest / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Donkey Kong Country 2: Diddy's Kong Quest, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Resident Evil 2 box artResident Evil 2 ↗

01Resident Evil 2 / Start hereGetting started: survive the first trip to the RPD

Choose a scenario, learn fixed-camera movement, and make a sensible first inventory.

↗
02Resident Evil 2 / Cast • light spoilersCharacters: the survivors at the centre of the outbreak

Who Leon and Claire meet, and how their partners change the shape of a scenario.

↗
03Resident Evil 2 / Route • spoilersAreas and scenario route: streets, station, and underground

Understand the original campaign's geography and why an A clear is only half a pair.

↗
04Resident Evil 2 / MechanicsWeapons and survival: Leon's firepower, Claire's flexibility

Give each weapon a role and keep healing, ammunition, and inventory space in balance.

↗
05Resident Evil 2 / Completion • spoilersCompletion and secrets: scenario pairs, Brad, and bonus survivors

A practical replay plan that keeps first-release rewards separate from later additions.

↗
06Resident Evil 2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Resident Evil 2, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Sonic the Hedgehog box artSonic the Hedgehog ↗

01Sonic the Hedgehog / BasicsGet comfortable with Sonic's momentum

Learn how running, rolling and rings work before chasing maximum speed.

↗
02Sonic the Hedgehog / CharactersSonic, Robotnik and the Badniks

Meet the rescue story's central figures and read the first robot attack patterns.

↗
03Sonic the Hedgehog / AreasAcross the six main Zones

Learn where the game favors speed, careful jumps and underwater planning.

↗
04Sonic the Hedgehog / MechanicsRings, monitors and survival

Know what each power-up protects against and when it changes your movement.

↗
05Sonic the Hedgehog / SecretsFind all six Chaos Emeralds

Plan Giant Ring entries and understand the rotating-maze challenges.

↗
06Sonic the Hedgehog / Cheat codesSonic the Hedgehog (1991) codes: level select and debug mode

Level select, debug mode and other codes for the original Mega Drive/Genesis Sonic the Hedgehog.

↗
07Sonic the Hedgehog / Where to findWhere to find the Chaos Emeralds in Sonic the Hedgehog (1991)

Where the giant rings are, how to enter the Special Stages and collect all six Chaos Emeralds.

↗
08Sonic the Hedgehog / How to unlockHow to unlock the good ending in Sonic the Hedgehog (1991)

How to get the good ending and what the codes unlock in the original Sonic the Hedgehog.

↗
09Sonic the Hedgehog / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Sonic the Hedgehog, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Resident Evil 4 box artResident Evil 4 ↗

01Resident Evil 4 / Start hereGetting started: create space before taking the shot

Learn the GameCube game's aiming rhythm, stagger attacks, and case management.

↗
02Resident Evil 4 / Cast • light spoilersCharacters: allies, responsibilities, and divided loyalties

The four central characters and what their presence means during Leon's mission.

↗
03Resident Evil 4 / Route • spoilersAreas and story route: village, castle, island

Follow the original rescue mission's three main regions and changing combat demands.

↗
04Resident Evil 4 / MechanicsWeapons and survival: build a loadout with distinct jobs

Spend pesetas on useful roles, preserve emergency tools, and improve maximum health.

↗
05Resident Evil 4 / CompletionCompletion and secrets: GameCube rewards and bonus modes

Choose a second-run goal and follow unlock requirements for the original release.

↗
06Resident Evil 4 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Resident Evil 4, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Sonic the Hedgehog 2 box artSonic the Hedgehog 2 ↗

01Sonic the Hedgehog 2 / BasicsStart with the Spin Dash

Choose a character setup and learn controlled bursts of speed.

↗
02Sonic the Hedgehog 2 / CharactersSonic, Tails and the Death Egg threats

Use the partner wisely and distinguish the two final robots.

↗
03Sonic the Hedgehog 2 / AreasThe eleven-Zone route

Adapt to water, machinery, vehicles and the final space station.

↗
04Sonic the Hedgehog 2 / MechanicsItems and two-player modes

Know the survival tools and how the competition differs from helping Sonic.

↗
05Sonic the Hedgehog 2 / SecretsSeven Emeralds and Super Sonic

Plan checkpoint entries and meet the half-pipe's three ring targets.

↗
06Sonic the Hedgehog 2 / Cheat codesSonic 2 codes: level select, debug mode and Super Sonic

Sound-test codes for level select, debug mode, 14 continues and instant Super Sonic in Sonic the Hedgehog 2.

↗
07Sonic the Hedgehog 2 / Where to findWhere to find the Chaos Emeralds in Sonic 2

How to enter Sonic 2’s Special Stages from star posts and collect all seven Chaos Emeralds.

↗
08Sonic the Hedgehog 2 / How to unlockHow to unlock Super Sonic in Sonic 2

How to unlock Super Sonic, the good ending and two-player zones in the original Sonic the Hedgehog 2.

↗
09Sonic the Hedgehog 2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Sonic the Hedgehog 2, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Spyro the Dragon box artSpyro the Dragon ↗

01Spyro the Dragon / Start hereYour first flight through Artisans

Learn the original controls, saving routine and a useful first collection route.

↗
02Spyro the Dragon / CharactersSpyro, Sparx and the dragon rescue

Understand the central cast and the helpers who make exploration easier.

↗
03Spyro the Dragon / WorldsA route through the six worlds

Follow the balloonists' collection gates and prepare for each world's new challenge.

↗
04Spyro the Dragon / MechanicsGems, attacks and difficult landings

Choose the right attack for a target and turn movement practice into reliable collection.

↗
05Spyro the Dragon / CompletionFrom the first egg to 120 percent

Audit the original collection, find the hidden flight course and open Gnasty's Loot.

↗
06Spyro the Dragon / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Spyro the Dragon, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

GoldenEye 007 box artGoldenEye 007 ↗

01GoldenEye 007 / Start hereRead the briefing before pulling the trigger

Settle into the N64 controls and finish missions with every required objective intact.

↗
02GoldenEye 007 / CharactersBond's allies and the Janus conspiracy

Meet the key figures and understand when a character changes the mission's priorities.

↗
03GoldenEye 007 / MissionsThe 18-stage campaign route

Follow the story from Arkangelsk to Cuba and prepare for the major changes in mission design.

↗
04GoldenEye 007 / MechanicsWeapons, armor, gadgets and local matches

Use the right tool for an objective and build a manageable split-screen match.

↗
05GoldenEye 007 / CompletionBonus stages and timed cheat rewards

Unlock the two extra missions, plan target-time attempts and reach adjustable 007 mode.

↗
06GoldenEye 007 / Cheat codesGoldenEye 007 cheats: every unlock time

Every GoldenEye 007 cheat, the level and difficulty that unlocks it and the target time to beat.

↗
07GoldenEye 007 / Where to findWhere to find Dr. Doak, the Golden Gun and the bonus levels in GoldenEye

Where Dr. Doak hides in Facility, how to take the Golden Gun safely and where the bonus levels appear.

↗
08GoldenEye 007 / How to unlockHow to unlock Aztec, Egyptian and 007 mode in GoldenEye

How to unlock the Aztec and Egyptian bonus missions, 007 difficulty and the Golden Gun in GoldenEye 007.

↗
09GoldenEye 007 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for GoldenEye 007, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Mario Kart 64 box artMario Kart 64 ↗

01Mario Kart 64 / BasicsDrive your first Mushroom Cup

Learn the controls, pick a calm first race and understand cup progress.

↗
02Mario Kart 64 / RosterChoose from the eight drivers

Compare the original weight groups and build a useful practice routine.

↗
03Mario Kart 64 / DrivingCharge a Mini-Turbo through a corner

Practice the N64 game's manual drift charge without losing your racing line.

↗
04Mario Kart 64 / ItemsUse shells and protect a lead

Turn a random item into a deliberate attack or a safer stretch of racing.

↗
05Mario Kart 64 / ModesPractice alone and compete with friends

Use Time Trials for repeatable driving and Battle for arena awareness.

↗
06Mario Kart 64 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Mario Kart 64, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Super Mario World 2: Yoshi's Island box artSuper Mario World 2: Yoshi's Island ↗

01Super Mario World 2: Yoshi's Island / BasicsBegin the Yoshi relay

Practice tongue use, hovering jumps and a calm rescue after a hit.

↗
02Super Mario World 2: Yoshi's Island / RosterMeet the island's couriers and helpers

Understand who you control, who needs protection and who changes the challenges.

↗
03Super Mario World 2: Yoshi's Island / EggsMake eggs and plan the shot

Choose an aim setting, conserve supplies and use ricochets to reach objects.

↗
04Super Mario World 2: Yoshi's Island / CompletionBuild a 100-point stage run

Track the three score categories and leave the final approach with enough stars.

↗
05Super Mario World 2: Yoshi's Island / BossesClear Burt and Salvo in World 1

Use the opening boss fights to learn patience, egg supply and safe positioning.

↗
06Super Mario World 2: Yoshi's Island / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Super Mario World 2: Yoshi's Island, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Banjo-Kazooie box artBanjo-Kazooie ↗

01Banjo-Kazooie / BasicsLeave Spiral Mountain with confidence

Learn the partnership, steady the camera and find the first world.

↗
02Banjo-Kazooie / RosterUnderstand the bear, bird and their helpers

Use tutorials, transformations and information as different kinds of progress.

↗
03Banjo-Kazooie / CollectiblesPlan notes, Jiggies and a safe collection run

Understand the original N64 note score before committing to a long world visit.

↗
04Banjo-Kazooie / World 1Solve the first world's different routes

Learn three moves, handle Conga's puzzles and use the termite transformation.

↗
05Banjo-Kazooie / EndgamePrepare for Grunty's Furnace Fun

Gather your own trivia notes and use the board's spaces to plan a safer route.

↗
06Banjo-Kazooie / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Banjo-Kazooie, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Kirby Super Star box artKirby Super Star ↗

01Kirby Super Star / BasicsBegin with Spring Breeze

Learn Kirby's movement and start choosing adventures from the corkboard.

↗
02Kirby Super Star / CharactersKirby, Helpers and rivals

Understand the cast and make the cooperative partner useful.

↗
03Kirby Super Star / TreasuresExplore The Great Cave Offensive

Navigate four linked areas, preserve progress and investigate treasure puzzles.

↗
04Kirby Super Star / AdventuresThe Halberd and Milky Way Wishes

Adapt to timed chapters and collect permanent powers in space.

↗
05Kirby Super Star / ChallengesThe Arena and quick contests

Manage limited healing in the boss marathon and improve the short games.

↗
06Kirby Super Star / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Kirby Super Star, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Mega Man X box artMega Man X ↗

01Mega Man X / BasicsFrom the highway to your first Maverick

Practice the X-Buster, wall jumps and your first dash upgrade.

↗
02Mega Man X / CharactersHunters, Mavericks and support

Follow X's role and learn what the rival bosses contribute to his arsenal.

↗
03Mega Man X / BossesA practical Maverick route

Use the original weakness chain while adapting to stage difficulty.

↗
04Mega Man X / UpgradesFind armor and build endurance

Prioritize the original four capsules, Life Ups and refillable Sub Tanks.

↗
05Mega Man X / Final stagesPrepare for Sigma's fortress

Manage weapon energy, charged powers and boss rematches.

↗
06Mega Man X / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Mega Man X, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Final Fantasy VI box artFinal Fantasy VI ↗

01Final Fantasy VI / BasicsStart the journey from Narshe

Set up battles, learn the menus and establish a reliable saving routine.

↗
02Final Fantasy VI / CharactersBuild a party around its commands

Give each member a useful role before adding shared magic.

↗
03Final Fantasy VI / CombatATB, Blitz and Runic

Plan turns, protect fragile characters and practice the distinctive commands.

↗
04Final Fantasy VI / EquipmentLearn magic and combine relics

Use permanent spell learning, level bonuses and two accessory slots.

↗
05Final Fantasy VI / ExplorationThe journey and major missables

Follow the early routes, preserve a major recruit and prepare for the finale. Contains later-game spoilers.

↗
06Final Fantasy VI / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Final Fantasy VI, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Pokémon Red / Blue box artPokémon Red / Blue ↗

01Pokémon Red / Blue / BasicsFirst partner, first catches and the Boulder Badge

Start the international Game Boy adventure, deliver Oak's Parcel and prepare a small team for Pewter Gym.

↗
02Pokémon Red / Blue / CharactersKanto Trainers, first partners and Team Rocket

Meet Red, Oak, the rival and Kanto's major Trainers, with artwork labelled to its original release era.

↗
03Pokémon Red / Blue / ProgressionKanto route, story keys and HM travel

Connect Kanto's major story gates with Cut, the Silph Scope, the Poké Flute, Surf and Strength in original Red/Blue.

↗
04Pokémon Red / Blue / Battle systemOriginal battle types, moves and team training

Understand Generation I's type-based damage categories, single Special stat and limited-use move resources.

↗
05Pokémon Red / Blue / CompletionVersion choices, trading and the Kanto endgame

Plan version-exclusive catches, trade evolutions and the journey beyond the original Red/Blue Pokémon League.

↗
06Pokémon Red / Blue / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Pokémon Red / Blue, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Pokémon Gold / Silver box artPokémon Gold / Silver ↗

01Pokémon Gold / Silver / BasicsNew Bark Town, the first partner and Violet Gym

Set up the original Gold/Silver adventure, complete Elm's errand and prepare for Johto's first badge.

↗
02Pokémon Gold / Silver / CharactersJohto's Trainer, rival, professors and Gym Leaders

Meet the original Gold/Silver cast with era artwork and a practical guide to their roles in Johto.

↗
03Pokémon Gold / Silver / ProgressionJohto badges, story gates and the return to Kanto

Follow the original Gold/Silver progression from Slowpoke Well through the League and Kanto's eight additional badges.

↗
04Pokémon Gold / Silver / Collection systemsThe game clock, Pokégear and Pokémon Eggs

Use Gold/Silver's original time periods, weekly events and Route 34 Day Care without applying remake rules.

↗
05Pokémon Gold / Silver / CompletionTime Capsule trades, legends and collection goals

Plan original Gold/Silver trading, held-item evolutions and legendary encounters before chasing every Pokédex entry.

↗
06Pokémon Gold / Silver / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Pokémon Gold / Silver, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Pokémon Yellow box artPokémon Yellow ↗

01Pokémon Yellow / BasicsPikachu, your rival's Eevee and the Boulder Badge

Start Yellow with Pikachu, build a team that can beat Brock and understand how the rival's Eevee will develop.

↗
02Pokémon Yellow / CharactersPikachu, Kanto Trainers and Team Rocket's Jessie and James

Meet the partner, rival, mentor and villains of Pokémon Yellow and see how they differ from Red and Blue.

↗
03Pokémon Yellow / RouteKanto route, gift starters and what Yellow changes

Collect Bulbasaur, Charmander and Squirtle as gifts, and learn which parts of Kanto play differently in Yellow.

↗
04Pokémon Yellow / REFERENCEGym Leaders

Browse all eight Pokémon Yellow Gym Leaders with Pokémon teams, levels, moves, Badges and TM rewards, from Brock to Giovanni.

↗
05Pokémon Yellow / REFERENCEElite Four

See the Pokémon Yellow Elite Four teams for Lorelei, Bruno, Agatha and Lance with levels and moves.

↗
06Pokémon Yellow / REFERENCEChampion

See Champion Blue's three Pokémon Yellow teams, ending with Jolteon, Flareon or Vaporeon, with levels and moves.

↗
07Pokémon Yellow / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Pokémon Yellow, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Street Fighter II Turbo box artStreet Fighter II Turbo ↗

01Street Fighter II Turbo / BasicsStart your first World Warrior match

Configure the SNES controls and choose a useful first practice goal.

↗
02Street Fighter II Turbo / CharactersThe twelve World Warriors

Meet every selectable fighter and understand the main input styles.

↗
03Street Fighter II Turbo / CombatSpecial moves and directional commands

Learn input families, facing changes and safe practice routines.

↗
04Street Fighter II Turbo / ModesNormal, Turbo and local versus

Compare the two rulesets and set up fair two-player sessions.

↗
05Street Fighter II Turbo / StrategySpacing, rounds and match improvement

Build simple decisions around reach, recovery and the round timer.

↗
06Street Fighter II Turbo / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Street Fighter II Turbo, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Doom box artDoom ↗

01Doom / BasicsBegin the original Doom campaign

Choose your episode, practise movement and establish a saving routine.

↗
02Doom / CharactersThe marine and original monsters

Recognise the main threat types in the three-episode campaign.

↗
03Doom / CombatWeapons, ammunition and safe combat

Choose a weapon for the room and preserve the ammunition you need next.

↗
04Doom / ProgressionEpisodes, keys and the route through Doom

Understand the three original episodes and navigate without losing your bearings.

↗
05Doom / CompletionSecrets, supplies and survival

Approach optional exploration without sacrificing a strong campaign run.

↗
06Doom / Cheat codesDoom cheat codes: IDDQD, IDKFA and every PC code

Every cheat code in the original 1993 PC Doom, what it does and how to type it.

↗
07Doom / Where to findWhere to find the Doom secret exits and secret levels

Which map in each Doom episode hides the secret exit, where it leads and where you return afterwards.

↗
08Doom / How to unlockHow to unlock every Doom episode and secret level

What you need to unlock episodes, secret levels and every weapon in the original Doom.

↗
09Doom / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Doom, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Super Mario Bros. box artSuper Mario Bros. ↗

01Super Mario Bros. / BasicsLearn the run and jump

Practice the original controls and make the first world a dependable training route.

↗
02Super Mario Bros. / CharactersThe brothers, retainers and Bowser

Recognize the playable roles and the rescue encounters in the original adventure.

↗
03Super Mario Bros. / MechanicsPower-ups and enemy responses

Use growth and fireballs well, and choose an attack that suits each enemy.

↗
04Super Mario Bros. / ProgressionWorlds, water and castle routes

Adjust your movement to the course type and navigate the late castles.

↗
05Super Mario Bros. / SecretsWarp Zones and the harder replay

Find legitimate shortcuts and understand what changes after a clear.

↗
06Super Mario Bros. / Cheat codesSuper Mario Bros. codes: continue, world select and infinite lives

Every useful code and trick in the original NES Super Mario Bros., including the continue code and the 3-1 extra-life trick.

↗
07Super Mario Bros. / Where to findWhere to find the Warp Zones and Minus World in Super Mario Bros.

Exact locations of every Warp Zone in the NES Super Mario Bros. and how to reach the Minus World.

↗
08Super Mario Bros. / How to unlockHow to unlock hard mode and world select in Super Mario Bros.

How to unlock the second, harder quest and choose any world in the original NES Super Mario Bros.

↗
09Super Mario Bros. / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Super Mario Bros., with image sources and edition notes.

↗

The Legend of Zelda: Link's Awakening box artThe Legend of Zelda: Link's Awakening ↗

01The Legend of Zelda: Link's Awakening / BasicsFrom Mabe Village to Tail Cave

Recover the sword, solve the forest obstacle and enter the first dungeon.

↗
02The Legend of Zelda: Link's Awakening / CharactersThe people and companions of Koholint

Use conversation clues and recognize the cast's practical role in the journey.

↗
03The Legend of Zelda: Link's Awakening / EquipmentUse the dungeon tools

Combine movement items and read the original dungeon clues.

↗
04The Legend of Zelda: Link's Awakening / Side QuestsTrades, hearts and the seashell reward

Follow the island exchange chain and collect the original upgrades.

↗
05The Legend of Zelda: Link's Awakening / FinaleThe Wind Fish's Egg and ending

Prepare the final route after gathering the eight instruments. Contains story spoilers.

↗
06The Legend of Zelda: Link's Awakening / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for The Legend of Zelda: Link's Awakening, with image sources and edition notes.

↗
07The Legend of Zelda: Link's Awakening / ILLUSTRATED DIRECTORYThe Legend of Zelda: Link's Awakening: locations

A concise illustrated guide to key locations in The Legend of Zelda: Link's Awakening.

↗
08The Legend of Zelda: Link's Awakening / ILLUSTRATED DIRECTORYThe Legend of Zelda: Link's Awakening: items

A concise illustrated guide to key items in The Legend of Zelda: Link's Awakening.

↗
09The Legend of Zelda: Link's Awakening / STORYThe Legend of Zelda: Link's Awakening: story

A violent storm wrecks Link's ship, leaving him stranded on Koholint Island. Marin helps him recover, while a mysterious Owl points him toward the sleeping Wind Fish. To discover a way home, Link searches the island's dungeons for eight magical instruments and befriends its unusual residents.

↗
10The Legend of Zelda: Link's Awakening / SECRETSThe Legend of Zelda: Link's Awakening: secrets

Optional discoveries for the original 1993 Game Boy adventure.

↗
11The Legend of Zelda: Link's Awakening / CHEATSThe Legend of Zelda: Link's Awakening: cheats and tricks

One cosmetic name code and useful normal mechanics for the original Game Boy release. These do not grant unlimited equipment or invincibility.

↗
12The Legend of Zelda: Link's Awakening / WHERE TO FINDThe Legend of Zelda: Link's Awakening: where to find

The main movement tools and their original Game Boy locations.

↗
13The Legend of Zelda: Link's Awakening / HOW TO UNLOCKThe Legend of Zelda: Link's Awakening: how to unlock

Keys and prerequisites for important dungeon entrances.

↗

Pokémon Crystal box artPokémon Crystal ↗

01Pokémon Crystal / BasicsBegin the Johto journey

Set the clock, choose a partner and reach the first badge with a balanced party.

↗
02Pokémon Crystal / CharactersTrainers and the Suicune pursuit

Understand the two player choices, the rival and Crystal's distinctive legend story.

↗
03Pokémon Crystal / ProgressionBadges, the League and Kanto

Navigate Crystal's story gates and prepare the journey beyond the first eight badges.

↗
04Pokémon Crystal / CombatGeneration II battles and training

Use original damage categories, preserve moves and handle Day Care deliberately.

↗
05Pokémon Crystal / ChallengesSuicune and the original Battle Tower

Prepare the fixed Legendary encounter and the seven-battle team challenge.

↗
06Pokémon Crystal / REFERENCEGym Leaders

Browse all sixteen Pokémon Crystal Gym Leaders across Johto and Kanto with Pokémon teams, levels, moves, Badges and TM rewards, from Falkner to Blue.

↗
07Pokémon Crystal / REFERENCEElite Four

See the Pokémon Crystal Elite Four teams for Will, Koga, Bruno and Karen with levels and moves.

↗
08Pokémon Crystal / REFERENCEChampion

See Champion Lance’s Pokémon Crystal team and Red’s Mt. Silver team with levels and moves.

↗
09Pokémon Crystal / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Pokémon Crystal, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Donkey Kong Country 3: Dixie Kong's Double Trouble! box artDonkey Kong Country 3: Dixie Kong's Double Trouble! ↗

01Donkey Kong Country 3: Dixie Kong's Double Trouble! / BasicsBegin in Lake Orangatanga

Practice movement, protect the partnership and save original SNES progress.

↗
02Donkey Kong Country 3: Dixie Kong's Double Trouble! / CharactersDixie, Kiddy and their helpers

Understand the pair's different abilities and the support found on the map.

↗
03Donkey Kong Country 3: Dixie Kong's Double Trouble! / MovementTeam-up moves and animal tools

Use throws, water skips and helpers to reach the unusual routes.

↗
04Donkey Kong Country 3: Dixie Kong's Double Trouble! / CollectiblesBonus Coins, DK Coins and Krematoa

Separate the coin rewards and solve Koin's defended treasure.

↗
05Donkey Kong Country 3: Dixie Kong's Double Trouble! / ExplorationVehicles and the Banana Bird ending

Expand the map through Funky and finish the original bird collection.

↗
06Donkey Kong Country 3: Dixie Kong's Double Trouble! / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Donkey Kong Country 3: Dixie Kong's Double Trouble!, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Sonic 3 & Knuckles box artSonic 3 & Knuckles ↗

01Sonic 3 & Knuckles / BasicsBegin the lock-on adventure

Choose a saved character file and learn a controlled rhythm before chasing speed.

↗
02Sonic 3 & Knuckles / CharactersSonic, Tails and Knuckles

Choose a hero by movement ability and recognize the separate campaigns.

↗
03Sonic 3 & Knuckles / ItemsUse the elemental shields

Match a shield to the terrain and practice Sonic's three different aerial moves.

↗
04Sonic 3 & Knuckles / ExplorationRead routes and moving obstacles

Investigate Angel Island and solve the famous Carnival Night barrel.

↗
05Sonic 3 & Knuckles / SecretsChaos Emeralds and Super Emeralds

Enter Blue Spheres, plan perimeter turns and understand the original transformation rules.

↗
06Sonic 3 & Knuckles / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Sonic 3 & Knuckles, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Crash Bandicoot 2: Cortex Strikes Back box artCrash Bandicoot 2: Cortex Strikes Back ↗

01Crash Bandicoot 2: Cortex Strikes Back / BasicsStart in the first Warp Room

Practice Crash's movement, collect a crystal and save between visits.

↗
02Crash Bandicoot 2: Cortex Strikes Back / CharactersCrash, Coco and the scientists

Follow the competing requests and understand who actually changes the play.

↗
03Crash Bandicoot 2: Cortex Strikes Back / CollectiblesCrates, bonus areas and clear gems

Understand the box counter and build a repeatable route for a crate gem.

↗
04Crash Bandicoot 2: Cortex Strikes Back / SecretsColored gems and secret exits

Find the five colored gems and recognize entrances to the hidden Warp Room.

↗
05Crash Bandicoot 2: Cortex Strikes Back / ChallengesVehicles and Warp Room bosses

Adapt to forward rides, river controls and the attacks used in later encounters.

↗
06Crash Bandicoot 2: Cortex Strikes Back / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Crash Bandicoot 2: Cortex Strikes Back, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Spyro 2: Ripto's Rage! box artSpyro 2: Ripto's Rage! ↗

01Spyro 2: Ripto's Rage! / BasicsFrom Glimmer to Summer Forest

Practice flame, charge and hovering while building the first collectible route.

↗
02Spyro 2: Ripto's Rage! / CharactersSpyro's friends and Ripto's crew

Understand the guides, instructors and health companion who shape the journey.

↗
03Spyro 2: Ripto's Rage! / MovementSwimming, climbing and powerups

Buy the three permanent lessons and distinguish them from timed powerup gates.

↗
04Spyro 2: Ripto's Rage! / CollectiblesTalismans, orbs and gem routes

Read the Guidebook, revisit blocked tasks and gather enough orbs for Ripto.

↗
05Spyro 2: Ripto's Rage! / BossesCrush, Gulp and the final challenges

Learn the three main bosses and plan a collectible cleanup after Ripto.

↗
06Spyro 2: Ripto's Rage! / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Spyro 2: Ripto's Rage!, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Resident Evil box artResident Evil ↗

01Resident Evil / BasicsYour first mansion expedition

Choose a scenario, learn fixed-camera movement and establish a safe return route.

↗
02Resident Evil / CharactersJill, Chris and their S.T.A.R.S. allies

Understand how the selected protagonist changes inventory, tools and assistance.

↗
03Resident Evil / SurvivalInventory, herbs and careful combat

Plan each trip around carrying space and use healing and weapons deliberately.

↗
04Resident Evil / PuzzlesSelected mansion puzzle solutions

Connect the emblems, solve the painting sequence and assemble the courtyard crests.

↗
05Resident Evil / ExplorationFollow the mansion investigation

Use maps and files to connect the courtyard, guardhouse and laboratory. Contains broad progression spoilers.

↗
06Resident Evil / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Resident Evil, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Final Fantasy IX box artFinal Fantasy IX ↗

01Final Fantasy IX / BasicsExplore Alexandria and follow the moogles

Learn field icons, save points and Active Time Events before the journey expands.

↗
02Final Fantasy IX / CharactersBuild a party with complementary commands

Match the eight adventurers to physical attacks, magic, recovery and special techniques.

↗
03Final Fantasy IX / EquipmentLearn abilities without losing useful equipment

Turn item lessons into permanent commands and activate the support effects you need.

↗
04Final Fantasy IX / CombatUse ATB, status protection and Trance

Keep recovery ready, choose targets deliberately and react to automatic Trance activation.

↗
05Final Fantasy IX / Side questsChocobos, cards and Blue Magic

Begin the optional collecting systems and understand what each one rewards.

↗
06Final Fantasy IX / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Final Fantasy IX, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Tony Hawk's Pro Skater 2 box artTony Hawk's Pro Skater 2 ↗

01Tony Hawk's Pro Skater 2 / BasicsLearn your first line in The Hangar

Use the original controls, bank short combos and practice without a timer.

↗
02Tony Hawk's Pro Skater 2 / CharactersChoose a pro and develop a rider

Compare starting styles, learn specials and buy statistics that solve a specific obstacle.

↗
03Tony Hawk's Pro Skater 2 / ScoringConnect grinds with manuals

Understand multipliers, repetition and the limits of the original movement system.

↗
04Tony Hawk's Pro Skater 2 / CareerCash, park goals and competitions

Separate collection runs from score attempts and prepare for the three contest venues.

↗
05Tony Hawk's Pro Skater 2 / ModesBuild a park and play local contests

Design a usable practice line and choose a multiplayer scoring objective.

↗
06Tony Hawk's Pro Skater 2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Tony Hawk's Pro Skater 2, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Super Mario Bros. 2 box artSuper Mario Bros. 2 ↗

01Super Mario Bros. 2 / BasicsPractice lifting, throwing and controlled jumps

Learn the actions that make the first course and its exit fight manageable.

↗
02Super Mario Bros. 2 / CharactersChoose between the four playable heroes

Match each character’s movement and lifting strengths to the course ahead.

↗
03Super Mario Bros. 2 / ItemsVegetables, Potions, Mushrooms and Keys

Recognize the original game’s most useful carried and collected objects.

↗
04Super Mario Bros. 2 / LocationsRead the changing terrain of Subcon

Use representative original NES levels to recognize grassland, desert, ice and fortress routes.

↗
05Super Mario Bros. 2 / CompletionReach Wart with a usable life reserve

Combine health planning, boss projectile rules and the original ending objective.

↗
06Super Mario Bros. 2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Super Mario Bros. 2, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Super Mario Land box artSuper Mario Land ↗

01Super Mario Land / BasicsSettle into the Game Boy run and jump

Practice safe stomps, power-up collection and the early course exits.

↗
02Super Mario Land / CharactersMario, Daisy and the enemies of Sarasaland

Understand who matters to the rescue and how ordinary enemies shape your route.

↗
03Super Mario Land / ItemsRecognize growth, Superballs, stars and hearts

Use the original Game Boy pickups to improve survival and ranged control.

↗
04Super Mario Land / LocationsTravel through Sarasaland’s four kingdoms

Identify the original settings and the movement change at each shooting stage.

↗
05Super Mario Land / CompletionFinish the twelve-level journey to Daisy

Prepare for the vehicle courses and the two battles at the end of the final flight.

↗
06Super Mario Land / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Super Mario Land, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

The Legend of Zelda box artThe Legend of Zelda ↗

01The Legend of Zelda / BasicsTake the sword and establish a route

Build a practical First Quest opening around combat, landmarks and the first labyrinth.

↗
02The Legend of Zelda / CharactersLink’s allies, clues and final opponent

Understand the rescue objective and read the people you meet as part of exploration.

↗
03The Legend of Zelda / ItemsSelect the sword, Bombs, Bow and Boomerang

Know which original tools spend supplies, stun enemies or open new routes.

↗
04The Legend of Zelda / LocationsAnchor the First Quest to recognizable places

Identify the opening, early labyrinth entrances and the final Death Mountain approach.

↗
05The Legend of Zelda / CompletionGather Wisdom and prepare the Silver Arrow

Finish the First Quest with the equipment needed for Ganon, then recognize the optional Second Quest.

↗
06The Legend of Zelda / CHEATSThe Legend of Zelda: cheat codes & tricks

Verified NES name and controller codes, followed by useful tricks. Controller instructions refer to the original two-controller NES setup.

↗
07The Legend of Zelda / WHERE TO FINDThe Legend of Zelda: where to find

A compact First Quest equipment checklist. Heart requirements mean maximum Heart Containers, not your currently filled hearts.

↗
08The Legend of Zelda / HOW TO UNLOCKThe Legend of Zelda: how to unlock

The requirements for the Second Quest, final dungeon and full health in the original NES game.

↗
09The Legend of Zelda / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for The Legend of Zelda, with image sources and edition notes.

↗
10The Legend of Zelda / STORYThe Legend of Zelda: story

Ganon invades Hyrule and steals the Triforce of Power. Princess Zelda hides eight fragments of the Triforce of Wisdom before being captured. After rescuing her attendant Impa, Link sets out across forests, mountains, and underground labyrinths to reunite the fragments and find a way to save the princess.

↗
11The Legend of Zelda / SECRETSThe Legend of Zelda: secrets

Hidden paths and dungeon entrances in the original NES game's First Quest.

↗

Metroid box artMetroid ↗

01Metroid / BasicsTurn the opening rooms into a route

Learn the original controls, record connections and obtain the first navigation upgrade.

↗
02Metroid / CharactersSamus, the two guardians and Mother Brain

Read each major encounter as part of the original Zebes mission.

↗
03Metroid / ItemsMorph Ball, Bombs, Energy Tanks and missiles

Recognize the original game’s main navigation and supply upgrades.

↗
04Metroid / LocationsConnect Brinstar, Norfair and the two hideouts

Use authentic original room images to recognize the branches of Zebes.

↗
05Metroid / CompletionPrepare Tourian and finish the escape

Bring the appropriate beam, supplies and route knowledge to the original final area.

↗
06Metroid / Cheat codesMetroid passwords: JUSTIN BAILEY and other NES codes

Famous NES Metroid passwords, exactly as they are entered, and what each one does.

↗
07Metroid / Where to findWhere to find every major item in Metroid (NES)

Locations of the Morph Ball, Bombs, Long Beam, Ice Beam, Varia, High Jump Boots, Screw Attack and Wave Beam.

↗
08Metroid / How to unlockHow to unlock every Metroid ending and suitless Samus

The five NES Metroid endings, the completion times they need and how to play as Samus without her suit.

↗
09Metroid / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Metroid, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Mega Man 2 box artMega Man 2 ↗

01Mega Man 2 / BasicsStart a dependable Robot Master route

Learn the original movement, menu and stage choices before committing to a long run.

↗
02Mega Man 2 / CharactersRead the Robot Masters

Use each boss’s movement to decide where to stand and when to attack.

↗
03Mega Man 2 / ItemsHealth, refills and support tools

Distinguish health pickups from weapon refills and protect the supplies needed for the fortress.

↗
04Mega Man 2 / LocationsFour stages with different movement demands

Recognize the terrain before carrying a familiar strategy into a new stage.

↗
05Mega Man 2 / CompletionPrepare for Wily’s fortress

Carry the weapons and movement equipment needed for the final sequence.

↗
06Mega Man 2 / Cheat codesMega Man 2 passwords: skip to Dr. Wily’s castle

The NES Mega Man 2 password for all eight Robot Masters beaten and four Energy Tanks, and how the grid works.

↗
07Mega Man 2 / Where to findWhere to find Mega Man 2 items and boss weaknesses

Which Robot Master gives Items 1, 2 and 3, and the weapon that beats each boss fastest.

↗
08Mega Man 2 / How to unlockHow to unlock Dr. Wily’s castle and every item in Mega Man 2

What you must do to open Dr. Wily’s castle and earn every weapon, item and Energy Tank in Mega Man 2.

↗
09Mega Man 2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Mega Man 2, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Contra box artContra ↗

01Contra / BasicsBuild a safe firing rhythm

Practice aiming, jumping and stopping before the jungle becomes crowded.

↗
02Contra / CharactersTrack allies and enemy firing positions

Read the original soldier sprites and use cooperation to cover the screen.

↗
03Contra / ItemsChoose a weapon pickup deliberately

Use the original M, S, L and F icons to recognize the four replacement weapons.

↗
04Contra / LocationsRead the changing eight-stage route

Adapt to jungle platforms, base corridors, vertical climbing and snow terrain.

↗
05Contra / CompletionFinish the alien assault

Connect the learned stages and preserve safe movement through the late route.

↗
06Contra / Cheat codesContra Konami code: 30 lives on the NES

The Konami code for 30 lives in NES Contra, the two-player version and other codes.

↗
07Contra / Where to findWhere to find the Spread Gun and every Contra weapon

What each Falcon letter in NES Contra gives you and where the weapon pick-ups appear.

↗
08Contra / How to unlockHow to unlock Contra’s harder second loop

What happens after you beat NES Contra and how to unlock the harder second loop.

↗
09Contra / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Contra, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Castlevania box artCastlevania ↗

01Castlevania / BasicsLearn the whip’s timing

Make Simon’s movement and attack delay dependable before the castle narrows.

↗
02Castlevania / CharactersSimon and the castle’s guardians

Recognize the original bosses and plan an attack suited to their position.

↗
03Castlevania / ItemsSub-weapons, hearts and health

Recognize the original pickup sprites and keep the equipment that suits the next room.

↗
04Castlevania / LocationsRead the castle’s changing terrain

Selected original rooms illustrate the castle approach, entrance hall and underground passages.

↗
05Castlevania / CompletionReach Dracula with a plan

Use the continue system to learn each level and prepare for the final two-part battle.

↗
06Castlevania / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Castlevania, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

DuckTales box artDuckTales ↗

01DuckTales / BasicsMaster Scrooge's cane

Learn the original pogo input and use stable landings to make exploration dependable.

↗
02DuckTales / CharactersFriends along the treasure route

Understand the helpers and turn their encounters into useful exploration decisions.

↗
03DuckTales / ItemsFood, diamonds and useful tools

Recognize selected pickups through their actual NES sprites and use them for the current objective.

↗
04DuckTales / LocationsThe five treasure lands

Read each original land by its terrain and the route clue that helps you advance.

↗
05DuckTales / CompletionRecover the five lost treasures

Build a reliable clear before chasing every optional diamond and ending variant.

↗
06DuckTales / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for DuckTales, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Crash Bandicoot: Warped box artCrash Bandicoot: Warped ↗

01Crash Bandicoot: Warped / BasicsA dependable first crystal route

Learn the original controls, protect checkpoints and finish the first chamber.

↗
02Crash Bandicoot: Warped / CharactersThe siblings and Time Twister bosses

Understand assigned character stages and learn each boss's safe opening.

↗
03Crash Bandicoot: Warped / ItemsCrates, fruit and collectible goals

Recognize selected gameplay objects through exact original-game screenshot crops.

↗
04Crash Bandicoot: Warped / LocationsRead the first Time Twister destinations

Use original named stage pictures to recognize different movement demands.

↗
05Crash Bandicoot: Warped / CompletionFrom crystals to relic routes

Complete the main campaign, then pursue gems and timed goals with the right powers.

↗
06Crash Bandicoot: Warped / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Crash Bandicoot: Warped, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Spyro: Year of the Dragon box artSpyro: Year of the Dragon ↗

01Spyro: Year of the Dragon / BasicsLearn Sunrise Spring deliberately

Practice movement, examine the homeworld and establish the first collection route.

↗
02Spyro: Year of the Dragon / CharactersThe rescue allies and their roles

Learn each companion at home, then return to gates that need their particular abilities.

↗
03Spyro: Year of the Dragon / ItemsEggs, gems and powerup arches

Recognize exact original-game pickups and distinguish currency from route rewards.

↗
04Spyro: Year of the Dragon / LocationsMain paths and companion side areas

Use authentic original-game pictures to identify selected realms and the work they contain.

↗
05Spyro: Year of the Dragon / CompletionUse the Atlas to finish the rescue

Clear the story, return with companions and organize the collection for the Super Bonus Round.

↗
06Spyro: Year of the Dragon / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Spyro: Year of the Dragon, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Super Mario Land 2: 6 Golden Coins box artSuper Mario Land 2: 6 Golden Coins ↗

01Super Mario Land 2: 6 Golden Coins / BasicsBuild a reliable run, jump and checkpoint routine

Learn the original controls and the tools that make a first zone manageable.

↗
02Super Mario Land 2: 6 Golden Coins / CharactersPrepare for the guards and Wario’s changing forms

Connect the four pictured characters with the fights and movement they require.

↗
03Super Mario Land 2: 6 Golden Coins / ItemsChoose Mushrooms, fireballs and floating ears

Recognize four original item sprites and use their effects with a clear purpose.

↗
04Super Mario Land 2: 6 Golden Coins / LocationsAdjust to sap, space and the occupied castle

Explore four pictured original locations and recognise how their terrain changes the approach.

↗
05Super Mario Land 2: 6 Golden Coins / ProgressionRecover six coins and finish the castle route

Keep the gate objective, life reserve and optional course search connected.

↗
06Super Mario Land 2: 6 Golden Coins / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Super Mario Land 2: 6 Golden Coins, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Wario Land: Super Mario Land 3 box artWario Land: Super Mario Land 3 ↗

01Wario Land: Super Mario Land 3 / BasicsLearn the charge, throw and paid goal door

Build the original Wario Land controls into a safe first-course routine.

↗
02Wario Land: Super Mario Land 3 / CharactersRead pirate weapons and the final wish

Meet the island’s four pictured figures and understand their place in the adventure.

↗
03Wario Land: Super Mario Land 3 / ItemsChoose the pot that opens the next route

Recognise four authentic power-up sprites and use each transformation deliberately.

↗
04Wario Land: Super Mario Land 3 / LocationsRead beach, mountain, ice and lava courses

Use four original course pictures to adapt your movement to Kitchen Island’s changing terrain.

↗
05Wario Land: Super Mario Land 3 / ProgressionFind fifteen treasures and improve the final home

Connect keys, return visits and the island’s strongest ending.

↗
06Wario Land: Super Mario Land 3 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Wario Land: Super Mario Land 3, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Kirby’s Adventure box artKirby’s Adventure ↗

01Kirby’s Adventure / BasicsInhale, copy and float through the first stage

Learn Kirby’s original NES actions and how to inspect an unfamiliar ability.

↗
02Kirby’s Adventure / CharactersMeet Dream Land’s hero and early rivals

Use the pictured cast to understand boss preparation and the story’s route.

↗
03Kirby’s Adventure / ItemsRecognise recovery, invincibility and extra lives

Use four original NES item sprites to preserve room for exploration.

↗
04Kirby’s Adventure / LocationsRead plains, islands, towers and cloud paths

Visit four original NES stage screens and connect their terrain to Kirby’s movement.

↗
05Kirby’s Adventure / ProgressionRestore the Star Rod and uncover every switch

Separate the first ending, hidden facilities and the complete save-file goal.

↗
06Kirby’s Adventure / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Kirby’s Adventure, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Metroid Fusion box artMetroid Fusion ↗

01Metroid Fusion / BasicsFollow the briefing and practice station movement

Learn the original GBA controls, map routine and recovery loop before pursuing the first major target.

↗
02Metroid Fusion / CharactersUnderstand Samus, the SA-X and the X infection

Identify the central hunter, her dangerous duplicate and the organisms behind the station outbreak.

↗
03Metroid Fusion / ItemsRecognize tanks and the Morph Ball upgrade

Identify permanent capacity pickups and understand how restored abilities differ from ordinary ammunition.

↗
04Metroid Fusion / LocationsRead the Main Deck and station habitats

Orient yourself with genuine GBA views of station corridors, recreated habitats and save facilities.

↗
05Metroid Fusion / ProgressionRestore equipment and survive the SA-X

Combine data downloads, Core-X victories and safe retreats into a dependable first playthrough.

↗
06Metroid Fusion / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Metroid Fusion, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Metroid: Zero Mission box artMetroid: Zero Mission ↗

01Metroid: Zero Mission / BasicsPractice movement and read the first Chozo clues

Build a reliable exploration routine around original GBA controls, the map and the first upgrades.

↗
02Metroid: Zero Mission / CharactersIdentify the hunter and the Pirate leaders

Understand how Samus, Kraid, Ridley and Mother Brain shape the GBA mission.

↗
03Metroid: Zero Mission / ItemsRecognize four permanent tank pickups

Use original GBA pickup sprites to distinguish energy, normal missile, super missile and power bomb capacity.

↗
04Metroid: Zero Mission / LocationsOrient yourself in Zebes and its support rooms

Read authentic GBA views of Brinstar, Norfair, a Chozo upgrade chamber and a Save Room.

↗
05Metroid: Zero Mission / ProgressionLink upgrades to the route beyond Mother Brain

Move from early Chozo equipment to the Pirate leaders and the GBA remake’s additional infiltration chapter.

↗
06Metroid: Zero Mission / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Metroid: Zero Mission, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

The Legend of Zelda: The Minish Cap box artThe Legend of Zelda: The Minish Cap ↗

01The Legend of Zelda: The Minish Cap / BasicsPractice item slots and explore at two sizes

Learn original GBA actions, the shrinking routine and the value of speaking to Hyrule’s residents.

↗
02The Legend of Zelda: The Minish Cap / CharactersMeet Link, Ezlo, Zelda and Vaati

Follow the relationships behind the broken blade and the journey into the Minish world.

↗
03The Legend of Zelda: The Minish Cap / ItemsUse the Gust Jar, Cane, Mitts and Kinstones

Identify four original game items with actual GBA screenshots showing their use.

↗
04The Legend of Zelda: The Minish Cap / LocationsExplore the town, woods and castle approach

Use original Nintendo GBA screenshots to recognize four places on the early overworld route.

↗
05The Legend of Zelda: The Minish Cap / ProgressionConnect the elements, sword training and fusions

Keep the main restoration quest moving while using new tools and optional discoveries to revisit Hyrule.

↗
06The Legend of Zelda: The Minish Cap / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for The Legend of Zelda: The Minish Cap, with image sources and edition notes.

↗
07The Legend of Zelda: The Minish Cap / STORYThe Legend of Zelda: The Minish Cap: story

The Picori Festival turns dangerous when Vaati shatters the sacred blade and transforms Princess Zelda into stone. Link seeks help from the tiny Minish to repair the sword. Joined by Ezlo, a talking cap, he changes size and searches Hyrule for the four elements needed to break the curse.

↗
08The Legend of Zelda: The Minish Cap / SECRETSThe Legend of Zelda: The Minish Cap: secrets

Optional equipment and hidden rewards in the original Game Boy Advance adventure.

↗
09The Legend of Zelda: The Minish Cap / CHEATSThe Legend of Zelda: The Minish Cap: cheats and tricks

The original GBA game has no built-in cheat-code menu. These are useful, legitimate item mechanics and do not require a cheat device.

↗
10The Legend of Zelda: The Minish Cap / WHERE TO FINDThe Legend of Zelda: The Minish Cap: where to find

Dungeon tools and other important equipment locations.

↗
11The Legend of Zelda: The Minish Cap / HOW TO UNLOCKThe Legend of Zelda: The Minish Cap: how to unlock

Requirements for new routes, sword techniques and optional upgrades.

↗

Sonic CD box artSonic CD ↗

01Sonic CD / BasicsFind your footing on Little Planet

Learn the original movement, Rings and time signs before rushing past a round’s useful branches.

↗
02Sonic CD / CharactersSonic, Amy, Metal Sonic and Robotnik

Meet the central cast of the original Sonic CD and distinguish its physical rival from the Past’s holograms.

↗
03Sonic CD / ItemsRings, monitors and time signs

Identify original pickup sprites and monitor icons, then use their effects to support an exploration route.

↗
04Sonic CD / LocationsEarly rounds and their time-travel routes

Recognise the first four original rounds and adjust your exploration to their different terrain.

↗
05Sonic CD / CompletionTime Stones and good futures

Choose between generator exploration and the Special Stages when working toward Little Planet’s good ending.

↗
06Sonic CD / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Sonic CD, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Streets of Rage 2 box artStreets of Rage 2 ↗

01Streets of Rage 2 / BasicsChoose a fighter and clear the opening streets

Build a first campaign around reliable attacks, careful pickup collection and a deliberate use of special moves.

↗
02Streets of Rage 2 / CharactersAxel, Blaze, Max and Skate

Compare the four original playable fighters by the movement and spacing choices they ask of the player.

↗
03Streets of Rage 2 / ItemsFood, score pickups and weapon reach

Recognise the original pickup icons and decide whether a reward restores health, adds score or changes attack range.

↗
04Streets of Rage 2 / LocationsDowntown, bridge, amusement park and stadium

Recognise selected original stage scenery and learn how the first half of the rescue changes the fighting lane.

↗
05Streets of Rage 2 / CombatBlitz moves, grabs and a coordinated co-op lane

Separate no-cost Blitz attacks from health-consuming specials, then use throws and partner positioning to make space.

↗
06Streets of Rage 2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Streets of Rage 2, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Mega Man X2 box artMega Man X2 ↗

01Mega Man X2 / BasicsStart with reliable dashes and an early resource route

Use X2’s starting dash, charged Buster and wall kicks while building health resources in Wire Sponge’s stage.

↗
02Mega Man X2 / CharactersX and four early Maverick rivals

Recognise four original Maverick sprites while keeping X and the X-Hunters’ separate objectives in view.

↗
03Mega Man X2 / ItemsHeart Tanks, Sub-Tanks and armor capsules

Identify actual original-game item screenshots and understand permanent health, reserve healing and X2’s armor effects.

↗
04Mega Man X2 / LocationsWeather control, Dinosaur Tank and the southern routes

Recognise four original stage environments and plan a selected weapon chain without treating it as the only valid order.

↗
05Mega Man X2 / CompletionArmor return visits and the X-Hunter objective

Plan X2’s distinct armor effects and keep Zero’s parts in view before closing the Maverick campaign.

↗
06Mega Man X2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Mega Man X2, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

F-Zero box artF-Zero ↗

01F-Zero / BasicsDrive a clean first Grand Prix

Learn throttle, leaning and five-lap survival in the original SNES F-Zero.

↗
02F-Zero / CharactersFour pilots and their hover machines

Compare the original Blue Falcon, Golden Fox, Wild Goose and Fire Stingray through their pilots.

↗
03F-Zero / Track FeaturesPit areas, Dash Zones and track objects

Identify actual original-game track objects without treating F-Zero as an inventory-based game.

↗
04F-Zero / LocationsKnight League and the satellite courses

Recognise four original course-selection screens and plan your first league around their different demands.

↗
05F-Zero / Race RulesSafe ranks, league finishes and Practice records

Read the original Grand Prix qualifying rules and turn reliable finishes into useful time comparisons.

↗
06F-Zero / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for F-Zero, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Donkey Kong 64 box artDonkey Kong 64 ↗

01Donkey Kong 64 / BasicsDonkey Kong 64 beginner guide: colours, Tag Barrels and early moves

Start Donkey Kong 64 efficiently: banana colours, Tag Barrels, Cranky's moves and what to leave for later.

↗
02Donkey Kong 64 / CharactersAll five Kongs in Donkey Kong 64: weapons, instruments and moves

Meet all five playable Kongs plus K. Rool, Cranky, Funky and Candy, with each Kong's gun, instrument and key moves.

↗
03Donkey Kong 64 / CollectiblesDonkey Kong 64 Golden Bananas: all 201 and B. Locker totals

How many Golden Bananas are in Donkey Kong 64, how many each level gate needs, and what Medals, Blueprints, Crowns and Fairies unlock.

↗
04Donkey Kong 64 / LevelsDonkey Kong 64 levels in order: all eight worlds and their bosses

Every Donkey Kong 64 level in order with its B. Locker requirement, the Kong you rescue there and the boss you fight.

↗
05Donkey Kong 64 / How to unlockDonkey Kong 64: how to unlock every Kong, Jetpac, the coins and Hideout Helm

Quick answers for unlocking Diddy, Lanky, Tiny and Chunky, Jetpac, DK Arcade, the Nintendo and Rareware Coins, Hideout Helm and the B. Locker cheat.

↗
06Donkey Kong 64 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Donkey Kong 64, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Banjo-Tooie box artBanjo-Tooie ↗

01Banjo-Tooie / BasicsBanjo-Tooie beginner guide: Jiggies, Notes and the Isle o' Hags

Start Banjo-Tooie well: what Jiggies and Notes do, how Jamjars's moves work and how the hub connects the worlds.

↗
02Banjo-Tooie / CharactersBanjo-Tooie characters: Mumbo, Humba, Jamjars and Gruntilda's family

The playable duo, Mumbo and Humba's magic, Jamjars's training and the villains of Banjo-Tooie.

↗
03Banjo-Tooie / WorldsBanjo-Tooie worlds in order and how many Jiggies each needs

All nine Banjo-Tooie worlds in order with the Jiggy cost to open each at Jiggywiggy's Temple, plus each world's boss.

↗
04Banjo-Tooie / CollectiblesBanjo-Tooie collectibles: Jinjos, Glowbos, Cheato Pages and Honeycombs

What each Banjo-Tooie collectible does: Jinjo families, Glowbos, the Mega Glowbo, Cheato Pages, Notes and Empty Honeycombs.

↗
05Banjo-Tooie / Cheat codesBanjo-Tooie cheat codes: every Code Chamber cheat

Every Banjo-Tooie cheat code for the Code Chamber in Mayahem Temple, including FEATHERS, EGGS, HONEYKING and JIGGYWIGGYSPECIAL.

↗
06Banjo-Tooie / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Banjo-Tooie, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Paper Mario box artPaper Mario ↗

01Paper Mario / BasicsPaper Mario beginner guide: Action Commands, FP, BP and Star Power

Learn Paper Mario's battle system: Action Commands, first strikes, HP, FP, BP and Star Power.

↗
02Paper Mario / CharactersPaper Mario partners: all 8 and where they join

Every Paper Mario partner in order, the chapter where each joins and the field ability that opens new paths.

↗
03Paper Mario / ChaptersPaper Mario chapters in order: every boss and Star Spirit

All of Paper Mario's chapters in order, with each area, boss, partner and the Star Spirit you rescue.

↗
04Paper Mario / ItemsPaper Mario best badges and boot and hammer upgrades

The most useful Paper Mario badges, what BP is, and the boot and hammer upgrades that open new areas.

↗
05Paper Mario / Where to findPaper Mario: where to find each partner, the Dojo and key upgrades

Quick answers for where to find every Paper Mario partner, the Super and Ultra Hammers, the Toad Town Dojo and Merlow's badge shop.

↗
06Paper Mario / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Paper Mario, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Luigi's Mansion box artLuigi's Mansion ↗

01Luigi's Mansion / BasicsLuigi's Mansion beginner guide: flashlight, Poltergust and Game Boy Horror

Learn how to capture ghosts in Luigi's Mansion: stun with the flashlight, pull with the Poltergust and use the Game Boy Horror.

↗
02Luigi's Mansion / CharactersLuigi's Mansion characters: Luigi, E. Gadd, King Boo and the Boos

The main Luigi's Mansion cast: Luigi, Professor E. Gadd, King Boo, the trapped Mario and the 50 Boos.

↗
03Luigi's Mansion / GhostsLuigi's Mansion portrait ghosts and area bosses

The Luigi's Mansion portrait ghosts and the four area bosses: Chauncey, Bogmire, Boolossus and King Boo.

↗
04Luigi's Mansion / RanksLuigi's Mansion ranks: how much money for an A rank

How the ending rank works in Luigi's Mansion, the money needed for each rank, and the biggest treasures to find.

↗
05Luigi's Mansion / Where to findLuigi's Mansion: where to find Mario's items, the Boos and the Hidden Mansion

Quick answers: where to find Mario's five items, how the Boos are found, and how to unlock the Hidden Mansion.

↗
06Luigi's Mansion / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Luigi's Mansion, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Mario Kart Wii box artMario Kart Wii ↗

01Mario Kart Wii / BasicsMario Kart Wii beginner guide: drifting, wheelies and tricks

Get faster in Mario Kart Wii: manual drifting and mini-turbos, bike wheelies, tricks, rocket starts and weight classes.

↗
02Mario Kart Wii / CharactersMario Kart Wii characters: all 24 racers and Miis

Every Mario Kart Wii racer by weight class, which 12 are available from the start, and which are unlockable.

↗
03Mario Kart Wii / CoursesMario Kart Wii courses: all 32 tracks in all 8 cups

Every Mario Kart Wii course by cup, both new Nitro tracks and Retro tracks, plus which cups must be unlocked.

↗
04Mario Kart Wii / ItemsMario Kart Wii items: what every item does

What each Mario Kart Wii item does, including the new Mega Mushroom, POW Block and Thunder Cloud.

↗
05Mario Kart Wii / How to unlockMario Kart Wii: how to unlock every character, Mirror mode and Miis

How to unlock all 12 hidden Mario Kart Wii characters, both Mii outfits and Mirror mode, with the race-count alternative for each.

↗
06Mario Kart Wii / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Mario Kart Wii, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Super Smash Bros. Brawl box artSuper Smash Bros. Brawl ↗

01Super Smash Bros. Brawl / BasicsSuper Smash Bros. Brawl beginner guide: controls, Smash Balls and recovery

Learn the basics of Brawl: damage and knockback, Smash attacks, the Smash Ball and Final Smashes, items and recovering to the stage.

↗
02Super Smash Bros. Brawl / CharactersSuper Smash Bros. Brawl characters: starters, newcomers and third parties

The Brawl roster: who is available from the start, the new fighters, the third-party guests Sonic and Snake, and the 14 unlockables.

↗
03Super Smash Bros. Brawl / How to unlockSuper Smash Bros. Brawl: how to unlock all 14 characters

How to unlock every hidden Brawl fighter, with the challenge, the number of Vs. matches and the stage where you fight them.

↗
04Super Smash Bros. Brawl / ModesSuper Smash Bros. Brawl modes and stages: Subspace Emissary, Classic and more

Brawl's main modes, including The Subspace Emissary, Classic, All-Star, Boss Battles and Stadium, and a selection of its stages.

↗
05Super Smash Bros. Brawl / ItemsSuper Smash Bros. Brawl trophies, Assist Trophies and items

How Brawl's trophies, stickers, Assist Trophies and Smash Balls work, with trophy images of the unlockable fighters.

↗
06Super Smash Bros. Brawl / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Super Smash Bros. Brawl, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Crash Team Racing box artCrash Team Racing ↗

01Crash Team Racing / BasicsCrash Team Racing beginner guide: power-slides, turbo boosts and weapons

Learn CTR's power-slide boosts, turbo starts, Wumpa Fruit and weapon crates on the original PlayStation.

↗
02Crash Team Racing / CharactersCrash Team Racing characters: all racers, bosses and secret drivers

Every CTR racer: the eight starters, the four unlockable bosses, Fake Crash, N. Tropy, Penta Penguin and Nitros Oxide.

↗
03Crash Team Racing / TracksCrash Team Racing tracks: every Adventure hub, track and boss

All CTR Adventure Mode hubs and their tracks, the boss in each hub, the battle arenas and the bonus tracks.

↗
04Crash Team Racing / CollectiblesCrash Team Racing Adventure Mode: trophies, keys, relics, CTR tokens and gems

What each CTR Adventure Mode collectible is for: trophies, Boss Keys, CTR tokens, relics and gems, and what 101% requires.

↗
05Crash Team Racing / Cheat codesCrash Team Racing cheat codes (PS1): every unlock and gameplay cheat

Every CTR PlayStation cheat code: unlock Ripper Roo, Papu Papu, Komodo Joe, Pinstripe, Fake Crash, N. Tropy and Penta Penguin, plus infinite weapons and more.

↗
06Crash Team Racing / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Crash Team Racing, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Grand Theft Auto: San Andreas box artGrand Theft Auto: San Andreas ↗

01Grand Theft Auto: San Andreas / Cheat codesGTA San Andreas cheats for PS2: every cheat code (health, weapons, jetpack and more)

Every GTA San Andreas PS2 cheat code: health and money, weapons, wanted level, jetpack, tank and jet spawns, weather, stats and traffic.

↗
02Grand Theft Auto: San Andreas / BasicsGTA San Andreas beginner guide: stats, gyms, food and gang territory

Start GTA San Andreas well: how CJ's stats work, gyms and food, respect and recruiting, and how gang territory wars work.

↗
03Grand Theft Auto: San Andreas / CharactersGTA San Andreas characters: CJ, Sweet, Big Smoke, Ryder and Tenpenny

The main characters of GTA San Andreas, from CJ and the Grove Street Families to Officer Tenpenny, Cesar and Catalina.

↗
04Grand Theft Auto: San Andreas / MapGTA San Andreas map: Los Santos, San Fierro, Las Venturas and the countryside

The three cities of San Andreas and the countryside between them, and when each part of the map opens in the story.

↗
05Grand Theft Auto: San Andreas / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Grand Theft Auto: San Andreas, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Grand Theft Auto: Vice City box artGrand Theft Auto: Vice City ↗

01Grand Theft Auto: Vice City / Cheat codesGTA Vice City cheats for PS2: every cheat code (health, weapons, tank and more)

Every GTA Vice City PS2 cheat code: health and armour, weapons, wanted level, tank and car spawns, weather, skins and traffic.

↗
02Grand Theft Auto: Vice City / CharactersGTA Vice City characters: Tommy Vercetti, Lance Vance, Diaz and more

The main GTA Vice City characters: Tommy Vercetti, Lance Vance, Ken Rosenberg, Ricardo Diaz, Sonny Forelli and Avery Carrington.

↗
03Grand Theft Auto: Vice City / PropertiesGTA Vice City properties: Malibu Club, businesses and income

How properties and businesses work in GTA Vice City, including the Vercetti Estate, the Malibu Club and earning income.

↗
04Grand Theft Auto: Vice City / BasicsGTA Vice City beginner guide: the map, wanted levels and hidden packages

Start GTA Vice City well: the two islands and bridges, wanted levels, Pay 'n' Spray, hidden packages and side jobs.

↗
05Grand Theft Auto: Vice City / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Grand Theft Auto: Vice City, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Kingdom Hearts box artKingdom Hearts ↗

01Kingdom Hearts / BasicsKingdom Hearts beginner guide: sword, shield or staff and battle basics

Start Kingdom Hearts well: what the sword, shield and staff choice does, how abilities and AP work, and how to set up Donald and Goofy.

↗
02Kingdom Hearts / CharactersKingdom Hearts characters: Sora, Riku, Kairi, Donald, Goofy and Ansem

The main characters of the original Kingdom Hearts: Sora, Riku, Kairi, Donald Duck, Goofy and the villains behind the Heartless.

↗
03Kingdom Hearts / WorldsKingdom Hearts worlds in order: every world and boss

The order of worlds in the original Kingdom Hearts with each world's main boss, from Destiny Islands to End of the World.

↗
04Kingdom Hearts / How to unlockKingdom Hearts: how to unlock the secret ending, Sephiroth and secret bosses

How to unlock the original Kingdom Hearts secret ending, the Sephiroth and Ice Titan fights, Kurt Zisa, the Phantom and key Keyblades.

↗
05Kingdom Hearts / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Kingdom Hearts, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Super Mario Galaxy 2 box artSuper Mario Galaxy 2 ↗

01Super Mario Galaxy 2 / CharactersSuper Mario Galaxy 2: characters, Luigi unlock and two-player help

Learn how Mario, Luigi, Yoshi, Lubba and Co-Star Luma help in the original Wii version of Super Mario Galaxy 2.

↗
02Super Mario Galaxy 2 / Green Stars & unlocksSuper Mario Galaxy 2: how to unlock Green Stars and The Perfect Run

Exact Wii unlock requirements for 120 Green Stars, Grandmaster Galaxy, Banktoad and the final 242nd star.

↗
03Super Mario Galaxy 2 / Power-ups & YoshiSuper Mario Galaxy 2: Cloud Mario, Rock Mario, Spin Drill and Yoshi fruit

How to use Galaxy 2’s new power-ups and Yoshi’s Dash Pepper, Blimp Fruit and Bulb Berry without wasting their effects.

↗
04Super Mario Galaxy 2 / Medals & missing starsSuper Mario Galaxy 2: Comet Medals, Prankster Comets and missing stars

Troubleshoot missing Super Mario Galaxy 2 stars with Comet Medal checks, secret routes, mail missions and Bronze Stars.

↗
05Super Mario Galaxy 2 / Worlds & bossesSuper Mario Galaxy 2: world map progression and boss battle tips

Follow the seven-world structure of Super Mario Galaxy 2 and learn the basic openings for Digga-Leg, Megahammer and Bowser.

↗
06Super Mario Galaxy 2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Super Mario Galaxy 2, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Pikmin 2 box artPikmin 2 ↗

01Pikmin 2 / CharactersPikmin 2: Olimar, Louie, the President and the Pikmin team

Meet Pikmin 2’s three captains and understand why two leaders and specialised Pikmin change the treasure expedition.

↗
02Pikmin 2 / Pikmin typesPikmin 2: where to find all five Pikmin types

Unlock Red, Purple, White, Yellow and Blue Pikmin in Pikmin 2 and match their abilities to each hazard.

↗
03Pikmin 2 / Treasures & cavesPikmin 2: 201 treasures, cave exits and debt completion

How Pikmin 2’s 201 treasures work, when cave treasure counts, and why 10,000 Pokos does not mean 100% completion.

↗
04Pikmin 2 / Areas & cave routePikmin 2: area unlocks and the Submerged Castle

Unlock Awakening Wood, Perplexing Pool and Wistful Wild, then prepare for Pikmin 2’s dangerous late caves.

↗
05Pikmin 2 / Upgrades & challengesPikmin 2: best upgrades, Challenge Mode and final-boss preparation

Find practical Exploration Kit upgrades in Pikmin 2 and unlock Challenge Mode through the Key treasure.

↗
06Pikmin 2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Pikmin 2, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Animal Crossing: New Leaf box artAnimal Crossing: New Leaf ↗

01Animal Crossing: New Leaf / CharactersAnimal Crossing: New Leaf: Isabelle, Tom Nook, Reese, Cyrus and Sable

Find the New Leaf character who handles public works, house loans, item sales, furniture changes and QR designs.

↗
02Animal Crossing: New Leaf / Public works unlocksAnimal Crossing: New Leaf: how to unlock public works projects and ordinances

Reach 100% approval, receive the development permit and start building public works projects in Animal Crossing: New Leaf.

↗
03Animal Crossing: New Leaf / Bells & Tortimer IslandAnimal Crossing: New Leaf: earn Bells and unlock Tortimer Island

Build steady New Leaf income, unlock Kapp’n’s boat and bring valuable island catches home safely.

↗
04Animal Crossing: New Leaf / Shops & QR codesAnimal Crossing: New Leaf: shop upgrades, Sable and QR code unlocks

Unlock T&T Mart, the garden shop and Sable’s sewing machine, with clear New Leaf spending and waiting requirements.

↗
05Animal Crossing: New Leaf / Welcome amiibo updateAnimal Crossing: New Leaf: Welcome amiibo changes, campground and offline play

What New Leaf’s 2016 Welcome amiibo update adds: Wisp, campground RVs, MEOW Coupons, storage and minigames.

↗
06Animal Crossing: New Leaf / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Animal Crossing: New Leaf, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Metal Gear Solid 3: Snake Eater box artMetal Gear Solid 3: Snake Eater ↗

01Metal Gear Solid 3: Snake Eater / CharactersMetal Gear Solid 3: Snake Eater character guide: Naked Snake, The Boss, EVA and Ocelot

Meet the main MGS3 characters and understand their roles in the 1964 mission without importing later-game identities into the opening.

↗
02Metal Gear Solid 3: Snake Eater / UnlocksMetal Gear Solid 3: Snake Eater camouflage guide: boss rewards and The End’s Moss camo

Which MGS3 bosses give camouflage? Learn stamina rewards, the separate Moss hold-up requirement and why The End drops a rifle.

↗
03Metal Gear Solid 3: Snake Eater / SurvivalMetal Gear Solid 3: Snake Eater survival guide: food, Cure menu and PS2 CQC controls

Understand MGS3 stamina, spoiled food, injury treatment, camouflage and pressure-sensitive CQC on the original PlayStation 2.

↗
04Metal Gear Solid 3: Snake Eater / CollectiblesMetal Gear Solid 3: Snake Eater Kerotan guide: 64 frogs and the Stealth Camouflage unlock

Plan a 64-Kerotan run in original MGS3, understand the Stealth Camouflage reward and avoid missing frogs during vehicle sequences.

↗
05Metal Gear Solid 3: Snake Eater / BossesMetal Gear Solid 3: Snake Eater boss guide: The Fear, The End, The Sorrow and The Boss

Practical original MGS3 tactics for tracking The End, managing The Fear, surviving The Sorrow and countering The Boss.

↗
06Metal Gear Solid 3: Snake Eater / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Metal Gear Solid 3: Snake Eater, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Grand Theft Auto III box artGrand Theft Auto III ↗

01Grand Theft Auto III / CharactersGrand Theft Auto III character guide: Claude, Catalina and Liberty City contacts

Identify GTA III’s protagonist, rivals and mission contacts, including 8-Ball, Salvatore, Asuka and Donald Love.

↗
02Grand Theft Auto III / CheatsGrand Theft Auto III PS2 cheats: health, armour, weapons and wanted level

Enter original GTA III PlayStation 2 button codes for full health, armour, weapons and removing the wanted level.

↗
03Grand Theft Auto III / CollectiblesGrand Theft Auto III hidden packages: all reward milestones and island totals

Find out what GTA III’s 100 hidden packages unlock, how the 33/36/31 island split works and how to track a missing package.

↗
04Grand Theft Auto III / ProgressionGrand Theft Auto III mission order: unlock islands and avoid missing jobs

Unlock Staunton Island and Shoreside Vale in GTA III while preserving Portland contacts and Kenji’s mission chain.

↗
05Grand Theft Auto III / CompletionGrand Theft Auto III 100% checklist: service missions, collectibles and side jobs

Plan GTA III 100% completion with Paramedic level 12, 100 taxi fares, island service quotas, rampages, stunt jumps and delivery lists.

↗
06Grand Theft Auto III / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Grand Theft Auto III, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Halo 2 box artHalo 2 ↗

01Halo 2 / CharactersHalo 2 characters: Master Chief, the Arbiter, Cortana and Johnson

Follow Halo 2’s two protagonists and identify the UNSC and Covenant figures who connect their campaigns.

↗
02Halo 2 / SkullsHalo 2 skulls guide: original Xbox activation and the Blind skull

Find the easy Blind skull in Halo 2, understand Legendary requirements and distinguish original Xbox skull activation from MCC.

↗
03Halo 2 / DifficultyHalo 2 Legendary guide: Jackal snipers, shields and weapon choices

Survive Halo 2 Legendary with plasma-pistol combinations, safer sniper approaches, shield discipline and co-op checkpoint planning.

↗
04Halo 2 / CombatHalo 2 weapons guide: dual wielding, plasma and precision rifles

Choose practical Halo 2 weapon combinations and learn what dual wielding changes about grenades, melee and range.

↗
05Halo 2 / CampaignHalo 2 campaign order and local co-op guide for original Xbox

See Halo 2’s mission sequence, understand the Chief and Arbiter switches and set up original Xbox split-screen campaign play.

↗
06Halo 2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Halo 2, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

The Elder Scrolls V: Skyrim digital coverThe Elder Scrolls V: Skyrim ↗

01The Elder Scrolls V: Skyrim / Getting startedSkyrim beginner guide: Helgen, Riverwood and your first build

A practical original-Skyrim starting route, with skill choices, carrying capacity and early quest priorities.

↗
02The Elder Scrolls V: Skyrim / CharactersSkyrim characters and followers: the Dragonborn, Lydia and the Greybeards

Meet the main original-Skyrim characters and learn how followers fit into early exploration.

↗
03The Elder Scrolls V: Skyrim / EnchantingHow to enchant weapons and armor in Skyrim: soul gems and learned effects

Create your first Skyrim enchantment, understand soul size and recharge enchanted weapons without wasting favorite gear.

↗
04The Elder Scrolls V: Skyrim / Dragon shoutsSkyrim dragon shouts: word walls, dragon souls and unlocking the Voice

Understand why a newly learned word may remain locked, how to spend dragon souls and how the first shouts are introduced.

↗
05The Elder Scrolls V: Skyrim / Guilds & factionsSkyrim guilds and factions: where to start each major questline

Find the Companions, College of Winterhold, Thieves Guild and Dark Brotherhood in the original Skyrim base game.

↗
06The Elder Scrolls V: Skyrim / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for The Elder Scrolls V: Skyrim, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

The Elder Scrolls IV: Oblivion digital coverThe Elder Scrolls IV: Oblivion ↗

01The Elder Scrolls IV: Oblivion / Getting startedOblivion beginner guide: class choices, repairs and leaving the sewers

Start the original Oblivion with a workable character, a clear first destination and supplies that keep combat manageable.

↗
02The Elder Scrolls IV: Oblivion / CharactersOblivion characters: Martin Septim, Jauffre, Baurus and the main quest

Meet the central figures of the original Oblivion Crisis and understand where their early quest roles begin.

↗
03The Elder Scrolls IV: Oblivion / LevelingHow leveling works in original Oblivion: major skills and attribute bonuses

Understand the original 2006 Oblivion level-up trigger, sleeping requirement and the importance of Endurance.

↗
04The Elder Scrolls IV: Oblivion / Guilds & recommendationsOblivion guilds: joining and getting all seven Mages Guild recommendations

Find the original Fighters Guild, Mages Guild, Thieves Guild and Dark Brotherhood entry routes.

↗
05The Elder Scrolls IV: Oblivion / Oblivion GatesHow to close Oblivion Gates: Sigil Stones, towers and preparation

Navigate a typical original-Oblivion gate, reach the Sigillum Sanguis and understand what a Sigil Stone does.

↗
06The Elder Scrolls IV: Oblivion / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for The Elder Scrolls IV: Oblivion, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Fallout: New Vegas digital coverFallout: New Vegas ↗

01Fallout: New Vegas / Getting startedFallout New Vegas beginner route: Goodsprings to Novac

Start safely in the Mojave, understand the southern route and prepare before pushing toward the Strip.

↗
02Fallout: New Vegas / CharactersFallout New Vegas characters: Courier, Benny, House and the Mojave factions

Understand the characters behind the Platinum Chip and the major powers competing for Hoover Dam.

↗
03Fallout: New Vegas / Companion locationsFallout New Vegas companion locations: recruit ED-E, Boone and the full roster

Find all eight permanent base-game companions and understand the one-humanoid plus one-non-humanoid party limit.

↗
04Fallout: New Vegas / SPECIAL & skillsFallout New Vegas SPECIAL, skills and perks: planning a base-game build

Plan the original New Vegas level-30 character around weapon requirements, skill checks and useful perk milestones.

↗
05Fallout: New Vegas / Factions & endingsFallout New Vegas factions and endings: NCR, Legion, House or Yes Man

Compare the four broad New Vegas main-quest paths and prepare before the final battle at Hoover Dam.

↗
06Fallout: New Vegas / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Fallout: New Vegas, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Final Fantasy XII box artFinal Fantasy XII ↗

01Final Fantasy XII / CharactersFinal Fantasy XII characters: the six playable party members on PS2

Meet Vaan, Penelo, Balthier, Fran, Ashe and Basch and understand party roles in original Final Fantasy XII.

↗
02Final Fantasy XII / License BoardFinal Fantasy XII original License Board: equipment, magick and LP

Understand the shared PS2 License Board and why buying a license does not automatically grant an item or spell.

↗
03Final Fantasy XII / Gambit setupFinal Fantasy XII gambit setup: healing priority, attacks and manual control

Create a dependable original-PS2 gambit order and diagnose why a character keeps taking the wrong action.

↗
04Final Fantasy XII / Hunts & Clan CenturioFinal Fantasy XII hunts and Clan Centurio: accepting bills and claiming rewards

Start mark hunts in original Final Fantasy XII, find the petitioner and avoid taking a difficult rank as an immediate requirement.

↗
05Final Fantasy XII / Zodiac Spear chestsFinal Fantasy XII Zodiac Spear: forbidden chests in the original PS2 game

Protect the original PS2 Zodiac Spear route by leaving four treasure groups alone; learn where the spear appears and the fallback method.

↗
06Final Fantasy XII / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Final Fantasy XII, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Dark Souls digital coverDark Souls ↗

01Dark Souls / Getting startedDark Souls beginner route: Undead Asylum, Firelink and the first bell

Find the intended early route, recover dropped souls and reach a useful blacksmith before the first bell.

↗
02Dark Souls / CharactersDark Souls characters: Solaire, Andre and the people around Firelink

Locate useful early NPCs and understand which services are lost when a friendly character is attacked.

↗
03Dark Souls / Humanity & kindlingHow to kindle a bonfire in Dark Souls: humanity and extra Estus

Turn humanity into a permanent bonfire upgrade and understand why using the item alone does not make you human.

↗
04Dark Souls / Weapon upgradesDark Souls weapon upgrades: normal +5, +10 and +15 requirements

Follow the normal Titanite path and find the embers that unlock the two important upgrade breakpoints.

↗
05Dark Souls / Equip load & rollingDark Souls equip load: how to fast roll and manage stamina

Calculate equipped weight, remove hidden hand-slot weight and balance armor against movement.

↗
06Dark Souls / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Dark Souls pictures from the Remastered edition, with screenshot captions and publisher source credits.

↗

Fallout 3 digital coverFallout 3 ↗

01Fallout 3 / Getting startedFallout 3 beginner guide: leaving Vault 101 and reaching Megaton

Choose early skills, establish a trading stop and prepare for the first Capital Wasteland expeditions.

↗
02Fallout 3 / CharactersFallout 3 characters: James, Megaton residents and finding Dogmeat

Understand the early story contacts and recruit Dogmeat without confusing base-game companion rules.

↗
03Fallout 3 / Repair equipmentHow to repair weapons and armor in Fallout 3: condition and Repair skill

Combine compatible equipment, understand the repair cap and avoid consuming an item you meant to keep.

↗
04Fallout 3 / Missable bobbleheadsFallout 3 missable bobbleheads: Medicine, Strength and Energy Weapons

Protect the three bobbleheads affected by access or story choices before pursuing the full collection.

↗
05Fallout 3 / V.A.T.S.Fallout 3 V.A.T.S. guide: hit chance, Action Points and limb targeting

Choose reliable queued attacks and understand when to return to ordinary combat to recover Action Points.

↗
06Fallout 3 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Fallout 3, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

The Elder Scrolls III: Morrowind digital coverThe Elder Scrolls III: Morrowind ↗

01The Elder Scrolls III: Morrowind / Getting startedMorrowind beginner guide: Seyda Neen, Balmora and choosing useful skills

Leave the Census and Excise office prepared, deliver Caius’s package and establish a dependable early character.

↗
02The Elder Scrolls III: Morrowind / CharactersMorrowind characters: Caius Cosades, Sellus Gravius and the early Blades route

Find the main-quest contacts and understand why conversations and documents matter in Vvardenfell.

↗
03The Elder Scrolls III: Morrowind / Combat accuracyWhy do attacks miss in Morrowind? Weapon skill, fatigue and damage

Improve early hit chance and distinguish a failed attack roll from a weak but successful hit.

↗
04The Elder Scrolls III: Morrowind / Fast travelMorrowind fast travel: silt striders, boats, guild guides and Recall

Connect the island’s travel services and set a personal return point without relying on a Skyrim-style map system.

↗
05The Elder Scrolls III: Morrowind / Guilds & Great HousesMorrowind guilds and Great Houses: what can you join?

Choose a Great House, understand guild advancement and recognize faction conflicts before accepting a job.

↗
06The Elder Scrolls III: Morrowind / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-engine Morrowind GOTY pictures, including a clearly labeled Tribunal expansion screenshot, with publisher source credits.

↗

Dragon Age: Origins digital coverDragon Age: Origins ↗

01Dragon Age: Origins / Getting startedDragon Age Origins beginner guide: classes, party roles and early combat

Choose a class you enjoy, fill the party’s missing roles and make pause commands part of ordinary battles.

↗
02Dragon Age: Origins / CharactersDragon Age Origins companions: recruit Leliana, Sten and Wynne

Find the early recruitable companions and understand party slots, approval and the role of camp.

↗
03Dragon Age: Origins / Combat tacticsDragon Age Origins tactics: automatic healing and priority order

Create a small set of reliable condition-and-action rules, then diagnose why a companion is not following them.

↗
04Dragon Age: Origins / Gifts & approvalDragon Age Origins gifts: companion preferences and approval

Match gifts to companions, recognize plot gifts and use camp conversations alongside approval gains.

↗
05Dragon Age: Origins / SpecializationsDragon Age Origins specializations: level 7 and 14 unlock requirements

Understand the difference between unlocking a specialization and spending a character’s points to learn it.

↗
06Dragon Age: Origins / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Dragon Age: Origins, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

BioShock digital coverBioShock ↗

01BioShock / Getting startedBioShock beginner guide: plasmids, EVE and the Medical Pavilion

Learn the original BioShock combat loop, what ADAM buys and how to change equipped plasmids.

↗
02BioShock / Little SistersBioShock rescue or harvest: Little Sister ADAM rewards explained

Compare rescue and harvest rewards in BioShock 1, including Tenenbaum’s gifts and the safest route to the rescue ending.

↗
03BioShock / Research cameraBioShock research camera guide: location, film and better photo scores

Find the camera in Neptune’s Bounty and turn enemy photographs into lasting combat bonuses.

↗
04BioShock / HackingHow to hack in BioShock: pipe puzzles, alarms and security machines

Route the liquid safely, understand hacking difficulty and choose when an automatic hack tool is worth using.

↗
05BioShock / CharactersBioShock characters: Jack, Atlas, Andrew Ryan and Tenenbaum

Meet Rapture’s central characters and understand the opening relationships without the late-game identity revelations.

↗
06BioShock / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for BioShock, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Mass Effect digital coverMass Effect ↗

01Mass Effect / ClassesMass Effect 1 classes: Soldier, Adept, Engineer and hybrid choices

Choose an original Mass Effect class and cover its weaknesses with the two companions in your active squad.

↗
02Mass Effect / DecryptionMass Effect decryption skill too low: how squad talents open containers

Fix insufficient Decryption and Electronics messages in the original game by improving the correct active squad talent.

↗
03Mass Effect / DialogueMass Effect Charm and Intimidate: unlock blue and red dialogue choices

Understand talent ranks, Paragon and Renegade progression, and why a colored conversation option may remain unavailable.

↗
04Mass Effect / Getting startedMass Effect beginner guide: Eden Prime, squad equipment and the Mako

Learn the original PC campaign’s opening routine, weapon heat, equipment upgrades and planetary exploration.

↗
05Mass Effect / CharactersMass Effect 1 squadmates: Ashley, Kaidan, Garrus, Wrex, Tali and Liara

Understand the six recruitable companions, their combat roles and where to begin filling out the Normandy crew.

↗
06Mass Effect / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Mass Effect, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Dead Space digital coverDead Space ↗

01Dead Space / Getting startedDead Space 2008 beginner guide: dismemberment, supplies and the locator

Survive the original Ishimura opening by aiming for limbs, managing limited inventory and using navigation safely.

↗
02Dead Space / Plasma CutterDead Space 2008 Plasma Cutter upgrades: damage nodes and locked doors

Plan the original Plasma Cutter’s upgrade path, understand empty sockets and keep a Power Node for supply rooms.

↗
03Dead Space / Stasis and KinesisDead Space 2008 Stasis and Kinesis: where to get them and how to use them

Use the two engineering modules for machinery, crowd control and moving objects without confusing their energy requirements.

↗
04Dead Space / Zero gravityDead Space 2008 zero-gravity jumps: controls, valid surfaces and oxygen

Navigate the original game’s point-to-point zero-G jumps and distinguish gravity loss from a vacuum.

↗
05Dead Space / CharactersDead Space 2008 characters: Isaac, Hammond, Kendra and Nicole

Meet the original game’s main cast and the repair mission that brings them to the USG Ishimura.

↗
06Dead Space / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Dead Space, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Grand Theft Auto IV digital coverGrand Theft Auto IV ↗

01Grand Theft Auto IV / Getting startedGTA IV beginner guide: Roman’s jobs, saving and getting around

Begin Niko’s campaign with a practical plan for missions, saves, taxis and combat.

↗
02Grand Theft Auto IV / CharactersGTA IV characters and friend benefits: Niko, Roman, Jacob and Packie

Meet the base-game cast and understand why friendship activities matter.

↗
03Grand Theft Auto IV / 100% completionGTA IV 100% completion checklist: missions, friends and collectibles

Find the categories that count toward Niko’s base-game completion percentage.

↗
04Grand Theft Auto IV / Lose the policeHow to lose a wanted level in GTA IV: search radius and Pay ’n’ Spray

Use the radar, break police sight and choose a workable escape route.

↗
05Grand Theft Auto IV / Phone cheatsGTA IV phone cheats: health, weapons, wanted level and vehicles

Enter useful base-game phone codes and keep Episodes-only cheats separate.

↗
06Grand Theft Auto IV / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Rockstar Complete Edition title artwork and publisher-supplied screenshots depicting Niko in GTA IV’s base campaign, with image credits.

↗

Halo 3 digital coverHalo 3 ↗

01Halo 3 / Getting startedHalo 3 beginner guide: shields, equipment and campaign co-op

Learn how to survive early encounters and understand campaign roles.

↗
02Halo 3 / CharactersHalo 3 characters: Master Chief, Arbiter, Cortana and Johnson

Understand the campaign’s allies and the conflict without a full ending walkthrough.

↗
03Halo 3 / SkullsHalo 3 skull guide: early locations and original versus MCC unlocks

Find Blind, Iron and Black Eye and understand how skull access changes in MCC.

↗
04Halo 3 / IWHBYD sequenceHalo 3 IWHBYD skull ring sequence: 4 6 5 4 5 3 4

Solve The Covenant’s ring puzzle with the correct numbering and prerequisites.

↗
05Halo 3 / WeaponsHalo 3 weapon guide: battle rifle, plasma pistol and heavy targets

Choose complementary campaign weapons and avoid wasting ammunition.

↗
06Halo 3 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher-supplied Halo 3 digital artwork and screenshots from the PC Master Chief Collection release, with edition labels and image credits.

↗

Borderlands 2 digital coverBorderlands 2 ↗

01Borderlands 2 / Getting startedBorderlands 2 beginner guide: early missions, loot and Second Wind

Build a practical first-playthrough routine without requiring DLC equipment.

↗
02Borderlands 2 / CharactersBorderlands 2 characters: which of the four base classes should you play?

Compare Axton, Maya, Salvador and Zer0 by their action skills and play styles.

↗
03Borderlands 2 / Elemental damageBorderlands 2 elements explained: fire, shock, corrosion and slag

Match weapons to flesh, shields and armor in Normal and True Vault Hunter Mode.

↗
04Borderlands 2 / True Vault HunterBorderlands 2 TVHM guide: unlock, progress and the base-game level cap

Know when TVHM unlocks and how it differs from DLC endgame modes.

↗
05Borderlands 2 / Reset skillsHow to respec in Borderlands 2: Quick Change and skill-point planning

Reset a build and spend points around the skills your current level can support.

↗
06Borderlands 2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Borderlands 2, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Stardew Valley digital coverStardew Valley ↗

01Stardew Valley / Getting startedStardew Valley beginner guide: your first spring in version 1.6

Build a practical morning routine without spending all your energy before leaving the farm.

↗
02Stardew Valley / CharactersStardew Valley characters: Robin, Willy, Pierre and Clint

Find the townspeople whose shops and services support an early farm.

↗
03Stardew Valley / GreenhouseHow to unlock the greenhouse in Stardew Valley: bundles and Joja

Choose an unlock route and understand what the greenhouse changes about crop planning.

↗
04Stardew Valley / Fishing & baitStardew Valley fishing guide: Training Rod, green bar and bait

Make the fishing minigame easier and find out why bait will not attach to your first rod.

↗
05Stardew Valley / Gifts & friendshipStardew Valley gifts guide: birthdays, gift limits and loved items

Build relationships using the gift log, birthdays and confirmed preferences.

↗
06Stardew Valley / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Stardew Valley publisher pictures with descriptive captions and original source credits.

↗

Undertale digital coverUndertale ↗

01Undertale / Getting startedUndertale beginner guide: ACT, mercy, saving and the Ruins

Understand the encounter loop before deciding how to approach the Underground.

↗
02Undertale / CharactersUndertale characters: Toriel, Sans, Papyrus, Undyne and Alphys

Meet the main cast and understand which friendships matter without revealing the final identities.

↗
03Undertale / True Pacifist endingHow to get the True Pacifist ending in Undertale

Follow the no-EXP route, complete friendships and continue after the required Neutral ending.

↗
04Undertale / Spare TorielHow to spare Toriel in Undertale without attacking

Resolve the Ruins boss peacefully and recognize why ordinary spare cues seem unhelpful.

↗
05Undertale / Attack colorsUndertale blue and orange attacks: when to move and when to stop

Read the battle box correctly and separate bullet rules from SOUL modes.

↗
06Undertale / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Undertale publisher pictures with descriptive captions and original source credits.

↗

Fallout 4 digital coverFallout 4 ↗

01Fallout 4 / Getting startedFallout 4 beginner guide: Sanctuary, Red Rocket and Concord

Follow the opening route and turn scavenged equipment into a reliable early base.

↗
02Fallout 4 / CharactersFallout 4 companions: Dogmeat, Codsworth, Preston, Piper and Nick

Locate useful early companions and understand recruitment and relationship basics.

↗
03Fallout 4 / SPECIAL & perksFallout 4 SPECIAL and perks: how to spend your first level-ups

Understand the perk chart and avoid buying upgrades for the wrong weapon category.

↗
04Fallout 4 / Power armorFallout 4 power armor guide: fusion cores, repairs and safe storage

Separate the power supply, armor-piece damage and the frame itself.

↗
05Fallout 4 / Supply linesHow to set up supply lines in Fallout 4 and share settlement resources

Unlock Local Leader, assign a provisioner and understand what linked workshops actually share.

↗
06Fallout 4 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Fallout 4 publisher pictures with descriptive captions and original source credits.

↗

Dark Souls II digital coverDark Souls II ↗

01Dark Souls II / Getting startedDark Souls II beginner route: Majula and the Forest of Fallen Giants

Start Scholar of the First Sin with Estus, a practical first route and access to an early blacksmith.

↗
02Dark Souls II / CharactersDark Souls II characters: the Emerald Herald and Majula merchants

Find the early characters who handle levels, healing upgrades, equipment and supplies.

↗
03Dark Souls II / Agility & rollsHow much Agility do you need in Dark Souls II? Adaptability and rolls

Understand Agility breakpoints, Adaptability, Attunement and why equipment weight still matters.

↗
04Dark Souls II / Estus upgradesHow to upgrade Estus in Dark Souls II: shards and Sublime Bone Dust

Increase flask uses and healing strength, with early shard advice for Scholar of the First Sin.

↗
05Dark Souls II / Human EffigiesDark Souls II Human Effigies: restore maximum health and reverse hollowing

Learn why maximum health shrinks, when to consume an Effigy and how the Ring of Binding helps.

↗
06Dark Souls II / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Dark Souls II, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Dark Souls III digital coverDark Souls III ↗

01Dark Souls III / Getting startedDark Souls III beginner route: Gundyr, Firelink and the High Wall

Find the first hub, travel to the High Wall and prepare for Vordt without triggering an early endgame fight.

↗
02Dark Souls III / CharactersDark Souls III characters: Firelink’s Fire Keeper, Andre and Handmaid

Understand the services and early conversations that make Firelink Shrine worth revisiting.

↗
03Dark Souls III / Estus upgradesHow to upgrade Estus in Dark Souls III: shards, Bone Shards and FP

Separate flask capacity, healing strength and the health-versus-FP charge allocation.

↗
04Dark Souls III / Equip loadWhy am I fat rolling in Dark Souls III? Equip load and stamina

Fix a slow roll by checking equipped weight, Vitality and the 30% and 70% thresholds.

↗
05Dark Souls III / Weapon upgradesDark Souls III weapon upgrades: Titanite, Raw, Heavy and Sharp

Learn the reinforcement paths and choose an infusion that supports your current attributes.

↗
06Dark Souls III / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Dark Souls III, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Mass Effect 2 digital coverMass Effect 2 ↗

01Mass Effect 2 / Getting startedMass Effect 2 beginner guide: Omega, Mordin and squad preparation

Build an early team, open the research lab and develop powers before the late-game story accelerates.

↗
02Mass Effect 2 / CharactersMass Effect 2 characters: recruiting Mordin, Garrus and the Normandy team

Identify the early squad, its recruitment missions and the specialists who suggest critical ship upgrades.

↗
03Mass Effect 2 / Suicide MissionHow to save everyone in Mass Effect 2’s Suicide Mission

Prepare loyalty and ship upgrades, choose safe specialists and protect the team holding the line.

↗
04Mass Effect 2 / Classes & powersMass Effect 2 classes and powers: which Shepard suits your playstyle?

Compare all six classes, cover missing squad roles and understand the shared power cooldown.

↗
05Mass Effect 2 / Scanning & researchMass Effect 2 planet scanning and research: where your minerals go

Use probes efficiently, unlock research projects and reserve minerals for essential Normandy upgrades.

↗
06Mass Effect 2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Mass Effect 2, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Red Dead Redemption digital coverRed Dead Redemption ↗

01Red Dead Redemption / Getting startedRed Dead Redemption beginner guide: horses, cover and early missions

Start John Marston’s classic campaign with a practical routine for travel, gunfights, supplies and mission progress.

↗
02Red Dead Redemption / Dead EyeRed Dead Redemption Dead Eye: how to mark targets and unlock level 3

Understand why target marking changes during the story and how the three classic Dead Eye levels work.

↗
03Red Dead Redemption / Fast travelHow to fast travel in Red Dead Redemption: campsite and stagecoach guide

Use the classic game’s campsite and transport options, and fix the common cannot-camp problem.

↗
04Red Dead Redemption / Bounties and moneyRed Dead Redemption bounty guide: capture alive, earn money and clear your bounty

Separate paid bounty hunts from the price on John’s head and learn how to bring a target back alive.

↗
05Red Dead Redemption / CharactersRed Dead Redemption characters: John, Bonnie, Bill and Landon Ricketts

Meet the central contacts in John Marston’s original campaign without revealing the ending.

↗
06Red Dead Redemption / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Red Dead Redemption, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Assassin’s Creed II digital coverAssassin’s Creed II ↗

01Assassin’s Creed II / Getting startedAssassin’s Creed II beginner guide: parkour, viewpoints and combat

Learn Ezio’s movement controls, map synchronization and the difference between healing and armor repair.

↗
02Assassin’s Creed II / NotorietyHow to lower notoriety in Assassin’s Creed II: posters, heralds and officials

Reduce Ezio’s notoriety and understand why escaping a chase does not always make guards ignore him.

↗
03Assassin’s Creed II / Altaïr’s armorHow to unlock Altaïr’s armor in Assassin’s Creed II: six Assassin Seals

Find the six seal-bearing tombs and open the armor chamber below Villa Auditore.

↗
04Assassin’s Creed II / Villa incomeAssassin’s Creed II money guide: villa income, renovations and the chest

Build recurring florin income through Monteriggioni and remember to collect it from Claudia’s chest.

↗
05Assassin’s Creed II / CharactersAssassin’s Creed II characters: Ezio, Leonardo, Mario and Desmond

Understand the Renaissance cast and the modern Animus framing without the final revelation.

↗
06Assassin’s Creed II / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Assassin’s Creed II, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

BioShock Infinite digital coverBioShock Infinite ↗

01BioShock Infinite / Getting startedBioShock Infinite beginner guide: Elizabeth, shields and exploration

Learn the Columbia campaign’s shield recovery, companion support and exploration rhythm.

↗
02BioShock Infinite / InfusionsBioShock Infinite Infusions: should you upgrade health, shield or Salts?

Choose permanent upgrades deliberately and understand the base campaign’s Infusion count and lockpick detours.

↗
03BioShock Infinite / VigorsBioShock Infinite Vigors guide: Salts, traps and crowd control

Use Columbia’s powers alongside firearms and understand the difference between a direct cast and an alternate use.

↗
04BioShock Infinite / Weapons and GearBioShock Infinite weapons and Gear: two-gun loadouts and upgrade choices

Build a practical two-weapon loadout, use Gear slots and spend Silver Eagles at the correct machines.

↗
05BioShock Infinite / CharactersBioShock Infinite characters: Booker, Elizabeth, Comstock and the Luteces

Meet the Columbia cast and its factions without the campaign’s late identity revelations.

↗
06BioShock Infinite / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for BioShock Infinite, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Resident Evil 5 digital coverResident Evil 5 ↗

01Resident Evil 5 / Getting startedResident Evil 5 beginner guide: aiming, melee and surviving Chapter 1

Adjust to the classic movement and aiming rules, use melee openings and prepare for the first major siege.

↗
02Resident Evil 5 / Inventory and healingResident Evil 5 inventory guide: nine slots, herbs and shared healing

Organize the real-time inventory, divide ammunition and get more value from healing beside your partner.

↗
03Resident Evil 5 / Co-op and partnerResident Evil 5 co-op guide: partner commands, rescues and loadouts

Coordinate Chris and Sheva in the main campaign, whether the second character is controlled by a person or the game.

↗
04Resident Evil 5 / Infinite ammoHow to unlock infinite ammo in Resident Evil 5 and turn it on

Complete the campaign, upgrade a supported weapon, buy its bonus and enable the required settings.

↗
05Resident Evil 5 / CharactersResident Evil 5 characters: Chris, Sheva, Josh and Irving

Meet the main campaign’s partners, supporting BSAA contact and initial investigation target.

↗
06Resident Evil 5 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Resident Evil 5, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Elden Ring digital coverElden Ring ↗

01Elden Ring / Getting startedElden Ring beginner guide: a practical Limgrave opening

Find useful early stops, learn the resource bars and prepare for Stormveil.

↗
02Elden Ring / CharactersElden Ring characters: Melina, Kalé, Ranni, Hewg and Roderika

Locate early services and distinguish quest characters from bosses.

↗
03Elden Ring / Starting classesElden Ring starting classes: original class comparison and build direction

Compare the ten launch classes by opening equipment and play style.

↗
04Elden Ring / Spirit AshesHow to summon Spirit Ashes in Elden Ring: bell, icon and FP

Fix common summon restrictions and understand spirit upgrade materials.

↗
05Elden Ring / Weapon upgradesElden Ring weapon upgrades: Smithing Stones, Somber Stones and Ashes of War

Read reinforcement paths, choose an affinity and avoid mixing different upgrade materials.

↗
06Elden Ring / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Elden Ring publisher pictures with descriptive captions, edition scope and source credits.

↗

The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt digital coverThe Witcher 3: Wild Hunt ↗

01The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt / Getting startedThe Witcher 3 beginner guide: White Orchard and first-contract preparation

Use the opening region to learn investigation, combat preparation and equipment upkeep.

↗
02The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt / CharactersThe Witcher 3 characters: Geralt, Ciri, Yennefer, Triss and Vesemir

A spoiler-light reference to the people and relationships behind the base campaign.

↗
03The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt / SignsThe Witcher 3 Signs guide: Quen, Igni, Aard, Yrden and Axii

Compare the five Signs and choose a useful response to common combat situations.

↗
04The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt / Potions & alchemyThe Witcher 3 potions: meditation, alcohol, toxicity and useful effects

Craft a potion once, restore its charges and choose effects for the task ahead.

↗
05The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt / GwentThe Witcher 3 Gwent guide: deck rules, spies, weather and passing

Learn the original single-player card minigame and conserve cards across rounds.

↗
06The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt publisher pictures with descriptive captions, edition scope and source credits.

↗

Cyberpunk 2077 digital coverCyberpunk 2077 ↗

01Cyberpunk 2077 / Getting startedCyberpunk 2077 beginner guide: starting a new playthrough with 2.x systems

Understand the opening, job types and the equipment checks that matter in modern Cyberpunk.

↗
02Cyberpunk 2077 / CharactersCyberpunk 2077 characters: V, Jackie, Johnny, Judy, Panam and Viktor

Meet important base-campaign contacts without a full ending or romance walkthrough.

↗
03Cyberpunk 2077 / Attributes & perksCyberpunk 2077 attributes and perks: 2.x thresholds and respec rules

Choose the right attribute for your weapon or hacking plan and understand what can be refunded.

↗
04Cyberpunk 2077 / CyberwareCyberpunk 2077 cyberware guide: capacity, armor and operating systems

Choose implants that fit your capacity and understand why changing operating systems affects hacking.

↗
05Cyberpunk 2077 / QuickhackingCyberpunk 2077 quickhacking guide: cyberdecks, RAM, queues and tracing

Set up a basic netrunner and understand what makes a hack unavailable or detectable.

↗
06Cyberpunk 2077 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Cyberpunk 2077 publisher pictures with descriptive captions, edition scope and source credits.

↗

Grand Theft Auto V digital coverGrand Theft Auto V ↗

01Grand Theft Auto V / Getting startedGTA 5 Story Mode beginner guide: characters, missions and wanted levels

Learn the opening mission order, character map colors, special abilities and basic police escapes in GTA V Story Mode.

↗
02Grand Theft Auto V / PC cheatsGTA 5 PC cheats: weapons, health, wanted levels and vehicle codes

A compact table of useful GTA V PC Story Mode cheat words, how to enter them and how to resume a clean session.

↗
03Grand Theft Auto V / Story heistsGTA 5 Story Mode heists: approaches, setups and crew choices

Compare the major campaign heists and understand how approach selection, setup missions and hired crew affect the job.

↗
04Grand Theft Auto V / EndingsGTA 5 endings explained: A, B and C consequences in Story Mode

Compare who survives the three GTA V Story Mode endings and choose a save strategy before the final decision.

↗
05Grand Theft Auto V / CharactersGTA 5 characters: Michael, Franklin, Trevor and their main allies

A quick Story Mode character directory with protagonist abilities and the key relationships behind the campaign.

↗
06Grand Theft Auto V / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Grand Theft Auto V, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Red Dead Redemption 2 digital coverRed Dead Redemption 2 ↗

01Red Dead Redemption 2 / Getting startedRed Dead Redemption 2 beginner guide: cores, camp and early unlocks

Understand cores and rings, reach the useful Chapter 2 tutorials, and make camp upgrades that unlock fast travel.

↗
02Red Dead Redemption 2 / HorsesRDR2 horse guide: bonding levels, brush, stables and revival

See how horse bonding works, which maneuvers each level unlocks and how to protect a Story Mode horse.

↗
03Red Dead Redemption 2 / Perfect peltsRDR2 perfect pelts: animal quality, hunting weapons and delivery

Use a compact hunting table to choose weapons, protect three-star quality and deliver pelts to the right crafting destination.

↗
04Red Dead Redemption 2 / Dead EyeRDR2 Dead Eye guide: manual marking, story tiers and meter levels

Find the story unlock for manual targeting and distinguish Dead Eye abilities from the separate experience-based meter.

↗
05Red Dead Redemption 2 / CharactersRed Dead Redemption 2 characters: Arthur, Dutch and the gang

Meet the main Van der Linde gang members and identify who handles hunting, camp supplies and early money-lending work.

↗
06Red Dead Redemption 2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Red Dead Redemption 2, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Sekiro: Shadows Die Twice digital coverSekiro: Shadows Die Twice ↗

01Sekiro: Shadows Die Twice / Getting startedSekiro beginner guide: deflection, posture, Mikiri and resurrection

Learn the distinction between blocking and deflecting, answer perilous attacks and understand the early resource system.

↗
02Sekiro: Shadows Die Twice / Prosthetic toolsSekiro early prosthetic tools: Shuriken, Firecracker, Flame Vent and Axe

Find four useful early Shinobi Prosthetic tools and compare the situations each one handles well.

↗
03Sekiro: Shadows Die Twice / UpgradesSekiro upgrades: Prayer Beads, Gourd Seeds, Memories and skill points

Find the correct upgrade system for health, healing charges, attack power and skills, with four early Gourd Seed locations.

↗
04Sekiro: Shadows Die Twice / GenichiroSekiro Genichiro Ashina boss guide: perilous attacks and lightning reversal

Prepare for the Ashina Castle rooftop duel, compare attack counters and learn the sequence for lightning reversal.

↗
05Sekiro: Shadows Die Twice / CharactersSekiro characters: Wolf, Kuro, Emma, Sculptor and Genichiro

A spoiler-light character directory and service table for the allies and adversaries around Wolf’s early journey.

↗
06Sekiro: Shadows Die Twice / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Sekiro: Shadows Die Twice, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Hades digital coverHades ↗

01Hades / Getting startedHades beginner guide: first escape priorities

Choose useful chamber rewards, improve Zagreus between attempts and build around one reliable attack.

↗
02Hades / CharactersHades characters: Zagreus, gods and House residents

Find the characters who supply training, keepsakes, boons and between-run conversations.

↗
03Hades / WeaponsHades weapons guide: Infernal Arms and unlock costs

Compare the six original weapons and distinguish keys, Titan Blood and hammer upgrades.

↗
04Hades / Mirror of NightHades Mirror of Night guide: useful early upgrades

Understand extra dashes, Death Defiance, healing and the difference between unlocking and buying ranks.

↗
05Hades / KeepsakesHades keepsakes guide: Nectar gifts and first-clear choices

Find practical first gifts and learn when keepsakes can be changed during an escape.

↗
06Hades / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Hades publisher pictures with descriptive captions and original source credits.

↗

Dead Cells digital coverDead Cells ↗

01Dead Cells / Getting startedDead Cells beginner guide: a practical first-clear route

Bank blueprints, build around one stat and follow a base-game path to the Hand of the King.

↗
02Dead Cells / CharactersDead Cells characters and NPC services

Find the Collector, Guillain and the two forge services without confusing their currencies.

↗
03Dead Cells / RunesDead Cells rune locations: Vine, Teleportation, Ram and Spider

Follow the permanent movement-unlock chain and reach the Spider Rune without a circular route.

↗
04Dead Cells / BuildsDead Cells builds: scroll colors, critical hits and mutations

Choose a main stat and make weapons, skills and affixes support one another.

↗
05Dead Cells / Boss CellsDead Cells Boss Cells guide: unlocks and difficulty changes

Understand the first four Boss Stem Cells, the Giant’s fifth cell and settings that affect progression.

↗
06Dead Cells / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Dead Cells publisher pictures with descriptive captions and original source credits.

↗

The Binding of Isaac: Rebirth digital coverThe Binding of Isaac: Rebirth ↗

01The Binding of Isaac: Rebirth / Getting startedThe Binding of Isaac Rebirth beginner guide: rooms and resources

Make useful room choices, preserve keys and understand health in the original Rebirth base game.

↗
02The Binding of Isaac: Rebirth / CharactersIsaac Rebirth characters: unlocks and starting playstyles

Compare practical base-game character unlocks and the changes they make to an early run.

↗
03The Binding of Isaac: Rebirth / ItemsIsaac Rebirth items guide: active items and useful passives

Recognize common item roles and distinguish original Rebirth effects from later expansion changes.

↗
04The Binding of Isaac: Rebirth / Secret roomsIsaac Rebirth secret rooms: where to bomb and what to check

Use room geometry to find ordinary Secret Rooms and distinguish Super Secret Rooms.

↗
05The Binding of Isaac: Rebirth / ProgressionIsaac Rebirth progression: Womb, Polaroid, Negative and the D6

Follow major original-game unlock milestones without importing DLC routes or bosses.

↗
06The Binding of Isaac: Rebirth / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

The Binding of Isaac: Rebirth publisher pictures with descriptive captions and original source credits.

↗

Don’t Starve Together digital coverDon’t Starve Together ↗

01Don’t Starve Together / Getting startedDon’t Starve Together beginner guide: first days and a useful base

Prepare light, food and basic science, then choose a base location that supports everyday travel.

↗
02Don’t Starve Together / CharactersDon’t Starve Together characters: beginner and team choices

Compare Wilson, Wendy, Wigfrid and Wickerbottom by strengths, food needs and team roles.

↗
03Don’t Starve Together / Crock Pot recipesDon’t Starve Together Crock Pot recipes: hunger and healing

Use four concrete recipes and compare their hunger, health and sanity values at a glance.

↗
04Don’t Starve Together / WinterDon’t Starve Together winter guide: warmth, food and Deerclops

Prepare for the default day-21 winter and keep a working travel and food routine during the cold.

↗
05Don’t Starve Together / SanityDon’t Starve Together sanity guide: food, clothing and recovery

Compare accessible sanity recovery methods and avoid confusing raw mushrooms with cooked ones.

↗
06Don’t Starve Together / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Don’t Starve Together publisher pictures with descriptive captions and original source credits.

↗

The Legend of Zelda: Skyward Sword box artThe Legend of Zelda: Skyward Sword ↗

01The Legend of Zelda: Skyward Sword / Getting startedSkyward Sword Wii beginner guide: controls, stamina and first descent

Set up MotionPlus, practice sword direction and prepare for the surface.

↗
02The Legend of Zelda: Skyward Sword / CharactersSkyward Sword characters: Fi, Zelda, Groose and Skyloft services

Find the people who provide repairs, storage, shopping and guidance.

↗
03The Legend of Zelda: Skyward Sword / Dungeon orderSkyward Sword dungeon order and key-item reference

See the seven main dungeons and the tools associated with their puzzles.

↗
04The Legend of Zelda: Skyward Sword / UpgradesSkyward Sword upgrades: shields, treasure, bugs and potion infusions

Separate repairs, equipment upgrades and potion enhancement requirements.

↗
05The Legend of Zelda: Skyward Sword / CombatSkyward Sword combat guide: sword angles, shields and stamina

Read enemy guards and use the Wii controls deliberately.

↗
06The Legend of Zelda: Skyward Sword / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

The Legend of Zelda: Skyward Sword original-game artwork and screenshots, with edition context and source credits.

↗

The Legend of Zelda: Phantom Hourglass box artThe Legend of Zelda: Phantom Hourglass ↗

01The Legend of Zelda: Phantom Hourglass / Getting startedPhantom Hourglass beginner guide: stylus controls and map notes

Learn touch movement, sword gestures and the DS map notebook.

↗
02The Legend of Zelda: Phantom Hourglass / CharactersPhantom Hourglass characters: Link, Linebeck, Ciela, Tetra and Oshus

See the cast, travel support and the clues each relationship supplies.

↗
03The Legend of Zelda: Phantom Hourglass / Dungeons and itemsPhantom Hourglass dungeon order and item guide

Match the island dungeons to the tools that expand exploration.

↗
04The Legend of Zelda: Phantom Hourglass / Ocean King templePhantom Hourglass Temple of the Ocean King: time and Phantom guide

Plan safe-zone routes and avoid wasting the hourglass on repeated rooms.

↗
05The Legend of Zelda: Phantom Hourglass / Sailing and salvagePhantom Hourglass sailing guide: sea charts, cannon and salvage

Plan island trips and distinguish ship travel from treasure recovery.

↗
06The Legend of Zelda: Phantom Hourglass / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

The Legend of Zelda: Phantom Hourglass original-game artwork and screenshots, with edition context and source credits.

↗

The Legend of Zelda: Spirit Tracks box artThe Legend of Zelda: Spirit Tracks ↗

01The Legend of Zelda: Spirit Tracks / Getting startedSpirit Tracks beginner guide: touch controls, flute and train basics

Learn the three control contexts before restoring the railway.

↗
02The Legend of Zelda: Spirit Tracks / CharactersSpirit Tracks characters: Zelda, Anjean, Alfonzo, Cole and Byrne

Understand the cast and the practical role of Zelda’s Phantom form.

↗
03The Legend of Zelda: Spirit Tracks / Dungeon orderSpirit Tracks dungeon order and key items

Compare realm temples, their equipment and later tool uses.

↗
04The Legend of Zelda: Spirit Tracks / Phantom ZeldaSpirit Tracks Phantom Zelda guide: commands and tower cooperation

Coordinate Link and Zelda across switches, hazards and different Phantom bodies.

↗
05The Legend of Zelda: Spirit Tracks / Train travelSpirit Tracks train guide: routes, passengers and cargo

Plan junctions and use the whistle, cannon and speed controls deliberately.

↗
06The Legend of Zelda: Spirit Tracks / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

The Legend of Zelda: Spirit Tracks original-game artwork and screenshots, with edition context and source credits.

↗

The Legend of Zelda: A Link Between Worlds box artThe Legend of Zelda: A Link Between Worlds ↗

01The Legend of Zelda: A Link Between Worlds / Getting startedA Link Between Worlds beginner guide: rentals, energy and wall merging

Understand the systems that open Hyrule and Lorule routes.

↗
02The Legend of Zelda: A Link Between Worlds / CharactersA Link Between Worlds characters: Ravio, Hilda, Yuga and Mother Maiamai

Distinguish the story cast from rental, upgrade and restoration services.

↗
03The Legend of Zelda: A Link Between Worlds / Dungeon toolsA Link Between Worlds dungeon item requirements and route planning

See which tool opens each major route without assuming one fixed Lorule order.

↗
04The Legend of Zelda: A Link Between Worlds / Ravio’s shopA Link Between Worlds Ravio guide: rent, buy and recover items

Choose between temporary access and permanent equipment ownership.

↗
05The Legend of Zelda: A Link Between Worlds / UpgradesA Link Between Worlds Maiamai and Master Ore upgrade guide

Separate item improvements, sword improvements and health collection.

↗
06The Legend of Zelda: A Link Between Worlds / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

The Legend of Zelda: A Link Between Worlds original-game artwork and screenshots, with edition context and source credits.

↗

Mario Kart: Double Dash!! box artMario Kart: Double Dash!! ↗

01Mario Kart: Double Dash!! / Getting startedMario Kart Double Dash beginner guide: switching, items and drifting

Learn the two-rider system and select a manageable kart.

↗
02Mario Kart: Double Dash!! / CharactersMario Kart Double Dash characters and special items

Compare every standard pair’s signature item family.

↗
03Mario Kart: Double Dash!! / Cups and tracksMario Kart Double Dash cups and all 16 tracks

See the original track order and the unusual lap counts.

↗
04Mario Kart: Double Dash!! / UnlocksMario Kart Double Dash unlock guide: Special Cup, Mirror and characters

Match each major reward to its Grand Prix requirement.

↗
05Mario Kart: Double Dash!! / Co-op and battleMario Kart Double Dash co-op and battle modes explained

Assign driving and item duties, then compare the three battle rulesets.

↗
06Mario Kart: Double Dash!! / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Mario Kart: Double Dash!! original-game artwork and screenshots, with edition context and source credits.

↗

Mario Kart 7 box artMario Kart 7 ↗

01Mario Kart 7 / Getting startedMario Kart 7 beginner guide: coins, drifting, gliding and diving

Learn the mechanics that carry over across road, air and water.

↗
02Mario Kart 7 / CharactersMario Kart 7 character unlocks: every 150cc cup reward

Match all eight extra cup drivers to the exact 150cc event.

↗
03Mario Kart 7 / Kart partsMario Kart 7 kart parts guide: bodies, tires, gliders and coins

Understand which part choice changes which racing tradeoff.

↗
04Mario Kart 7 / Cups and tracksMario Kart 7 cups and track list: new and retro courses

Find all 32 original course slots and their cup order.

↗
05Mario Kart 7 / Items and battleMario Kart 7 items and battle modes: Super Leaf, Fire Flower and Lucky Seven

Compare attack, defense and arena objectives.

↗
06Mario Kart 7 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Mario Kart 7 original-game artwork and screenshots, with edition context and source credits.

↗

New Super Mario Bros. Wii box artNew Super Mario Bros. Wii ↗

01New Super Mario Bros. Wii / Getting startedNew Super Mario Bros Wii beginner guide: movement, bubbles and checkpoints

Learn the moves that keep a solo or co-op run under control.

↗
02New Super Mario Bros. Wii / CharactersNew Super Mario Bros Wii characters and co-op roles

Compare the four playable heroes and coordinate local multiplayer.

↗
03New Super Mario Bros. Wii / Power-upsNew Super Mario Bros Wii power-ups: Propeller, Penguin, Ice and Mini

Match each suit to the obstacle instead of wasting a stored item.

↗
04New Super Mario Bros. Wii / Worlds and exitsNew Super Mario Bros Wii worlds and secret exits guide

Separate world progression, alternate exits and Warp Cannons.

↗
05New Super Mario Bros. Wii / World 9 and coinsNew Super Mario Bros Wii World 9 unlocks and Star Coin checklist

Unlock the bonus world and identify the coin set for each bonus course.

↗
06New Super Mario Bros. Wii / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

New Super Mario Bros. Wii original-game artwork and screenshots, with edition context and source credits.

↗

New Super Mario Bros. 2 box artNew Super Mario Bros. 2 ↗

01New Super Mario Bros. 2 / Getting startedNew Super Mario Bros 2 beginner guide: gold coins and course progress

Separate the coin counter from Star Coins and world routes.

↗
02New Super Mario Bros. 2 / CharactersNew Super Mario Bros 2 characters and local co-op guide

Understand Mario, Luigi and the shared-camera rules.

↗
03New Super Mario Bros. 2 / Power-upsNew Super Mario Bros 2 power-ups: Gold Flower and Super Leaf

Compare the suits and temporary effects that shape coin routes.

↗
04New Super Mario Bros. 2 / Coin RushNew Super Mario Bros 2 Coin Rush guide: rules and safer high scores

Plan a three-course run around survival, time and coin chains.

↗
05New Super Mario Bros. 2 / Worlds and coinsNew Super Mario Bros 2 Star Coins, Moon Coins and world routes

Distinguish optional worlds, hidden exits and special collectibles.

↗
06New Super Mario Bros. 2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

New Super Mario Bros. 2 original-game artwork and screenshots, with edition context and source credits.

↗

Super Mario 3D Land box artSuper Mario 3D Land ↗

01Super Mario 3D Land / Getting startedSuper Mario 3D Land beginner guide: depth, timers and Tanooki control

Read compact 3D courses and use power-ups to improve landings.

↗
02Super Mario 3D Land / CharactersSuper Mario 3D Land characters: Luigi unlock and boss roles

Know who is playable and how Luigi changes platforming.

↗
03Super Mario 3D Land / Power-upsSuper Mario 3D Land power-ups: Tanooki, Statue Leaf and Boomerang

Compare standard forms, special-world tools and assistance items.

↗
04Super Mario 3D Land / Star MedalsSuper Mario 3D Land Star Medals and course gates

Track the three medal slots and plan returns for locked courses.

↗
05Super Mario 3D Land / Special WorldsSuper Mario 3D Land Special Worlds and completion checklist

Understand what opens after the first ending and track later objectives.

↗
06Super Mario 3D Land / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Super Mario 3D Land original-game artwork and screenshots, with edition context and source credits.

↗

Super Mario 3D World box artSuper Mario 3D World ↗

01Super Mario 3D World / Getting startedSuper Mario 3D World Wii U beginner guide: Cat Mario and co-op

Learn movement, shared lives and the three main completion goals.

↗
02Super Mario 3D World / CharactersSuper Mario 3D World characters: abilities and Rosalina unlock

Compare all five heroes and the separate Captain Toad rules.

↗
03Super Mario 3D World / Power-upsSuper Mario 3D World power-ups: Super Bell, Double Cherry and suits

Compare movement transformations and temporary course equipment.

↗
04Super Mario 3D World / Stars and stampsSuper Mario 3D World Green Stars, stamps and gold flags guide

Organize collection runs around the exact missing reward.

↗
05Super Mario 3D World / Postgame worldsSuper Mario 3D World postgame worlds and Champion’s Road preparation

Plan World Star, Mushroom, Flower and Crown cleanup in the Wii U game.

↗
06Super Mario 3D World / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Super Mario 3D World original-game artwork and screenshots, with edition context and source credits.

↗

Pokémon Stadium box artPokémon Stadium ↗

01Pokémon Stadium / Getting startedPokémon Stadium beginner guide: register six, choose three and use rentals

Learn team selection and the difference between cups, castle and minigames.

↗
02Pokémon Stadium / CharactersPokémon Stadium Gym Leaders: Kanto Castle opponent reference

Know the eight Gym Leader themes and why coverage still matters.

↗
03Pokémon Stadium / Cup rulesPokémon Stadium cup rules: Pika, Petit, Poké and Prime

Compare level ranges, combined totals and species restrictions.

↗
04Pokémon Stadium / Rental teamsPokémon Stadium rental team guide: movesets, coverage and battle roles

Build a practical six without assuming one universal best team.

↗
05Pokémon Stadium / Kids ClubPokémon Stadium Kids Club minigames: controls and objectives

Find the goal of all nine local minigames in one table.

↗
06Pokémon Stadium / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Pokémon Stadium original-game artwork and screenshots, with edition context and source credits.

↗

Pokémon Stadium 2 box artPokémon Stadium 2 ↗

01Pokémon Stadium 2 / Getting startedPokémon Stadium 2 beginner guide: rentals, held items and new types

Move from the first Stadium to Generation II battle rules.

↗
02Pokémon Stadium 2 / CharactersPokémon Stadium 2 Gym Leaders and Earl: Johto reference

See the eight Johto specialties and the role of the Academy.

↗
03Pokémon Stadium 2 / Cup rulesPokémon Stadium 2 cup rules: Little, Poké, Prime and Challenge

Compare level restrictions and the assigned-team format.

↗
04Pokémon Stadium 2 / Earl’s AcademyPokémon Stadium 2 Earl’s Academy and battle mechanics guide

Use lessons to understand type matchups, status, items and damage categories.

↗
05Pokémon Stadium 2 / MinigamesPokémon Stadium 2 minigames: all twelve objectives

Identify the action, memory and timing challenges before a local party session.

↗
06Pokémon Stadium 2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Pokémon Stadium 2 original-game artwork and screenshots, with edition context and source credits.

↗

Pokémon Colosseum box artPokémon Colosseum ↗

01Pokémon Colosseum / Getting startedPokémon Colosseum beginner guide: Espeon, Umbreon and snagging

Prepare the opening team and understand the rescue loop.

↗
02Pokémon Colosseum / CharactersPokémon Colosseum characters: Wes, Rui, Eagun and Cipher

Understand who identifies Shadows and who supports purification.

↗
03Pokémon Colosseum / Shadow PokémonPokémon Colosseum early Shadow Pokémon and snagging guide

Recognize early rescue opportunities and avoid accidental knockouts.

↗
04Pokémon Colosseum / PurificationPokémon Colosseum purification guide: Heart Gauge, Call and Agate shrine

Separate opening the heart from the final restoration ritual.

↗
05Pokémon Colosseum / Double battlesPokémon Colosseum double-battle guide: targets, Protect and coverage

Plan both actions as one turn and protect your rescue target.

↗
06Pokémon Colosseum / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Pokémon Colosseum original-game artwork and screenshots, with edition context and source credits.

↗

Pokémon XD: Gale of Darkness box artPokémon XD: Gale of Darkness ↗

01Pokémon XD: Gale of Darkness / Getting startedPokémon XD beginner guide: Eevee, snagging and Reverse Mode

Prepare for double battles and keep ordinary purification moving.

↗
02Pokémon XD: Gale of Darkness / CharactersPokémon XD characters: Michael, Krane, Lily, Jovi and Cipher

Locate the family, researchers and opponents connected to the rescue effort.

↗
03Pokémon XD: Gale of Darkness / Eevee evolutionsPokémon XD Eevee evolution guide: stones, Sun Shard and Moon Shard

Compare the five original evolution choices and their team roles.

↗
04Pokémon XD: Gale of Darkness / Purify ChamberPokémon XD Purify Chamber guide: tempo, flow and nine sets

Arrange support Pokémon and handle Shadow Lugia’s special condition.

↗
05Pokémon XD: Gale of Darkness / Shadow LugiaPokémon XD Shadow Lugia and snagging guide: capture versus purification

Handle rescue turns and understand why ordinary methods do not purify XD001.

↗
06Pokémon XD: Gale of Darkness / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Pokémon XD: Gale of Darkness original-game artwork and screenshots, with edition context and source credits.

↗

Half-Life digital coverHalf-Life ↗

01Half-Life / Beginner guideHalf-Life beginner guide: HEV suit, movement and survival

Learn the Hazard Course, health and armor rules, movement puzzles and friendly NPC behavior.

↗
02Half-Life / Weapons guideHalf-Life weapons guide: crowbar, shotgun, crossbow and explosives

Compare the original Half-Life arsenal by range, ammunition role and alternate-fire behavior.

↗
03Half-Life / Chapter orderHalf-Life chapter order: Black Mesa, Lambda Core and Xen

A campaign route reference showing the main progression blocks and the skills each area demands.

↗
04Half-Life / Boss solutionsHalf-Life boss solutions: Blast Pit, Gargantua, Gonarch and Nihilanth

Quick answers for the major original Half-Life boss encounters, including the Xen finale.

↗
05Half-Life / CharactersHalf-Life characters: cast, factions and story roles

Identify the key people and factions in Half-Life, their roles and the relationships that matter during the campaign.

↗
06Half-Life / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Half-Life, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Left 4 Dead digital coverLeft 4 Dead ↗

01Left 4 Dead / Beginner guideLeft 4 Dead beginner guide: teamwork, healing and safe rooms

Understand the four-survivor team, health items, rescue priorities and safe-room progress.

↗
02Left 4 Dead / Weapons and throwablesLeft 4 Dead weapons and throwables: shotguns, rifles and rescue tools

Compare the original game’s firearms, pipe bombs, Molotovs and environmental explosives.

↗
03Left 4 Dead / Campaign orderLeft 4 Dead campaign order: No Mercy, Death Toll, Dead Air and Blood Harvest

Find the original campaigns, later additions and the finale type to prepare for.

↗
04Left 4 Dead / Special infected countersLeft 4 Dead special infected counters: Hunter, Smoker, Boomer, Tank and Witch

Quick answers for stopping pins, avoiding vomit and surviving the original infected roster.

↗
05Left 4 Dead / CharactersLeft 4 Dead characters: cast, factions and story roles

Identify the key people and factions in Left 4 Dead, their roles and the relationships that matter during the campaign.

↗
06Left 4 Dead / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Left 4 Dead, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Left 4 Dead 2 digital coverLeft 4 Dead 2 ↗

01Left 4 Dead 2 / Beginner guideLeft 4 Dead 2 beginner guide: healing, rescues and game modes

Learn the sequel’s health items, team formation and differences between Campaign, Realism, Versus and Scavenge.

↗
02Left 4 Dead 2 / Weapons guideLeft 4 Dead 2 weapons guide: best roles for guns, melee and throwables

Compare dependable firearm roles, melee trade-offs and the three main throwable types.

↗
03Left 4 Dead 2 / Campaign order and finalesLeft 4 Dead 2 campaign order and finales: Dead Center to The Parish

See the five original L4D2 campaigns, their finale mechanics and how later campaigns fit.

↗
04Left 4 Dead 2 / Special infected countersLeft 4 Dead 2 special infected counters: Charger, Jockey, Spitter and Tank

Quick rescue priorities and practical counters for the expanded infected roster.

↗
05Left 4 Dead 2 / CharactersLeft 4 Dead 2 characters: cast, factions and story roles

Identify the key people and factions in Left 4 Dead 2, their roles and the relationships that matter during the campaign.

↗
06Left 4 Dead 2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Left 4 Dead 2, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Counter-Strike digital coverCounter-Strike ↗

01Counter-Strike / Beginner guideCounter-Strike beginner guide: rounds, buying and team communication

Learn original Counter-Strike round flow, loadout limits, movement and useful calls.

↗
02Counter-Strike / Weapons and economyCounter-Strike weapons and economy: AK-47, M4A1, AWP and budget buys

Compare CS 1.6 weapon roles, team-specific purchases and the cost of an uncoordinated buy.

↗
03Counter-Strike / Classic mapsCounter-Strike classic maps: Dust2, Inferno, Nuke and hostage routes

Orient yourself on well-known original Counter-Strike maps without importing CS2-specific layouts.

↗
04Counter-Strike / Bomb and hostage guideCounter-Strike bomb and hostage guide: plant, defuse, kits and rescue

Quick answers for completing the original Counter-Strike objectives under the round timer.

↗
05Counter-Strike / CharactersCounter-Strike characters: cast, factions and story roles

Identify the key people and factions in Counter-Strike, their roles and the relationships that matter during the campaign.

↗
06Counter-Strike / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Counter-Strike, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Deus Ex digital coverDeus Ex ↗

01Deus Ex / Beginner buildsDeus Ex beginner builds: skills, inventory and Liberty Island

Choose useful early skills, manage limited inventory space and approach the first mission with a plan.

↗
02Deus Ex / Augmentations guideDeus Ex augmentations guide: choices, canisters and energy

Compare useful original Deus Ex augmentations and understand installation, upgrading and power costs.

↗
03Deus Ex / Stealth and weaponsDeus Ex stealth and weapons: nonlethal tools, alarms and robots

Choose lethal or nonlethal equipment, bypass security and understand why an unnoticed approach can fail.

↗
04Deus Ex / Endings guideDeus Ex endings guide: Tong, Illuminati and Helios at Area 51

Spoiler-marked comparison of Deus Ex’s three final choices and how to preserve a save for each.

↗
05Deus Ex / CharactersDeus Ex characters: cast, factions and story roles

Identify the key people and factions in Deus Ex, their roles and the relationships that matter during the campaign.

↗
06Deus Ex / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Deus Ex, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Max Payne digital coverMax Payne ↗

01Max Payne / Bullet Time guideMax Payne bullet Time guide: movement, shootdodge and painkillers

Learn how to turn slow motion into safer positioning rather than a dangerous landing.

↗
02Max Payne / Weapons guideMax Payne weapons guide: Berettas, shotguns, Ingrams and heavy guns

Compare the original Max Payne arsenal by range, firing window and ammunition use.

↗
03Max Payne / Campaign partsMax Payne campaign parts: The American Dream to A Bit Closer to Heaven

Orient yourself in Max Payne’s three-part story and its changing combat environments.

↗
04Max Payne / Difficulty unlocksMax Payne difficulty unlocks: Hard Boiled, Dead on Arrival and New York Minute

Quick reference for the original PC replay modes and what changes after finishing Fugitive.

↗
05Max Payne / CharactersMax Payne characters: cast, factions and story roles

Identify the key people and factions in Max Payne, their roles and the relationships that matter during the campaign.

↗
06Max Payne / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Max Payne, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Max Payne 2: The Fall of Max Payne digital coverMax Payne 2: The Fall of Max Payne ↗

01Max Payne 2: The Fall of Max Payne / Bullet Time guideMax Payne 2: The Fall of Max Payne bullet Time guide: shootdodge, reloads and combat rhythm

Understand the sequel’s slow-motion changes and how to keep an aggressive fight under control.

↗
02Max Payne 2: The Fall of Max Payne / Weapons guideMax Payne 2: The Fall of Max Payne weapons guide: pistols, shotguns, rifles and explosives

Compare the sequel’s weapons and choose an answer for close rooms, elevated enemies and distant targets.

↗
03Max Payne 2: The Fall of Max Payne / Campaign and Mona guideMax Payne 2: The Fall of Max Payne campaign and Mona guide: parts, viewpoint changes and cover sequences

Follow the three-part story and understand how Mona’s playable sections connect with Max’s route.

↗
04Max Payne 2: The Fall of Max Payne / Alternate ending unlockMax Payne 2: The Fall of Max Payne alternate ending unlock: Dead on Arrival and replay modes

Quick answer for the hidden ending, the difficulty chain and the sequel’s timed challenge modes.

↗
05Max Payne 2: The Fall of Max Payne / CharactersMax Payne 2: The Fall of Max Payne characters: cast, factions and story roles

Identify the key people and factions in Max Payne 2: The Fall of Max Payne, their roles and the relationships that matter during the campaign.

↗
06Max Payne 2: The Fall of Max Payne / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Max Payne 2: The Fall of Max Payne, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Bully: Scholarship Edition digital coverBully: Scholarship Edition ↗

01Bully: Scholarship Edition / Beginner guideBully: Scholarship Edition beginner guide: timetable, curfew, health and trouble

Learn the daily school rhythm, safe travel and why early classes make Bullworth easier.

↗
02Bully: Scholarship Edition / Classes and rewardsBully: Scholarship Edition classes and rewards: English, Chemistry, Geography and more

Compare the original subjects and Scholarship Edition’s four added classes by their practical rewards.

↗
03Bully: Scholarship Edition / Chapters and cliquesBully: Scholarship Edition chapters and cliques: school, town and story progression

Find the six chapter names, the major clique focus and how free roam opens after the story.

↗
04Bully: Scholarship Edition / Collectibles and completionBully: Scholarship Edition collectibles and completion: rubber bands, cards, gnomes and transistors

Plan a district-by-district search and distinguish collectible rewards from ordinary errands.

↗
05Bully: Scholarship Edition / CharactersBully: Scholarship Edition characters: cast, factions and story roles

Identify the key people and factions in Bully: Scholarship Edition, their roles and the relationships that matter during the campaign.

↗
06Bully: Scholarship Edition / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Bully: Scholarship Edition, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Saints Row 2 digital coverSaints Row 2 ↗

01Saints Row 2 / Beginner guideSaints Row 2 beginner guide: Respect, cash, cribs and notoriety

Rebuild the Saints and understand the resources that control story access and free-roam survival.

↗
02Saints Row 2 / Activities and rewardsSaints Row 2 activities and rewards: Insurance Fraud, Fight Club and more

Compare Saints Row 2 activities by objective and the permanent rewards worth checking.

↗
03Saints Row 2 / Gang missionsSaints Row 2 gang missions: Brotherhood, Ronin, Samedi and Ultor

Compare the three rival gang arcs and the campaign structure that follows them.

↗
04Saints Row 2 / Completion guideSaints Row 2 completion guide: CDs, tags, activities and diversions

Organize Saints Row 2’s major collectibles and completion categories without confusing every diversion with a requirement.

↗
05Saints Row 2 / CharactersSaints Row 2 characters: cast, factions and story roles

Identify the key people and factions in Saints Row 2, their roles and the relationships that matter during the campaign.

↗
06Saints Row 2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Saints Row 2, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Saints Row: The Third digital coverSaints Row: The Third ↗

01Saints Row: The Third / Beginner guideSaints Row: The Third beginner guide: Respect levels, cash and Steelport control

Learn the original game’s progression loop, phone upgrades and district income.

↗
02Saints Row: The Third / Activities and city controlSaints Row: The Third activities and city control: Insurance Fraud, Mayhem and Trail Blazing

Compare Steelport activities and the map objectives that increase Saints control.

↗
03Saints Row: The Third / Weapons and upgradesSaints Row: The Third weapons and upgrades: pistols, shotguns, explosives and support

Choose a practical loadout and understand why weapon upgrades matter more than collecting every gun.

↗
04Saints Row: The Third / Endings guideSaints Row: The Third endings guide: Three Way, Save Shaundi and Kill Killbane

Spoiler-marked comparison of the two finale choices and how they connect to the closing missions.

↗
05Saints Row: The Third / CharactersSaints Row: The Third characters: cast, factions and story roles

Identify the key people and factions in Saints Row: The Third, their roles and the relationships that matter during the campaign.

↗
06Saints Row: The Third / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Saints Row: The Third, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Far Cry 3 digital coverFar Cry 3 ↗

01Far Cry 3 / Beginner guideFar Cry 3 beginner guide: holsters, hunting, skills and fast travel

Build a useful early loadout and understand the island’s main exploration rewards.

↗
02Far Cry 3 / Outposts and radio towersFar Cry 3 outposts and radio towers: stealth, alarms and free weapons

Learn the two most useful world-clearing loops and how undetected captures differ from merely silencing alarms.

↗
03Far Cry 3 / Weapons and signature unlocksFar Cry 3 weapons and signature unlocks: bow, AMR, Shredder and more

Compare weapon roles and selected signature-weapon requirements in the original campaign.

↗
04Far Cry 3 / Collectibles and endingsFar Cry 3 collectibles and endings: relics, letters, cards and the final choice

Plan collection routes and keep a separate save before Far Cry 3’s spoiler-heavy final decision.

↗
05Far Cry 3 / CharactersFar Cry 3 characters: cast, factions and story roles

Identify the key people and factions in Far Cry 3, their roles and the relationships that matter during the campaign.

↗
06Far Cry 3 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Far Cry 3, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Crysis digital coverCrysis ↗

01Crysis / Nanosuit guideCrysis nanosuit guide: Armor, Strength, Speed and Cloak

Understand the original four suit modes and how energy changes your approach to each encounter.

↗
02Crysis / Weapons and attachmentsCrysis weapons and attachments: SCAR, FY71, shotgun and heavy tools

Compare the original Crysis arsenal and configure weapons for stealth, distance or vehicles.

↗
03Crysis / Mission orderCrysis mission order: Contact, Core, Ascension and Reckoning

Follow the original PC campaign from tropical reconnaissance through alien environments to the carrier.

↗
04Crysis / Carrier boss guideCrysis carrier boss guide: TAC Cannon locks and alien warship targets

Quick answers for the original Crysis finale, including why the TAC Cannon will not lock onto every target.

↗
05Crysis / CharactersCrysis characters: cast, factions and story roles

Identify the key people and factions in Crysis, their roles and the relationships that matter during the campaign.

↗
06Crysis / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Crysis, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

F.E.A.R. digital coverF.E.A.R. ↗

01F.E.A.R. / Reflex Time guideF.E.A.R. reflex Time guide: cover, flanks, medkits and melee

Use slow motion to survive Replica squads without getting trapped in a single firing position.

↗
02F.E.A.R. / Weapons guideF.E.A.R. weapons guide: shotgun, penetrator, assault rifle and particle gun

Compare original F.E.A.R. weapons and build a useful three-gun loadout.

↗
03F.E.A.R. / Campaign interval orderF.E.A.R. campaign interval order: Inception to Retaliation

Find the original game’s eleven intervals and the broad shift from investigation to the Origin facility.

↗
04F.E.A.R. / Boosters and explorationF.E.A.R. boosters and exploration: health, reflex capacity and missed pickups

Quick answers for the permanent upgrades and a practical room-search routine.

↗
05F.E.A.R. / CharactersF.E.A.R. characters: cast, factions and story roles

Identify the key people and factions in F.E.A.R., their roles and the relationships that matter during the campaign.

↗
06F.E.A.R. / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for F.E.A.R., with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Final Fantasy VIII digital coverFinal Fantasy VIII ↗

01Final Fantasy VIII / Getting startedFinal Fantasy VIII: Beginner guide and early route

Set up commands, prepare for Dollet and strengthen the party through junctions.

↗
02Final Fantasy VIII / CharactersFinal Fantasy VIII: Characters and Limit Break roles

Compare the main cast, individual Limits and practical party jobs.

↗
03Final Fantasy VIII / Junctions & abilitiesFinal Fantasy VIII: Junction guide, spell stocks and GF abilities

Learn why stats change, how refinement works and when elemental junctions backfire.

↗
04Final Fantasy VIII / GF locationsFinal Fantasy VIII: Guardian Force locations and missable draws

Find boss-held summons and distinguish optional recruitment routes.

↗
05Final Fantasy VIII / Triple TriadFinal Fantasy VIII: Triple Triad rules and Card Mod

Read the board, recognize regional rules and turn cards into useful materials.

↗
06Final Fantasy VIII / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Guides cover the original Final Fantasy VIII campaign and its junction, GF and Triple Triad systems as retained in Remastered. Pictures are from Final Fantasy VIII Remastered; updated character models and optional assistance features are not the original PlayStation presentation. All pictures retain the original downloaded publisher bytes; their individual credits identify the source and depicted edition.

↗

Final Fantasy IV digital coverFinal Fantasy IV ↗

01Final Fantasy IV / Getting startedFinal Fantasy IV: Beginner route and ATB combat

Navigate Cecil’s opening chapters, party changes and early boss behavior.

↗
02Final Fantasy IV / CharactersFinal Fantasy IV: Characters, jobs and party roles

Compare Cecil, Kain, Rosa, Rydia, Edge and the temporary party members.

↗
03Final Fantasy IV / Boss strategiesFinal Fantasy IV: Boss strategies and elemental responses

Counter the Four Fiends, manage the CPU and keep healing sustainable.

↗
04Final Fantasy IV / Summon locationsFinal Fantasy IV: Summon locations and optional bosses

Locate Rydia’s optional summons and distinguish boss rewards from rare drops.

↗
05Final Fantasy IV / MissablesFinal Fantasy IV: Missable dungeons and completion checklist

Protect treasure and bestiary progress before the story closes important areas.

↗
06Final Fantasy IV / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Guides cover Final Fantasy IV Pixel Remaster’s 2D campaign. They do not cover the DS/PC 3D remake’s Augments or the additional GBA/PSP dungeons and party systems. Pictures show the Pixel Remaster release. All pictures retain the original downloaded publisher bytes; their individual credits identify the source and depicted edition.

↗

Final Fantasy V digital coverFinal Fantasy V ↗

01Final Fantasy V / Getting startedFinal Fantasy V: Beginner party and crystal route

Choose early jobs, buy spells and keep a balanced team while experimenting.

↗
02Final Fantasy V / CharactersFinal Fantasy V: Characters and flexible party roles

Meet Bartz, Lenna, Galuf, Faris and Krile, then assign jobs by need.

↗
03Final Fantasy V / Jobs & abilitiesFinal Fantasy V: Jobs, ABP and ability combinations

Plan transferable abilities, build useful hybrids and understand Freelancer.

↗
04Final Fantasy V / Blue MagicFinal Fantasy V: Blue Magic learning and useful spell sources

Learn enemy skills correctly and find early tools plus late support spells.

↗
05Final Fantasy V / Weapons & missablesFinal Fantasy V: Legendary weapons, Mime and missable content

Plan world-transition saves, tablet rewards and optional endgame challenges.

↗
06Final Fantasy V / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Guides cover the 2D Final Fantasy V Pixel Remaster and its original job set. Advance-exclusive jobs and bonus dungeons are outside the scope. Pictures are Pixel Remaster publisher screenshots, not Super Famicom captures. All pictures retain the original downloaded publisher bytes; their individual credits identify the source and depicted edition.

↗

Final Fantasy III digital coverFinal Fantasy III ↗

01Final Fantasy III / Getting startedFinal Fantasy III: Beginner route, jobs and spell charges

Build a balanced party and understand the systems used by the 2D Pixel Remaster.

↗
02Final Fantasy III / CharactersFinal Fantasy III: Characters, heroes and traveling allies

Identify the 2D heroes and the helpers who guide the crystal journey.

↗
03Final Fantasy III / Job unlocksFinal Fantasy III: Job unlocks and useful specialists

Compare job roles, crystal progression and the late Ninja and Sage options.

↗
04Final Fantasy III / Bosses & jobsFinal Fantasy III: Garuda, Hein and dungeon-specific jobs

Solve Mini routes, barrier changes and splitting enemies with the right tools.

↗
05Final Fantasy III / Airships & EurekaFinal Fantasy III: Airships, optional summons and Eureka

Track travel upgrades and prepare for the late-game dungeons.

↗
06Final Fantasy III / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Guides cover Final Fantasy III Pixel Remaster’s 2D campaign and four customizable heroes. They do not cover the DS/3D remake, its named protagonists, job-adjustment system or Mognet requirements. Pictures show the 2D Pixel Remaster. All pictures retain the original downloaded publisher bytes; their individual credits identify the source and depicted edition.

↗

Chrono Cross digital coverChrono Cross ↗

01Chrono Cross / Getting startedChrono Cross: Beginner guide, Elements and world travel

Set up the Element grid, manage stamina and distinguish the two worlds.

↗
02Chrono Cross / CharactersChrono Cross: Characters, innate colors and party roles

Compare Serge, Kid and key optional recruits without mixing exclusive branches.

↗
03Chrono Cross / Elements & summonsChrono Cross: Element colors, field effect and summons

Understand opposing colors, one-use allocations and summon requirements.

↗
04Chrono Cross / Recruitment branchesChrono Cross: Leena, Glenn and Viper Manor recruitment branches

Understand the early decisions that change the available companions.

↗
05Chrono Cross / Progression & endingChrono Cross: Star progression, equipment and the Chrono Cross ending

Strengthen the party and understand the special final color sequence.

↗
06Chrono Cross / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Guides cover Chrono Cross’s original campaign as presented in The Radical Dreamers Edition. The separate Radical Dreamers text adventure is outside scope. Pictures are remaster publisher media; optional battle assistance and presentation changes are not assumed in strategy advice. All pictures retain the original downloaded publisher bytes; their individual credits identify the source and depicted edition.

↗

Dragon Quest VIII digital coverDragon Quest VIII ↗

01Dragon Quest VIII / Getting startedDragon Quest VIII: 3DS beginner route and party preparation

Start in Farebury, choose encounters and spend early skill points carefully.

↗
02Dragon Quest VIII / CharactersDragon Quest VIII: Characters and 3DS party unlocks

Compare the original party with Red and Morrie’s added playable roles.

↗
03Dragon Quest VIII / Skills & tensionDragon Quest VIII: Skill points, hero builds and tension

Plan weapon milestones and avoid wasting turns on unsafe tension setup.

↗
04Dragon Quest VIII / Alchemy & itemsDragon Quest VIII: Alchemy Pot, recovery recipes and item planning

Craft useful supplies and keep ingredients available for later equipment.

↗
05Dragon Quest VIII / Metals & arenaDragon Quest VIII: Metal slime hunting and Monster Arena

Use critical tools, scout monsters and understand Morrie’s Rank S unlock.

↗
06Dragon Quest VIII / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Guides cover Dragon Quest VIII: Journey of the Cursed King on Nintendo 3DS, including visible encounters, instant alchemy and playable Red and Morrie. PS2 balance and features can differ. All pictures are official Nintendo 3DS media, with artwork identified separately. All pictures retain the original downloaded publisher bytes; their individual credits identify the source and depicted edition.

↗

Dragon Quest IX box artDragon Quest IX ↗

01Dragon Quest IX / Getting startedDragon Quest IX: Beginner party and Stornway route

Recruit companions, prepare inventories and reach the vocation system.

↗
02Dragon Quest IX / CharactersDragon Quest IX: Characters, custom companions and Stornway services

Identify the main story figures and the people who manage your party.

↗
03Dragon Quest IX / Vocation unlocksDragon Quest IX: Vocation unlocks, skill points and cross-training

Find advanced-class quests and understand what transfers when changing vocation.

↗
04Dragon Quest IX / Alchemy recipesDragon Quest IX: Alchemy recipes and ingredient planning

Make useful recovery items and preserve materials for equipment upgrades.

↗
05Dragon Quest IX / Metals & grottosDragon Quest IX: Metal slimes, treasure maps and grottos

Prepare useful attacks and distinguish ordinary grottos from rare shared maps.

↗
06Dragon Quest IX / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Guides cover Dragon Quest IX: Sentinels of the Starry Skies on Nintendo DS, using English item and quest names. Pictures come from Nintendo’s original Japanese release and therefore show Japanese interface text. Core offline play is the focus; discontinued official online services are distinguished from local wireless features. All pictures retain the original downloaded publisher bytes; their individual credits identify the source and depicted edition.

↗

Persona 3 Portable digital coverPersona 3 Portable ↗

01Persona 3 Portable / Getting startedPersona 3 Portable: Portable beginner guide and route choice

Choose a protagonist, control the party and balance school time with Tartarus.

↗
02Persona 3 Portable / CharactersPersona 3 Portable: SEES characters and combat roles

Compare elemental coverage and understand route-specific Social Links.

↗
03Persona 3 Portable / Links & calendarPersona 3 Portable: Social Links, social stats and calendar planning

Use matching Arcana and protect limited school days and rescue deadlines.

↗
04Persona 3 Portable / Persona fusionPersona 3 Portable: Persona fusion, Compendium and skill coverage

Build a useful roster and preserve developed Personas before fusion.

↗
05Persona 3 Portable / Tartarus & rescuesPersona 3 Portable: Tartarus preparation and missing-person rescues

Reach barriers, fund recovery and keep rescue deadlines from closing Social Links.

↗
06Persona 3 Portable / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Guides cover Persona 3 Portable and its male and female protagonist routes, including the modern Portable remaster. They do not cover Persona 3 Reload, Theurgy, Linked Episodes or FES’s The Answer. Pictures are from the PC Portable remaster, with route differences explained where relevant. All pictures retain the original downloaded publisher bytes; their individual credits identify the source and depicted edition.

↗

Persona 4 Golden digital coverPersona 4 Golden ↗

01Persona 4 Golden / Getting startedPersona 4 Golden: Golden beginner guide and dungeon planning

Meet rescue deadlines, build Persona coverage and prepare in Inaba.

↗
02Persona 4 Golden / CharactersPersona 4 Golden: Investigation Team characters and roles

Compare elemental coverage, support roles and Golden’s added characters.

↗
03Persona 4 Golden / Links & statsPersona 4 Golden: Social Links, social stats and Marie’s deadline

Plan matching Arcana, stat gates and the Aeon link before December closes.

↗
04Persona 4 Golden / Fusion & rewardsPersona 4 Golden: Persona fusion, skill inheritance and Shuffle Time

Build useful Personas, preserve them in the Compendium and read reward choices.

↗
05Persona 4 Golden / Ending requirementsPersona 4 Golden: True ending and Golden epilogue requirements

A spoiler-marked checklist for December, Marie’s story and the final March investigation.

↗
06Persona 4 Golden / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Guides cover Persona 4 Golden, including Marie, Golden’s added calendar content and the true-ending investigation. They do not cover the original PS2-only rules or a later remake. Pictures are official PC Golden publisher media. Ending pages are explicitly marked for spoilers. All pictures retain the original downloaded publisher bytes; their individual credits identify the source and depicted edition.

↗

Baldur’s Gate II digital coverBaldur’s Gate II ↗

01Baldur’s Gate II / Getting startedBaldur’s Gate II: Beginner guide, pausing and Athkatla

Escape Irenicus’s dungeon and build a functional party before the city opens up.

↗
02Baldur’s Gate II / CharactersBaldur’s Gate II: Companion locations and party roles

Find early recruits and balance fighter, thief, arcane and divine responsibilities.

↗
03Baldur’s Gate II / Classes & dual classBaldur’s Gate II: Classes, THAC0 and dual-class planning

Understand old-rule combat numbers and the tradeoffs behind class combinations.

↗
04Baldur’s Gate II / Spells & countersBaldur’s Gate II: Spell protections, Breach and anti-mage tools

Read enemy defenses and select the spell that addresses the actual problem.

↗
05Baldur’s Gate II / Quests & SpellholdBaldur’s Gate II: Chapter 2 quests, strongholds and Spellhold preparation

Choose side routes and prepare before a long trip away from Athkatla.

↗
06Baldur’s Gate II / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Guides cover unmodified Baldur’s Gate II: Enhanced Edition, primarily the Shadows of Amn campaign. Throne of Bhaal and Watcher’s Keep are identified separately. Original-campaign companion advice remains relevant to classic BGII, but Enhanced Edition additions and modded spell interactions are not silently mixed in. Pictures show Enhanced Edition. All pictures retain the original downloaded publisher bytes; their individual credits identify the source and depicted edition.

↗

Diablo II reference artworkDiablo II ↗

01Diablo II / Getting startedDiablo II: Legacy beginner guide and difficulty preparation

Focus skills, collect waypoints and survive the transition into Nightmare and Hell.

↗
02Diablo II / CharactersDiablo II: Classes, town characters and mercenaries

Compare the seven legacy classes and the services that support an adventure.

↗
03Diablo II / Rune wordsDiablo II: Legacy rune words, socket rules and starter gear

Make Stealth, Leaf, Lore and Ancient’s Pledge without wasting the base or runes.

↗
04Diablo II / Cube recipesDiablo II: Horadric Cube recipes and socket cleanup

Use exact ingredients and distinguish upgrades from destructive socket clearing.

↗
05Diablo II / Cows & respecsDiablo II: Secret Cow Level, Cow King lockout and respecs

Open the legacy portal, preserve access and prepare for Hell difficulty.

↗
06Diablo II / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Guides cover the original Diablo II: Lord of Destruction in its later legacy patch rules, including 1.13+ respecs and the legacy Cow King restriction. They do not cover Resurrected, its added content, new rune words or changed balance. Pictures are original Blizzard Arreat Summit media; the homepage image is seven-class reference artwork, not box art. All pictures retain the original downloaded publisher bytes; their individual credits identify the source and depicted edition.

↗

Star Wars: Knights of the Old Republic digital coverStar Wars: Knights of the Old Republic ↗

01Star Wars: Knights of the Old Republic / Getting startedKOTOR beginner guide: combat, party skills and Taris

Understand paused combat, early weapon accuracy, technical companions and the opening route through Taris.

↗
02Star Wars: Knights of the Old Republic / Classes & buildsKOTOR classes and builds: Soldier, Scout, Scoundrel and Jedi

Compare the six player class choices and choose a practical weapon, skill and Force-power direction.

↗
03Star Wars: Knights of the Old Republic / CharactersKOTOR companions: recruitment locations and party roles

Find all nine recruitable companions, their starting roles and the choices that can affect recruitment.

↗
04Star Wars: Knights of the Old Republic / Planet orderKOTOR planet order: Star Maps and companion stops

A suggested Star Map route, companion stops and checks before major campaign transitions.

↗
05Star Wars: Knights of the Old Republic / Weapons & powersKOTOR weapons and Force powers: accuracy, upgrades and recovery

Compare weapon styles, core Force-power families and equipment checks before a difficult encounter.

↗
06Star Wars: Knights of the Old Republic / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher screenshots and digital cover artwork from the original PC release of Star Wars: Knights of the Old Republic, with image credits and capture-edition notes.

↗

Star Wars Knights of the Old Republic II: The Sith Lords digital coverStar Wars Knights of the Old Republic II: The Sith Lords ↗

01Star Wars Knights of the Old Republic II: The Sith Lords / Getting startedKOTOR 2 beginner guide: Peragus, Telos and party preparation

Learn the opening route, character preparation and party habits that make the first planets easier.

↗
02Star Wars Knights of the Old Republic II: The Sith Lords / CharactersKOTOR 2 companions: recruitment regions and exclusive choices

Find the main companions and understand the Handmaiden, Disciple, Mira and Hanharr recruitment branches.

↗
03Star Wars Knights of the Old Republic II: The Sith Lords / Prestige classesKOTOR 2 prestige classes: requirements and Jedi or Sith choices

See when prestige training unlocks and compare all six prestige classes without confusing them with the opening Jedi class.

↗
04Star Wars Knights of the Old Republic II: The Sith Lords / Lightsaber partsKOTOR 2 lightsaber parts: fixtures, Bao-Dur and upgrades

Distinguish first-lightsaber quest fixtures from ordinary upgrades and know when to return to Bao-Dur.

↗
05Star Wars Knights of the Old Republic II: The Sith Lords / Influence & trainingKOTOR 2 influence guide: companions and Jedi training

Understand influence checks and identify the five companions who can gain Jedi training in the original campaign.

↗
06Star Wars Knights of the Old Republic II: The Sith Lords / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher screenshots and digital cover artwork from the original PC release of Star Wars Knights of the Old Republic II: The Sith Lords, with image credits and capture-edition notes.

↗

Team Fortress 2 digital coverTeam Fortress 2 ↗

01Team Fortress 2 / Getting startedTeam Fortress 2 beginner guide: classes, objectives and survival

Learn how to choose a class, find the objective, recover health and help a team using stock equipment.

↗
02Team Fortress 2 / WeaponsTeam Fortress 2 stock weapons and class loadouts

Compare all nine classes by their stock primary weapons, secondary tools and practical combat ranges.

↗
03Team Fortress 2 / Game modesTeam Fortress 2 game modes: Payload, Control Points and CTF

Read the win conditions for the main TF2 objective modes and choose useful jobs during each match.

↗
04Team Fortress 2 / Support guideTeam Fortress 2 Engineer buildings and Medic ÜberCharge guide

Understand stock Sentries, Dispensers, Teleporters and the standard Medi Gun charge without confusing unlockable variants.

↗
05Team Fortress 2 / CharactersTeam Fortress 2 characters, factions and unit roles

Identify the people, opponents and playable roles in Team Fortress 2, with their functions and relationships in compact tables.

↗
06Team Fortress 2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Team Fortress 2; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Garry's Mod digital coverGarry's Mod ↗

01Garry's Mod / Getting startedGarry's Mod beginner controls: spawn menu, Physics Gun and undo

Learn the standard Sandbox controls and a small first build before installing complex community add-ons.

↗
02Garry's Mod / ToolsGarry's Mod Physics Gun and Tool Gun: freeze, weld and remove

Compare the two construction weapons and common stock tools for placing, connecting and cleaning up props.

↗
03Garry's Mod / Game modesGarry's Mod game modes: Sandbox, TTT, Prop Hunt and DarkRP

Understand what common community modes ask you to do and which rules belong to the server rather than the base sandbox.

↗
04Garry's Mod / Add-onsGarry's Mod missing textures, ERROR models and add-on checks

Use a compact troubleshooting sequence for Workshop dependencies, mounted games and conflicting add-ons.

↗
05Garry's Mod / CharactersGarry's Mod characters, factions and unit roles

Identify the people, opponents and playable roles in Garry's Mod, with their functions and relationships in compact tables.

↗
06Garry's Mod / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Garry's Mod; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Age of Empires II digital coverAge of Empires II ↗

01Age of Empires II / Getting startedAge of Empires II beginner economy: villagers, food and scouting

Build a reliable Age of Kings opening with working villagers, population room and scouting.

↗
02Age of Empires II / Age advancementAge of Empires II age-up costs and building requirements

Find original advancement costs, prerequisites and the opportunities each age opens.

↗
03Age of Empires II / Unit countersAge of Empires II counters: archers, cavalry, monks and siege

Compare common land matchups and the support each counter needs.

↗
04Age of Empires II / CivilizationsAge of Empires II original civilizations and campaigns

A directory of the thirteen Age of Kings civilizations, unique units and original campaigns.

↗
05Age of Empires II / CharactersAge of Empires II characters, factions and unit roles

Identify the people, opponents and playable roles in Age of Empires II, with their functions and relationships in compact tables.

↗
06Age of Empires II / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Age of Empires II; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Age of Empires III digital coverAge of Empires III ↗

01Age of Empires III / Getting startedAge of Empires III beginner economy: settlers, crates and treasures

Start an original-game skirmish with resource collection, scouting and Home City support.

↗
02Age of Empires III / CivilizationsAge of Empires III original eight civilizations compared

Compare base European civilizations by their distinctive economy and military options.

↗
03Age of Empires III / Ages & shipmentsAge of Empires III Home City shipments and five ages

Understand decks, shipment timing, politician choices and original age names.

↗
04Age of Empires III / Unit countersAge of Empires III counters: infantry, cavalry and artillery

Read broad original-game matchups and keep valuable siege units protected.

↗
05Age of Empires III / CharactersAge of Empires III characters, factions and unit roles

Identify the people, opponents and playable roles in Age of Empires III, with their functions and relationships in compact tables.

↗
06Age of Empires III / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Age of Empires III; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Age of Mythology digital coverAge of Mythology ↗

01Age of Mythology / Getting startedAge of Mythology beginner economy and favor guide

Learn resources, culture-specific favor and the first advancement in the original game.

↗
02Age of Mythology / GodsAge of Mythology original major gods and minor-god choices

Compare the original nine major gods and plan a useful advancement branch.

↗
03Age of Mythology / Unit countersAge of Mythology hero, myth and human unit counters

Use the original combat triangle and support fragile specialist units.

↗
04Age of Mythology / Ages & campaignAge of Mythology ages and Fall of the Trident progression

Read the four-age sequence and common campaign objective types.

↗
05Age of Mythology / CharactersAge of Mythology characters, factions and unit roles

Identify the people, opponents and playable roles in Age of Mythology, with their functions and relationships in compact tables.

↗
06Age of Mythology / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Age of Mythology; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Sid Meier's Civilization IV digital coverSid Meier's Civilization IV ↗

01Sid Meier's Civilization IV / Getting startedCivilization IV beginner guide: cities, workers and research

Build an original Civilization IV opening around improved tiles, useful technologies and sustainable expansion.

↗
02Sid Meier's Civilization IV / Cities & workersCivilization IV city growth, improvements and maintenance

Understand worked tiles, food surplus, cottages and the costs of expansion.

↗
03Sid Meier's Civilization IV / Research & civicsCivilization IV research, civics, religion and diplomacy

Compare economic decisions without importing Beyond the Sword systems into the base game.

↗
04Sid Meier's Civilization IV / Victory conditionsCivilization IV victory conditions: culture, space and domination

Compare the original base-game victory paths and the progress each requires.

↗
05Sid Meier's Civilization IV / CharactersSid Meier's Civilization IV characters, factions and unit roles

Identify the people, opponents and playable roles in Sid Meier's Civilization IV, with their functions and relationships in compact tables.

↗
06Sid Meier's Civilization IV / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Sid Meier's Civilization IV; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Sid Meier's Civilization V digital coverSid Meier's Civilization V ↗

01Sid Meier's Civilization V / Getting startedCivilization V beginner guide: settling, research and early defense

Build a base-game opening around useful tiles, improvement technologies and global happiness.

↗
02Sid Meier's Civilization V / Happiness & citiesCivilization V happiness, luxury resources and city growth

Manage the original game's global happiness while developing and connecting cities.

↗
03Sid Meier's Civilization V / CombatCivilization V combat: melee, ranged units, cities and hex positioning

Understand the base game's one-combat-unit-per-hex positioning and city capture requirements.

↗
04Sid Meier's Civilization V / Victories & policiesCivilization V original victory conditions and social policies

Compare base-game science, culture, domination and diplomacy without Brave New World tourism rules.

↗
05Sid Meier's Civilization V / CharactersSid Meier's Civilization V characters, factions and unit roles

Identify the people, opponents and playable roles in Sid Meier's Civilization V, with their functions and relationships in compact tables.

↗
06Sid Meier's Civilization V / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Sid Meier's Civilization V; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Fallout digital coverFallout ↗

01Fallout / Getting startedFallout beginner guide: Vault 13, Shady Sands and the water deadline

Begin the original Fallout with a usable character, careful travel and the opening quest timer in view.

↗
02Fallout / SPECIAL & skillsFallout SPECIAL, tag skills and beginner character choices

Compare the seven attributes, tag skills and traits in the original role-playing game.

↗
03Fallout / CombatFallout combat guide: action points, aimed shots and equipment

Understand turn-based actions, attack chance, armor and recovery in original Fallout.

↗
04Fallout / Water chipFallout water chip guide: leads, Necropolis and Vault 13

Follow the opening water-chip investigation and distinguish it from the later mutant campaign.

↗
05Fallout / CharactersFallout characters, factions and unit roles

Identify the people, opponents and playable roles in Fallout, with their functions and relationships in compact tables.

↗
06Fallout / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Fallout; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Fallout 2 digital coverFallout 2 ↗

01Fallout 2 / Getting startedFallout 2 beginner route: Temple of Trials, Klamath and the Den

Start the original campaign without mistaking the opening temple for the whole character build.

↗
02Fallout 2 / SPECIAL & skillsFallout 2 SPECIAL, tag skills, traits and companion limit

Build a readable original-game character around combat, dialogue and useful utility skills.

↗
03Fallout 2 / CombatFallout 2 combat actions, aimed shots and companion positioning

Manage AP, inventory, ammunition and allies in the original turn-based combat system.

↗
04Fallout 2 / HighwaymanFallout 2 Highwayman guide: controller, Smitty and fuel

Find the car's core requirements and distinguish the controller from optional upgrades.

↗
05Fallout 2 / CharactersFallout 2 characters, factions and unit roles

Identify the people, opponents and playable roles in Fallout 2, with their functions and relationships in compact tables.

↗
06Fallout 2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Fallout 2; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Fable: The Lost Chapters digital coverFable: The Lost Chapters ↗

01Fable: The Lost Chapters / Getting startedFable The Lost Chapters beginner guide: Guild, quests and experience

Learn Guild training, quest cards, experience types and useful preparation before traveling through Albion.

↗
02Fable: The Lost Chapters / SkillsFable The Lost Chapters Strength, Skill and Will upgrades

Compare combat attributes, experience types and several useful spells in the original TLC version.

↗
03Fable: The Lost Chapters / Combat & questsFable The Lost Chapters combat multiplier, blocking and quest boasts

Use defensive combat, experience collection and optional boasts without losing sight of the quest objective.

↗
04Fable: The Lost Chapters / Doors & keysFable The Lost Chapters Demon Door solutions and Silver Key chests

Find several exact door solutions and key thresholds, including the Necropolis tradeoff.

↗
05Fable: The Lost Chapters / CharactersFable: The Lost Chapters characters, factions and unit roles

Identify the people, opponents and playable roles in Fable: The Lost Chapters, with their functions and relationships in compact tables.

↗
06Fable: The Lost Chapters / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Fable: The Lost Chapters; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

DOOM II digital coverDOOM II ↗

01DOOM II / Getting startedDOOM II beginner guide: movement, keys, armor and survival

Learn classic movement and resource habits for the original thirty-map campaign.

↗
02DOOM II / WeaponsDOOM II weapons: Super Shotgun, rockets, plasma and BFG9000

Compare classic weapon roles, ammunition families and common hazards.

↗
03DOOM II / Levels & secretsDOOM II secret levels: MAP15, Wolfenstein, Grosse and campaign order

Locate the original secret-level branches and understand the main campaign structure.

↗
04DOOM II / Cheat codesDOOM II classic PC cheat codes: god mode, weapons and level select

Use the original keyboard cheat sequences with clear effects and edition limits.

↗
05DOOM II / CharactersDOOM II characters, factions and unit roles

Identify the people, opponents and playable roles in DOOM II, with their functions and relationships in compact tables.

↗
06DOOM II / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for DOOM II; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

DOOM 3 digital coverDOOM 3 ↗

01DOOM 3 / Getting startedDOOM 3 beginner guide: flashlight, PDAs, armor and ambushes

Learn survival habits for the original PC campaign and its separate flashlight.

↗
02DOOM 3 / WeaponsDOOM 3 weapon roles: shotgun, plasma, BFG and Soul Cube

Compare the original campaign arsenal and the resource each specialist weapon needs.

↗
03DOOM 3 / Locker codesDOOM 3 locker codes: Mars City, Administration and Alpha Labs

Look up selected original-campaign lockers and read the PDA clues that identify them.

↗
04DOOM 3 / Boss solutionsDOOM 3 boss guide: Vagary, Guardian, Sabaoth and Cyberdemon

Identify the special mechanic in each major original-campaign boss encounter.

↗
05DOOM 3 / CharactersDOOM 3 characters, factions and unit roles

Identify the people, opponents and playable roles in DOOM 3, with their functions and relationships in compact tables.

↗
06DOOM 3 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for DOOM 3; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Quake digital coverQuake ↗

01Quake / Getting startedQuake beginner guide: movement, keys, armor and secrets

Learn original Quake movement and exploration while keeping enhanced-release changes separate.

↗
02Quake / WeaponsQuake weapons: shotguns, nailguns, rockets and Thunderbolt

Compare the eight original weapons and understand explosive and underwater hazards.

↗
03Quake / Episodes & runesQuake original episodes, runes and final-level route

Find the four original episode names and the progression that unlocks the finale.

↗
04Quake / Boss solutionsQuake Chthon and Shub-Niggurath boss solutions

Solve the original boss arenas through electrical controls and telefrag timing.

↗
05Quake / CharactersQuake characters, factions and unit roles

Identify the people, opponents and playable roles in Quake, with their functions and relationships in compact tables.

↗
06Quake / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Quake; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Quake II digital coverQuake II ↗

01Quake II / Getting startedQuake II beginner guide: objectives, armor and connected maps

Learn the original mission-unit structure and the habits that preserve health and ammunition.

↗
02Quake II / WeaponsQuake II weapons: Super Shotgun, Railgun, Hyperblaster and BFG10K

Compare the original arsenal and its shared ammunition pools.

↗
03Quake II / Mission routeQuake II campaign route: base, jail, power plant and palace

Use major mission areas and objective checks to navigate the original campaign.

↗
04Quake II / Items & power-upsQuake II power-ups, armor, rebreather and inventory items

Choose when to use stored equipment and distinguish survival tools from damage boosts.

↗
05Quake II / CharactersQuake II characters, factions and unit roles

Identify the people, opponents and playable roles in Quake II, with their functions and relationships in compact tables.

↗
06Quake II / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Quake II; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Batman: Arkham Asylum digital coverBatman: Arkham Asylum ↗

01Batman: Arkham Asylum / Combat guideBatman: Arkham Asylum combat guide: counters, knife enemies and combo survival

Learn which move answers each enemy type and why an uninterrupted combo matters.

↗
02Batman: Arkham Asylum / Gadgets and Riddler guideBatman: Arkham Asylum gadgets and Riddler guide: scans, trophies and blocked routes

Match Arkham Asylum gadgets to vents, weak walls, electronic locks and Riddler challenge types.

↗
03Batman: Arkham Asylum / Predator guideBatman: Arkham Asylum predator guide: silent takedowns, gargoyles and armed rooms

Plan an armed-room route, separate guards and recover safely after Batman is spotted.

↗
04Batman: Arkham Asylum / Boss guideBatman: Arkham Asylum boss guide: Bane, Scarecrow, Killer Croc and Poison Ivy

Quick answers for the distinctive mechanics behind Arkham Asylum’s major encounters.

↗
05Batman: Arkham Asylum / CharactersBatman: Arkham Asylum characters: cast, allies and story roles

Find the important Batman: Arkham Asylum characters, their opening roles and the relationships that explain the campaign.

↗
06Batman: Arkham Asylum / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Batman: Arkham Asylum, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Batman: Arkham City digital coverBatman: Arkham City ↗

01Batman: Arkham City / Combat guideBatman: Arkham City combat guide: shields, armor, beatdowns and blade dodges

Find the correct response to Arkham City’s special enemies and protect Batman’s FreeFlow combo.

↗
02Batman: Arkham City / Gadgets and traversalBatman: Arkham City gadgets and traversal: grapnel boost, REC and freeze tools

Match Arkham City gadgets to city travel, electrical machinery, water and security systems.

↗
03Batman: Arkham City / Riddler and side missionsBatman: Arkham City riddler and side missions: informants, trophies and investigations

Use Riddler informants, track optional cases and distinguish Batman trophies from Catwoman collectibles.

↗
04Batman: Arkham City / Boss guideBatman: Arkham City boss guide: Mr. Freeze, Ra’s al Ghul, Solomon Grundy and Clayface

Quick boss mechanics for the original Arkham City campaign, including the changing Mr. Freeze encounter.

↗
05Batman: Arkham City / CharactersBatman: Arkham City characters: cast, allies and story roles

Find the important Batman: Arkham City characters, their opening roles and the relationships that explain the campaign.

↗
06Batman: Arkham City / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Batman: Arkham City, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Assassin's Creed Brotherhood digital coverAssassin's Creed Brotherhood ↗

01Assassin's Creed Brotherhood / Combat and stealthAssassin's Creed Brotherhood combat and stealth: execution streaks, crossbow and full sync

Choose between silent tools, counters and execution streaks while meeting memory objectives.

↗
02Assassin's Creed Brotherhood / Assassin recruitsAssassin's Creed Brotherhood assassin recruits: contracts, training and combat support

Build a reliable Brotherhood team and avoid losing new recruits on difficult contracts.

↗
03Assassin's Creed Brotherhood / Rome and Borgia towersAssassin's Creed Brotherhood rome and Borgia towers: renovation, banks and district control

Understand how towers, shop restoration, banks and tunnel travel fit together.

↗
04Assassin's Creed Brotherhood / Romulus lairs and Armor of BrutusAssassin's Creed Brotherhood romulus lairs and Armor of Brutus: keys and route preparation

Learn the six-key requirement and prepare for the climbing, chases and secrets inside Romulus lairs.

↗
05Assassin's Creed Brotherhood / CharactersAssassin's Creed Brotherhood characters: cast, allies and story roles

Find the important Assassin's Creed Brotherhood characters, their opening roles and the relationships that explain the campaign.

↗
06Assassin's Creed Brotherhood / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Assassin's Creed Brotherhood, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Assassin's Creed Revelations digital coverAssassin's Creed Revelations ↗

01Assassin's Creed Revelations / Hookblade and stealthAssassin's Creed Revelations hookblade and stealth: zip lines, Eagle Sense and city movement

Learn Revelations’ movement additions and approach guarded objectives without starting a street fight.

↗
02Assassin's Creed Revelations / Bomb craftingAssassin's Creed Revelations bomb crafting: casings, gunpowder and useful effects

Compare Revelations bomb components and build smoke, distraction or lethal tools deliberately.

↗
03Assassin's Creed Revelations / Dens and recruitsAssassin's Creed Revelations dens and recruits: Templar awareness and Master Assassin protection

Understand den capture, defense pressure and why training leaders changes city management.

↗
04Assassin's Creed Revelations / Masyaf keys and story progressAssassin's Creed Revelations masyaf keys and story progress: Sofia clues, memories and collectibles

Separate the main library-key search from memoir pages, Animus fragments and other side activities.

↗
05Assassin's Creed Revelations / CharactersAssassin's Creed Revelations characters: cast, allies and story roles

Find the important Assassin's Creed Revelations characters, their opening roles and the relationships that explain the campaign.

↗
06Assassin's Creed Revelations / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Assassin's Creed Revelations, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Assassin's Creed IV Black Flag digital coverAssassin's Creed IV Black Flag ↗

01Assassin's Creed IV Black Flag / Naval combat and boardingAssassin's Creed IV Black Flag naval combat and boarding: broadsides, mortars and weak points

Choose Jackdaw weapons by range and turn a disabled enemy ship into a successful boarding action.

↗
02Assassin's Creed IV Black Flag / Jackdaw upgrades and resourcesAssassin's Creed IV Black Flag jackdaw upgrades and resources: hull, cannons, cargo and plans

Prioritize practical ship improvements and distinguish sale cargo from construction materials.

↗
03Assassin's Creed IV Black Flag / Stealth and toolsAssassin's Creed IV Black Flag stealth and tools: blowpipe darts, hiding spots and tailing missions

Use Edward’s original-game stealth tools and protect optional mission objectives.

↗
04Assassin's Creed IV Black Flag / Collectibles and explorationAssassin's Creed IV Black Flag collectibles and exploration: Mayan stones, Templar keys and diving

Compare Black Flag’s major collection tracks and know which activities need later equipment.

↗
05Assassin's Creed IV Black Flag / CharactersAssassin's Creed IV Black Flag characters: cast, allies and story roles

Find the important Assassin's Creed IV Black Flag characters, their opening roles and the relationships that explain the campaign.

↗
06Assassin's Creed IV Black Flag / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Assassin's Creed IV Black Flag, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Prince of Persia: The Sands of Time digital coverPrince of Persia: The Sands of Time ↗

01Prince of Persia: The Sands of Time / Time powersPrince of Persia: The Sands of Time time powers: rewind, sand tanks and freezing enemies

Understand the Dagger of Time’s resources and recover from a failed jump without wasting every tank.

↗
02Prince of Persia: The Sands of Time / Combat guidePrince of Persia: The Sands of Time combat guide: vault attacks, wall rebounds and protecting Farah

Defeat sand creatures reliably and choose alternatives when enemies counter a favorite move.

↗
03Prince of Persia: The Sands of Time / Platforming and trapsPrince of Persia: The Sands of Time platforming and traps: wall runs, poles, ledges and rewind timing

Read the palace’s intended route and make the next jump from a controlled starting position.

↗
04Prince of Persia: The Sands of Time / Health upgrades and puzzle toolsPrince of Persia: The Sands of Time health upgrades and puzzle tools: water, fountains, mirrors and switches

Distinguish healing from permanent health upgrades and solve palace mechanisms in a sensible order.

↗
05Prince of Persia: The Sands of Time / CharactersPrince of Persia: The Sands of Time characters: cast, allies and story roles

Find the important Prince of Persia: The Sands of Time characters, their opening roles and the relationships that explain the campaign.

↗
06Prince of Persia: The Sands of Time / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Prince of Persia: The Sands of Time, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Prince of Persia: Warrior Within digital coverPrince of Persia: Warrior Within ↗

01Prince of Persia: Warrior Within / Combat and weaponsPrince of Persia: Warrior Within combat and weapons: dual wielding, throws and environmental attacks

Compare Warrior Within weapon roles and use the room instead of repeating one combo.

↗
02Prince of Persia: Warrior Within / Time portals and navigationPrince of Persia: Warrior Within time portals and navigation: past, present and the island map

Find the correct version of a room and use Recall and Eye of the Storm for traversal.

↗
03Prince of Persia: Warrior Within / Life upgrades and Water SwordPrince of Persia: Warrior Within life upgrades and Water Sword: alternate-ending requirements

Quick answer for unlocking the Water Sword and preparing a save for the alternate final battle.

↗
04Prince of Persia: Warrior Within / Bosses and Dahaka chasesPrince of Persia: Warrior Within bosses and Dahaka chases: Shahdee, Kaileena and the final route

Separate chase survival from boss openings and use time powers without emptying the reserve.

↗
05Prince of Persia: Warrior Within / CharactersPrince of Persia: Warrior Within characters: cast, allies and story roles

Find the important Prince of Persia: Warrior Within characters, their opening roles and the relationships that explain the campaign.

↗
06Prince of Persia: Warrior Within / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Prince of Persia: Warrior Within, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Prince of Persia: The Two Thrones digital coverPrince of Persia: The Two Thrones ↗

01Prince of Persia: The Two Thrones / Speed Kills and sand gatesPrince of Persia: The Two Thrones speed Kills and sand gates: timing cues and reinforcements

Understand the Prince’s timing prompts and clear sand gates without an unnecessary reinforcement wave.

↗
02Prince of Persia: The Two Thrones / Dark Prince guidePrince of Persia: The Two Thrones dark Prince guide: health drain, sand and Daggertail traversal

Manage the transformed Prince’s constant health pressure and use his distinctive chain weapon.

↗
03Prince of Persia: The Two Thrones / Platforming and health upgradesPrince of Persia: The Two Thrones platforming and health upgrades: dagger bases, shutters and chariots

Read Babylon’s new traversal signals and distinguish permanent health upgrades from ordinary healing.

↗
04Prince of Persia: The Two Thrones / Boss guidePrince of Persia: The Two Thrones boss guide: Klompa, Mahasti, the Twins and the Vizier

Quick answers for the combat and Speed Kill mechanics behind Two Thrones’ main bosses.

↗
05Prince of Persia: The Two Thrones / CharactersPrince of Persia: The Two Thrones characters: cast, allies and story roles

Find the important Prince of Persia: The Two Thrones characters, their opening roles and the relationships that explain the campaign.

↗
06Prince of Persia: The Two Thrones / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Prince of Persia: The Two Thrones, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Tom Clancy's Splinter Cell digital coverTom Clancy's Splinter Cell ↗

01Tom Clancy's Splinter Cell / Stealth guideTom Clancy's Splinter Cell stealth guide: shadows, movement noise and safe takedowns

Read the stealth meter, approach guards quietly and recover before an alarm ends the assignment.

↗
02Tom Clancy's Splinter Cell / Gadgets guideTom Clancy's Splinter Cell gadgets guide: optic cable, sticky cameras and nonlethal ammunition

Match Sam’s original equipment to scouting, surveillance and guard-control problems.

↗
03Tom Clancy's Splinter Cell / Mission orderTom Clancy's Splinter Cell mission order: police station, CIA, Kalinatek and presidential palace

Locate the original PC/Xbox campaign stage and understand how its objective emphasis changes.

↗
04Tom Clancy's Splinter Cell / Cameras and alarmsTom Clancy's Splinter Cell cameras and alarms: body hiding, lights and mission restrictions

Avoid the common causes of original Splinter Cell mission failure and choose the right camera response.

↗
05Tom Clancy's Splinter Cell / CharactersTom Clancy's Splinter Cell characters: cast, allies and story roles

Find the important Tom Clancy's Splinter Cell characters, their opening roles and the relationships that explain the campaign.

↗
06Tom Clancy's Splinter Cell / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Tom Clancy's Splinter Cell, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Tom Clancy's Splinter Cell: Chaos Theory digital coverTom Clancy's Splinter Cell: Chaos Theory ↗

01Tom Clancy's Splinter Cell: Chaos Theory / Stealth and ratingTom Clancy's Splinter Cell: Chaos Theory stealth and rating: sound meter, alarms and nonlethal play

Improve a Chaos Theory mission result by tracking detection, bodies and objectives separately.

↗
02Tom Clancy's Splinter Cell: Chaos Theory / Gadgets and OCPTom Clancy's Splinter Cell: Chaos Theory gadgets and OCP: temporary lights, sticky shockers and scouting

Choose a Chaos Theory loadout and use electronic disruption without being caught by the return of the light.

↗
03Tom Clancy's Splinter Cell: Chaos Theory / Mission orderTom Clancy's Splinter Cell: Chaos Theory mission order: Lighthouse, Bank, Seoul and Kokubo Sosho

Identify the ten solo missions in the original PC/Xbox Chaos Theory campaign.

↗
04Tom Clancy's Splinter Cell: Chaos Theory / Hacking and objectivesTom Clancy's Splinter Cell: Chaos Theory hacking and objectives: computers, interrogations and extraction checks

Use electronic access carefully and avoid finishing a level before collecting required information.

↗
05Tom Clancy's Splinter Cell: Chaos Theory / CharactersTom Clancy's Splinter Cell: Chaos Theory characters: cast, allies and story roles

Find the important Tom Clancy's Splinter Cell: Chaos Theory characters, their opening roles and the relationships that explain the campaign.

↗
06Tom Clancy's Splinter Cell: Chaos Theory / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Tom Clancy's Splinter Cell: Chaos Theory, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Hitman: Blood Money digital coverHitman: Blood Money ↗

01Hitman: Blood Money / Silent Assassin guideHitman: Blood Money silent Assassin guide: witnesses, accidents, cameras and evidence

Plan a clean Blood Money mission and understand why the final rating can differ from a quiet-looking escape.

↗
02Hitman: Blood Money / Disguises and suspicionHitman: Blood Money disguises and suspicion: restricted areas, searches and body hiding

Use Blood Money outfits as area permissions and avoid exposing the person whose clothes you borrowed.

↗
03Hitman: Blood Money / Weapons and upgradesHitman: Blood Money weapons and upgrades: Silverballer, sniper case and mission equipment

Compare the custom weapon families and spend mission earnings on tools your route actually uses.

↗
04Hitman: Blood Money / Mission order and difficultyHitman: Blood Money mission order and difficulty: Death of a Showman to Requiem

Locate the Blood Money contract you need and understand the original game’s mission-save limits.

↗
05Hitman: Blood Money / CharactersHitman: Blood Money characters: cast, allies and story roles

Find the important Hitman: Blood Money characters, their opening roles and the relationships that explain the campaign.

↗
06Hitman: Blood Money / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Hitman: Blood Money, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Tomb Raider: Legend digital coverTomb Raider: Legend ↗

01Tomb Raider: Legend / Level orderTomb Raider: Legend level order: Bolivia, Peru, Japan and the Excalibur route

Find the eight main Legend levels and distinguish Croft Manor from the story campaign.

↗
02Tomb Raider: Legend / Equipment and movementTomb Raider: Legend equipment and movement: magnetic grapple, RAD and combat tools

Use Lara’s tools for puzzle reading and compare the original Legend weapon and healing limits.

↗
03Tomb Raider: Legend / Boss guideTomb Raider: Legend boss guide: Takamoto, Rutland, Kazakhstan and the sea serpent

Quick answers for Legend encounters where the environment matters more than continuous gunfire.

↗
04Tomb Raider: Legend / Rewards and replayTomb Raider: Legend rewards and replay: bronze, silver, gold and pistol upgrades

Track Legend’s collectibles and preserve reward progress when revisiting completed levels.

↗
05Tomb Raider: Legend / CharactersTomb Raider: Legend characters: cast, allies and story roles

Find the important Tomb Raider: Legend characters, their opening roles and the relationships that explain the campaign.

↗
06Tomb Raider: Legend / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Tomb Raider: Legend, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Tomb Raider: Anniversary digital coverTomb Raider: Anniversary ↗

01Tomb Raider: Anniversary / Level orderTomb Raider: Anniversary level order: Peru, Greece, Egypt and the Lost Island

Find the fourteen main Anniversary levels and keep Croft Manor separate from campaign progression.

↗
02Tomb Raider: Anniversary / Adrenaline dodge and bossesTomb Raider: Anniversary adrenaline dodge and bosses: T. rex timing and centaur shields

Quick instructions for the dodge-and-headshot move and the boss mechanics that depend on it.

↗
03Tomb Raider: Anniversary / Grapple and puzzlesTomb Raider: Anniversary grapple and puzzles: wall runs, water levels and Midas’s gold

Read Anniversary’s traversal rings and solve mechanisms without losing track of the return route.

↗
04Tomb Raider: Anniversary / Weapons and rewardsTomb Raider: Anniversary weapons and rewards: medipacks, artifacts, relics and level replay

Compare Anniversary’s weapons and preserve collectible progress without confusing it with a checkpoint save.

↗
05Tomb Raider: Anniversary / CharactersTomb Raider: Anniversary characters: cast, allies and story roles

Find the important Tomb Raider: Anniversary characters, their opening roles and the relationships that explain the campaign.

↗
06Tomb Raider: Anniversary / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Tomb Raider: Anniversary, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Sonic Adventure DX digital coverSonic Adventure DX ↗

01Sonic Adventure DX / Beginner guideSonic Adventure DX beginner guide: Adventure Fields and character objectives

Understand Adventure Fields, Action Stages, rings and the six distinct campaign rules.

↗
02Sonic Adventure DX / Emblems and Super SonicSonic Adventure DX emblems and Super Sonic: story completion checklist

Track story clears, Action Stage mission ranks, field emblems and DX extras without mixing in Sonic Adventure 2.

↗
03Sonic Adventure DX / Big fishing guideSonic Adventure DX big fishing guide: Froggy, lure control and line tension

Learn how to locate Froggy, get a bite, set the hook and land the catch in Big’s stages.

↗
04Sonic Adventure DX / Chao Garden guideSonic Adventure DX chao Garden guide: animals, fruit and racing

Raise Chao in Sonic Adventure DX and understand the difference between garden care and race preparation.

↗
05Sonic Adventure DX / CharactersSonic Adventure DX characters: cast and story roles

Identify Sonic Adventure DX characters, their abilities, allies and campaign relationships.

↗
06Sonic Adventure DX / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Sonic Adventure DX, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Sonic Generations digital coverSonic Generations ↗

01Sonic Generations / Stage orderSonic Generations stage order: nine zones and the White Space route

Find the original console/PC stage sequence and understand why each zone has two acts.

↗
02Sonic Generations / Classic and Modern SonicSonic Generations classic and Modern Sonic: movement and skill builds

Compare Spin Dash routes with Boost routes and build skills around the act you are replaying.

↗
03Sonic Generations / Boss keys and rivalsSonic Generations boss keys and rivals: how to reach Time Eater

Solve boss-gate progression and identify the main boss and rival sequence.

↗
04Sonic Generations / Red Star RingsSonic Generations red Star Rings: 90-ring collection checklist

Track five Red Star Rings per main act and avoid losing pickups before a run is completed.

↗
05Sonic Generations / CharactersSonic Generations characters: cast and story roles

Identify Sonic Generations characters, their abilities, allies and campaign relationships.

↗
06Sonic Generations / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Sonic Generations, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Rayman 2: The Great Escape digital coverRayman 2: The Great Escape ↗

01Rayman 2: The Great Escape / Beginner guideRayman 2: The Great Escape beginner guide: movement, camera and pirate combat

Learn the helicopter glide, lock-on movement, swimming and environmental puzzle habits.

↗
02Rayman 2: The Great Escape / Lums and cagesRayman 2: The Great Escape lums and cages: color meanings and collection tracking

Identify collectible Lums, health pickups, checkpoints, air supplies and prisoner cages.

↗
03Rayman 2: The Great Escape / Four masksRayman 2: The Great Escape four masks: quest route and sanctuary preparation

Understand the Polokus quest and prepare for the sanctuary stages and final pirate assault.

↗
04Rayman 2: The Great Escape / Traversal puzzlesRayman 2: The Great Escape traversal puzzles: shells, plums, swinging and barrels

Recognize the objects that change Rayman’s movement and solve routes without wasting health.

↗
05Rayman 2: The Great Escape / CharactersRayman 2: The Great Escape characters: cast and story roles

Identify Rayman 2: The Great Escape characters, their abilities, allies and campaign relationships.

↗
06Rayman 2: The Great Escape / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Rayman 2: The Great Escape, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Rayman 3: Hoodlum Havoc digital coverRayman 3: Hoodlum Havoc ↗

01Rayman 3: Hoodlum Havoc / Power-up colorsRayman 3: Hoodlum Havoc power-up colors: Vortex, Heavy Metal Fist and LockJaw

Identify all five temporary combat and traversal powers by can color and purpose.

↗
02Rayman 3: Hoodlum Havoc / Combat guideRayman 3: Hoodlum Havoc combat guide: lock-on, charged fists and curved punches

Use Rayman’s targeting and movement to deal with shielded, mobile and distant Hoodlums.

↗
03Rayman 3: Hoodlum Havoc / Score guideRayman 3: Hoodlum Havoc score guide: combos, jewels and power-up multipliers

Improve Rayman 3 scores through planned pickup routes and continuous scoring actions.

↗
04Rayman 3: Hoodlum Havoc / Cages and explorationRayman 3: Hoodlum Havoc cages and exploration: health rewards and hidden rooms

Find imprisoned Teensies, track rescued cages and search safely between power-up routes.

↗
05Rayman 3: Hoodlum Havoc / CharactersRayman 3: Hoodlum Havoc characters: cast and story roles

Identify Rayman 3: Hoodlum Havoc characters, their abilities, allies and campaign relationships.

↗
06Rayman 3: Hoodlum Havoc / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Rayman 3: Hoodlum Havoc, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Rayman Origins digital coverRayman Origins ↗

01Rayman Origins / Electoons guideRayman Origins electoons guide: cages, Lum targets and time challenges

See the different ways to earn Electoons and read an incomplete level medallion.

↗
02Rayman Origins / Lums and Skull CoinsRayman Origins lums and Skull Coins: how to improve collection totals

Plan Lum King chains, coin pickups and enemy rewards for better end-of-level results.

↗
03Rayman Origins / Movement and co-opRayman Origins movement and co-op: powers, bubbles and shared-screen survival

Learn how new abilities open routes and how a team can recover from mistakes.

↗
04Rayman Origins / Skull Teeth and Land of the Livid DeadRayman Origins skull Teeth and Land of the Livid Dead: treasure-chase preparation

Prepare for chest challenges and the optional Land of the Livid Dead route.

↗
05Rayman Origins / CharactersRayman Origins characters: cast and story roles

Identify Rayman Origins characters, their abilities, allies and campaign relationships.

↗
06Rayman Origins / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Rayman Origins, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Psychonauts digital coverPsychonauts ↗

01Psychonauts / Psychic powersPsychonauts psychic powers: levitation, telekinesis and puzzle uses

Choose Raz’s equipped powers for combat, traversal and reading a mental world.

↗
02Psychonauts / Collectibles and PSI ranksPsychonauts collectibles and PSI ranks: figments, baggage and cobwebs

Track the original game’s collectible systems and avoid confusing mind rewards with campground pickups.

↗
03Psychonauts / Milkman ConspiracyPsychonauts milkman Conspiracy: disguises and G-Men puzzle guide

Understand the neighborhood’s identity rules, held objects and viewpoint puzzles.

↗
04Psychonauts / Campaign routePsychonauts campaign route: camp training, mental worlds and late-game preparation

Orient yourself between Whispering Rock training and the asylum portion of the story.

↗
05Psychonauts / CharactersPsychonauts characters: cast and story roles

Identify Psychonauts characters, their abilities, allies and campaign relationships.

↗
06Psychonauts / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Psychonauts, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Okami digital coverOkami ↗

01Okami / Celestial Brush guideOkami celestial Brush guide: restoration, cutting and elemental links

Recognize common brush problems and conserve ink while exploring and fighting.

↗
02Okami / Divine InstrumentsOkami divine Instruments: Reflectors, Rosaries and Glaives

Choose a main and sub-weapon pairing and understand how equipment roles change.

↗
03Okami / Praise and upgradesOkami praise and upgrades: health, ink and exploration priorities

Spend restoration rewards on the divine attributes that help your current route.

↗
04Okami / Demon Fangs and Floral FinishersOkami demon Fangs and Floral Finishers: earning special currency

Understand the finishing window, enemy-specific brush choices and fang purchases.

↗
05Okami / CharactersOkami characters: cast and story roles

Identify Okami characters, their abilities, allies and campaign relationships.

↗
06Okami / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Okami, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Devil May Cry 3: Special Edition digital coverDevil May Cry 3: Special Edition ↗

01Devil May Cry 3: Special Edition / Styles guideDevil May Cry 3: Special Edition styles guide: Trickster, Swordmaster, Gunslinger and Royalguard

Choose Dante’s original Special Edition style and understand when it can be changed.

↗
02Devil May Cry 3: Special Edition / Weapons guideDevil May Cry 3: Special Edition weapons guide: Devil Arms, guns and original loadout limits

Compare Dante’s melee weapons and firearms by the opening they are suited to.

↗
03Devil May Cry 3: Special Edition / Boss tipsDevil May Cry 3: Special Edition boss tips: Cerberus, Agni and Rudra, and Vergil

Recognize safer attack windows in the early and recurring major fights.

↗
04Devil May Cry 3: Special Edition / Vergil and Special EditionDevil May Cry 3: Special Edition vergil and Special Edition: weapons, style and mode differences

Understand Vergil’s distinct play style and keep release-specific features separate.

↗
05Devil May Cry 3: Special Edition / CharactersDevil May Cry 3: Special Edition characters: cast and story roles

Identify Devil May Cry 3: Special Edition characters, their abilities, allies and campaign relationships.

↗
06Devil May Cry 3: Special Edition / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Devil May Cry 3: Special Edition, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Devil May Cry 4 digital coverDevil May Cry 4 ↗

01Devil May Cry 4 / Nero guideDevil May Cry 4 nero guide: Exceed, Snatch, Buster and Blue Rose

Build Nero’s combat around the Red Queen engine and the different Devil Bringer actions.

↗
02Devil May Cry 4 / Dante stylesDevil May Cry 4 dante styles: switching, weapons and defensive choices

Use DMC4’s real-time style changes and learn Dante after the mid-campaign handover.

↗
03Devil May Cry 4 / Proud Souls and Red OrbsDevil May Cry 4 proud Souls and Red Orbs: upgrades, refunds and health items

Understand which currency buys skills and which buys items in original DMC4.

↗
04Devil May Cry 4 / Mission orderDevil May Cry 4 mission order: when Nero and Dante are playable

Track the original campaign’s 20 missions and prepare for its character transitions.

↗
05Devil May Cry 4 / CharactersDevil May Cry 4 characters: cast and story roles

Identify Devil May Cry 4 characters, their abilities, allies and campaign relationships.

↗
06Devil May Cry 4 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Devil May Cry 4, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Resident Evil 0 digital coverResident Evil 0 ↗

01Resident Evil 0 / Inventory guideResident Evil 0 inventory guide: dropped items, Hookshot and supply planning

Manage the two six-slot inventories and avoid unnecessary trips for equipment.

↗
02Resident Evil 0 / Rebecca and BillyResident Evil 0 rebecca and Billy: partner commands and ability differences

Choose the right character for herbs, chemicals, heavy objects and dangerous corridors.

↗
03Resident Evil 0 / Weapons and survivalResident Evil 0 weapons and survival: ammunition, leeches and enemy choices

Choose fights carefully and use stronger ammunition where it changes the outcome.

↗
04Resident Evil 0 / Puzzle solutionsResident Evil 0 puzzle solutions: train brakes and animal statue order

Quick answers for the train’s ten-input sums and the Training Facility animal torches.

↗
05Resident Evil 0 / CharactersResident Evil 0 characters: cast and story roles

Identify Resident Evil 0 characters, their abilities, allies and campaign relationships.

↗
06Resident Evil 0 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Resident Evil 0, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Resident Evil 6 digital coverResident Evil 6 ↗

01Resident Evil 6 / CombatResident Evil 6 combat: movement, Quick Shots and counters

Learn the combat gauge, defensive movement and partner signals before spending all your ammunition.

↗
02Resident Evil 6 / HerbsResident Evil 6 herbs: tablet recipes and partner recovery

Compare every basic green-herb recipe and learn the difference between treatment and a healing revival.

↗
03Resident Evil 6 / CampaignsResident Evil 6 campaigns: partners, tone and suggested order

Choose among Leon, Chris, Jake and Ada and understand how the four stories overlap.

↗
04Resident Evil 6 / Skills and modesResident Evil 6 skills and modes: loadouts, co-op and Mercenaries

Organize campaign skills and distinguish score-attack, co-op and Agent Hunt rules.

↗
05Resident Evil 6 / CharactersResident Evil 6 characters: cast and story roles

Identify Resident Evil 6 characters, their abilities, allies and campaign relationships.

↗
06Resident Evil 6 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Resident Evil 6, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Dead Space 2 digital coverDead Space 2 ↗

01Dead Space 2 / CombatDead Space 2 combat: dismemberment, Stasis and Kinesis

Use limb targeting, environmental objects and movement to control Necromorph encounters.

↗
02Dead Space 2 / WeaponsDead Space 2 weapons: primary fire, alternate fire and loadout roles

Compare all ten standard Dead Space 2 weapons and choose a manageable first-run loadout.

↗
03Dead Space 2 / Suits and upgradesDead Space 2 suits and upgrades: armor, inventory and Power Nodes

Compare the main campaign suits and plan useful Bench upgrades without confusing armor with RIG health.

↗
04Dead Space 2 / Hard CoreDead Space 2 hard Core: unlock, three saves and preparation

Understand the Dead Space 2 Hard Core rules and build a save plan around the sections you find difficult.

↗
05Dead Space 2 / CharactersDead Space 2 characters: cast and story roles

Identify Dead Space 2 characters, their abilities, allies and campaign relationships.

↗
06Dead Space 2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Dead Space 2, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Borderlands digital coverBorderlands ↗

01Borderlands / Getting startedBorderlands getting started: missions, shields and early loot

Learn the Fyrestone opening, mission levels, Second Wind and practical loot decisions.

↗
02Borderlands / Classes and skillsBorderlands classes and skills: Action Skills, trees and respec

Choose among the four original Vault Hunters and understand how to change a skill build.

↗
03Borderlands / Weapons and elementsBorderlands weapons and elements: damage types, rarity and useful comparisons

Match the original game’s elements to targets and compare guns beyond the damage number.

↗
04Borderlands / Backpack upgradesBorderlands backpack upgrades: Claptrap rescues, SDUs and ammunition capacity

Learn how the original game expands carrying space and why backpack and ammo upgrades are different.

↗
05Borderlands / CharactersBorderlands characters: cast and story roles

Identify Borderlands characters, their abilities, allies and campaign relationships.

↗
06Borderlands / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-release artwork and pictures for Borderlands, with image sources and edition notes.

↗

Baldur's Gate digital coverBaldur's Gate ↗

01Baldur's Gate / Classes & partyBaldur's Gate beginner classes and party composition

Choose complementary party roles and understand ability scores before leaving Candlekeep.

↗
02Baldur's Gate / Combat rulesBaldur's Gate THAC0, armor class and saving throws explained

Read the descending combat numbers, resist spells and use pause to protect low-level characters.

↗
03Baldur's Gate / Spells & restBaldur's Gate spell memorization, healing and beginner spells

Distinguish learned spells, prepared slots and scrolls, then plan a useful early spellbook.

↗
04Baldur's Gate / Early routeBaldur's Gate early walkthrough: Friendly Arm Inn to Nashkel

Follow the early main-story route while leaving space for equipment, companions and optional quests.

↗
05Baldur's Gate / CharactersBaldur's Gate characters and roles

Identify the important characters, recruitable allies and roles in Baldur's Gate.

↗
06Baldur's Gate / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Baldur's Gate. The edition note identifies remasters and bundled expansions.

↗

Planescape: Torment digital coverPlanescape: Torment ↗

01Planescape: Torment / Stats & dialoguePlanescape: Torment best starting stats for dialogue and exploration

Understand what Wisdom, Intelligence and Charisma change without treating combat scores as the only progression path.

↗
02Planescape: Torment / Classes & trainingPlanescape: Torment class switching: fighter, mage and thief

Learn what changes when the Nameless One trains in another class and how weapon training differs from leveling.

↗
03Planescape: Torment / Mortuary routePlanescape: Torment Mortuary beginner walkthrough and escape priorities

Explore the Mortuary, speak to its inhabitants and find an exit without turning every interaction into a fight.

↗
04Planescape: Torment / Death & magicPlanescape: Torment death, healing and spell preparation explained

Understand immortality, companion survival and the difference between spell knowledge and a ready spell.

↗
05Planescape: Torment / CharactersPlanescape: Torment characters and roles

Identify the important characters, recruitable allies and roles in Planescape: Torment.

↗
06Planescape: Torment / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Planescape: Torment. The edition note identifies remasters and bundled expansions.

↗

Icewind Dale digital coverIcewind Dale ↗

01Icewind Dale / Party buildIcewind Dale beginner party composition and class roles

Create a balanced custom party with reliable melee, trap detection, healing and arcane support.

↗
02Icewind Dale / Combat rulesIcewind Dale THAC0, armor class, formations and ranged combat

Read the descending AD&D numbers and control a whole party in narrow dungeon encounters.

↗
03Icewind Dale / Spells & restIcewind Dale spell preparation, healing and rest guide

Manage mage and priest resources during long dungeon expeditions.

↗
04Icewind Dale / Opening routeIcewind Dale early walkthrough: Easthaven, Kuldahar and Vale of Shadows

Follow the opening investigation while preparing for the first sustained dungeon areas.

↗
05Icewind Dale / CharactersIcewind Dale characters and roles

Identify the important characters, recruitable allies and roles in Icewind Dale.

↗
06Icewind Dale / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Icewind Dale. The edition note identifies remasters and bundled expansions.

↗

Neverwinter Nights digital coverNeverwinter Nights ↗

01Neverwinter Nights / Classes & buildsNeverwinter Nights beginner classes, abilities and feats

Choose a first character and distinguish class levels, ability scores, skills and feats.

↗
02Neverwinter Nights / Combat rulesNeverwinter Nights armor class, attack bonus and attacks of opportunity

Understand the ascending D&D numbers and avoid exposing casters and archers in melee.

↗
03Neverwinter Nights / Chapter 1 routeNeverwinter Nights Chapter 1: Waterdhavian creatures and district guide

Locate the four creature investigations that supply components for the Wailing Death cure.

↗
04Neverwinter Nights / Spells & supportNeverwinter Nights spell preparation, resting and companion orders

Manage prepared and spontaneous magic and keep a henchman useful during dungeon exploration.

↗
05Neverwinter Nights / CharactersNeverwinter Nights characters and roles

Identify the important characters, recruitable allies and roles in Neverwinter Nights.

↗
06Neverwinter Nights / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Neverwinter Nights. The edition note identifies remasters and bundled expansions.

↗

Torchlight digital coverTorchlight ↗

01Torchlight / Classes & statsTorchlight classes and stats: Destroyer, Vanquisher and Alchemist

Compare the original three classes and their four attributes before committing skill points.

↗
02Torchlight / Pets & fishingTorchlight pet guide: selling items, spells and fish transformations

Use a pet for inventory management and combat while understanding temporary fish effects.

↗
03Torchlight / Loot & itemsTorchlight item colors, identification, sockets and enchanting

Read equipment quality and compare practical bonuses before spending gold or discarding loot.

↗
04Torchlight / Campaign & retirementTorchlight campaign, map scrolls, Shadow Vault and retirement guide

Distinguish the main dungeon, optional map adventures and post-campaign character choices.

↗
05Torchlight / CharactersTorchlight characters and roles

Identify the important characters, recruitable allies and roles in Torchlight.

↗
06Torchlight / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Torchlight. The edition note identifies remasters and bundled expansions.

↗

Torchlight II digital coverTorchlight II ↗

01Torchlight II / Classes & chargeTorchlight II classes and charge bars: Engineer, Berserker, Outlander, Embermage

Compare the four class mechanics and choose a starting combat style.

↗
02Torchlight II / Skills & respecTorchlight II classic PC respec limit and skill planning

Understand the last-three-skill-point refund and distinguish skill points from attributes.

↗
03Torchlight II / Pets & lootTorchlight II pets, shopping lists, fish and shared stash guide

Use the companion's inventory and town services while protecting valuable equipment.

↗
04Torchlight II / Campaign & NG+Torchlight II New Game Plus, Mapworks and campaign progression

Understand the two major post-campaign routes before advancing a character into New Game Plus.

↗
05Torchlight II / CharactersTorchlight II characters and roles

Identify the important characters, recruitable allies and roles in Torchlight II.

↗
06Torchlight II / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Torchlight II. The edition note identifies remasters and bundled expansions.

↗

Dungeon Siege digital coverDungeon Siege ↗

01Dungeon Siege / Skills & classesDungeon Siege classes and skill progression: melee, ranged and magic

Learn how using weapons and spells develops a character instead of choosing a fixed class at creation.

↗
02Dungeon Siege / Party & mulesDungeon Siege party size, packmules, formations and combat orders

Organize up to eight members without letting pathfinding expose the weakest characters.

↗
03Dungeon Siege / Magic & healingDungeon Siege Nature Magic, Combat Magic, potions and unconsciousness

Keep the party alive by distinguishing healing, mana and the different states of defeat.

↗
04Dungeon Siege / Campaign routeDungeon Siege Kingdom of Ehb walkthrough route and town checklist

Follow the original campaign landmarks and prepare for the long stretches between services.

↗
05Dungeon Siege / CharactersDungeon Siege characters and roles

Identify the important characters, recruitable allies and roles in Dungeon Siege.

↗
06Dungeon Siege / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Dungeon Siege. The edition note identifies remasters and bundled expansions.

↗

Dungeon Siege II digital coverDungeon Siege II ↗

01Dungeon Siege II / Party sizeDungeon Siege II party size: Mercenary, Veteran, Elite and inn upgrades

Understand party limits, purchased slots and why pets compete with recruitable characters.

↗
02Dungeon Siege II / Skills & powersDungeon Siege II skills, powers, Mirror and Rampage orders

Develop class skills and use rechargeable powers without losing control of the party.

↗
03Dungeon Siege II / Pets & enchantingDungeon Siege II pet growth, reagents and enchantable equipment

Raise a pet through feeding and build equipment bonuses with the reagent grid.

↗
04Dungeon Siege II / Campaign & survivalDungeon Siege II acts, town hubs, autocast healing and death recovery

Follow Eirulan, Aman'lu and Kalrathia while keeping the group supplied and recoverable.

↗
05Dungeon Siege II / CharactersDungeon Siege II characters and roles

Identify the important characters, recruitable allies and roles in Dungeon Siege II.

↗
06Dungeon Siege II / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Dungeon Siege II. The edition note identifies remasters and bundled expansions.

↗

Titan Quest digital coverTitan Quest ↗

01Titan Quest / Masteries & classesTitan Quest original masteries and class combinations

Choose among the eight original masteries and compare useful two-mastery combinations.

↗
02Titan Quest / Skills & respecTitan Quest Mystic respec: skills, mastery bars and attribute limits

Understand what a Mystic can refund in the original game and what remains committed.

↗
03Titan Quest / Gear & relicsTitan Quest armor, resistances, relics and charms guide

Compare equipment by damage protection and build fit, then combine compatible enhancement pieces.

↗
04Titan Quest / Campaign routeTitan Quest original campaign acts, portals and Typhon preparation

Follow the three original regions and use portals and rebirth fountains correctly.

↗
05Titan Quest / CharactersTitan Quest characters and roles

Identify the important characters, recruitable allies and roles in Titan Quest.

↗
06Titan Quest / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Titan Quest. The edition note identifies remasters and bundled expansions.

↗

Heroes of Might and Magic III digital coverHeroes of Might and Magic III ↗

01Heroes of Might and Magic III / Towns & factionsHeroes of Might and Magic III original towns and creature roles

Compare all eight Restoration of Erathia towns without mixing in expansion factions.

↗
02Heroes of Might and Magic III / Economy & buildingsHeroes III gold income, town halls, creature growth and build priorities

Plan daily income and weekly recruitment without applying one rigid opening to every map.

↗
03Heroes of Might and Magic III / Combat tacticsHeroes III combat turns, Wait, Defend, shooters and retaliation

Control creature stacks and preserve troops through the turn order.

↗
04Heroes of Might and Magic III / Heroes & spellsHeroes III primary skills, Wisdom, magic schools and spellbooks

Build a useful hero and understand how spells are learned and restored.

↗
05Heroes of Might and Magic III / CharactersHeroes of Might and Magic III characters and roles

Identify the important characters, recruitable allies and roles in Heroes of Might and Magic III.

↗
06Heroes of Might and Magic III / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Heroes of Might and Magic III. The edition note identifies remasters and bundled expansions.

↗

Rome: Total War digital coverRome: Total War ↗

01Rome: Total War / Roman factionsRome: Total War factions: Julii, Brutii and Scipii starting routes

Compare the Roman families and plan an opening campaign around their different starting positions.

↗
02Rome: Total War / EconomyRome: Total War economy guide: trade, taxes and public order

Use income, upkeep and settlement details to expand without losing control of the budget.

↗
03Rome: Total War / Battle tacticsRome: Total War battle guide: morale, cavalry and phalanxes

Match army roles to enemy formations and use positioning to win the morale battle.

↗
04Rome: Total War / Sieges and agentsRome: Total War siege guide: spies, blockades and city assaults

Prepare siege equipment, inspect the defenses and coordinate agents and fleets.

↗
05Rome: Total War / CharactersRome: Total War characters and roles

Identify the important characters, recruitable allies and roles in Rome: Total War.

↗
06Rome: Total War / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Rome: Total War. The edition note identifies remasters and bundled expansions.

↗

Medieval II: Total War digital coverMedieval II: Total War ↗

01Medieval II: Total War / Cities and castlesMedieval II cities vs castles: economy and recruitment guide

Choose settlement roles and inspect the cost of converting between cities and castles.

↗
02Medieval II: Total War / Trade and economyMedieval II economy guide: merchants, trade routes and upkeep

Separate settlement trade from merchant earnings and the recurring costs of your armies.

↗
03Medieval II: Total War / Battles and siegesMedieval II battle guide: cavalry, spears, missiles and sieges

Use combined armies and prepare an entry route before assaulting a fortified settlement.

↗
04Medieval II: Total War / Pope and crusadesMedieval II Pope, excommunication and crusades guide

Understand the religious relationships that affect Catholic wars and crusading armies.

↗
05Medieval II: Total War / CharactersMedieval II: Total War characters and roles

Identify the important characters, recruitable allies and roles in Medieval II: Total War.

↗
06Medieval II: Total War / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Medieval II: Total War. The edition note identifies remasters and bundled expansions.

↗

XCOM: Enemy Unknown digital coverXCOM: Enemy Unknown ↗

01XCOM: Enemy Unknown / Cover and actionsXCOM: Enemy Unknown combat guide: cover, movement and Overwatch

Understand blue moves, dashing, cover direction and the actions available to your squad.

↗
02XCOM: Enemy Unknown / Soldier classesXCOM: Enemy Unknown classes: Assault, Heavy, Sniper and Support

Compare the four soldier classes and build a squad with complementary jobs.

↗
03XCOM: Enemy Unknown / Satellites and baseXCOM: Enemy Unknown satellites guide: uplinks, panic and funding

Plan satellite production, launch capacity and air coverage before the Council report.

↗
04XCOM: Enemy Unknown / Alien captureXCOM: Enemy Unknown alien capture guide: Arc Thrower and containment

Prepare a live capture and approach a weakened alien with the correct equipment.

↗
05XCOM: Enemy Unknown / CharactersXCOM: Enemy Unknown characters and roles

Identify the important characters, recruitable allies and roles in XCOM: Enemy Unknown.

↗
06XCOM: Enemy Unknown / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for XCOM: Enemy Unknown. The edition note identifies remasters and bundled expansions.

↗

Stronghold Crusader digital coverStronghold Crusader ↗

01Stronghold Crusader / Food and productionStronghold Crusader food guide: bread, apples, cheese and oasis farms

Compare food chains and the support needed to keep a desert castle supplied.

↗
02Stronghold Crusader / Popularity and taxesStronghold Crusader popularity guide: food, taxes, ale and housing

Diagnose why peasants leave and balance tax income with the needs of the castle.

↗
03Stronghold Crusader / TroopsStronghold Crusader troops guide: equipment and mercenaries

Compare European recruitment requirements and the roles of Arabian mercenaries.

↗
04Stronghold Crusader / Castle defenseStronghold Crusader castle and siege guide: walls, towers and equipment

Defend the lord and choose siege equipment suited to the enemy fortifications.

↗
05Stronghold Crusader / CharactersStronghold Crusader characters and roles

Identify the important characters, recruitable allies and roles in Stronghold Crusader.

↗
06Stronghold Crusader / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Stronghold Crusader. The edition note identifies remasters and bundled expansions.

↗

Call of Duty digital coverCall of Duty ↗

01Call of Duty / Campaign orderCall of Duty Campaign order: American, British and Soviet missions

Locate the campaign blocks and understand why the viewpoint changes.

↗
02Call of Duty / Health and VeteranCall of Duty Health and Veteran: why health does not regenerate

Understand health packs, cover and the original game’s Veteran restriction.

↗
03Call of Duty / WeaponsCall of Duty Weapons: rifles, SMGs, machine guns and ammunition

Choose a practical two-gun loadout for the original campaign.

↗
04Call of Duty / Objective tipsCall of Duty Objective tips: Pegasus Bridge, Pavlov and Stalingrad

Solve common campaign bottlenecks without confusing defense and advance objectives.

↗
05Call of Duty / CharactersCall of Duty Characters: cast, allies and story roles

Identify the important Call of Duty characters and the relationships behind the campaign.

↗
06Call of Duty / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Call of Duty; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Call of Duty 2 digital coverCall of Duty 2 ↗

01Call of Duty 2 / Campaign orderCall of Duty 2 Campaign order: Soviet, British and American chapters

Distinguish the original game’s three fronts and its four player viewpoints.

↗
02Call of Duty 2 / Health and smokeCall of Duty 2 Health and smoke: how to survive Veteran crossings

Use regenerating health and smoke without assuming either grants invulnerability.

↗
03Call of Duty 2 / WeaponsCall of Duty 2 Weapons: Garand, Lee-Enfield, PPSh and anti-tank tools

Match the campaign’s firearms to range, room size and mission tasks.

↗
04Call of Duty 2 / Pointe du Hoc and Hill 400Call of Duty 2 Pointe du Hoc and Hill 400: assault and defense tips

Separate cliff assault, gun destruction and defensive phases in the American campaign.

↗
05Call of Duty 2 / CharactersCall of Duty 2 Characters: cast, allies and story roles

Identify the important Call of Duty 2 characters and the relationships behind the campaign.

↗
06Call of Duty 2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Call of Duty 2; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 3 digital coverCall of Duty: Modern Warfare 3 ↗

01Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 3 / Campaign orderCall of Duty: Modern Warfare 3 Campaign order: acts, mission groups and playable teams

Follow the 2011 campaign from New York to the final pursuit.

↗
02Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 3 / Survival guideCall of Duty: Modern Warfare 3 Survival guide: cash, armor, helicopters and Juggernauts

Build a repeatable plan for the original Special Ops Survival mode.

↗
03Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 3 / REFERENCESpec Ops Missions

All 24 Spec Ops missions: 16 original missions and eight DLC missions, with pictures, objectives and player requirements. Earn up to 48 base-game stars and 24 more across the DLC.

↗
04Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 3 / Strike PackagesCall of Duty: Modern Warfare 3 Strike Packages: Assault, Support and Specialist explained

Compare pointstreak behavior and the original 2011 multiplayer class systems.

↗
05Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 3 / CharactersCall of Duty: Modern Warfare 3 Characters: cast, allies and story roles

Identify the important Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 3 characters and the relationships behind the campaign.

↗
06Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 3 / REFERENCEKillstreaks & Strike Packages

Every Assault and Support pointstreak reward, Specialist perk milestones and the hidden M.O.A.B., with original MW3 icons and requirements.

↗
07Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 3 / REFERENCEMaps

All 36 multiplayer maps: 16 launch maps, 13 additional standard maps and seven Face Off maps. Every entry includes its original MW3 picture and release group.

↗
08Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 3 / REFERENCEGuns & Weapons

All 50 multiplayer loadout weapons, including the Riot Shield: 34 primary and 16 secondary choices, grouped by weapon class, with original MW3 menu pictures.

↗
09Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 3 / REFERENCEPerks & Deathstreaks

All 15 multiplayer perks and their Pro benefits, plus six separate deathstreak rewards, with original MW3 icons.

↗
10Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 3 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 3; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Halo: Reach digital coverHalo: Reach ↗

01Halo: Reach / Campaign orderHalo: Reach Campaign order: Noble Actual to Lone Wolf

See where each playable stage belongs and distinguish opening and epilogue sequences.

↗
02Halo: Reach / Armor abilitiesHalo: Reach Armor abilities: Sprint, Jetpack, Armor Lock and Hologram

Choose the right Reach ability and understand its limits.

↗
03Halo: Reach / Weapons and shieldsHalo: Reach Weapons and shields: DMR, plasma pistol and Elite counters

Combine shield damage, precision and cover on higher difficulties.

↗
04Halo: Reach / Firefight guideHalo: Reach Firefight guide: waves, skulls and loadout planning

Set up a useful Reach Firefight session and survive repeated Covenant attacks.

↗
05Halo: Reach / CharactersHalo: Reach Characters: cast, allies and story roles

Identify the important Halo: Reach characters and the relationships behind the campaign.

↗
06Halo: Reach / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Halo: Reach; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Halo 3: ODST digital coverHalo 3: ODST ↗

01Halo 3: ODST / Campaign and cluesHalo 3: ODST Campaign and clues: Mombasa Streets and flashback order

Understand how the Rookie’s investigation opens the squad’s earlier missions.

↗
02Halo 3: ODST / VISR and healthHalo 3: ODST VISR and health: navigation, stamina and medical kits

Read ODST’s interface without treating the Rookie like a shielded Spartan.

↗
03Halo 3: ODST / Audio logsHalo 3: ODST Audio logs: why the 30th recording is missing

Find the rule behind the final Sadie’s Story recording and organize a city cleanup.

↗
04Halo 3: ODST / Firefight and weaponsHalo 3: ODST Firefight and weapons: pistol headshots, plasma and shared lives

Prepare for classic ODST Firefight while distinguishing modern MCC variants.

↗
05Halo 3: ODST / CharactersHalo 3: ODST Characters: cast, allies and story roles

Identify the important Halo 3: ODST characters and the relationships behind the campaign.

↗
06Halo 3: ODST / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Halo 3: ODST; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

BioShock 2 digital coverBioShock 2 ↗

01BioShock 2 / Little SistersBioShock 2 Little Sisters: adopt, gather, rescue and Big Sister preparation

Understand ADAM collection and the choices that follow each Little Sister.

↗
02BioShock 2 / Weapons and plasmidsBioShock 2 Weapons and plasmids: drill, rivets, traps and control combinations

Build combinations around enemy control and the ammunition you actually have.

↗
03BioShock 2 / Hacking and researchBioShock 2 Hacking and research: meter colors, cameras and bonuses

Read the hacking meter and turn combat variety into research progress.

↗
04BioShock 2 / Upgrades and explorationBioShock 2 Upgrades and exploration: ADAM, money and one-way travel

Separate currencies and finish local exploration before leaving a campaign area.

↗
05BioShock 2 / CharactersBioShock 2 Characters: cast, allies and story roles

Identify the important BioShock 2 characters and the relationships behind the campaign.

↗
06BioShock 2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for BioShock 2; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Dishonored digital coverDishonored ↗

01Dishonored / Low chaos and Clean HandsDishonored Low chaos and Clean Hands: kills, detection and body safety

Understand why a quiet takedown can still spoil a no-kill run.

↗
02Dishonored / Powers guideDishonored Powers guide: Blink, Dark Vision, Possession and Bend Time

Match Corvo’s supernatural upgrades to stealth, travel and combat.

↗
03Dishonored / Nonlethal targetsDishonored Nonlethal targets: Campbell, Pendletons, Boyle and the Lord Regent

Find the required setup for major alternate target outcomes; story spoilers included.

↗
04Dishonored / Runes and upgradesDishonored Runes and upgrades: the Heart, bone charms, coins and blueprints

Separate supernatural progression from workshop purchases.

↗
05Dishonored / CharactersDishonored Characters: cast, allies and story roles

Identify the important Dishonored characters and the relationships behind the campaign.

↗
06Dishonored / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Dishonored; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Deus Ex: Human Revolution digital coverDeus Ex: Human Revolution ↗

01Deus Ex: Human Revolution / Stealth and takedownsDeus Ex: Human Revolution Stealth and takedowns: alarms, energy and nonlethal routes

Plan a stealth approach around cover, guard awareness and a usable energy reserve.

↗
02Deus Ex: Human Revolution / Hacking guideDeus Ex: Human Revolution Hacking guide: capture, fortify, STOP and Nuke viruses

Read the network map and choose a route before starting the trace.

↗
03Deus Ex: Human Revolution / Praxis guideDeus Ex: Human Revolution Praxis guide: hacking, inventory, lifting and movement upgrades

Spend augmentation points according to concrete obstacles and preserve energy for active powers.

↗
04Deus Ex: Human Revolution / Bosses and editionsDeus Ex: Human Revolution Bosses and editions: Barrett, Fedorova, Namir and Director’s Cut

Know which boss advice applies to the original release and which relies on revised arenas.

↗
05Deus Ex: Human Revolution / CharactersDeus Ex: Human Revolution Characters: cast, allies and story roles

Identify the important Deus Ex: Human Revolution characters and the relationships behind the campaign.

↗
06Deus Ex: Human Revolution / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Deus Ex: Human Revolution; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Far Cry digital coverFar Cry ↗

01Far Cry / Stealth and binocularsFar Cry Stealth and binoculars: tagging, sound and jungle approaches

Scout the island before committing to a firefight.

↗
02Far Cry / Weapons guideFar Cry Weapons guide: four slots, rifles, rockets and ammunition

Build a practical loadout for the original PC campaign.

↗
03Far Cry / Health, armor and TrigensFar Cry Health, armor and Trigens: surviving the later campaign

Understand the original survival resources and the change from mercenaries to mutants.

↗
04Far Cry / Vehicles and navigationFar Cry Vehicles and navigation: boats, buggies, Humvees and gliders

Use island transport without losing track of checkpoints and objectives.

↗
05Far Cry / CharactersFar Cry Characters: cast, allies and story roles

Identify the important Far Cry characters and the relationships behind the campaign.

↗
06Far Cry / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Far Cry; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Far Cry 2 digital coverFar Cry 2 ↗

01Far Cry 2 / Malaria and healingFar Cry 2 Malaria and healing: medicine, syrettes and critical wounds

Know which recovery system solves the problem on screen.

↗
02Far Cry 2 / Weapons and diamondsFar Cry 2 Weapons and diamonds: reliability, armories and three gun slots

Spend diamonds on equipment that remains useful through repeated trips.

↗
03Far Cry 2 / Buddies and missionsFar Cry 2 Buddies and missions: rescue, subversion and safe-house preparation

Understand what the best and rescue buddies contribute to a campaign.

↗
04Far Cry 2 / Travel and diamond casesFar Cry 2 Travel and diamond cases: buses, safe houses, maps and fire

Reduce repeated road fights and use the world’s navigation tools.

↗
05Far Cry 2 / CharactersFar Cry 2 Characters: cast, allies and story roles

Identify the important Far Cry 2 characters and the relationships behind the campaign.

↗
06Far Cry 2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Far Cry 2; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Crysis 2 digital coverCrysis 2 ↗

01Crysis 2 / Nanosuit energyCrysis 2 Nanosuit energy: armor, cloak, sprint and safe recharge

Use the suit as a planned resource instead of waiting for it to fail in the open.

↗
02Crysis 2 / Visor and Nano CatalystCrysis 2 Visor and Nano Catalyst: tagging, tactical options and modules

Scout New York and spend alien resources on a focused suit build.

↗
03Crysis 2 / Weapons and attachmentsCrysis 2 Weapons and attachments: SCAR, SCARAB, shotgun and heavy tools

Adapt a weapon at a safe position before choosing the next engagement.

↗
04Crysis 2 / CELL and CephCrysis 2 CELL and Ceph: enemy responses and campaign survival

Recognize the shift from human patrols to more mobile alien threats.

↗
05Crysis 2 / CharactersCrysis 2 Characters: cast, allies and story roles

Identify the important Crysis 2 characters and the relationships behind the campaign.

↗
06Crysis 2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Crysis 2; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Hitman 2: Silent Assassin digital coverHitman 2: Silent Assassin ↗

01Hitman 2: Silent Assassin / Mission orderHitman 2: Silent Assassin Mission order: Sicily, Russia, Japan, Malaysia, Afghanistan and India

Locate the 20 main missions after the Gontranno prologue.

↗
02Hitman 2: Silent Assassin / Disguises and Silent Assassin ratingHitman 2: Silent Assassin Disguises and Silent Assassin rating: suspicion, weapons and witnesses

Read the original game’s disguise system without importing modern Hitman assumptions.

↗
03Hitman 2: Silent Assassin / Anesthetic and weaponsHitman 2: Silent Assassin Anesthetic and weapons: why unconscious guards wake up

Use temporary sedation and understand the original loadout tools.

↗
04Hitman 2: Silent Assassin / Anathema guideHitman 2: Silent Assassin Anathema guide: villa entry, the Don’s key and the basement

Solve the first contract’s separate target, key and rescue-check objectives.

↗
05Hitman 2: Silent Assassin / CharactersHitman 2: Silent Assassin Characters: cast, allies and story roles

Identify the important Hitman 2: Silent Assassin characters and the relationships behind the campaign.

↗
06Hitman 2: Silent Assassin / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Hitman 2: Silent Assassin; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Hitman: Contracts digital coverHitman: Contracts ↗

01Hitman: Contracts / Mission orderHitman: Contracts Mission order: twelve contracts and the Paris finale

Find each original Contracts mission and distinguish flashbacks from the framing story.

↗
02Hitman: Contracts / Disguises and stealthHitman: Contracts Disguises and stealth: threat meter, doors and carrying weapons

Use the original Contracts interface to control suspicion.

↗
03Hitman: Contracts / Syringes and ratingHitman: Contracts Syringes and rating: temporary sedation, silent kills and evidence

Avoid importing permanent-knockout expectations from later Hitman games.

↗
04Hitman: Contracts / Beldingford ManorHitman: Contracts Beldingford Manor: two targets, Giles Northcott and escape

Organize the estate contract without forgetting its rescue objective.

↗
05Hitman: Contracts / CharactersHitman: Contracts Characters: cast, allies and story roles

Identify the important Hitman: Contracts characters and the relationships behind the campaign.

↗
06Hitman: Contracts / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Hitman: Contracts; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Bastion digital coverBastion ↗

01Bastion / Weapons guideBastion weapons guide: best pairings, upgrades and shield counters

Choose complementary Bastion weapons and understand when to block, roll or charge.

↗
02Bastion / Bastion buildingsBastion Bastion buildings: Forge, Distillery, Shrine and upgrades

Match each hub building to its purpose and plan what to do between expeditions.

↗
03Bastion / Proving Grounds guideBastion Proving Grounds guide: weapon trials and rewards

Read Bastion’s trial conditions and prepare the weapon for the score that matters.

↗
04Bastion / Endings and New Game PlusBastion endings and New Game Plus: Zulf, restoration and evacuation

Understand the separate final decisions and what a second Bastion run is for.

↗
05Bastion / Characters and story rolesBastion characters and story roles

Identify the main cast, their roles and the relationships that explain the adventure.

↗
06Bastion / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Bastion; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Transistor digital coverTransistor ↗

01Transistor / Turn combat guideTransistor Turn combat guide: planning, backstabs and recharge

Build a useful action sequence and survive the interval after Turn ends.

↗
02Transistor / Functions guideTransistor Functions guide: active, upgrade and passive slots

Understand Transistor’s three Function uses and build combinations you can actually equip.

↗
03Transistor / Process enemies and LimitersTransistor Process enemies and Limiters: threats, Cells and overloads

Prioritize Process encounters and manage optional difficulty effects.

↗
04Transistor / Recursion and Backdoor testsTransistor Recursion and Backdoor tests: what to do after the story

Plan Transistor’s replay and practice challenges without confusing them with campaign progress.

↗
05Transistor / Characters and story rolesTransistor characters and story roles

Identify the main cast, their roles and the relationships that explain the adventure.

↗
06Transistor / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Transistor; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

FTL: Faster Than Light digital coverFTL: Faster Than Light ↗

01FTL: Faster Than Light / Beginner guideFTL: Faster Than Light beginner guide: Kestrel upgrades, scrap and sector routing

Build a survivable FTL ship and avoid spending scrap without a plan.

↗
02FTL: Faster Than Light / Weapons guideFTL: Faster Than Light weapons guide: volleys, beams, missiles and shield timing

Coordinate FTL weapons instead of letting a strong loadout fire out of order.

↗
03FTL: Faster Than Light / Crew and systems guideFTL: Faster Than Light crew and systems guide: boarding, oxygen, repairs and Advanced Edition

Assign crew to the work their species and the current emergency suit.

↗
04FTL: Faster Than Light / Rebel Flagship guideFTL: Faster Than Light Rebel Flagship guide: all three phases and preparation

Prepare a layered defense and a plan for the Flagship’s missile weapon and power surges.

↗
05FTL: Faster Than Light / Characters and story rolesFTL: Faster Than Light characters and story roles

Identify the main cast, their roles and the relationships that explain the adventure.

↗
06FTL: Faster Than Light / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for FTL: Faster Than Light; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Papers, Please digital coverPapers, Please ↗

01Papers, Please / Documents guidePapers, Please documents guide: passports, permits, workers and diplomats

Build an inspection order that adapts as the Grestin rules change.

↗
02Papers, Please / Discrepancies guidePapers, Please discrepancies guide: interrogation, fingerprints and searches

Use inspection mode to prove the problem and resolve valid explanations.

↗
03Papers, Please / Money and family guidePapers, Please money and family guide: salary, penalties and daily expenses

Keep the household solvent without letting speed create more expensive mistakes.

↗
04Papers, Please / Endings and Endless ModePapers, Please endings and Endless Mode: loyalist, EZIC and Obristan routes

Compare the major ending paths and understand the Endless Mode unlock.

↗
05Papers, Please / Characters and story rolesPapers, Please characters and story roles

Identify the main cast, their roles and the relationships that explain the adventure.

↗
06Papers, Please / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Papers, Please; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Hotline Miami digital coverHotline Miami ↗

01Hotline Miami / Combat guideHotline Miami combat guide: doors, throws, gunfire and safe room clears

Turn a Hotline Miami floor into a sequence of controlled openings.

↗
02Hotline Miami / Masks guideHotline Miami masks guide: Tony, Don Juan, Zack, Rasmus and Brandon

Choose a Hotline Miami mask for a particular combat or exploration goal.

↗
03Hotline Miami / Scores and A+ ranksHotline Miami scores and A+ ranks: combos, boldness and weapon variety

Build a repeatable high-score route without confusing a fast clear with a complete scoring plan.

↗
04Hotline Miami / Secret puzzle guideHotline Miami secret puzzle guide: pieces, password and Biker’s ending

Follow the hidden puzzle route in the original Hotline Miami.

↗
05Hotline Miami / Characters and story rolesHotline Miami characters and story roles

Identify the main cast, their roles and the relationships that explain the adventure.

↗
06Hotline Miami / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Hotline Miami; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Hotline Miami 2: Wrong Number digital coverHotline Miami 2: Wrong Number ↗

01Hotline Miami 2: Wrong Number / Combat guideHotline Miami 2: Wrong Number combat guide: long sightlines, windows and enemy lures

Manage Hotline Miami 2’s larger floors and avoid unseen gunfire.

↗
02Hotline Miami 2: Wrong Number / Fans abilitiesHotline Miami 2: Wrong Number Fans abilities: Corey, Tony, Mark, Alex and Ash

Compare the Fans’ rules before choosing a scene’s available character.

↗
03Hotline Miami 2: Wrong Number / Special characters guideHotline Miami 2: Wrong Number special characters guide: Evan, the Soldier and the Son

Understand loadout restrictions outside the Fans’ scenes.

↗
04Hotline Miami 2: Wrong Number / Hard Mode unlock and story chronologyHotline Miami 2: Wrong Number Hard Mode unlock and story chronology: grades, mirrored scenes and dates

Find the Hard Mode entry requirements and read the campaign’s out-of-order story.

↗
05Hotline Miami 2: Wrong Number / Characters and story rolesHotline Miami 2: Wrong Number characters and story roles

Identify the main cast, their roles and the relationships that explain the adventure.

↗
06Hotline Miami 2: Wrong Number / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Hotline Miami 2: Wrong Number; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Braid digital coverBraid ↗

01Braid / Time rules guideBraid time rules guide: rewind, immunity, shadows and the ring

Identify each Braid world’s mechanic before attempting its puzzle.

↗
02Braid / Puzzle pieces guideBraid puzzle pieces guide: keys, Monstars and revisiting rooms

Approach Braid’s collectible puzzles as experiments with one clear variable.

↗
03Braid / World 1 and ending guideBraid World 1 and ending guide: unlocking the attic and reading reverse time

Understand Braid’s final world without treating the first view as the whole story.

↗
04Braid / Hidden stars guideBraid hidden stars guide: missable hub setup and secret-route planning

Prepare for Braid’s optional stars before permanently finishing every hub puzzle.

↗
05Braid / Characters and story rolesBraid characters and story roles

Identify the main cast, their roles and the relationships that explain the adventure.

↗
06Braid / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Braid; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

LIMBO digital coverLIMBO ↗

01LIMBO / Forest and spider guideLIMBO forest and spider guide: bear traps, baited strikes and escapes

Use the forest’s mechanisms to survive LIMBO’s early pursuit.

↗
02LIMBO / Water and box puzzlesLIMBO water and box puzzles: floating platforms, switches and safe crossings

Understand buoyancy and timing without expecting the boy to swim.

↗
03LIMBO / Brain worms and hostile trapsLIMBO brain worms and hostile traps: forced movement, light and bait

Regain control and read the forest children’s hazards.

↗
04LIMBO / Gravity and machinery guideLIMBO gravity and machinery guide: saws, magnets and the final sequence

Time LIMBO’s industrial mechanisms as a connected route.

↗
05LIMBO / Characters and story rolesLIMBO characters and story roles

Identify the main cast, their roles and the relationships that explain the adventure.

↗
06LIMBO / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for LIMBO; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

FEZ digital coverFEZ ↗

01FEZ / Rotation and map guideFEZ rotation and map guide: hidden doors, ledges and room completion

Use FEZ’s four views and world map to find a route without losing your place.

↗
02FEZ / Cubes and anti-cubes guideFEZ cubes and anti-cubes guide: bits, doors and completion totals

Understand what FEZ counts toward its major cube thresholds.

↗
03FEZ / Symbols and secrets guideFEZ symbols and secrets guide: tetromino inputs, numbers and treasure maps

Recognize FEZ’s puzzle languages and record clues without mixing their meanings.

↗
04FEZ / New Game Plus guideFEZ New Game Plus guide: first-person view and 64-cube cleanup

Continue FEZ after the first ending and organize the remaining anti-cube search.

↗
05FEZ / Characters and story rolesFEZ characters and story roles

Identify the main cast, their roles and the relationships that explain the adventure.

↗
06FEZ / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for FEZ; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Spelunky digital coverSpelunky ↗

01Spelunky / Beginner survival guideSpelunky beginner survival guide: traps, bombs, ropes and the Ghost

Learn the repeatable rules behind Spelunky HD’s changing layouts.

↗
02Spelunky / Items and shops guideSpelunky items and shops guide: jetpack, cape, gloves and equipment risk

Choose Spelunky HD gear for the route and understand why theft follows you.

↗
03Spelunky / Areas guideSpelunky areas guide: Mines, Jungle, Ice Caves and Temple hazards

Adapt to each Spelunky HD area instead of carrying one movement routine through the run.

↗
04Spelunky / Hell route guideSpelunky Hell route guide: Udjat Eye, Ankh, Hedjet and City of Gold

Follow the complete Spelunky HD artifact chain to the secret fifth area.

↗
05Spelunky / Characters and story rolesSpelunky characters and story roles

Identify the main cast, their roles and the relationships that explain the adventure.

↗
06Spelunky / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Spelunky; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Cave Story+ digital coverCave Story+ ↗

01Cave Story+ / Weapons guideCave Story+ weapons guide: Polar Star, Machine Gun, Snake, Spur and Nemesis

Compare the weapon trades before committing a Cave Story+ save.

↗
02Cave Story+ / Curly rescue guideCave Story+ Curly rescue guide: Booster choice, Tow Rope and Waterway Cabin

Preserve the prerequisites for Cave Story+’s best-ending route.

↗
03Cave Story+ / Booster guideCave Story+ Booster guide: v0.8, v2.0, air supply and dangerous terrain

Understand how movement equipment changes Cave Story+ exploration.

↗
04Cave Story+ / Endings guideCave Story+ endings guide: Kazuma, the normal escape and Sacred Grounds

Compare Cave Story+’s three main routes and the secret final-area prerequisites.

↗
05Cave Story+ / Characters and story rolesCave Story+ characters and story roles

Identify the main cast, their roles and the relationships that explain the adventure.

↗
06Cave Story+ / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Cave Story+; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Shovel Knight: Treasure Trove digital coverShovel Knight: Treasure Trove ↗

01Shovel Knight: Treasure Trove / Campaigns guideShovel Knight: Treasure Trove campaigns guide: what Treasure Trove includes and where to start

Compare the five included games and their different movement systems.

↗
02Shovel Knight: Treasure Trove / Shovel of Hope relics guideShovel Knight: Treasure Trove Shovel of Hope relics guide: Phase Locket, Dust Knuckles and mobility

Find the right Shovel of Hope tool for an enemy or platforming obstacle.

↗
03Shovel Knight: Treasure Trove / Shovel of Hope boss guideShovel Knight: Treasure Trove Shovel of Hope boss guide: Black Knight and the Order of No Quarter

Read attack windows instead of trading damage through every boss pattern.

↗
04Shovel Knight: Treasure Trove / Shovel of Hope upgrades and checkpointsShovel Knight: Treasure Trove Shovel of Hope upgrades and checkpoints: health, magic, gold and chalices

Spend treasure on lasting improvements and understand the cost of a failed attempt.

↗
05Shovel Knight: Treasure Trove / Characters and story rolesShovel Knight: Treasure Trove characters and story roles

Identify the main cast, their roles and the relationships that explain the adventure.

↗
06Shovel Knight: Treasure Trove / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Shovel Knight: Treasure Trove; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Castle Crashers digital coverCastle Crashers ↗

01Castle Crashers / Stats and combos guideCastle Crashers stats and combos guide: Strength, Magic, Defense and Agility

Build a Castle Crashers character around the attacks you actually use.

↗
02Castle Crashers / Character unlock guideCastle Crashers character unlock guide: all four starter-knight chains

Follow the standard campaign-completion paths to eight additional characters.

↗
03Castle Crashers / Animal Orbs and weapons guideCastle Crashers Animal Orbs and weapons guide: support effects and equipment choices

Choose a companion and weapon bonus that complement the next stage.

↗
04Castle Crashers / Bosses and Insane Mode guideCastle Crashers bosses and Insane Mode guide: openings, supplies and crowd control

Prepare for Castle Crashers bosses and the harder campaign replay.

↗
05Castle Crashers / Characters and story rolesCastle Crashers characters and story roles

Identify the main cast, their roles and the relationships that explain the adventure.

↗
06Castle Crashers / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Castle Crashers; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Age of Empires digital coverAge of Empires ↗

01Age of Empires / Ages & openingAge of Empires age order and beginner build priorities

Use the four ages to plan food, prerequisite buildings and military production.

↗
02Age of Empires / EconomyAge of Empires resources, drop-off buildings and farms

Match villagers and storage buildings to the resource you actually need.

↗
03Age of Empires / Units & countersAge of Empires unit roles and army counters

Read the original unit families before investing in an expensive army.

↗
04Age of Empires / Campaigns & victoryAge of Empires original campaigns and victory conditions

Separate campaign instructions from the victory rules of a random-map match.

↗
05Age of Empires / CivilizationsAge of Empires original civilizations and technology-tree choices

Identify the people, factions or battlefield roles used throughout this guide.

↗
06Age of Empires / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher screenshots and promotional artwork. Guide scope: the original 1997 game and its twelve civilizations. Pictures show the 2018 Definitive Edition, which also includes Rise of Rome and changes graphics, interface and balance. Expansion civilizations and Return of Rome are outside the original-game tables.

↗

Stronghold digital coverStronghold ↗

01Stronghold / Food & popularityStronghold food production and popularity recovery

Fix a falling population by tracing rations, taxes and missing supplies.

↗
02Stronghold / Weapons & troopsStronghold weapons, armor and troop recruitment

Find the missing workshop or material when a unit cannot be recruited.

↗
03Stronghold / Castle defenseStronghold walls, towers, moats and fire defenses

Build a castle that soldiers can actually use and enemies cannot bypass.

↗
04Stronghold / Siege equipmentStronghold siege engines and engineer requirements

Compare assault equipment and plan the crew behind each engine.

↗
05Stronghold / Lords & alliesStronghold campaign lords and military progression

Identify the people, factions or battlefield roles used throughout this guide.

↗
06Stronghold / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher screenshots and promotional artwork. The original 2001 Stronghold military and economic game. Pictures show Stronghold HD, with the original visual style and interface improvements. Stronghold Crusader and the newer Definitive Edition campaigns are separate games.

↗

Stronghold 2 digital coverStronghold 2 ↗

01Stronghold 2 / Castle problemsStronghold 2 rats, gong, crime and popularity fixes

Identify the service chain behind each castle-life penalty.

↗
02Stronghold 2 / Honor & foodStronghold 2 honor, food variety and the lord's kitchen

Build the household supply chains that support honor and advanced recruitment.

↗
03Stronghold 2 / Weapons & armyStronghold 2 weapon production and army roles

Read equipment chains before choosing between ordinary and armored troops.

↗
04Stronghold 2 / Estates & castlesStronghold 2 estates, transport and castle access

Expand production without creating blocked deliveries or undefended entrances.

↗
05Stronghold 2 / Lords & storyStronghold 2 campaign characters and game modes

Identify the people, factions or battlefield roles used throughout this guide.

↗
06Stronghold 2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher screenshots and promotional artwork. The 2005 Stronghold 2 economy, castle life and warfare systems. Pictures show Stronghold 2: Steam Edition. Stronghold Legends and the original Stronghold use different rules.

↗

Total War: Shogun 2 digital coverTotal War: Shogun 2 ↗

01Total War: Shogun 2 / Food & economyTotal War: Shogun 2 food shortages, farms and province income

Understand why a richer-looking castle can make the whole clan hungry.

↗
02Total War: Shogun 2 / Army countersTotal War: Shogun 2 ashigaru, samurai and cavalry counters

Build a practical Sengoku army without assuming the most expensive unit wins every fight.

↗
03Total War: Shogun 2 / Agents & diplomacyTotal War: Shogun 2 agents, religion and province control

Choose the agent action that solves the actual campaign problem.

↗
04Total War: Shogun 2 / Realm DivideTotal War: Shogun 2 Realm Divide and the road to Kyoto

Prepare the economy and borders before becoming the shogunate's main threat.

↗
05Total War: Shogun 2 / ClansTotal War: Shogun 2 clans, specialties and first-campaign choices

Identify the people, factions or battlefield roles used throughout this guide.

↗
06Total War: Shogun 2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher screenshots and promotional artwork. The original 2011 Sengoku campaign. Pictures are publisher images for Shogun 2. Rise of the Samurai and Fall of the Samurai have separate rosters and campaign systems; their rules are outside this guide.

↗

Empire: Total War digital coverEmpire: Total War ↗

01Empire: Total War / Trade & economyEmpire: Total War trade routes, ports and income

Turn overseas commerce into reliable income without leaving every route exposed.

↗
02Empire: Total War / Research & orderEmpire: Total War research, governments and revolutions

Read the political cost of an industrial and intellectual expansion.

↗
03Empire: Total War / Land battlesEmpire: Total War line infantry, artillery and cavalry tactics

Keep muskets firing and prevent a single cavalry charge from breaking the army.

↗
04Empire: Total War / Naval battlesEmpire: Total War naval ammunition, broadsides and boarding

Choose whether to sink, disable or capture an enemy ship.

↗
05Empire: Total War / FactionsEmpire: Total War Grand Campaign factions and theaters

Identify the people, factions or battlefield roles used throughout this guide.

↗
06Empire: Total War / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher screenshots and promotional artwork. The 2009 Empire: Total War Grand Campaign and Road to Independence. Pictures come from the Definitive Edition store listing, which bundles additional units and campaigns. Napoleon: Total War is a separate game.

↗

Napoleon: Total War digital coverNapoleon: Total War ↗

01Napoleon: Total War / Campaign orderNapoleon: Total War campaign order, objectives and Coalition choices

Choose a campaign by its scale and rules before planning the first advance.

↗
02Napoleon: Total War / ReplenishmentNapoleon: Total War replenishment, attrition and army recovery

Keep veteran formations effective between battles and through hostile seasons.

↗
03Napoleon: Total War / Army tacticsNapoleon: Total War line infantry, squares and cavalry coordination

Use infantry to fix the enemy and mobile units to exploit an opening.

↗
04Napoleon: Total War / Artillery & navyNapoleon: Total War artillery ammunition and naval positioning

Choose ammunition and firing angles for the target in front of you.

↗
05Napoleon: Total War / CommandersNapoleon: Total War commanders and the campaign map

Identify the people, factions or battlefield roles used throughout this guide.

↗
06Napoleon: Total War / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher screenshots and promotional artwork. The 2010 Napoleon: Total War campaigns and battles. Pictures come from the Definitive Edition listing. Peninsular Campaign content is identified separately; Empire: Total War research and recruitment rules should not be assumed here.

↗

Civilization III digital coverCivilization III ↗

01Civilization III / Cities & growthCivilization III food, shields, commerce and city growth

Read the city screen before adding another settler or expensive building.

↗
02Civilization III / Resources & roadsCivilization III strategic resources, luxuries and worker jobs

Connect the resource, reveal it with technology and check the units full requirement.

↗
03Civilization III / Research & governmentCivilization III research spending, governments and diplomacy

Choose a government for your empire instead of changing at random.

↗
04Civilization III / Combat & victoryCivilization III combat values, siege support and victory routes

Read attack and defense separately and choose a victory goal early.

↗
05Civilization III / LeadersCivilization III leaders, civilization traits and unique units

Identify the people, factions or battlefield roles used throughout this guide.

↗
06Civilization III / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher screenshots and promotional artwork. Civilization III fundamentals, using Complete as the pictured edition. Complete includes Play the World and Conquests; expansion civilizations, traits, units and scenarios differ from the 2001 base game. Scenario rules can override the standard epic-game rules.

↗

Rise of Nations digital coverRise of Nations ↗

01Rise of Nations / Economy & LibraryRise of Nations resources, commerce caps and Library research

Find out why more workers may not increase your displayed resource income.

↗
02Rise of Nations / Units & countersRise of Nations unit counters, siege and supply wagons

Build the army around complementary classes across the ages.

↗
03Rise of Nations / Cities & bordersRise of Nations city capture, assimilation and national borders

Capture and hold the city long enough for it to become useful.

↗
04Rise of Nations / Ages & campaignsRise of Nations ages and Conquer the World basics

Understand the age ladder and the strategic layer outside normal skirmishes.

↗
05Rise of Nations / NationsRise of Nations nation choices and original-versus-expansion scope

Identify the people, factions or battlefield roles used throughout this guide.

↗
06Rise of Nations / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher screenshots and promotional artwork. The original Rise of Nations systems, with expansion features labelled where relevant. Pictures show Extended Edition, which includes Thrones and Patriots and modern presentation changes. Nation totals and Conquer the World campaigns differ from the base 2003 release.

↗

Company of Heroes digital coverCompany of Heroes ↗

01Company of Heroes / Territory & resourcesCompany of Heroes resource sectors, cutoffs and population

Understand the supply line behind the resource number.

↗
02Company of Heroes / Cover & retreatCompany of Heroes cover, suppression and squad survival

Keep squads fighting from the right side of cover and retreat before a wipe.

↗
03Company of Heroes / American armyCompany of Heroes American production buildings and unit roles

Compare the two early production routes and the vehicles they lead toward.

↗
04Company of Heroes / Wehrmacht & doctrinesCompany of Heroes Wehrmacht tech tiers, veterancy and doctrines

Build the German army around support weapons and an appropriate tech transition.

↗
05Company of Heroes / Field unitsCompany of Heroes field units, support teams and original faction scope

Identify the people, factions or battlefield roles used throughout this guide.

↗
06Company of Heroes / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher screenshots and promotional artwork. The original 2006 Company of Heroes campaign and American-versus-Wehrmacht multiplayer foundations. Pictures show the original game. Opposing Fronts and Tales of Valor add factions, campaigns and units that are outside the core tables here.

↗

Warhammer 40,000: Dawn of War digital coverWarhammer 40,000: Dawn of War ↗

01Warhammer 40,000: Dawn of War / Resources & pointsWarhammer 40,000: Dawn of War requisition, power, relics and unit caps

Trace each resource and cap to the building or captured point behind it.

↗
02Warhammer 40,000: Dawn of War / Squads & moraleWarhammer 40,000: Dawn of War reinforcement, leaders, cover and broken morale

Keep experienced squads useful by watching morale as well as health.

↗
03Warhammer 40,000: Dawn of War / Factions & unitsWarhammer 40,000: Dawn of War original factions and core unit roles

Compare four different armies without importing later expansion factions.

↗
04Warhammer 40,000: Dawn of War / Tartarus campaignWarhammer 40,000: Dawn of War Tartarus campaign route and mission preparation

Follow the Blood Ravens campaign while keeping skirmish and mission rules separate.

↗
05Warhammer 40,000: Dawn of War / CharactersWarhammer 40,000: Dawn of War Tartarus characters and faction relationships

Identify the people, factions or battlefield roles used throughout this guide.

↗
06Warhammer 40,000: Dawn of War / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher screenshots and promotional artwork. The original 2004 Dawn of War campaign and four-faction skirmish. The current cover is branded Classic Anniversary Edition; gallery pictures show the original game. Winter Assault, Dark Crusade, Soulstorm and the later Definitive Edition have separate content and balance.

↗

Age of Wonders: Shadow Magic digital coverAge of Wonders: Shadow Magic ↗

01Age of Wonders: Shadow Magic / Wizard & magicAge of Wonders: Shadow Magic wizard towers, domain and spellcasting

Separate spell research, mana and casting capacity before attempting a major spell.

↗
02Age of Wonders: Shadow Magic / Cities & incomeAge of Wonders: Shadow Magic city growth, production and resource sites

Support armies without starving the next city or spell of income.

↗
03Age of Wonders: Shadow Magic / Shadow WorldAge of Wonders: Shadow Magic Shadow Sickness, portals and map layers

Prepare the units that will cross into the Shadow World.

↗
04Age of Wonders: Shadow Magic / Tactical combatAge of Wonders: Shadow Magic tactical combat, abilities and hero equipment

Read the unit card instead of relying only on a high attack value.

↗
05Age of Wonders: Shadow Magic / RacesAge of Wonders: Shadow Magic races, special structures and roster differences

Identify the people, factions or battlefield roles used throughout this guide.

↗
06Age of Wonders: Shadow Magic / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher screenshots and promotional artwork. The standalone 2003 Age of Wonders: Shadow Magic game. Pictures show Shadow Magic, including its scenario selection and Shadow World. The original Age of Wonders, The Wizards Throne and later sequels have different rules and rosters.

↗

Sacred Gold digital coverSacred Gold ↗

01Sacred Gold / Combat artsSacred Gold runes, combat-art regeneration and combos

Improve skills without turning a reliable attack into a long wait.

↗
02Sacred Gold / Gear & damageSacred Gold damage types, armor and item sockets

Compare the whole item tooltip, including regeneration and resistance.

↗
03Sacred Gold / Travel & questsSacred Gold portals, horses and quest navigation

Use the map and travel network while respecting class and quest restrictions.

↗
04Sacred Gold / Difficulty & UnderworldSacred Gold difficulty order and Underworld entry

Choose the right campaign and export a qualifying character.

↗
05Sacred Gold / ClassesSacred Gold all eight classes and their practical differences

Identify the people, factions or battlefield roles used throughout this guide.

↗
06Sacred Gold / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher screenshots and promotional artwork. Sacred Gold combines Sacred, Sacred Plus and the Underworld expansion. Pictures include the Underworld-only Dwarf and Daemon classes. Base Sacred has six classes; Gold has eight. This guide does not cover Sacred 2 or Sacred 3.

↗

Gothic digital coverGothic ↗

01Gothic / Camps & joiningGothic Old Camp, New Camp and Brotherhood choices

Explore the camps and complete admission tasks before choosing an allegiance.

↗
02Gothic / Combat & trainingGothic strength, dexterity and weapon training

Spend learning points on a combat style that you can equip and use.

↗
03Gothic / Ore & magicGothic ore trading, scrolls, runes and supplies

Understand the difference between a one-use scroll and a reusable rune.

↗
04Gothic / Story routeGothic chapter progression and major destinations

Follow the central investigation while keeping camp quests in context.

↗
05Gothic / CharactersGothic companions, camp leaders and useful contacts

Identify the people, factions or battlefield roles used throughout this guide.

↗
06Gothic / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher screenshots and promotional artwork. The original 2001 Gothic and its Valley of Mines campaign. Pictures show the original game, not Gothic Remake. Community patches, overhaul mods and the console Classic release can change controls or details beyond this guide.

↗

Gothic II digital coverGothic II ↗

01Gothic II / Khorinis startGothic II city entry, apprenticeships and master approvals

Earn access and income without confusing the city's several membership systems.

↗
02Gothic II / GuildsGothic II militia, mercenary and Fire Mage paths

Compare the three main allegiance routes and their later promotions.

↗
03Gothic II / Training & buildsGothic II learning points, weapon skill and useful teachers

Build around equipment requirements and the training costs of your edition.

↗
04Gothic II / Eye & dragonsGothic II Eye of Innos repair, charging and dragon route

Restore the amulet and prepare its charge before each dragon encounter.

↗
05Gothic II / CharactersGothic II Khorinis characters and major locations

Identify the people, factions or battlefield roles used throughout this guide.

↗
06Gothic II / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher screenshots and promotional artwork. The 2002 Gothic II main campaign, with Night of the Raven differences identified separately. Pictures show Gothic II: Gold Edition, which includes that expansion and its Jharkendar region. Gold changes balance, training costs and some quest routes compared with the original release.

↗

Assassin's Creed digital coverAssassin's Creed ↗

01Assassin's Creed / Investigations and targetsAssassin's Creed Investigations and targets: city assignment reference

Find the nine principal targets and the investigation loop that opens their assassinations.

↗
02Assassin's Creed / Stealth and escapeAssassin's Creed Stealth and escape: how to become anonymous

Understand profile controls, guard awareness and the hiding places used to end a chase.

↗
03Assassin's Creed / Weapons and combatAssassin's Creed Weapons and combat: hidden blade, sword and knives

Compare the original game’s weapon roles and the combat abilities restored through the story.

↗
04Assassin's Creed / Cities and collectiblesAssassin's Creed Cities and collectibles: viewpoints, flags and Templars

Separate story progress from the original game’s optional exploration targets.

↗
05Assassin's Creed / CharactersAssassin's Creed Characters: cast, allies and story roles

Identify the important Assassin's Creed characters and the relationships behind the campaign.

↗
06Assassin's Creed / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Assassin's Creed; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Assassin's Creed III digital coverAssassin's Creed III ↗

01Assassin's Creed III / Sequences and side activitiesAssassin's Creed III Sequences and side activities: when Connor takes over

Find the campaign’s major phases and distinguish optional systems from main memories.

↗
02Assassin's Creed III / Combat and notorietyAssassin's Creed III Combat and notoriety: counters, firing lines and pursuit

Understand Connor’s counter choices and the original city alert system.

↗
03Assassin's Creed III / Hunting and HomesteadAssassin's Creed III Hunting and Homestead: pelts, artisans and trade

Connect animal hunting with the Homestead’s crafting and convoy economy.

↗
04Assassin's Creed III / Naval and equipmentAssassin's Creed III Naval and equipment: Aquila weapons and Connor’s tools

Choose ship ammunition and field equipment by the obstacle in front of Connor.

↗
05Assassin's Creed III / CharactersAssassin's Creed III Characters: cast, allies and story roles

Identify the important Assassin's Creed III characters and the relationships behind the campaign.

↗
06Assassin's Creed III / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Assassin's Creed III; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Splinter Cell: Conviction digital coverSplinter Cell: Conviction ↗

01Splinter Cell: Conviction / Campaign orderSplinter Cell: Conviction Campaign order: Malta to the White House

Follow the original single-player chapters and recognize the Iraq flashback.

↗
02Splinter Cell: Conviction / Mark and ExecuteSplinter Cell: Conviction Mark and Execute: earning a charge and selecting targets

Understand why marked enemies sometimes cannot be executed.

↗
03Splinter Cell: Conviction / Shadows and Last Known PositionSplinter Cell: Conviction Shadows and Last Known Position: how to flank a search

Read concealment, the white silhouette and the enemy search response.

↗
04Splinter Cell: Conviction / Gadgets and Deniable OpsSplinter Cell: Conviction Gadgets and Deniable Ops: equipment and mode reference

Compare Conviction’s utility gadgets and historical repeatable modes.

↗
05Splinter Cell: Conviction / CharactersSplinter Cell: Conviction Characters: cast, allies and story roles

Identify the important Splinter Cell: Conviction characters and the relationships behind the campaign.

↗
06Splinter Cell: Conviction / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Splinter Cell: Conviction; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Splinter Cell: Blacklist digital coverSplinter Cell: Blacklist ↗

01Splinter Cell: Blacklist / Ghost, Panther and AssaultSplinter Cell: Blacklist Ghost, Panther and Assault: score styles explained

Choose a mission approach by the actions that feed each scoring category.

↗
02Splinter Cell: Blacklist / Campaign and PaladinSplinter Cell: Blacklist Campaign and Paladin: mission sequence and side assignments

Find the main operation order and understand the Paladin’s mission contacts.

↗
03Splinter Cell: Blacklist / Gadgets and loadoutsSplinter Cell: Blacklist Gadgets and loadouts: nonlethal tools, drones and weapons

Choose equipment around visibility, target handling and the route’s obstacles.

↗
04Splinter Cell: Blacklist / Collectibles and capturesSplinter Cell: Blacklist Collectibles and captures: laptops, dead drops and HVTs

Track Blacklist’s three recurring mission collection types without confusing their requirements.

↗
05Splinter Cell: Blacklist / CharactersSplinter Cell: Blacklist Characters: cast, allies and story roles

Identify the important Splinter Cell: Blacklist characters and the relationships behind the campaign.

↗
06Splinter Cell: Blacklist / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Splinter Cell: Blacklist; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Hitman: Absolution digital coverHitman: Absolution ↗

01Hitman: Absolution / Chapter orderHitman: Absolution Chapter order: all 20 story chapters

Use the original campaign’s chapter names to locate a replay or story milestone.

↗
02Hitman: Absolution / Disguises and InstinctHitman: Absolution Disguises and Instinct: why guards recognize 47

Understand uniform recognition, restricted access and Instinct blending.

↗
03Hitman: Absolution / Score and challengesHitman: Absolution Score and challenges: quiet kills, evidence and penalties

Read the difference between completing a chapter and earning a clean result.

↗
04Hitman: Absolution / Weapons and distractionsHitman: Absolution Weapons and distractions: fiber wire, pistols and objects

Choose tools that fit Absolution’s patrol and scoring systems.

↗
05Hitman: Absolution / CharactersHitman: Absolution Characters: cast, allies and story roles

Identify the important Hitman: Absolution characters and the relationships behind the campaign.

↗
06Hitman: Absolution / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Hitman: Absolution; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Tomb Raider: Underworld digital coverTomb Raider: Underworld ↗

01Tomb Raider: Underworld / Level orderTomb Raider: Underworld Level order: Mediterranean Sea to the Arctic

Follow the base campaign’s seven major locations and its connected artifact hunt.

↗
02Tomb Raider: Underworld / Grapple and movementTomb Raider: Underworld Grapple and movement: wall runs, poles and chimney jumps

Identify the movement tool a room is asking Lara to use.

↗
03Tomb Raider: Underworld / Weapons and Thor gearTomb Raider: Underworld Weapons and Thor gear: combat and artifact functions

Compare Lara’s firearms, underwater equipment and late-game artifacts.

↗
04Tomb Raider: Underworld / Treasures and puzzle toolsTomb Raider: Underworld Treasures and puzzle tools: sonar, relics and return visits

Use Lara’s exploration tools while separating optional finds from puzzle progression.

↗
05Tomb Raider: Underworld / CharactersTomb Raider: Underworld Characters: cast, allies and story roles

Identify the important Tomb Raider: Underworld characters and the relationships behind the campaign.

↗
06Tomb Raider: Underworld / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Tomb Raider: Underworld; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Tomb Raider (2013) digital coverTomb Raider (2013) ↗

01Tomb Raider (2013) / Optional tombsTomb Raider (2013) Optional tombs: all seven base-game tomb locations

Find each base-game optional tomb and distinguish the extra DLC tomb.

↗
02Tomb Raider (2013) / Gear and traversalTomb Raider (2013) Gear and traversal: rope arrows, climbing axe and barriers

Match the obstacle to the tool that opens it.

↗
03Tomb Raider (2013) / Weapons and skillsTomb Raider (2013) Weapons and skills: salvage, parts and the three skill trees

Spend Lara’s upgrade resources on the capabilities you use.

↗
04Tomb Raider (2013) / Collectibles and challengesTomb Raider (2013) Collectibles and challenges: documents, relics and map cleanup

Read regional completion without confusing hidden objects and environmental challenges.

↗
05Tomb Raider (2013) / CharactersTomb Raider (2013) Characters: cast, allies and story roles

Identify the important Tomb Raider (2013) characters and the relationships behind the campaign.

↗
06Tomb Raider (2013) / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Tomb Raider (2013); captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Max Payne 3 digital coverMax Payne 3 ↗

01Max Payne 3 / Health and Last Man StandingMax Payne 3 Health and Last Man Standing: how painkillers work

Understand healing and the final-chance shot before spending the last painkiller.

↗
02Max Payne 3 / Bullet Time and weaponsMax Payne 3 Bullet Time and weapons: carry slots and Shootdodge

Choose slow-motion actions and weapon combinations that keep Max ready after the first burst.

↗
03Max Payne 3 / Chapter landmarksMax Payne 3 Chapter landmarks: Brazil, New Jersey and the finale

Locate the campaign’s setting changes without confusing flashbacks with the current investigation.

↗
04Max Payne 3 / Golden guns and ArcadeMax Payne 3 Golden guns and Arcade: parts, clues and timed modes

Separate collection progress from Score Attack and New York Minute.

↗
05Max Payne 3 / CharactersMax Payne 3 Characters: cast, allies and story roles

Identify the important Max Payne 3 characters and the relationships behind the campaign.

↗
06Max Payne 3 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Max Payne 3; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Sleeping Dogs digital coverSleeping Dogs ↗

01Sleeping Dogs / Face, Cop and Triad XPSleeping Dogs Face, Cop and Triad XP: how the three tracks differ

Choose activities that advance the upgrade track you need.

↗
02Sleeping Dogs / Melee and gunplaySleeping Dogs Melee and gunplay: counters, grapples and vault shooting

Read enemy attacks and use the environment to control a group fight.

↗
03Sleeping Dogs / Shrines, statues and buffsSleeping Dogs Shrines, statues and buffs: permanent and temporary upgrades

Separate collectible benefits from consumable combat boosts.

↗
04Sleeping Dogs / Driving, cases and districtsSleeping Dogs Driving, cases and districts: city activities at a glance

Read mission colors, vehicle actions and Hong Kong’s main districts.

↗
05Sleeping Dogs / CharactersSleeping Dogs Characters: cast, allies and story roles

Identify the important Sleeping Dogs characters and the relationships behind the campaign.

↗
06Sleeping Dogs / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Sleeping Dogs; captions and edition notes identify the pictured release.

↗

Just Cause 2 digital coverJust Cause 2 ↗

01Just Cause 2 / Chaos & missionsJust Cause 2 Chaos guide: mission unlocks, factions and strongholds

Understand what opens Agency missions, faction jobs and new Black Market stock.

↗
02Just Cause 2 / Grapple & parachuteJust Cause 2 grapple and parachute guide: movement, tethers and hijacking

Use Rico’s reusable movement tools to climb, cross open ground and reach vehicles.

↗
03Just Cause 2 / Parts & upgradesJust Cause 2 Black Market guide: parts, armor and extraction

Separate purchased equipment, weapon upgrades, vehicle upgrades and health gains.

↗
04Just Cause 2 / Settlement completionJust Cause 2 settlement guide: missing items, signal meter and cleanup

Track a settlement’s remaining pickups and government structures without confusing discovery with completion.

↗
05Just Cause 2 / CharactersJust Cause 2 characters: cast and relationships

Identify the main Just Cause 2 characters and their roles in the story.

↗
06Just Cause 2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Just Cause 2; the captions and edition note identify the pictured release.

↗

Saints Row IV digital coverSaints Row IV ↗

01Saints Row IV / Powers & clustersSaints Row IV powers guide: Data Clusters, elements and movement

Choose power upgrades and understand how simulation abilities differ from ordinary character upgrades.

↗
02Saints Row IV / Weapons & combatSaints Row IV weapons guide: unusual guns and power combinations

Compare conventional weapons with the game’s signature experimental equipment.

↗
03Saints Row IV / ActivitiesSaints Row IV activities guide: races, Mayhem, rifts and hacking

Identify the objective behind each common simulation activity before chasing a medal.

↗
04Saints Row IV / Loyalty & finaleSaints Row IV loyalty guide: crew quests and Grand Finale preparation

Complete the seven loyalty missions before Grand Finale; ending-related information follows.

↗
05Saints Row IV / CharactersSaints Row IV characters: cast and relationships

Identify the main Saints Row IV characters and their roles in the story.

↗
06Saints Row IV / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Saints Row IV; the captions and edition note identify the pictured release.

↗

Mafia digital coverMafia ↗

01Mafia / Police & drivingMafia police guide: fines, arrests and the speed limiter

Understand original Mafia traffic enforcement and avoid turning a minor offence into a lethal pursuit.

↗
02Mafia / Weapons & ammunitionMafia weapons guide: magazines, cover and health

Manage the original game’s ammunition and medical supplies through slower, deliberate fights.

↗
03Mafia / Missions & raceMafia mission guide: preparation, Fairplay and optional car jobs

Prepare at Salieri’s bar and distinguish the original Fairplay race from the remake.

↗
04Mafia / Free Ride ExtremeMafia Free Ride Extreme guide: unlock and bonus cars

Unlock the original PC bonus mode and understand how its rewards carry into Free Ride.

↗
05Mafia / CharactersMafia characters: cast and relationships

Identify the main Mafia characters and their roles in the story.

↗
06Mafia / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Mafia; the captions and edition note identify the pictured release.

↗

Mafia II digital coverMafia II ↗

01Mafia II / Police & wanted statusMafia II wanted guide: clothes, plates and police recognition

Understand whether the police recognize Vito, his vehicle or both before trying to clear a pursuit.

↗
02Mafia II / Cars & garagesMafia II car guide: garages, repairs and money-making options

Store useful vehicles and distinguish a garage from repair and sale services.

↗
03Mafia II / Combat & healthMafia II combat guide: cover, weapons and recovery

Use Mafia II’s cover system and choose a weapon for the current distance.

↗
04Mafia II / Collectibles & chaptersMafia II collectibles guide: 50 magazines, 159 posters and chapter replay

Track the original campaign’s two collectible sets and recover missed chapter-specific items.

↗
05Mafia II / CharactersMafia II characters: cast and relationships

Identify the main Mafia II characters and their roles in the story.

↗
06Mafia II / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher artwork and screenshots for Mafia II; the captions and edition note identify the pictured release.

↗

Don't Starve digital coverDon't Starve ↗

01Don't Starve / First days guideDon't Starve first days: tools, light and a safe base

A compact first-days plan for the single-player base game.

↗
02Don't Starve / Winter guideDon't Starve winter guide: warmth, food and preparation

Prepare for the standard single-player winter without mixing in Reign of Giants seasons.

↗
03Don't Starve / Food guideDon't Starve food guide: Crock Pot recipes and monster meat

Four dependable base-game Crock Pot dishes and safe ingredient substitutions.

↗
04Don't Starve / Combat guideDon't Starve combat guide: armor, hounds and sanity

Read enemy openings and avoid preventable losses in the base single-player game.

↗
05Don't Starve / Characters guideDon't Starve characters: roles, abilities and story connections

Identify a selection of single-player survivors and the tradeoffs that change the opening days.

↗
06Don't Starve / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher pictures for Don't Starve. The original single-player survival game with its standard two-season world. Reign of Giants, Shipwrecked, Hamlet and Don't Starve Together change recipes, characters or seasons and are outside this reference. Pictures come from Klei's single-player Steam listing.

↗

The Binding of Isaac digital coverThe Binding of Isaac ↗

01The Binding of Isaac / Unlocks guideThe Binding of Isaac original character unlocks: Cain, Magdalene and Judas

Exact early unlock requirements for the 2011 Flash edition.

↗
02The Binding of Isaac / Items guideThe Binding of Isaac original items: active items, hearts and risky pickups

A selective original-edition reference for recognizable early items.

↗
03The Binding of Isaac / Rooms guideThe Binding of Isaac rooms guide: keys, shops and secret rooms

Understand common room doors and resource decisions in the original Flash game.

↗
04The Binding of Isaac / Bosses guideThe Binding of Isaac boss guide: Monstro, Duke of Flies, Mom and the Womb

A selective boss reference for an original-edition first clear.

↗
05The Binding of Isaac / Characters guideThe Binding of Isaac characters: roles, abilities and story connections

Starting equipment and health make these original-edition characters play differently even when they find the same item.

↗
06The Binding of Isaac / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher pictures for The Binding of Isaac. The 2011 Flash game and its free base-game updates. Wrath of the Lamb and its Eternal Edition changes are excluded unless named for comparison. Rebirth, Afterbirth and Repentance have different unlocks. Pictures are from the original Steam app, including one between-floor dream scene.

↗

Super Meat Boy digital coverSuper Meat Boy ↗

01Super Meat Boy / Dark World guideSuper Meat Boy A+ guide: how to unlock Dark World levels

Understand completion, A+ times and the harder parallel stages.

↗
02Super Meat Boy / Warp Zones guideSuper Meat Boy character Warp Zones: Commander Video, Jill, Ogmo and The Kid

Where to find the original character portals and what finishing them unlocks.

↗
03Super Meat Boy / Bandages guideSuper Meat Boy bandages guide: collection rules and route planning

Collect hard-to-reach bandages without losing them before the exit.

↗
04Super Meat Boy / Chapters guideSuper Meat Boy chapters and bosses: an at-a-glance campaign route

Track the original campaign and understand what changes in later worlds.

↗
05Super Meat Boy / Characters guideSuper Meat Boy characters: roles, abilities and story connections

The central cast and a few useful guest characters explain both the story and the movement options.

↗
06Super Meat Boy / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher pictures for Super Meat Boy. The original 2010 precision platformer, with the PC release as the character-roster reference. Xbox and later console guest rosters differ. Super Meat Boy Forever is a separate game. Steam pictures include an in-game story scene.

↗

Rogue Legacy digital coverRogue Legacy ↗

01Rogue Legacy / Classes guideRogue Legacy classes guide: Paladin, Barbarian, Mage and Assassin

Select an original-game heir by abilities, spell and survivability.

↗
02Rogue Legacy / Runes guideRogue Legacy runes: double jump, dash, Vampire and Siphon

Understand rune discoveries, purchases and movement combinations.

↗
03Rogue Legacy / Bosses guideRogue Legacy bosses and biomes: Khidr, Alexander, Ponce and Herodotus

Locate the original four biome bosses and prepare for their attack patterns.

↗
04Rogue Legacy / Upgrades guideRogue Legacy upgrades guide: gold, blueprints and the manor

Turn each failed attempt into permanent progress in the original game.

↗
05Rogue Legacy / Characters guideRogue Legacy characters: roles, abilities and story connections

The heir changes every run, while the courtyard services support permanent progress across the family line.

↗
06Rogue Legacy / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher pictures for Rogue Legacy. The original 2013 Rogue Legacy and its standard campaign. Rogue Legacy 2 heirlooms, Estuaries and biome gates do not apply. The Lament of Zors mod is outside this guide. Pictures are the original PC publisher assets.

↗

Trine digital coverTrine ↗

01Trine / Abilities guideTrine abilities guide: wizard boxes, thief grapple and knight shield

Choose a hero by the immediate obstacle in the first Trine campaign.

↗
02Trine / Puzzles guideTrine puzzle guide: boxes, planks, grapples and physics

A selective physics reference for common first-game obstacles.

↗
03Trine / Collectibles guideTrine experience and treasure guide: upgrades and replaying levels

Track experience, treasure chests and useful return visits in the original campaign.

↗
04Trine / Editions & co-op guideTrine original versus Enchanted Edition: co-op and saving

Know which first-game version you launched before following save or multiplayer instructions.

↗
05Trine / Characters guideTrine characters: roles, abilities and story connections

Trine revolves around three playable heroes and the artifact that binds them. The artifact is listed as a story figure, not a fourth playable class.

↗
06Trine / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher pictures for Trine. The 2009 Trine campaign. The gallery and cover show the later Enchanted Edition remake of that campaign, using Frozenbyte’s current Steam assets. Original-release rules are labeled where saving or co-op differs; these are not screenshots of the 2009 renderer.

↗

Trine 2 digital coverTrine 2 ↗

01Trine 2 / Skills guideTrine 2 skills guide: experience, upgrades and resetting points

Use skill resets to adapt the trio to difficult puzzles and battles.

↗
02Trine 2 / Puzzles guideTrine 2 puzzle guide: water, plants, pipes and gravity

Recognize common physics puzzle patterns in the second game.

↗
03Trine 2 / Chapters guideTrine 2 chapter guide: main campaign and Goblin Menace

Separate the original campaign from later Complete Story levels.

↗
04Trine 2 / Co-op guideTrine 2 co-op and checkpoints: reviving heroes and coordinating puzzles

Understand solo switching, multiplayer roles and checkpoint recovery.

↗
05Trine 2 / Characters guideTrine 2 characters: roles, abilities and story connections

The returning trio shares the playable role, while Rosabel and Isabel drive the main campaign’s fairy-tale mystery.

↗
06Trine 2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher pictures for Trine 2. The 2011 Trine 2 campaign, with Goblin Menace and Dwarven Caverns explicitly identified as later Complete Story content. Pictures and cover are Frozenbyte’s Complete Story publisher assets and can show expansion locations.

↗

Amnesia: The Dark Descent digital coverAmnesia: The Dark Descent ↗

01Amnesia: The Dark Descent / Endings guideAmnesia The Dark Descent endings: revenge, sacrifice and Agrippa

The decisive actions for the three Orb Chamber outcomes, with spoilers.

↗
02Amnesia: The Dark Descent / Survival guideAmnesia survival guide: oil, tinderboxes, sanity and hiding

Manage Daniel’s light and health without wasting scarce supplies.

↗
03Amnesia: The Dark Descent / Early puzzles guideAmnesia early puzzles: cellar chemicals and Machine Room preparation

A selective reference for the first major locked routes.

↗
04Amnesia: The Dark Descent / Monsters guideAmnesia monster guide: Grunts, Brutes, Kaernk and the Shadow

Recognize the threats and choose an escape response.

↗
05Amnesia: The Dark Descent / Characters guideAmnesia: The Dark Descent characters: roles, abilities and story connections

The central figures explain Daniel’s missing memories, the orb and the final choice. This directory includes story spoilers.

↗
06Amnesia: The Dark Descent / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher pictures for Amnesia: The Dark Descent. The 2010 Daniel campaign in normal play. Justine, A Machine for Pigs and the later Hard Mode have different rules and are outside this reference. Steam publisher pictures depict The Dark Descent; story and ending guides contain spoilers.

↗

Penumbra: Black Plague digital coverPenumbra: Black Plague ↗

01Penumbra: Black Plague / First puzzles guidePenumbra Black Plague first puzzles: coin, vent, soda and door 236

Concrete solutions for the opening cell and first shelter route.

↗
02Penumbra: Black Plague / Survival guidePenumbra Black Plague survival: glowstick, flashlight and infected patrols

Use light and physical hiding places while conserving supplies.

↗
03Penumbra: Black Plague / Route guidePenumbra Black Plague route guide: the shelter and major objectives

An overview of the campaign’s changing objectives, with selected early solutions.

↗
04Penumbra: Black Plague / Notes & artefacts guidePenumbra Black Plague notes and artefacts: early locations and tracking

A selective early document checklist and the difference between notes, collectibles and saves.

↗
05Penumbra: Black Plague / Characters guidePenumbra: Black Plague characters: roles, abilities and story connections

Philip’s allies and opponents are often encountered through voices, recordings or documents. The relationships below contain late-story context.

↗
06Penumbra: Black Plague / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher pictures for Penumbra: Black Plague. The 2008 Black Plague campaign, which continues Penumbra: Overture. Requiem is a separate puzzle expansion and is not covered. Images come from Frictional’s Black Plague Steam listing. Later story sections contain spoilers.

↗

Outlast digital coverOutlast ↗

01Outlast / Survival guideOutlast survival guide: can you fight, hide and save camera batteries?

The core rules for surviving the original Mount Massive campaign.

↗
02Outlast / Objectives guideOutlast objectives guide: basement generator, sprinklers and fuses

A selective reference for several commonly confusing multi-part objectives.

↗
03Outlast / Chapters guideOutlast chapter order: Mount Massive from Administration to the lab

Track the main campaign without confusing Whistleblower’s route.

↗
04Outlast / Evidence guideOutlast notes and documents: camera recording and collectible tracking

Understand how the two evidence systems work and where to pause for them.

↗
05Outlast / Characters guideOutlast characters: roles, abilities and story connections

Miles follows a tip into a Murkoff facility, where different figures pursue him, manipulate his route or explain the experiment.

↗
06Outlast / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher pictures for Outlast. The original 2013 Miles Upshur campaign. Whistleblower stars Waylon Park and has different routes; Outlast 2 and The Outlast Trials are separate games. Steam publisher pictures are used. Character and final-chapter references contain story spoilers.

↗

The Walking Dead digital coverThe Walking Dead ↗

01The Walking Dead / Choices guideThe Walking Dead Season One choices: Carley, Doug, Larry and Ben

Major first-season decisions and what they actually change, with spoilers.

↗
02The Walking Dead / Episodes guideThe Walking Dead Season One episode order and 400 Days

The correct main-story order and where the additional anthology fits.

↗
03The Walking Dead / Pharmacy puzzles guideThe Walking Dead Episode One puzzles: Carley’s radio and pharmacy keys

Resolve two common A New Day roadblocks without guessing at dialogue choices.

↗
04The Walking Dead / Ending guideThe Walking Dead Season One ending: can Lee survive?

Explain the final decisions and their limits, with major spoilers.

↗
05The Walking Dead / Characters guideThe Walking Dead characters: roles, abilities and story connections

This directory covers the central first-season group. Roles and relationships can change as the episodes progress.

↗
06The Walking Dead / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher pictures for The Walking Dead. Telltale’s original 2012 Season One starring Lee Everett, using the original Steam app’s pictures. The five main episodes are covered; 400 Days is identified separately. Definitive Series presentation, later seasons and the television story are outside this guide. Choice and ending pages contain spoilers.

↗

The Wolf Among Us digital coverThe Wolf Among Us ↗

01The Wolf Among Us / Book of Fables guideThe Wolf Among Us Book of Fables: missable entries and replay choices

Selected missable lore entries and a safe approach to replaying their branches.

↗
02The Wolf Among Us / Choices guideThe Wolf Among Us choices: Lawrence, Gren, Greenleaf and the Crooked Man

Understand the scope of several important decisions, with spoilers.

↗
03The Wolf Among Us / Episodes guideThe Wolf Among Us episode order and investigation locations

Find the five-episode sequence and the places that recur in the case.

↗
04The Wolf Among Us / Ending guideThe Wolf Among Us ending explained: Nerissa, Faith and the final choice

Separate explicit final events from the identity theories the ending invites.

↗
05The Wolf Among Us / Characters guideThe Wolf Among Us characters: roles, abilities and story connections

The key figures belong to Fabletown’s hidden community, where old fairy-tale identities coexist with present-day roles.

↗
06The Wolf Among Us / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher pictures for The Wolf Among Us. Telltale’s original five-episode season, released from 2013 to 2014. This is Bigby’s first game, separate from any sequel and from the later events of the Fables comics. Publisher pictures come from the original Steam app. Choice and ending sections contain spoilers.

↗

Brothers: A Tale of Two Sons digital coverBrothers: A Tale of Two Sons ↗

01Brothers: A Tale of Two Sons / Controls guideBrothers A Tale of Two Sons controls: move and interact with both brothers

The original game’s controller mapping and the most common coordination problems.

↗
02Brothers: A Tale of Two Sons / Puzzles guideBrothers puzzle guide: swimming, wheels, ropes and carrying

Use the brothers’ different strengths in recurring puzzle situations.

↗
03Brothers: A Tale of Two Sons / Achievements guideBrothers achievements: Love Birds, Black Sheep and optional discoveries

Selected original-game achievement actions and the two-part Love Birds requirement.

↗
04Brothers: A Tale of Two Sons / Ending guideBrothers ending guide: how to swim in the epilogue

The late-game control change explained, with major story spoilers.

↗
05Brothers: A Tale of Two Sons / Characters guideBrothers: A Tale of Two Sons characters: roles, abilities and story connections

The brothers communicate through gestures and a fictional language, while their different abilities make their relationship playable.

↗
06Brothers: A Tale of Two Sons / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher pictures for Brothers: A Tale of Two Sons. The original 2013 game, using the original Steam app’s pictures and one-player control scheme. The 2024 remake and its local co-op are separate; later ports can add their own controls or modes. The ending guide contains major spoilers.

↗

The Stanley Parable digital coverThe Stanley Parable ↗

01The Stanley Parable / Endings guideThe Stanley Parable 2013 endings: Freedom, Museum, Confusion and more

A selective route table for the original standalone game.

↗
02The Stanley Parable / Freedom route guideThe Stanley Parable Freedom route: boss keypad code 2845

The straightforward original-game route to the Freedom ending.

↗
03The Stanley Parable / Countdown guideThe Stanley Parable countdown ending: can you stop the bomb?

The original countdown has no normal button solution that disables the explosion.

↗
04The Stanley Parable / Achievements guideThe Stanley Parable 2013 achievements: door 430, 888 and Go Outside

Selected original achievement requirements, separated from Ultra Deluxe.

↗
05The Stanley Parable / Characters guideThe Stanley Parable characters: roles, abilities and story connections

The 2013 game’s cast is small, and some figures exist only within a particular ending or narrated scenario.

↗
06The Stanley Parable / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher pictures for The Stanley Parable. The standalone 2013 Galactic Cafe release on Steam, not the 2011 mod or 2022 Ultra Deluxe. Buckets, the Memory Zone, New Content doors and Ultra Deluxe’s epilogue are outside this guide. Original publisher screenshots are used. Ending routes contain spoilers.

↗

RollerCoaster Tycoon Deluxe digital coverRollerCoaster Tycoon Deluxe ↗

01RollerCoaster Tycoon Deluxe / Starting a parkRollerCoaster Tycoon Deluxe beginner guide and scenario objectives

Use the objective window, research choices and simple paths to open a working park.

↗
02RollerCoaster Tycoon Deluxe / Coaster designRollerCoaster Tycoon Deluxe coaster excitement, intensity and testing

Use test results to fix a coaster that guests refuse to ride.

↗
03RollerCoaster Tycoon Deluxe / Money & pricesRollerCoaster Tycoon Deluxe ride pricing, loans and running costs

Read profit after operating costs and avoid spending the entire loan at once.

↗
04RollerCoaster Tycoon Deluxe / Guests & pathsRollerCoaster Tycoon Deluxe paths, queues and guest happiness

Turn guest thoughts into a short list of practical park repairs.

↗
05RollerCoaster Tycoon Deluxe / Guests & staffRollerCoaster Tycoon Deluxe staff roles and patrol areas

RollerCoaster Tycoon Deluxe reference: Guest, Handyman, Mechanic and the rest of this guests & staff directory.

↗
06RollerCoaster Tycoon Deluxe / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher screenshots and promotional artwork. Original RollerCoaster Tycoon with Corkscrew Follies and Loopy Landscapes in the Deluxe package. Original game released in 1999; Deluxe is a later compilation. This is not RCT Classic or OpenRCT2.

↗

RollerCoaster Tycoon 2 digital coverRollerCoaster Tycoon 2 ↗

01RollerCoaster Tycoon 2 / Scenario guideRollerCoaster Tycoon 2 scenario objectives and beginner priorities

Build toward the actual objective before decorating or expanding.

↗
02RollerCoaster Tycoon 2 / Coaster operationsRollerCoaster Tycoon 2 coaster testing, stations and block brakes

Match train operation to the track before increasing capacity.

↗
03RollerCoaster Tycoon 2 / Park financesRollerCoaster Tycoon 2 ride prices, loans and research funding

Use monthly cash flow to decide which attraction to build next.

↗
04RollerCoaster Tycoon 2 / Paths & planningRollerCoaster Tycoon 2 queues, scenery and scenario editor planning

Keep the functional park readable even when building a themed landscape.

↗
05RollerCoaster Tycoon 2 / Guests & staffRollerCoaster Tycoon 2 staff jobs, patrols and visitor needs

RollerCoaster Tycoon 2 reference: Guest, Handyman, Mechanic and the rest of this guests & staff directory.

↗
06RollerCoaster Tycoon 2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher screenshots and promotional artwork. Original 2002 game as sold in Triple Thrill Pack with Wacky Worlds and Time Twister. These guides cover shared base-game management; OpenRCT2 features and cheats are excluded.

↗

SimCity 4 digital coverSimCity 4 ↗

01SimCity 4 / Starting a citySimCity 4 beginner city layout and RCI demand

Grow connected neighborhoods at a scale the budget can support.

↗
02SimCity 4 / TransportSimCity 4 traffic, commute times and transit choices

Connect homes to jobs and freight destinations with a coherent network.

↗
03SimCity 4 / Budget & servicesSimCity 4 utilities, schools, clinics and city budget

Scale operating costs to current demand while keeping essential networks working.

↗
04SimCity 4 / Regional growthSimCity 4 regions, land value and higher-wealth development

Use neighboring cities and education to support a growing region.

↗
05SimCity 4 / AdvisorsSimCity 4 advisors, My Sim and useful city reports

SimCity 4 reference: Neil Fairbanks, Monique Diamond, Jamil Herd and the rest of this advisors & residents directory.

↗
06SimCity 4 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher screenshots and promotional artwork. SimCity 4 Deluxe, including Rush Hour transport features. Covers the original simulation without Network Addon Mod or other gameplay modifications.

↗

Star Wars: Empire at War digital coverStar Wars: Empire at War ↗

01Star Wars: Empire at War / Galactic conquestStar Wars: Empire at War Galactic Conquest and campaign beginner guide

Connect planetary income, production and battles into a sustainable offensive.

↗
02Star Wars: Empire at War / Space battlesStar Wars: Empire at War ships, hardpoints and fleet counters

Use escort ships and targetable systems to control space battles.

↗
03Star Wars: Empire at War / Ground battlesStar Wars: Empire at War ground unit counters and reinforcement points

Keep landing zones secure while the attack moves toward the enemy base.

↗
04Star Wars: Empire at War / Factions & techStar Wars: Empire at War Rebel and Imperial technology differences

Plan production around the two factions of the base game.

↗
05Star Wars: Empire at War / HeroesStar Wars: Empire at War heroes and faction leaders

Star Wars: Empire at War reference: Darth Vader, Emperor Palpatine, Grand Moff Tarkin and the rest of this characters directory.

↗
06Star Wars: Empire at War / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher screenshots and promotional artwork. Original Empire at War campaigns and mechanics. Steam Gold Pack also includes Forces of Corruption; its Zann Consortium and expansion units are outside these base-game guides.

↗

Command & Conquer 3: Tiberium Wars digital coverCommand & Conquer 3: Tiberium Wars ↗

01Command & Conquer 3: Tiberium Wars / Build orderCommand & Conquer 3: Tiberium Wars beginner build order, power and Tiberium

Create a functioning economy before investing in advanced technology.

↗
02Command & Conquer 3: Tiberium Wars / Units & countersCommand & Conquer 3: Tiberium Wars GDI, Nod and Scrin unit counters

Build complementary roles instead of relying on one expensive unit.

↗
03Command & Conquer 3: Tiberium Wars / CampaignsCommand & Conquer 3: Tiberium Wars campaign order, bonus objectives and Scrin unlock

Follow mission conditions without accidentally ending a map before optional work is done.

↗
04Command & Conquer 3: Tiberium Wars / Base defenseCommand & Conquer 3: Tiberium Wars base defense, engineers and support powers

Protect the economy while using capture and support tools at the right moment.

↗
05Command & Conquer 3: Tiberium Wars / CharactersCommand & Conquer 3: Tiberium Wars campaign characters and faction command

Command & Conquer 3: Tiberium Wars reference: Kane, Kilian Qatar, Ajay and the rest of this characters directory.

↗
06Command & Conquer 3: Tiberium Wars / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher screenshots and promotional artwork. Original Tiberium Wars, excluding Kane's Wrath subfactions and units. Exact costs and combat balance depend on the installed patch; guides focus on shared systems.

↗

Command & Conquer: Red Alert 3 digital coverCommand & Conquer: Red Alert 3 ↗

01Command & Conquer: Red Alert 3 / Faction openingsCommand & Conquer: Red Alert 3 faction build systems and beginner openings

Learn how each faction places buildings before copying a build order.

↗
02Command & Conquer: Red Alert 3 / Technology & economyCommand & Conquer: Red Alert 3 technology tiers, ore and base expansion

Advance through the faction-specific technology system without starving production.

↗
03Command & Conquer: Red Alert 3 / Units & abilitiesCommand & Conquer: Red Alert 3 unit roles and secondary abilities

Treat alternate modes as part of each unit rather than optional decoration.

↗
04Command & Conquer: Red Alert 3 / CampaignsCommand & Conquer: Red Alert 3 campaign co-commanders and mission objectives

Coordinate the allied commander while keeping the mission goal in view.

↗
05Command & Conquer: Red Alert 3 / CharactersCommand & Conquer: Red Alert 3 commandos and campaign characters

Command & Conquer: Red Alert 3 reference: Tanya, Natasha, Yuriko Omega and the rest of this characters directory.

↗
06Command & Conquer: Red Alert 3 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher screenshots and promotional artwork. Original Red Alert 3, excluding the standalone Uprising campaigns and units. Guides describe gameplay systems; legacy online-service availability is not assumed.

↗

Supreme Commander digital coverSupreme Commander ↗

01Supreme Commander / Opening economySupreme Commander beginner build order and streaming economy

Read income, consumption and storage before adding more construction.

↗
02Supreme Commander / Resources & reclaimSupreme Commander reclaim, adjacency and resource upgrades

Use the map and careful construction to improve resource efficiency.

↗
03Supreme Commander / Units & technologySupreme Commander technology tiers, factories and experimentals

Build the support force that allows advanced units to reach the fight.

↗
04Supreme Commander / Defense & ACUSupreme Commander radar, shields and commander survival

Defend with information and resource capacity as well as weapons.

↗
05Supreme Commander / Factions & buildersSupreme Commander factions, ACU and engineers

Supreme Commander reference: UEF, Cybran Nation, Aeon Illuminate and the rest of this factions & builders directory.

↗
06Supreme Commander / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher screenshots and promotional artwork. Original Supreme Commander with UEF, Cybran and Aeon. Forged Alliance, Seraphim, FAF balance and Supreme Commander 2 research mechanics are excluded.

↗

Age of Wonders III digital coverAge of Wonders III ↗

01Age of Wonders III / Starting an empireAge of Wonders III beginner empire guide and first turns

Explore, clear useful sites and develop cities without overextending.

↗
02Age of Wonders III / Tactical combatAge of Wonders III combat movement, flanking and retaliation

Spend action points and position units to avoid costly counterattacks.

↗
03Age of Wonders III / Races & citiesAge of Wonders III original races and city recruitment

Separate racial units from the leader class that shapes the empire.

↗
04Age of Wonders III / Spells & heroesAge of Wonders III research, spellcasting and hero development

Choose improvements that support the army you can field now.

↗
05Age of Wonders III / Leader classesAge of Wonders III leader classes and army planning

Age of Wonders III reference: Sorcerer, Theocrat, Rogue and the rest of this leader classes directory.

↗
06Age of Wonders III / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher screenshots and promotional artwork. Base Age of Wonders III with its original six races and six leader classes. Golden Realms, Eternal Lords, Necromancer and expansion races are excluded.

↗

Tropico 4 digital coverTropico 4 ↗

01Tropico 4 / Starting an islandTropico 4 beginner economy and export priorities

Build a working supply chain before committing to expensive industry.

↗
02Tropico 4 / Industry & tradeTropico 4 factories, imports and export chains

Add processing only when transport and staffing can keep it operating.

↗
03Tropico 4 / Citizen needsTropico 4 happiness, housing, food and education

Use the Almanac to fix the needs that are pulling approval down.

↗
04Tropico 4 / PoliticsTropico 4 elections, ministers and edicts

Connect political promises to affordable improvements before voting day.

↗
05Tropico 4 / Political factionsTropico 4 political factions and their demands

Tropico 4 reference: Capitalists, Communists, Intellectuals and the rest of this political factions directory.

↗
06Tropico 4 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher screenshots and promotional artwork. Original Tropico 4 systems. Steam Special Edition imagery may include promotional disaster scenes; Modern Times timeline buildings and expansion systems are outside the guides.

↗

Anno 1404 digital coverAnno 1404 ↗

01Anno 1404 / Starting a settlementAnno 1404 beginner settlement, warehouses and needs

Build a small connected economy before spreading across several islands.

↗
02Anno 1404 / Production chainsAnno 1404 bread, tools and clothing production chains

Follow each input through the chain before adding another final workshop.

↗
03Anno 1404 / Trade routesAnno 1404 trade routes, local storage and ship cargo

Move the right goods to the right island without draining the source.

↗
04Anno 1404 / Orient & progressionAnno 1404 Oriental settlement and population progression

Use trade between cultures to support the higher tiers of the city.

↗
05Anno 1404 / Population tiersAnno 1404 population tiers and promotion planning

Anno 1404 reference: Peasants, Citizens, Patricians and the rest of this population tiers directory.

↗
06Anno 1404 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher screenshots and promotional artwork. Base Anno 1404 (also called Dawn of Discovery). Pictures show the 2020 History Edition. Venice multiplayer, espionage and city-council takeover mechanics are outside these guides.

↗

Anno 2070 digital coverAnno 2070 ↗

01Anno 2070 / Starting a cityAnno 2070 Eco and Tycoon beginner settlement guide

Build the right starting economy for the faction you selected.

↗
02Anno 2070 / Power & ecologyAnno 2070 production, energy and eco balance

Keep the industrial network running while managing its environmental effects.

↗
03Anno 2070 / Trade & islandsAnno 2070 trade routes, islands and warehouse logistics

Build supply routes that survive a full round trip.

↗
04Anno 2070 / Tech & researchAnno 2070 Tech research, laboratories and underwater expansion

Develop science as part of a supplied economy.

↗
05Anno 2070 / Factions & residentsAnno 2070 factions and population progression

Anno 2070 reference: Eden Initiative, Global Trust, S.A.A.T. and the rest of this factions & residents directory.

↗
06Anno 2070 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher screenshots and promotional artwork. Original Anno 2070 economy and factions. Deep Ocean's Genius tier and expansion-specific production are excluded. Online features and service availability are not assumed from the original manual.

↗

Plants vs. Zombies digital coverPlants vs. Zombies ↗

01Plants vs. Zombies / Beginner strategyPlants vs. Zombies beginner sun economy and lane defense

Build enough income to keep every threatened lane covered.

↗
02Plants vs. Zombies / Stage environmentsPlants vs. Zombies night, pool, fog and roof plant choices

Change the seed selection when the board changes.

↗
03Plants vs. Zombies / Zombie countersPlants vs. Zombies special zombie counters and emergency plants

Prepare an answer for the previewed zombie instead of reacting after it reaches the house.

↗
04Plants vs. Zombies / Modes & upgradesPlants vs. Zombies Adventure, Survival, puzzles and Zen Garden

Choose a side mode and spend coins on upgrades that help your next goal.

↗
05Plants vs. Zombies / PlantsPlants vs. Zombies plant roster, costs and practical roles

Plants vs. Zombies reference: Sunflower, Peashooter, Wall-nut and the rest of this plants directory.

↗
06Plants vs. Zombies / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher screenshots and promotional artwork. Original Plants vs. Zombies as sold in Game of the Year Edition. Covers Adventure and the original side modes; PvZ 2, Garden Warfare and Replanted additions are excluded.

↗

Dungeon Defenders digital coverDungeon Defenders ↗

01Dungeon Defenders / Beginner defenseDungeon Defenders beginner build phase, mana and crystal defense

Spend the opening mana on every approach before starting the wave.

↗
02Dungeon Defenders / Defense typesDungeon Defenders towers, traps, auras and elemental coverage

Combine the four starting heroes without leaving a resistance gap.

↗
03Dungeon Defenders / Gear & levelingDungeon Defenders equipment, upgrades and hero-versus-tower stats

Choose equipment for a role instead of taking every green comparison at face value.

↗
04Dungeon Defenders / Campaign & bossesDungeon Defenders original campaign stages and boss preparation

Keep ordinary waves covered while dealing with the boss mechanic.

↗
05Dungeon Defenders / Starting heroesDungeon Defenders Apprentice, Squire, Huntress and Monk roles

Dungeon Defenders reference: Apprentice, Squire, Huntress and the rest of this starting heroes directory.

↗
06Dungeon Defenders / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher screenshots and promotional artwork. Original Dungeon Defenders base campaign and four starting heroes. DLC heroes, Nightmare progression, Redux, Dungeon Defenders II and Awakened systems are excluded.

↗

Orcs Must Die! 2 digital coverOrcs Must Die! 2 ↗

01Orcs Must Die! 2 / Beginner defenseOrcs Must Die! 2 beginner trap layouts and choke points

Spend the first wave budget on one effective lane while keeping every route covered.

↗
02Orcs Must Die! 2 / Traps & combosOrcs Must Die! 2 trap combinations, weapons and control

Build a sequence of different effects that the hero can support.

↗
03Orcs Must Die! 2 / Enemy countersOrcs Must Die! 2 ogres, flyers, sappers and elemental threats

Choose counters before the wave reaches a vulnerable barricade or rift.

↗
04Orcs Must Die! 2 / Skulls & modesOrcs Must Die! 2 skull upgrades, replay goals and Endless mode

Improve a focused loadout and revise it for the next map.

↗
05Orcs Must Die! 2 / Heroes & enemiesOrcs Must Die! 2 War Mage, Sorceress and key enemies

Orcs Must Die! 2 reference: War Mage, Sorceress, Orc and the rest of this heroes & enemies directory.

↗
06Orcs Must Die! 2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher screenshots and promotional artwork. Original Orcs Must Die! 2 campaign and core systems. DLC-only traps, maps and enemies are not required; mechanics from Orcs Must Die! 3 and Deathtrap are excluded.

↗

Mass Effect 3 digital coverMass Effect 3 ↗

01Mass Effect 3 / Classes and loadoutsMass Effect 3 Classes and loadouts: choose a combat role

Compare all six Shepard classes and build a loadout around their powers.

↗
02Mass Effect 3 / Powers and defensesMass Effect 3 Powers and defenses: shields, barriers and armor

Match squad powers to protection layers and set up useful combinations.

↗
03Mass Effect 3 / Missions and war assetsMass Effect 3 Missions and war assets: original-game preparation

Track war assets without mixing original and Legendary Edition rules.

↗
04Mass Effect 3 / Weapons and NormandyMass Effect 3 Weapons and Normandy: upgrades and mission preparation

Prepare weapons, squad powers and equipment before returning to the field.

↗
05Mass Effect 3 / CharactersMass Effect 3 Characters: cast and story roles

Identify the principal Mass Effect 3 characters and their connections.

↗
06Mass Effect 3 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher-supplied pictures for Mass Effect 3; the edition note identifies the pictured release.

↗

Dragon Age II digital coverDragon Age II ↗

01Dragon Age II / Classes and partyDragon Age II Classes and party: Hawke builds and companion roles

Choose a class and construct a four-character party with complementary jobs.

↗
02Dragon Age II / Cross-class combosDragon Age II Cross-class combos: stagger, brittle and disorient

Understand the three setup states and how another class consumes them.

↗
03Dragon Age II / Acts and KirkwallDragon Age II Acts and Kirkwall: quests, districts and time

Organize the campaign by acts and revisit the right district at the right time.

↗
04Dragon Age II / Companions and equipmentDragon Age II Companions and equipment: rivalry, armor and tactics

Manage relationships and gear without treating every companion like Hawke.

↗
05Dragon Age II / CharactersDragon Age II Characters: cast and story roles

Identify the principal Dragon Age II characters and their connections.

↗
06Dragon Age II / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher-supplied pictures for Dragon Age II; the edition note identifies the pictured release.

↗

The Witcher digital coverThe Witcher ↗

01The Witcher / Combat styles and swordsThe Witcher Combat styles and swords: timed attack chains

Choose the correct sword, stance and rhythm for the first Witcher’s combat.

↗
02The Witcher / Signs and talentsThe Witcher Signs and talents: magic and character development

Compare the five signs and understand meditation-based talent spending.

↗
03The Witcher / Alchemy and monster knowledgeThe Witcher Alchemy and monster knowledge: potions, oils and harvesting

Prepare useful mixtures and unlock the ingredients contracts require.

↗
04The Witcher / Chapters and contractsThe Witcher Chapters and contracts: regions, journals and preparation

Keep chapter-specific tasks and monster contracts organized.

↗
05The Witcher / CharactersThe Witcher Characters: cast and story roles

Identify the principal The Witcher characters and their connections.

↗
06The Witcher / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher-supplied pictures for The Witcher; the edition note identifies the pictured release.

↗

The Witcher 2: Assassins of Kings digital coverThe Witcher 2: Assassins of Kings ↗

01The Witcher 2: Assassins of Kings / Combat and signsThe Witcher 2: Assassins of Kings Combat and signs: defense, positioning and vigor

Use the second game’s action combat without relying on the first game’s rhythm system.

↗
02The Witcher 2: Assassins of Kings / Alchemy and craftingThe Witcher 2: Assassins of Kings Alchemy and crafting: potions, bombs and diagrams

Prepare mixtures and distinguish alchemy from merchant crafting.

↗
03The Witcher 2: Assassins of Kings / Skill trees and buildsThe Witcher 2: Assassins of Kings Skill trees and builds: training, swords, signs and alchemy

Choose a development direction and use mutagens carefully.

↗
04The Witcher 2: Assassins of Kings / Story branches and contractsThe Witcher 2: Assassins of Kings Story branches and contracts: Roche, Iorveth and acts

Keep mutually exclusive routes and investigation tasks distinct.

↗
05The Witcher 2: Assassins of Kings / CharactersThe Witcher 2: Assassins of Kings Characters: cast and story roles

Identify the principal The Witcher 2: Assassins of Kings characters and their connections.

↗
06The Witcher 2: Assassins of Kings / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher-supplied pictures for The Witcher 2: Assassins of Kings; the edition note identifies the pictured release.

↗

Dragon's Dogma: Dark Arisen digital coverDragon's Dogma: Dark Arisen ↗

01Dragon's Dogma: Dark Arisen / Vocations and buildsDragon's Dogma: Dark Arisen Vocations and builds: nine classes and pawn restrictions

Compare basic, advanced and hybrid vocations in the first Dark Arisen.

↗
02Dragon's Dogma: Dark Arisen / Pawns and partyDragon's Dogma: Dark Arisen Pawns and party: hiring, roles and survival

Build a balanced four-member group and keep hired support relevant.

↗
03Dragon's Dogma: Dark Arisen / Travel and monster combatDragon's Dogma: Dark Arisen Travel and monster combat: stamina, climbing and supplies

Prepare Gransys journeys and exploit large enemies without exhausting the party.

↗
04Dragon's Dogma: Dark Arisen / Bitterblack IsleDragon's Dogma: Dark Arisen Bitterblack Isle: cursed items and expedition planning

Understand Dark Arisen’s expansion island and prepare for its harsher encounters.

↗
05Dragon's Dogma: Dark Arisen / CharactersDragon's Dogma: Dark Arisen Characters: cast and story roles

Identify the principal Dragon's Dogma: Dark Arisen characters and their connections.

↗
06Dragon's Dogma: Dark Arisen / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher-supplied pictures for Dragon's Dogma: Dark Arisen; the edition note identifies the pictured release.

↗

Risen digital coverRisen ↗

01Risen / Factions and joiningRisen Factions and joining: bandit, Order warrior or mage

Understand the career choices before committing to Faranga’s factions.

↗
02Risen / Combat and trainingRisen Combat and training: teachers, weapons and learning points

Turn levels into a coherent build and survive the first difficult fights.

↗
03Risen / Magic and craftingRisen Magic and crafting: crystals, runes and useful scrolls

Separate permanent magic training from scrolls and practical crafting skills.

↗
04Risen / Faranga and questingRisen Faranga and questing: exploration, ruins and supplies

Navigate an island that rewards returning with better tools.

↗
05Risen / CharactersRisen Characters: cast and story roles

Identify the principal Risen characters and their connections.

↗
06Risen / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher-supplied pictures for Risen; the edition note identifies the pictured release.

↗

Gothic 3 digital coverGothic 3 ↗

01Gothic 3 / Regions and factionsGothic 3 Regions and factions: Myrtana, Varant and Nordmar

Compare the mainland’s three regions and the interests competing within them.

↗
02Gothic 3 / Reputation and liberationGothic 3 Reputation and liberation: local access and lasting consequences

Keep city reputation, faction standing and hostility separate.

↗
03Gothic 3 / Training and combatGothic 3 Training and combat: attributes, weapons and magic

Develop a focused mainland build with teachers and appropriate resources.

↗
04Gothic 3 / Quests, crafting and travelGothic 3 Quests, crafting and travel: keep the mainland organized

Use journals, teachers, recipes and teleport stones efficiently.

↗
05Gothic 3 / CharactersGothic 3 Characters: cast and story roles

Identify the principal Gothic 3 characters and their connections.

↗
06Gothic 3 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher-supplied pictures for Gothic 3; the edition note identifies the pictured release.

↗

Divinity: Original Sin digital coverDivinity: Original Sin ↗

01Divinity: Original Sin / Party builds and skillsDivinity: Original Sin Party builds and skills: two Source Hunters and companions

Build a balanced Classic party without treating the opening presets as fixed classes.

↗
02Divinity: Original Sin / Action points and surfacesDivinity: Original Sin Action points and surfaces: turns, water and fire

Spend turns efficiently and use elemental interactions without endangering allies.

↗
03Divinity: Original Sin / Cyseal and explorationDivinity: Original Sin Cyseal and exploration: investigation, routes and pyramids

Organize the murder inquiry and leave town with a prepared party.

↗
04Divinity: Original Sin / Crafting and equipmentDivinity: Original Sin Crafting and equipment: identification, repairs and utility

Use the Classic crafting system and share noncombat work across the party.

↗
05Divinity: Original Sin / CharactersDivinity: Original Sin Characters: cast and story roles

Identify the principal Divinity: Original Sin characters and their connections.

↗
06Divinity: Original Sin / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher-supplied pictures for Divinity: Original Sin; the edition note identifies the pictured release.

↗

Divine Divinity digital coverDivine Divinity ↗

01Divine Divinity / Classes and skillsDivine Divinity Classes and skills: warrior, mage and survivor

Choose a starting profession while preserving the game’s flexible skill development.

↗
02Divine Divinity / Combat and survivalDivine Divinity Combat and survival: pause, resistances and recovery

Handle real-time fights with a deliberate spell and item plan.

↗
03Divine Divinity / Aleroth and quest progressionDivine Divinity Aleroth and quest progression: healers, catacombs and travel

Start in the healer village and preserve useful quest information.

↗
04Divine Divinity / Equipment, trading and alchemyDivine Divinity Equipment, trading and alchemy: inventory decisions

Keep useful loot, maintain gear and support the build with consumables.

↗
05Divine Divinity / CharactersDivine Divinity Characters: cast and story roles

Identify the principal Divine Divinity characters and their connections.

↗
06Divine Divinity / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher-supplied pictures for Divine Divinity; the edition note identifies the pictured release.

↗

Mount & Blade: Warband digital coverMount & Blade: Warband ↗

01Mount & Blade: Warband / Factions and troopsMount & Blade: Warband Factions and troops: six kingdoms and army roles

Choose troop lines for their battlefield purpose in Native Warband.

↗
02Mount & Blade: Warband / Combat and siegesMount & Blade: Warband Combat and sieges: formations, horses and attack direction

Use Native Warband’s directional combat and troop orders effectively.

↗
03Mount & Blade: Warband / Money, food and moraleMount & Blade: Warband Money, food and morale: sustain a growing warband

Build an income plan before expanding troop numbers and wages.

↗
04Mount & Blade: Warband / Companions and kingdomsMount & Blade: Warband Companions and kingdoms: party skills and political routes

Develop specialists and understand the steps toward land and independent rule.

↗
05Mount & Blade: Warband / CharactersMount & Blade: Warband Characters: cast and story roles

Identify the principal Mount & Blade: Warband characters and their connections.

↗
06Mount & Blade: Warband / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher-supplied pictures for Mount & Blade: Warband; the edition note identifies the pictured release.

↗

Magicka digital coverMagicka ↗

01Magicka / Elements and combinationsMagicka Elements and combinations: all eight base elements

Build useful spells from the original game’s elemental vocabulary.

↗
02Magicka / Casting forms and controlsMagicka Casting forms and controls: forward, self, area and weapon

Turn one set of elements into different practical spell forms.

↗
03Magicka / Wards, healing and statusMagicka Wards, healing and status: survive your own magic

Respond to wetness, burning and friendly fire with the right defensive action.

↗
04Magicka / Campaign and co-opMagicka Campaign and co-op: checkpoints, Revive and friendly fire

Coordinate a wizard group through the original adventure.

↗
05Magicka / CharactersMagicka Characters: cast and story roles

Identify the principal Magicka characters and their connections.

↗
06Magicka / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher-supplied pictures for Magicka; the edition note identifies the pictured release.

↗

Dungeon Siege III digital coverDungeon Siege III ↗

01Dungeon Siege III / Heroes and stancesDungeon Siege III Heroes and stances: Lucas, Anjali, Katarina and Reinhart

Compare the four fixed protagonists and their alternate combat approaches.

↗
02Dungeon Siege III / Focus, Power and defenseDungeon Siege III Focus, Power and defense: the combat resource loop

Understand what builds each resource and what spends it.

↗
03Dungeon Siege III / Abilities, proficiencies and gearDungeon Siege III Abilities, proficiencies and gear: build a focused hero

Separate new abilities, their proficiency upgrades and passive talents.

↗
04Dungeon Siege III / Quests and co-opDungeon Siege III Quests and co-op: shared campaign and Legion decisions

Follow the story and understand the host-centered cooperative campaign.

↗
05Dungeon Siege III / CharactersDungeon Siege III Characters: cast and story roles

Identify the principal Dungeon Siege III characters and their connections.

↗
06Dungeon Siege III / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher-supplied pictures for Dungeon Siege III; the edition note identifies the pictured release.

↗

Kingdoms of Amalur: Reckoning digital coverKingdoms of Amalur: Reckoning ↗

01Kingdoms of Amalur: Reckoning / Destinies and buildsKingdoms of Amalur: Reckoning Destinies and builds: Might, Finesse and Sorcery

Unlock Destiny cards and rebuild a character with a Fateweaver.

↗
02Kingdoms of Amalur: Reckoning / Weapons and ReckoningKingdoms of Amalur: Reckoning Weapons and Reckoning: combat chains and Fateshift

Combine weapon roles and use Fate energy deliberately.

↗
03Kingdoms of Amalur: Reckoning / Skills and craftingKingdoms of Amalur: Reckoning Skills and crafting: detect hidden, alchemy and equipment

Prioritize noncombat skills and build useful crafted gear.

↗
04Kingdoms of Amalur: Reckoning / Factions and explorationKingdoms of Amalur: Reckoning Factions and exploration: guild stories, loot and regions

Organize optional faction lines alongside the main Tuatha war.

↗
05Kingdoms of Amalur: Reckoning / CharactersKingdoms of Amalur: Reckoning Characters: cast and story roles

Identify the principal Kingdoms of Amalur: Reckoning characters and their connections.

↗
06Kingdoms of Amalur: Reckoning / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher-supplied pictures for Kingdoms of Amalur: Reckoning; the edition note identifies the pictured release.

↗

BattleBlock Theater digital coverBattleBlock Theater ↗

01BattleBlock Theater / Gems & yarn guideBattleBlock Theater gems and yarn guide: currency, exits and unlocks

Separate stage completion from optional collection and Gift Shop purchases.

↗
02BattleBlock Theater / Co-op guideBattleBlock Theater co-op guide: throws, assists and stage roles

Coordinate two performers without knocking each other into hazards.

↗
03BattleBlock Theater / Weapons guideBattleBlock Theater weapons guide: control enemies and create room

Use a two-weapon loadout as part of platforming rather than a reason to stand beside hazards.

↗
04BattleBlock Theater / Modes guideBattleBlock Theater modes guide: Story, Arena, Insane and custom levels

Choose the right mode for progression, competition or level creation.

↗
05BattleBlock Theater / Characters guideBattleBlock Theater characters: cast and roles

The cast mixes playable prisoners with story figures and stage enemies. A prisoner’s head choice does not replace the player’s selected weapons.

↗
06BattleBlock Theater / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

BattleBlock Theater publisher gallery. The 2013 game, using the Steam PC edition for reference. Steam now advertises a Quality of Life Remaster with campaign changes; this gallery is from that current publisher listing. Exact collectible coordinates in older Xbox 360 guides may differ.

↗

VVVVVV digital coverVVVVVV ↗

01VVVVVV / Controls guideVVVVVV gravity controls guide: flips, checkpoints and safe landings

Understand gravity reversal before chasing difficult trinkets.

↗
02VVVVVV / Exploration guideVVVVVV exploration guide: map, teleporters and rescue routes

Make steady rescue progress without treating every visible gap as a missing upgrade.

↗
03VVVVVV / Trinkets guideVVVVVV shiny trinkets guide: optional challenges and Veni Vidi Vici

Plan optional collection without turning every rescue attempt into a completion run.

↗
04VVVVVV / Extra modes guideVVVVVV challenge modes guide: time trials, no death and custom levels

Choose an extra challenge that matches the skill you want to practise.

↗
05VVVVVV / Characters guideVVVVVV characters: cast and roles

Viridian is the playable captain; the other five named crew members are rescue objectives and story companions. This is a crew reference rather than a selectable-class list.

↗
06VVVVVV / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

VVVVVV publisher gallery. The original VVVVVV campaign, illustrated with publisher PC screenshots. Extra modes and user-made levels are distinct from the main rescue campaign.

↗

Mark of the Ninja digital coverMark of the Ninja ↗

01Mark of the Ninja / Stealth guideMark of the Ninja stealth guide: light, sound and hiding bodies

Read the information on screen before committing to a guard encounter.

↗
02Mark of the Ninja / Tools guideMark of the Ninja tools guide: darts, distractions, smoke and traps

Pick equipment that supports the route and the mission’s optional objectives.

↗
03Mark of the Ninja / Collectibles guideMark of the Ninja seals and scrolls guide: scoring and optional objectives

Separate score targets, mission seals and hidden scrolls when replaying a level.

↗
04Mark of the Ninja / New Game Plus guideMark of the Ninja New Game Plus guide: route knowledge and reduced information

Prepare a second campaign after finishing the original story.

↗
05Mark of the Ninja / Characters guideMark of the Ninja characters: cast and roles

The story follows a single playable ninja and the people shaping his mission. The directory avoids revealing the final choice and its interpretation.

↗
06Mark of the Ninja / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Mark of the Ninja publisher gallery. Original 2012 Mark of the Ninja on PC, using the original Steam app’s screenshots. Remastered and the Special Edition DLC add content; this reference focuses on the base campaign.

↗

Guacamelee! digital coverGuacamelee! ↗

01Guacamelee! / Abilities guideGuacamelee! abilities guide: colored blocks and wrestling moves

Use combat abilities to identify the route through colored barriers.

↗
02Guacamelee! / Combat guideGuacamelee! combat guide: shields, throws and dimension switching

Break the correct defense before extending a combo.

↗
03Guacamelee! / Exploration guideGuacamelee! exploration guide: dimensions, chicken passages and backtracking

Read the map and return with a new ability instead of forcing every dead end.

↗
04Guacamelee! / Co-op & trials guideGuacamelee! co-op and El Infierno guide: challenges and costumes

Understand Gold Edition’s local partner play and optional challenge expansion.

↗
05Guacamelee! / Characters guideGuacamelee! characters: cast and roles

Juan and Tostada are linked to playable combat; Uay Chivo teaches abilities, while Calaca and the rescue story explain the journey between dimensions.

↗
06Guacamelee! / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Guacamelee! publisher gallery. The 2013 game using Guacamelee! Gold Edition on PC, including El Infierno. Super Turbo Championship Edition adds powers and areas; its Intenso system and extra map content are outside this guide. Pictures show Gold Edition.

↗

Dust: An Elysian Tail digital coverDust: An Elysian Tail ↗

01Dust: An Elysian Tail / Combat guideDust: An Elysian Tail combat guide: Dust Storm, Fidget and the four stats

Use the game’s signature projectile-and-sword combination without exhausting Dust.

↗
02Dust: An Elysian Tail / Abilities guideDust: An Elysian Tail ability locations: slide, Iron Grip, Double Jump and Boost Jump

Use the story region and obstacle type to identify a missing traversal power.

↗
03Dust: An Elysian Tail / Crafting guideDust: An Elysian Tail crafting and shops guide: blueprints, materials and equipment

Build a reusable material supply instead of selling every monster drop.

↗
04Dust: An Elysian Tail / Treasure guideDust: An Elysian Tail treasure and side quests guide: keys, cages and challenge arenas

Separate ordinary chest rewards, rescued friends and arena score goals.

↗
05Dust: An Elysian Tail / Characters guideDust: An Elysian Tail characters: cast and roles

Dust, Fidget and Ahrah form the traveling trio. Villagers and craftspeople provide story context, quests and equipment services rather than a selectable party roster.

↗
06Dust: An Elysian Tail / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Dust: An Elysian Tail publisher gallery. The original campaign, illustrated with publisher PC screenshots. Ability locations refer to the main story regions rather than a speedrun sequence break.

↗

Deadlight digital coverDeadlight ↗

01Deadlight / Survival guideDeadlight survival guide: stamina, taunts and escaping Shadows

Preserve movement options before committing to a melee fight.

↗
02Deadlight / Weapons guideDeadlight weapons guide: axe, revolver and shotgun

Keep ammunition for the encounters that cannot be bypassed.

↗
03Deadlight / Collectibles guideDeadlight collectibles guide: diary pages, IDs and handheld games

Track distinct collectible types and the three playable handheld titles.

↗
04Deadlight / Nightmare guideDeadlight Nightmare and route guide: original PC difficulty

Know the original campaign route before attempting the harsher PC challenge.

↗
05Deadlight / Characters guideDeadlight characters: cast and roles

Randall is the sole playable survivor. His companions, the Rat and his missing family provide the story’s changing objectives; this directory avoids its final revelation.

↗
06Deadlight / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Deadlight publisher gallery. Original 2012 Deadlight and its PC Nightmare mode. Director’s Cut adds Survival Arena and other changes; those additions are not covered. Screenshots come from the original Steam app.

↗

The Swapper digital coverThe Swapper ↗

01The Swapper / Clones guideThe Swapper clone controls guide: four bodies, aiming and safe swaps

Separate creating a body from transferring control into it.

↗
02The Swapper / Lights guideThe Swapper colored light guide: blue, red, purple and cleansing fields

Use the light color to identify which Swapper action is blocked.

↗
03The Swapper / Switches guideThe Swapper pressure plate puzzle guide: offsets and final-body planning

Work backward from the orb and keep only the switches that must stay held.

↗
04The Swapper / Station route guideThe Swapper station and gravity guide: orbs, teleporters and inverted rooms

Read the map and treat reverse gravity as a local change to each body.

↗
05The Swapper / Characters guideThe Swapper characters: cast and roles

The Swapper intentionally complicates identity. This directory describes roles without assigning a definitive identity to every body or spoiling the final decision.

↗
06The Swapper / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

The Swapper publisher gallery. The original 2013 puzzle adventure, illustrated with publisher PC screenshots. The character directory labels bodies, Watchers and station roles without revealing the final identity twist.

↗

Antichamber digital coverAntichamber ↗

01Antichamber / Matter guns guideAntichamber matter gun guide: blue, green, yellow and red abilities

Identify which tool can solve a cube barrier before revisiting it.

↗
02Antichamber / Room hints guideAntichamber room hints: Leap of Faith, stairs and perspective tricks

Try the rule implied by the room before treating it as a precision jump.

↗
03Antichamber / Map guideAntichamber map guide: hub returns, branches and revisiting rooms

Use named nodes and tool requirements to organize a nonlinear first playthrough.

↗
04Antichamber / Cube puzzles guideAntichamber cube puzzle guide: beams, bridges and farming blocks

Build only what the room needs, and keep the final route accessible.

↗
05Antichamber / Objects & figures guideAntichamber objects and presences: tools, signs and the explorer

Antichamber has no conventional selectable hero roster. The useful directory is the explorer, tools, wall signs and the recurring black presence that shape its puzzles.

↗
06Antichamber / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Antichamber publisher gallery. The original 2013 release, using publisher PC screenshots. This reference gives selected room hints and the main gun progression; it does not assume normal physical geography.

↗

Gone Home digital coverGone Home ↗

01Gone Home / Codes & keys guideGone Home codes and keys: Sam’s locker, Dad’s cabinet and Oscar’s safe

A concise solution table for the house’s main locks.

↗
02Gone Home / Main route guideGone Home walkthrough route: porch, basement, greenhouse and attic

Follow the important access chain while leaving time to read the house.

↗
03Gone Home / Family evidence guideGone Home journal and evidence guide: Sam, Terry, Janice and Oscar

Distinguish the central journal from the house’s optional family histories.

↗
04Gone Home / Replay & extras guideGone Home commentary and replay guide: modifiers, journals and optional secrets

Choose a second visit focused on missed evidence or developer commentary.

↗
05Gone Home / Characters guideGone Home characters: cast and roles

Katie is the player’s viewpoint, while Sam’s journals describe the central relationship with Lonnie. Terry and Janice have separate stories visible through their possessions.

↗
06Gone Home / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Gone Home publisher gallery. The original Gone Home story with the updated PC release’s commentary and achievement features. Route and code pages contain puzzle spoilers; the family guide discusses relationships without quoting the final journal.

↗

To the Moon digital coverTo the Moon ↗

01To the Moon / Mementos guideTo the Moon memory links and mementos guide: how each memory works

Understand the repeatable investigation loop and the tile-flipping puzzle.

↗
02To the Moon / Early route guideTo the Moon early memory walkthrough: lighthouse, flowers and pickled olives

A targeted reference for the first recurring memory objects.

↗
03To the Moon / Story objects guideTo the Moon story objects guide: rabbits, platypus, Anya and the piano

Track recurring objects without flattening the story into one unexplained twist.

↗
04To the Moon / Story route guideTo the Moon chapter guide: investigation, memory barrier and wish fulfillment

Understand the three-act structure and where the next interaction is likely to be.

↗
05To the Moon / Characters guideTo the Moon characters: cast and roles

Eva and Neil investigate; Johnny is the patient whose memories they enter. River and the people around the couple explain why particular objects recur.

↗
06To the Moon / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

To the Moon publisher gallery. The original 2011 pixel-art adventure, illustrated with publisher PC screenshots. The standalone Beach Episode, Finding Paradise and Impostor Factory are separate stories. Memory-route pages contain early-story spoilers.

↗

World of Goo digital coverWorld of Goo ↗

01World of Goo / Building guideWorld of Goo building guide: stable towers, bridges and pipe collection

Spend fewer balls by giving each structural connection a purpose.

↗
02World of Goo / Goo types guideWorld of Goo Goo Ball types: Common, Ivy, Albino, Balloon and more

Choose a building method that matches the species available in the level.

↗
03World of Goo / Early levels guideWorld of Goo Chapter 1 guide: Going Up, Small Divide, Hang Low and Flying Machine

Recognize the building idea introduced by each early challenge.

↗
04World of Goo / OCD & towers guideWorld of Goo OCD and tower guide: ball counts, moves and time goals

Separate a normal clear from the level’s optional optimization condition.

↗
05World of Goo / Characters guideWorld of Goo characters and chapters: Sign Painter, Goo and MOM

The game’s cast includes a guiding writer, the Goo themselves and fictional corporate or digital entities. They frame the level sequence rather than acting as selectable heroes.

↗
06World of Goo / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

World of Goo publisher gallery. The original World of Goo campaign using publisher PC screenshots. World of Goo 2 introduces different creatures and fluid systems; they are not part of this reference.

↗

Little Inferno digital coverLittle Inferno ↗

01Little Inferno / Combos guideLittle Inferno combo recipes: Bike Pirate, Movie Night and early catalog pairs

Eight original-campaign combinations to clear early combo requirements.

↗
02Little Inferno / Catalogs guideLittle Inferno catalog guide: order, prices and early unlock requirements

Use the catalog sequence to find an item without scanning the entire shop.

↗
03Little Inferno / Stamps & items guideLittle Inferno stamps and item behavior guide: deliveries, heat and experiments

Use delivery stamps on the missing ingredient that completes a planned experiment.

↗
04Little Inferno / Ending guideLittle Inferno ending guide: the four items and the free-hug coupon

Spoiler-marked practical steps for leaving the fireplace.

↗
05Little Inferno / Characters guideLittle Inferno characters: cast and roles

Letters connect the otherwise isolated player to Sugar Plumps, Miss Nancy and the Weather Man. Each writer has a different purpose in the story.

↗
06Little Inferno / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Little Inferno publisher gallery. The original English-language campaign, not the Ho Ho Holiday expansion or the altered Japanese Wii U combo list. Gallery images are the publisher’s original promotional screenshots and retain their review overlays.

↗

Darksiders digital coverDarksiders ↗

01Darksiders / Weapons & tools guideDarksiders weapons and tools: dungeon locations and blocked routes

Identify the equipment required by crystals, grapple points and portal surfaces.

↗
02Darksiders / Bosses guideDarksiders boss guide: Tiamat, Griever, Stygian and Silitha

Use the tool and arena mechanic associated with each of Samael’s targets.

↗
03Darksiders / Upgrades guideDarksiders upgrades and souls guide: Vulgrim, Wrath and weapon growth

Spend currency on moves and survival tools you will actually use.

↗
04Darksiders / Collectibles guideDarksiders collectibles guide: Lifestones, Wrath cores, artifacts and armor

Know which discoveries improve capacity and which are traded or assembled.

↗
05Darksiders / Characters guideDarksiders characters: cast and roles

War is the first game’s playable Horseman. The Watcher, Vulgrim, Samael, Ulthane and Uriel represent different obligations and interests around his investigation.

↗
06Darksiders / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Darksiders publisher gallery. The original 2010 campaign, illustrated with the original PC Steam app’s screenshots. Warmastered Edition upgrades presentation; Darksiders II, III and Genesis have different heroes and progression systems.

↗

Command & Conquer: Generals digital coverCommand & Conquer: Generals ↗

01Command & Conquer: Generals / Getting startedCommand & Conquer: Generals beginner build order and supply guide

Build an economy that can keep producing while your first units scout.

↗
02Command & Conquer: Generals / Economy & powerCommand & Conquer: Generals supplies, power and secondary income

Keep collectors working and match power demand to your faction.

↗
03Command & Conquer: Generals / Units & factionsCommand & Conquer: Generals units & factions guide

Compare the roles and limitations of Command & Conquer: Generals forces.

↗
04Command & Conquer: Generals / Counters & combatCommand & Conquer: Generals unit counters, garrisons and artillery

Make target selection and positioning do more of the work than raw unit count.

↗
05Command & Conquer: Generals / General abilitiesCommand & Conquer: Generals General points and late-game attack planning

Spend promotions on abilities that support the next engagement.

↗
06Command & Conquer: Generals / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original game screenshots and publisher artwork; archival prerelease images are identified in their captions. Original 2003 Generals for PC. Zero Hour is a separate expansion; its generals, units and challenge mode are outside this guide.

↗

Command & Conquer: Red Alert 2 digital coverCommand & Conquer: Red Alert 2 ↗

01Command & Conquer: Red Alert 2 / Getting startedCommand & Conquer: Red Alert 2 beginner build order, ore and power

Build a working base before committing to a large assault.

↗
02Command & Conquer: Red Alert 2 / Unit countersCommand & Conquer: Red Alert 2 Allied and Soviet unit counters

Compare battlefield roles without importing Yuri's Revenge units.

↗
03Command & Conquer: Red Alert 2 / Units & specialistsCommand & Conquer: Red Alert 2 units & specialists guide

Compare the roles and limitations of Command & Conquer: Red Alert 2 forces.

↗
04Command & Conquer: Red Alert 2 / Air & navyCommand & Conquer: Red Alert 2 naval units, aircraft and amphibious assaults

Bring the correct screen before sending bombardment ships toward shore.

↗
05Command & Conquer: Red Alert 2 / Base defenseCommand & Conquer: Red Alert 2 superweapons, power and base defense

Protect the economy and use support weapons with a follow-up ready.

↗
06Command & Conquer: Red Alert 2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original game screenshots and publisher artwork; archival prerelease images are identified in their captions. Original Red Alert 2 (2000), supplied in the modern Red Alert 2 and Yuri's Revenge package. The guide covers Allies and Soviets; Yuri's Revenge adds a separate faction and altered roster.

↗

Command & Conquer: Tiberian Sun digital coverCommand & Conquer: Tiberian Sun ↗

01Command & Conquer: Tiberian Sun / Getting startedCommand & Conquer: Tiberian Sun beginner base and Tiberium economy guide

Start production without exposing the one vehicle that funds it.

↗
02Command & Conquer: Tiberian Sun / GDI & Nod countersCommand & Conquer: Tiberian Sun GDI and Nod unit counters

Match weapons, ranges and deployment to the target.

↗
03Command & Conquer: Tiberian Sun / Units & battlefield rolesCommand & Conquer: Tiberian Sun units & battlefield roles guide

Compare the roles and limitations of Command & Conquer: Tiberian Sun forces.

↗
04Command & Conquer: Tiberian Sun / Stealth & sensorsCommand & Conquer: Tiberian Sun stealth, subterranean attacks and sensor guide

Understand what sensors reveal and how base layout affects underground raids.

↗
05Command & Conquer: Tiberian Sun / Aircraft & supportCommand & Conquer: Tiberian Sun aircraft, reloads and support weapons

Use aircraft in sorties and coordinate heavy weapons with ground pressure.

↗
06Command & Conquer: Tiberian Sun / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original game screenshots and publisher artwork; archival prerelease images are identified in their captions. Original Tiberian Sun (1999), available with Firestorm in the current PC package. Guides cover original GDI and Nod mechanics; Firestorm-specific units and campaigns are separate.

↗

Supreme Commander: Forged Alliance digital coverSupreme Commander: Forged Alliance ↗

01Supreme Commander: Forged Alliance / Getting startedSupreme Commander: Forged Alliance beginner mass, energy and factory guide

Keep construction moving while securing new resource points.

↗
02Supreme Commander: Forged Alliance / Reclaim & upgradesSupreme Commander: Forged Alliance reclaim, extractor upgrades and construction assistance

Turn map control into income without stopping your army.

↗
03Supreme Commander: Forged Alliance / Units & factionsSupreme Commander: Forged Alliance units & factions guide

Compare the roles and limitations of Supreme Commander: Forged Alliance forces.

↗
04Supreme Commander: Forged Alliance / Combat domainsSupreme Commander: Forged Alliance land, air and naval army composition

Cover the weapon domains your opponent can use.

↗
05Supreme Commander: Forged Alliance / Experimentals & campaignSupreme Commander: Forged Alliance experimental units and campaign expansion planning

Prepare expensive projects and expanding mission maps with enough reserves.

↗
06Supreme Commander: Forged Alliance / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original game screenshots and publisher artwork; archival prerelease images are identified in their captions. Original 2007 standalone Forged Alliance for PC. Includes the Seraphim faction and its own campaign. This guide does not assume Forged Alliance Forever balance changes or mods.

↗

Supreme Commander 2 digital coverSupreme Commander 2 ↗

01Supreme Commander 2 / Getting startedSupreme Commander 2 beginner economy and research guide

Build useful production and choose a research branch that supports it.

↗
02Supreme Commander 2 / Economy & productionSupreme Commander 2 mass, energy and production planning

Pay for the next army while expanding into defendable territory.

↗
03Supreme Commander 2 / Units & factionsSupreme Commander 2 units & factions guide

Compare the roles and limitations of Supreme Commander 2 forces.

↗
04Supreme Commander 2 / Army countersSupreme Commander 2 army composition, scouting and movement

Use information and a balanced force before a major attack.

↗
05Supreme Commander 2 / Experimental planningSupreme Commander 2 experimental units and research timing

Unlock a large machine when it answers a concrete battlefield problem.

↗
06Supreme Commander 2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original game screenshots and publisher artwork; archival prerelease images are identified in their captions. Original Supreme Commander 2 (2010) PC systems and base-game roster. Infinite War Battle Pack adds separate units and maps. Research trees differ from the technology tiers of the first game.

↗

Warhammer 40,000: Dawn of War II digital coverWarhammer 40,000: Dawn of War II ↗

01Warhammer 40,000: Dawn of War II / Campaign basicsWarhammer 40,000: Dawn of War II campaign beginner guide and mission preparation

Select a balanced deployment and use relay points to keep squads fighting.

↗
02Warhammer 40,000: Dawn of War II / Cover & suppressionWarhammer 40,000: Dawn of War II cover, suppression and flanking guide

Turn firing arcs and terrain into an advantage.

↗
03Warhammer 40,000: Dawn of War II / Campaign squadsWarhammer 40,000: Dawn of War II campaign squads guide

Compare the roles and limitations of Warhammer 40,000: Dawn of War II forces.

↗
04Warhammer 40,000: Dawn of War II / Wargear & levelingWarhammer 40,000: Dawn of War II campaign wargear, leveling and boss preparation

Choose upgrades that fit weapons and squad jobs.

↗
05Warhammer 40,000: Dawn of War II / Multiplayer basicsWarhammer 40,000: Dawn of War II multiplayer factions, resources and victory points

Understand the original four factions and the difference between fighting and scoring.

↗
06Warhammer 40,000: Dawn of War II / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original game screenshots and publisher artwork; archival prerelease images are identified in their captions. Original Dawn of War II (2009) campaign and core multiplayer systems. The current Anniversary Edition package also includes Chaos Rising, Retribution and other content; those campaigns and rosters are separate.

↗

Company of Heroes 2 digital coverCompany of Heroes 2 ↗

01Company of Heroes 2 / Getting startedCompany of Heroes 2 beginner territory, resources and retreat guide

Keep territory useful and preserve squads between engagements.

↗
02Company of Heroes 2 / Cover & sightCompany of Heroes 2 cover, TrueSight and machine-gun flanking

Control approaches without letting a single firing arc pin the whole army.

↗
03Company of Heroes 2 / Core unitsCompany of Heroes 2 core units guide

Compare the roles and limitations of Company of Heroes 2 forces.

↗
04Company of Heroes 2 / Armor & anti-tankCompany of Heroes 2 tank support, anti-tank guns and vehicle repairs

Give armor vision, a protected escape route and a counter to enemy vehicles.

↗
05Company of Heroes 2 / Campaign & weatherCompany of Heroes 2 Soviet campaign, winter maps and objective planning

Handle mission-specific conditions without assuming every multiplayer map uses them.

↗
06Company of Heroes 2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original game screenshots and publisher artwork; archival prerelease images are identified in their captions. Company of Heroes 2 base game (2013): Soviet campaign and original Soviet/Wehrmacht multiplayer armies. US Forces, Oberkommando West, British Forces and Ardennes Assault are separate additions. Balance costs vary by patch.

↗

Total War: Rome II digital coverTotal War: Rome II ↗

01Total War: Rome II / Campaign basicsTotal War: Rome II beginner Grand Campaign and province guide

Build an economy that can support the next conquest.

↗
02Total War: Rome II / Food & provincesTotal War: Rome II food, public order and building planning

Read provincial consequences before upgrading every settlement.

↗
03Total War: Rome II / Factions & leadersTotal War: Rome II factions & leaders guide

Compare the roles and limitations of Total War: Rome II forces.

↗
04Total War: Rome II / Battle tacticsTotal War: Rome II formations, flanking and morale guide

Win the engagement by controlling roles, angles and fatigue.

↗
05Total War: Rome II / Diplomacy & siegesTotal War: Rome II diplomacy, sieges and campaign movement

Choose wars and assaults that the campaign economy can sustain.

↗
06Total War: Rome II / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original game screenshots and publisher artwork; archival prerelease images are identified in their captions. Rome II (2013) using the current Emperor Edition PC release. Emperor Edition includes the later Imperator Augustus campaign; this guide focuses on the Grand Campaign and shared systems. DLC factions and campaigns are separate.

↗

Sins of a Solar Empire: Rebellion digital coverSins of a Solar Empire: Rebellion ↗

01Sins of a Solar Empire: Rebellion / Getting startedSins of a Solar Empire: Rebellion beginner colonization and planet development guide

Make each new world useful before the fleet moves on.

↗
02Sins of a Solar Empire: Rebellion / Economy & supplySins of a Solar Empire: Rebellion credits, metal, crystal and fleet-supply guide

Expand the economy without paying for military capacity too early.

↗
03Sins of a Solar Empire: Rebellion / Playable factionsSins of a Solar Empire: Rebellion playable factions guide

Compare the roles and limitations of Sins of a Solar Empire: Rebellion forces.

↗
04Sins of a Solar Empire: Rebellion / Fleets & capitalsSins of a Solar Empire: Rebellion fleet composition, capital ships and strike craft

Keep the valuable ships alive while the fleet covers their weaknesses.

↗
05Sins of a Solar Empire: Rebellion / Titans & defensesSins of a Solar Empire: Rebellion titans, starbases and victory-condition planning

Invest in a centerpiece that serves the actual match objective.

↗
06Sins of a Solar Empire: Rebellion / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original game screenshots and publisher artwork; archival prerelease images are identified in their captions. Rebellion (2012), the standalone expansion built on the original Sins of a Solar Empire systems. Covers the six Loyalist/Rebel factions and base Rebellion features; optional DLC and Sins II are outside scope.

↗

The Settlers 7: History Edition digital coverThe Settlers 7: History Edition ↗

01The Settlers 7: History Edition / Getting startedThe Settlers 7: History Edition beginner production chains and tools guide

Keep construction materials and tools flowing before specializing.

↗
02The Settlers 7: History Edition / Food & transportThe Settlers 7: History Edition food boosts, roads and storehouse guide

Make production reach the workshops that need it.

↗
03The Settlers 7: History Edition / Workers & specialistsThe Settlers 7: History Edition workers & specialists guide

Compare the roles and limitations of The Settlers 7: History Edition forces.

↗
04The Settlers 7: History Edition / Victory & prestigeThe Settlers 7: History Edition victory points and prestige planning

Choose attainable points and preserve the lead long enough to win.

↗
05The Settlers 7: History Edition / Trade & technologyThe Settlers 7: History Edition traders, clerics and peaceful expansion guide

Compare economic routes to new sectors and victory points.

↗
06The Settlers 7: History Edition / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original game screenshots and publisher artwork; archival prerelease images are identified in their captions. The Settlers 7: Paths to a Kingdom (2010), presented through the 2018 History Edition PC release and its publisher screenshots. History Edition packaging is distinct from the original release; this guide covers the shared production, trade, technology and victory-point systems.

↗

Dungeon Keeper Gold digital coverDungeon Keeper Gold ↗

01Dungeon Keeper Gold / Getting startedDungeon Keeper Gold beginner dungeon, portal and room guide

Provide essential rooms before growing a large creature population.

↗
02Dungeon Keeper Gold / Gold & needsDungeon Keeper Gold gold, payday and creature happiness guide

Keep the dungeon solvent while its population trains and grows.

↗
03Dungeon Keeper Gold / Creatures & workersDungeon Keeper Gold creatures & workers guide

Compare the roles and limitations of Dungeon Keeper Gold forces.

↗
04Dungeon Keeper Gold / Rooms & trapsDungeon Keeper Gold Library, Workshop, traps and dungeon layout guide

Build the rooms that unlock useful tools and give Imps access to install them.

↗
05Dungeon Keeper Gold / Combat & spellsDungeon Keeper Gold combat, Possession and hero defense guide

Respond to invasions without sacrificing the creatures and workers that sustain the dungeon.

↗
06Dungeon Keeper Gold / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original game screenshots and publisher artwork; archival prerelease images are identified in their captions. Original Dungeon Keeper (1997) and The Deeper Dungeons in the Gold PC package. This guide covers the original dungeon systems; Dungeon Keeper 2 and the mobile game use different rules.

↗

Men of War: Assault Squad digital coverMen of War: Assault Squad ↗

01Men of War: Assault Squad / Direct controlMen of War: Assault Squad direct control keys and aiming guide

Take control of a soldier or vehicle and read the aiming information before committing a shot.

↗
02Men of War: Assault Squad / Tanks & ammunitionMen of War: Assault Squad tank armor, AP shells and flanking

Use the target, range and impact angle to choose a better tank engagement.

↗
03Men of War: Assault Squad / Repair & captureMen of War: Assault Squad how to repair, refuel and capture vehicles

Recover usable vehicles and solve the common reasons a tank cannot move or fire.

↗
04Men of War: Assault Squad / Infantry & suppliesMen of War: Assault Squad inventory transfers, cover and infantry supplies

Manage equipment at soldier level and prepare a squad before an exposed crossing.

↗
05Men of War: Assault Squad / Soldiers & battlefield rolesMen of War: Assault Squad soldiers & battlefield roles guide

Compare the roles and limitations of Men of War: Assault Squad forces.

↗
06Men of War: Assault Squad / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original game screenshots and publisher artwork; archival prerelease images are identified in their captions. Original Men of War: Assault Squad (2011) for PC, with original publisher screenshots. Controls refer to the original PC manual and can be rebound. Assault Squad 2 and its roster changes are outside this guide.

↗

Wargame: European Escalation digital coverWargame: European Escalation ↗

01Wargame: European Escalation / Deck buildingWargame: European Escalation beginner deck and reinforcement planning

Balance command, recon, combat and support choices before spending deployment points.

↗
02Wargame: European Escalation / Command zonesWargame: European Escalation command vehicles, capture and deployment points

Understand which units claim zones and how reinforcement entry differs from ordinary income.

↗
03Wargame: European Escalation / Recon & weaponsWargame: European Escalation reconnaissance, line of sight and weapon stats

Diagnose why a unit cannot fire and compare weapons against the actual target.

↗
04Wargame: European Escalation / Supplies & movementWargame: European Escalation supply trucks, FOBs and movement orders

Keep units supplied and choose between rapid travel and a fighting advance.

↗
05Wargame: European Escalation / Unit roles & supportWargame: European Escalation unit roles & support guide

Compare the roles and limitations of Wargame: European Escalation forces.

↗
06Wargame: European Escalation / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original game screenshots and publisher artwork; archival prerelease images are identified in their captions. The 2012 European Escalation game and its original publisher PC pictures. Tables cover its Command Stars, deck and battlefield systems; AirLand Battle and Red Dragon rules and rosters are separate.

↗

F.E.A.R. 2: Project Origin digital coverF.E.A.R. 2: Project Origin ↗

01F.E.A.R. 2: Project Origin / Weapons and inventoryF.E.A.R. 2: Project Origin Weapons and inventory: four useful slots

Choose complementary weapons and understand the four-slot campaign limit.

↗
02F.E.A.R. 2: Project Origin / Reflexes and coverF.E.A.R. 2: Project Origin Reflexes and cover: survive firefights

Use the reflex meter, interactive cover and explosive scenery deliberately.

↗
03F.E.A.R. 2: Project Origin / Health and suppliesF.E.A.R. 2: Project Origin Health and supplies: medkits, armor and injectors

Distinguish healing pickups from stored medkits and protect scarce resources.

↗
04F.E.A.R. 2: Project Origin / Intelligence and progressionF.E.A.R. 2: Project Origin Intelligence and progression: use the PDA

Read objectives and intelligence without confusing the main campaign with Reborn.

↗
05F.E.A.R. 2: Project Origin / Characters and factionsF.E.A.R. 2: Project Origin Characters and factions

Identify Becket, Alma, Stokes and the people behind Armacham.

↗
06F.E.A.R. 2: Project Origin / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Four publisher-supplied scenes, preserved in their original form. Original 2009 Project Origin campaign and original PC publisher pictures. Reborn is a separate DLC campaign; multiplayer loadout rules do not apply to the story.

↗

F.E.A.R. 3 digital coverF.E.A.R. 3 ↗

01F.E.A.R. 3 / Point Man and FettelF.E.A.R. 3 Point Man and Fettel: character differences

Choose between reflex gunplay and psychic possession.

↗
02F.E.A.R. 3 / Cover and combatF.E.A.R. 3 Cover and combat: control the arena

Use the cover system and slow motion without losing track of flanks.

↗
03F.E.A.R. 3 / Challenges and ranksF.E.A.R. 3 Challenges and ranks: score an interval

Read scoring categories and improve a replay without abandoning survival.

↗
04F.E.A.R. 3 / Campaign and multiplayer modesF.E.A.R. 3 Campaign and multiplayer modes: what changes

Separate the story campaign from the original competitive and survival modes.

↗
05F.E.A.R. 3 / Characters and factionsF.E.A.R. 3 Characters and factions

Identify the two playable brothers and returning figures.

↗
06F.E.A.R. 3 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Four publisher-supplied scenes, preserved in their original form. Original 2011 F.E.A.R. 3 campaign and original PC publisher pictures. Co-op and competitive modes are described as game features; current server availability is not assumed.

↗

Crysis 3 digital coverCrysis 3 ↗

01Crysis 3 / Nanosuit modes and energyCrysis 3 Nanosuit modes and energy: cloak or armor

Pick a suit mode for each crossing and preserve enough energy to escape.

↗
02Crysis 3 / Predator Bow and ammunitionCrysis 3 Predator Bow and ammunition: choose an arrow

Use standard, electrical and explosive arrowheads for the right target.

↗
03Crysis 3 / Tactical Visor and hackingCrysis 3 Tactical Visor and hacking: scout before fighting

Tag threats and turn electronic defenses into opportunities.

↗
04Crysis 3 / Weapons and modulesCrysis 3 Weapons and modules: prepare a flexible loadout

Match weapon attachments and suit modules to the encounter.

↗
05Crysis 3 / Characters and factionsCrysis 3 Characters and factions

Identify Prophet, Psycho, CELL and the Ceph.

↗
06Crysis 3 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Four publisher-supplied scenes, preserved in their original form. Original 2013 single-player campaign. Pictures are original PC publisher promotional in-engine scenes from The 7 Wonders of Crysis 3 series, with their original text retained. Crysis 3 Remastered and multiplayer unlock packages are outside the gameplay scope.

↗

Dead Space 3 digital coverDead Space 3 ↗

01Dead Space 3 / Weapon craftingDead Space 3 Weapon crafting: frames, tools, tips and circuits

Understand the Bench components before spending scarce resources.

↗
02Dead Space 3 / Resources and Scavenger BotsDead Space 3 Resources and Scavenger Bots: improve returns

Use resource signals, Bench storage and crafting costs efficiently.

↗
03Dead Space 3 / Combat and RIGDead Space 3 Combat and RIG: Stasis, Kinesis and inventory

Control enemies and read the suit without exposing Isaac in menus.

↗
04Dead Space 3 / Solo and co-opDead Space 3 Solo and co-op: missions and progression

Understand what the second player adds to the original campaign.

↗
05Dead Space 3 / Characters and factionsDead Space 3 Characters and factions

Identify the expedition members and rival forces.

↗
06Dead Space 3 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Four publisher-supplied scenes, preserved in their original form. Original 2013 Dead Space 3 campaign and original PC publisher pictures. Awakened is a separate story expansion. Co-op-only missions are distinguished from the main solo-playable campaign.

↗

Lost Planet: Extreme Condition digital coverLost Planet: Extreme Condition ↗

01Lost Planet: Extreme Condition / Thermal energyLost Planet: Extreme Condition Thermal energy: stop running out of T-ENG

Treat heat as a route resource rather than a collectible to ignore.

↗
02Lost Planet: Extreme Condition / Weapons and Vital SuitsLost Planet: Extreme Condition Weapons and Vital Suits: choose useful firepower

Compare portable guns with heavy Vital Suit equipment.

↗
03Lost Planet: Extreme Condition / Akrid and boss tacticsLost Planet: Extreme Condition Akrid and boss tactics: target orange weak points

Read attack openings and avoid wasting ammunition on armored surfaces.

↗
04Lost Planet: Extreme Condition / Missions and data postsLost Planet: Extreme Condition Missions and data posts: follow the route

Use data posts, the anchor and safe searches to keep missions moving.

↗
05Lost Planet: Extreme Condition / Characters and factionsLost Planet: Extreme Condition Characters and factions

Identify Wayne and the groups competing on E.D.N. III.

↗
06Lost Planet: Extreme Condition / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Four publisher-supplied scenes, preserved in their original form. Original Extreme Condition campaign: Xbox 360 release in 2006, PC in 2007 and PS3 in 2008. Images show the original PC edition. Colonies Edition additional modes and Lost Planet 2 systems are outside this scope.

↗

Lost Planet 2 digital coverLost Planet 2 ↗

01Lost Planet 2 / Thermal energy and healingLost Planet 2 Thermal energy and healing: support the team

Use the harmonizer and T-ENG Supplier without draining the squad.

↗
02Lost Planet 2 / Data posts and Battle GaugeLost Planet 2 Data posts and Battle Gauge: protect the run

Understand how local objectives support the whole team.

↗
03Lost Planet 2 / Vital Suits and bossesLost Planet 2 Vital Suits and bosses: divide the jobs

Use heavy equipment and team roles against large Akrid.

↗
04Lost Planet 2 / Campaign and unlocksLost Planet 2 Campaign and unlocks: factions, GJ and boxes

Track the six-episode campaign and its reward systems.

↗
05Lost Planet 2 / Characters and factionsLost Planet 2 Characters and factions

Understand the factions and threats in the six-episode campaign.

↗
06Lost Planet 2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Four publisher-supplied scenes, preserved in their original form. Original 2010 Lost Planet 2, using PC publisher images. PC and console controls differ; button prompts take precedence. The historical online feature set does not guarantee present service availability.

↗

Darksiders II digital coverDarksiders II ↗

01Darksiders II / SkillsDarksiders II Skills: Harbinger and Necromancer choices

Compare the two Wrath branches and spend points on a coherent toolkit.

↗
02Darksiders II / Weapons and lootDarksiders II Weapons and loot: possessed equipment explained

Compare scythes, secondary weapons and equipment sacrifice.

↗
03Darksiders II / Traversal and puzzlesDarksiders II Traversal and puzzles: Deathgrip, souls and portals

Identify the tool an obstacle expects before searching for another route.

↗
04Darksiders II / Quests and progressionDarksiders II Quests and progression: maps, money and forms

Read the character menu and keep optional exploration organized.

↗
05Darksiders II / Characters and factionsDarksiders II Characters and factions

Identify Death, the Makers and his traveling companions.

↗
06Darksiders II / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Four publisher-supplied scenes, preserved in their original form. Original 2012 Darksiders II and original PC publisher imagery. Deathinitive Edition balance changes and later remaster features are excluded. Original DLC adventures remain separate from the main route.

↗

Prototype digital coverPrototype ↗

01Prototype / PowersPrototype Powers: choose an attack for the target

Compare Alex's offensive and defensive power roles.

↗
02Prototype / Disguise and consumePrototype Disguise and consume: lose a military alert

Use identity changes and memories as separate tactical tools.

↗
03Prototype / Movement and eventsPrototype Movement and events: spend Evolution Points well

Build traversal skills that help both exploration and survival.

↗
04Prototype / Web of Intrigue and New Game PlusPrototype Web of Intrigue and New Game Plus

Track memories, statistics and a replay after the campaign.

↗
05Prototype / Characters and factionsPrototype Characters and factions

Identify Alex's contacts, Blackwatch and Gentek.

↗
06Prototype / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Four publisher-supplied scenes, preserved in their original form. Original 2009 Prototype campaign and original PC publisher pictures. Prototype 2 mutations, Hunting Pulse and New York Zero districts are excluded.

↗

Prototype 2 digital coverPrototype 2 ↗

01Prototype 2 / Powers and tendrilsPrototype 2 Powers and tendrils: control each encounter

Choose powers for reach, groups and durable targets.

↗
02Prototype 2 / Hunting and disguisePrototype 2 Hunting and disguise: find and approach a target

Use the pulse to locate people and disguises to reach them.

↗
03Prototype 2 / Mutations and upgradesPrototype 2 Mutations and upgrades: plan Heller's growth

Separate evolution choices, consumed upgrades and activity-set rewards.

↗
04Prototype 2 / Districts and activitiesPrototype 2 Districts and activities: Green, Yellow and Red zones

Organize exploration across the three New York Zero zones.

↗
05Prototype 2 / Characters and factionsPrototype 2 Characters and factions

Identify Heller's allies, Mercer and the city's organizations.

↗
06Prototype 2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Four publisher-supplied scenes, preserved in their original form. Original 2012 Prototype 2 campaign and original PC publisher pictures. Alex Mercer's 2009 Evolution Point system is not used as this game's progression reference.

↗

Call of Juarez: Gunslinger digital coverCall of Juarez: Gunslinger ↗

01Call of Juarez: Gunslinger / DuelsCall of Juarez: Gunslinger Duels: focus, hand position and a clean draw

Prepare both aiming and draw position before a duel begins.

↗
02Call of Juarez: Gunslinger / Weapons and skillsCall of Juarez: Gunslinger Weapons and skills: revolver, rifle or shotgun

Match skills and weapons to a preferred fighting distance.

↗
03Call of Juarez: Gunslinger / Concentration and scoreCall of Juarez: Gunslinger Concentration and score: build a combat rhythm

Turn visible targets and accurate shots into controlled scoring.

↗
04Call of Juarez: Gunslinger / Story, Nuggets of Truth and modesCall of Juarez: Gunslinger Story, Nuggets of Truth and modes

Distinguish Silas's account, collectibles and separate challenges.

↗
05Call of Juarez: Gunslinger / Characters and factionsCall of Juarez: Gunslinger Characters and factions

Identify Silas and the figures in his Western account.

↗
06Call of Juarez: Gunslinger / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Four publisher-supplied scenes, preserved in their original form. Original 2013 Call of Juarez: Gunslinger campaign and PC publisher pictures. The narrated encounters are the game's fictional retelling, not a historical record of the real outlaws.

↗

Resident Evil Revelations digital coverResident Evil Revelations ↗

01Resident Evil Revelations / Genesis scannerResident Evil Revelations Genesis scanner: hidden items and healing

Turn scans into supplies without exposing Jill during combat.

↗
02Resident Evil Revelations / Weapons and custom partsResident Evil Revelations Weapons and custom parts: conserve campaign ammunition

Choose a balanced three-weapon campaign loadout.

↗
03Resident Evil Revelations / Raid ModeResident Evil Revelations Raid Mode: levels, weapons and co-op

Prepare Raid missions with level-appropriate equipment.

↗
04Resident Evil Revelations / Campaign and difficultyResident Evil Revelations Campaign and difficulty: navigate the ship

Use the map, inventory and edition-specific difficulty rules.

↗
05Resident Evil Revelations / Characters and factionsResident Evil Revelations Characters and factions

Identify Jill, Chris, their partners and the outbreak organizations.

↗
06Resident Evil Revelations / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Four publisher-supplied scenes, preserved in their original form. Reference focuses on the 2013 PC/console HD version of the 2012 Nintendo 3DS game. Pictures show that HD version. Infernal difficulty, Wall Blister and expanded Raid content must not be assumed available in the original 3DS release.

↗

Alan Wake digital coverAlan Wake ↗

01Alan Wake / CombatAlan Wake Combat: remove darkness before shooting

Read the light shield and choose an efficient finishing weapon.

↗
02Alan Wake / Weapons and lightAlan Wake Weapons and light: revolver, flares and flashbangs

Compare the original game's guns and emergency light tools.

↗
03Alan Wake / Safe Havens and batteriesAlan Wake Safe Havens and batteries: survive the woods

Plan recovery, generators and battery use between fights.

↗
04Alan Wake / Manuscripts and episodesAlan Wake Manuscripts and episodes: collect and replay

Track the story pages and distinguish the two special episodes.

↗
05Alan Wake / Characters and factionsAlan Wake Characters and factions

Identify Alan, Alice, Barry and the Bright Falls contacts.

↗
06Alan Wake / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Four publisher-supplied scenes, preserved in their original form. Original 2010 Xbox 360 game and its 2012 PC release; pictures show the original PC version. The Signal and The Writer are separate special episodes. Alan Wake Remastered and Alan Wake 2 mechanics are excluded.

↗

Metro 2033 digital coverMetro 2033 ↗

01Metro 2033 / Ammo and currencyMetro 2033 Ammo and currency: protect military-grade rounds

Separate ordinary ammunition from the bullets used for trade.

↗
02Metro 2033 / Gas mask and filtersMetro 2033 Gas mask and filters: survive the surface

Read filter time, mask damage and breathing cues.

↗
03Metro 2033 / WeaponsMetro 2033 Weapons: close defense, rifles and pneumatics

Choose complementary original-game weapon roles.

↗
04Metro 2033 / Light and explorationMetro 2033 Light and exploration: charger, journal and stealth

Use equipment deliberately in the original Metro 2033.

↗
05Metro 2033 / Characters and factionsMetro 2033 Characters and factions

Identify Artyom's guides, the Rangers and major groups.

↗
06Metro 2033 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Four publisher-supplied scenes, preserved in their original form. Original 2010 Metro 2033 on PC and Xbox 360, with original PC publisher images. Metro 2033 Redux changes to stealth, takedowns, controls and weapon customization are excluded.

↗

Metro: Last Light digital coverMetro: Last Light ↗

01Metro: Last Light / StealthMetro: Last Light Stealth: darkness, patrols and takedowns

Plan a quiet path without confusing darkness with invisibility.

↗
02Metro: Last Light / Ammo and attachmentsMetro: Last Light Ammo and attachments: spend currency wisely

Compare weapon roles and original Last Light gun-shop upgrades.

↗
03Metro: Last Light / Gas mask and filtersMetro: Last Light Gas mask and filters: prepare for poisoned air

Track the current filter and keep the mask usable.

↗
04Metro: Last Light / Equipment and progressionMetro: Last Light Equipment and progression: charger, compass and editions

Use the expedition tools and distinguish original content from Redux.

↗
05Metro: Last Light / Characters and factionsMetro: Last Light Characters and factions

Identify Artyom, the Rangers and the factions around D6.

↗
06Metro: Last Light / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Four publisher-supplied scenes, preserved in their original form. Gameplay reference follows original 2013 Metro: Last Light. The five publisher pictures explicitly show the 2014 Last Light Redux release because original store media is unavailable. Redux Survival/Spartan modes are not original-game options; Ranger and DLC availability depend on the original package.

↗

Beyond Good & Evil digital coverBeyond Good & Evil ↗

01Beyond Good & Evil / Camera and animal photosBeyond Good & Evil Camera and animal photos: earn money while investigating

Use the camera for species records, report evidence and environmental information.

↗
02Beyond Good & Evil / Pearls and vehicle upgradesBeyond Good & Evil Pearls and vehicle upgrades: open new routes

Plan pearl spending and recognize the tools that extend exploration.

↗
03Beyond Good & Evil / Combat and companion actionsBeyond Good & Evil Combat and companion actions: staff, dodge and teamwork

Recognize attacks that require Jade and a partner to act together.

↗
04Beyond Good & Evil / Stealth and explorationBeyond Good & Evil Stealth and exploration: read patrols and blocked paths

Use cover, crouching, maps and inventory information to move through Hillys.

↗
05Beyond Good & Evil / CharactersBeyond Good & Evil Characters: cast and story roles

Identify the principal Beyond Good & Evil characters and their connections.

↗
06Beyond Good & Evil / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher-supplied pictures for Beyond Good & Evil; the edition note identifies the pictured release.

↗

Jade Empire digital coverJade Empire ↗

01Jade Empire / Fighting styles and buildsJade Empire Fighting styles and builds: choose complementary attacks

Build a useful style set instead of spreading upgrades across every option.

↗
02Jade Empire / Harmonic combos and defenseJade Empire Harmonic combos and defense: opening, timer and finisher

Turn a Support opening into a Martial finisher while managing enemy counters.

↗
03Jade Empire / Chi, Focus and character growthJade Empire Chi, Focus and character growth: spend resources with a plan

Understand the three resource pools and the attributes that support them.

↗
04Jade Empire / Dialogue, alignment and followersJade Empire Dialogue, alignment and followers: decisions beyond combat

Use social approaches, philosophical choices and follower modes thoughtfully.

↗
05Jade Empire / CharactersJade Empire Characters: cast and story roles

Identify the principal Jade Empire characters and their connections.

↗
06Jade Empire / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher-supplied pictures for Jade Empire; the edition note identifies the pictured release.

↗

Vampire: The Masquerade - Bloodlines digital coverVampire: The Masquerade - Bloodlines ↗

01Vampire: The Masquerade - Bloodlines / Clans and first buildVampire: The Masquerade - Bloodlines Clans and first build: seven ways to play the fledgling

Compare clan identity, disciplines and the choices that most affect a first run.

↗
02Vampire: The Masquerade - Bloodlines / Skills, feats and experienceVampire: The Masquerade - Bloodlines Skills, feats and experience: read the character sheet

Buy the rating an obstacle actually checks and avoid unnecessary point spreading.

↗
03Vampire: The Masquerade - Bloodlines / Feeding, Humanity and MasqueradeVampire: The Masquerade - Bloodlines Feeding, Humanity and Masquerade: survive without exposure

Distinguish blood management, moral consequences and public supernatural behavior.

↗
04Vampire: The Masquerade - Bloodlines / Combat, weapons and city explorationVampire: The Masquerade - Bloodlines Combat, weapons and city exploration: prepare for harder missions

Build a city routine that supports dialogue, investigation and unavoidable fights.

↗
05Vampire: The Masquerade - Bloodlines / CharactersVampire: The Masquerade - Bloodlines Characters: cast and story roles

Identify the principal Vampire: The Masquerade - Bloodlines characters and their connections.

↗
06Vampire: The Masquerade - Bloodlines / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher-supplied pictures for Vampire: The Masquerade - Bloodlines; the edition note identifies the pictured release.

↗

Arx Fatalis digital coverArx Fatalis ↗

01Arx Fatalis / Runes and spellcastingArx Fatalis Runes and spellcasting: learn strokes and prepare spells

Use the rune book and precasting to make magic practical in a dangerous dungeon.

↗
02Arx Fatalis / Attributes and skillsArx Fatalis Attributes and skills: plan combat, stealth and utility

Choose a character direction and understand which skills unlock practical actions.

↗
03Arx Fatalis / Food, alchemy and equipmentArx Fatalis Food, alchemy and equipment: prepare for long expeditions

Use the world’s interactive objects to cook, maintain gear and make supplies.

↗
04Arx Fatalis / Combat and underground navigationArx Fatalis Combat and underground navigation: charge attacks and read the map

Move through connected levels without losing the route or wasting combat openings.

↗
05Arx Fatalis / CharactersArx Fatalis Characters: cast and story roles

Identify the principal Arx Fatalis characters and their connections.

↗
06Arx Fatalis / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher-supplied pictures for Arx Fatalis; the edition note identifies the pictured release.

↗

Dark Messiah of Might and Magic digital coverDark Messiah of Might and Magic ↗

01Dark Messiah of Might and Magic / Skills and build pathsDark Messiah of Might and Magic Skills and build paths: melee, archery and magic

Spend campaign skill points toward a coherent set of tools and prerequisites.

↗
02Dark Messiah of Might and Magic / Kicks, physics and meleeDark Messiah of Might and Magic Kicks, physics and melee: use the battlefield

Recognize environmental advantages and avoid exhausting the stamina bar.

↗
03Dark Messiah of Might and Magic / Spells and manaDark Messiah of Might and Magic Spells and mana: damage, control and utility

Match the spell to the room and keep enough mana for the next problem.

↗
04Dark Messiah of Might and Magic / Exploration, equipment and checkpointsDark Messiah of Might and Magic Exploration, equipment and checkpoints: prepare each chapter

Use the rope bow, item belt and environmental clues without mixing campaign editions.

↗
05Dark Messiah of Might and Magic / CharactersDark Messiah of Might and Magic Characters: cast and story roles

Identify the principal Dark Messiah of Might and Magic characters and their connections.

↗
06Dark Messiah of Might and Magic / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher-supplied pictures for Dark Messiah of Might and Magic; the edition note identifies the pictured release.

↗

Overlord digital coverOverlord ↗

01Overlord / Minion types and horde compositionOverlord Minion types and horde composition: four colors, four jobs

Choose the right specialists for a route and protect the fragile members of the horde.

↗
02Overlord / Commands and guard markersOverlord Commands and guard markers: split the horde effectively

Use send, sweep, recall and guard orders to solve fights and machinery puzzles.

↗
03Overlord / Lifeforce, forging and the TowerOverlord Lifeforce, forging and the Tower: fund the horde

Balance replacement minions, sacrificed upgrades and the recovery of Tower objects.

↗
04Overlord / Corruption and campaign planningOverlord Corruption and campaign planning: make choices deliberately

Distinguish optional cruelty, mission progress and the practical cost of a route.

↗
05Overlord / CharactersOverlord Characters: cast and story roles

Identify the principal Overlord characters and their connections.

↗
06Overlord / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher-supplied pictures for Overlord; the edition note identifies the pictured release.

↗

Overlord II digital coverOverlord II ↗

01Overlord II / Minions, mounts and formationsOverlord II Minions, mounts and formations: use each color’s specialty

Combine the four minion roles with mounts that add combat and traversal options.

↗
02Overlord II / Possession and war machinesOverlord II Possession and war machines: take direct control

Use possession stones, siege equipment and ships as distinct interaction systems.

↗
03Overlord II / Domination, destruction and magicOverlord II Domination, destruction and magic: choose a form of tyranny

Understand how campaign choices influence towns and the Overlord’s spells.

↗
04Overlord II / Netherworld, forging and resurrectionOverlord II Netherworld, forging and resurrection: preserve a strong horde

Spend gold, gems, crystals and lifeforce without exhausting the army’s reserves.

↗
05Overlord II / CharactersOverlord II Characters: cast and story roles

Identify the principal Overlord II characters and their connections.

↗
06Overlord II / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher-supplied pictures for Overlord II; the edition note identifies the pictured release.

↗

Risen 2: Dark Waters digital coverRisen 2: Dark Waters ↗

01Risen 2: Dark Waters / Factions, muskets and voodooRisen 2: Dark Waters Factions, muskets and voodoo: choose a training route

Understand the major Sword Coast commitment before designing a late-game build.

↗
02Risen 2: Dark Waters / Glory, attributes and trainersRisen 2: Dark Waters Glory, attributes and trainers: two currencies for progression

Spend Glory on the right attribute and keep gold for the skills it enables.

↗
03Risen 2: Dark Waters / Combat, Dirty Tricks and survivalRisen 2: Dark Waters Combat, Dirty Tricks and survival: prepare the pirate’s toolkit

Combine a main weapon, secondary tools and a companion without wasting openings.

↗
04Risen 2: Dark Waters / Treasure, crafting and island travelRisen 2: Dark Waters Treasure, crafting and island travel: bring the correct tools

Use maps, shovels, recipes and local contacts to turn exploration into useful progress.

↗
05Risen 2: Dark Waters / CharactersRisen 2: Dark Waters Characters: cast and story roles

Identify the principal Risen 2: Dark Waters characters and their connections.

↗
06Risen 2: Dark Waters / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher-supplied pictures for Risen 2: Dark Waters; the edition note identifies the pictured release.

↗

Risen 3: Titan Lords digital coverRisen 3: Titan Lords ↗

01Risen 3: Titan Lords / Factions and magicRisen 3: Titan Lords Factions and magic: Demon Hunters, Guardians and voodoo

Choose the magical tradition and home base that fit the intended character.

↗
02Risen 3: Titan Lords / Attributes, Glory and skillsRisen 3: Titan Lords Attributes, Glory and skills: build toward useful thresholds

Understand the eight attributes and separate them from paid specialist lessons.

↗
03Risen 3: Titan Lords / Combat, companions and dodgingRisen 3: Titan Lords Combat, companions and dodging: control the encounter

Use attack timing, secondary weapons and an ally to make the opening battles manageable.

↗
04Risen 3: Titan Lords / Soul, exploration and craftingRisen 3: Titan Lords Soul, exploration and crafting: prepare the Southern Seas route

Track the hero’s soul, use Astral Vision and preserve useful crafting materials.

↗
05Risen 3: Titan Lords / CharactersRisen 3: Titan Lords Characters: cast and story roles

Identify the principal Risen 3: Titan Lords characters and their connections.

↗
06Risen 3: Titan Lords / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher-supplied pictures for Risen 3: Titan Lords; the edition note identifies the pictured release.

↗

Sacred 2: Fallen Angel digital coverSacred 2: Fallen Angel ↗

01Sacred 2: Fallen Angel / Classes, campaigns and build planningSacred 2: Fallen Angel Classes, campaigns and build planning: choose a direction

Select a class, campaign and skill plan that fit together before spending scarce choices.

↗
02Sacred 2: Fallen Angel / Runes, combat arts and regenerationSacred 2: Fallen Angel Runes, combat arts and regeneration: avoid overlevelling an attack

Improve combat arts without making the main attack too slow to use effectively.

↗
03Sacred 2: Fallen Angel / Skills, buffs and equipmentSacred 2: Fallen Angel Skills, buffs and equipment: support the chosen combat arts

Read gear and active buffs together instead of judging items by armor alone.

↗
04Sacred 2: Fallen Angel / Mounts, portals and quest routingSacred 2: Fallen Angel Mounts, portals and quest routing: explore Ancaria efficiently

Use travel tools and local services to keep a large quest log manageable.

↗
05Sacred 2: Fallen Angel / Playable charactersSacred 2 Playable characters: original classes and Dragon Mage

Identify the six Fallen Angel classes and the Ice & Blood Dragon Mage.

↗
06Sacred 2: Fallen Angel / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher-supplied pictures for Sacred 2: Fallen Angel; the edition note identifies the pictured release.

↗

Two Worlds digital coverTwo Worlds ↗

01Two Worlds / Builds, trainers and skill pointsTwo Worlds Builds, trainers and skill points: develop a classless hero

Match attributes and learned skills to the equipment and magic you intend to use.

↗
02Two Worlds / Equipment stacking and enchantmentsTwo Worlds Equipment stacking and enchantments: improve familiar gear

Recognize identical-item upgrades and distinguish them from elemental power-ups.

↗
03Two Worlds / Spell cards and magic schoolsTwo Worlds Spell cards and magic schools: build a usable amulet

Learn a school, arrange spell cards and control the mana cost of stronger magic.

↗
04Two Worlds / Alchemy, travel and reputationTwo Worlds Alchemy, travel and reputation: turn exploration into progress

Use ingredients, teleport links and faction tasks without losing the main objective.

↗
05Two Worlds / CharactersTwo Worlds Characters: cast and story roles

Identify the principal Two Worlds characters and their connections.

↗
06Two Worlds / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher-supplied pictures for Two Worlds; the edition note identifies the pictured release.

↗

Two Worlds II digital coverTwo Worlds II ↗

01Two Worlds II / Weapon styles and character buildsTwo Worlds II Weapon styles and character builds: choose useful skill combinations

Match a primary weapon style with the offensive and defensive abilities it enables.

↗
02Two Worlds II / Spell cards and amuletsTwo Worlds II Spell cards and amulets: Carrier, Effect and Modifier

Create a valid spell before increasing its layers and resource demands.

↗
03Two Worlds II / Crafting, dismantling and alchemyTwo Worlds II Crafting, dismantling and alchemy: upgrade without losing useful gear

Use CRAFT materials and saved potion recipes to improve the current build.

↗
04Two Worlds II / Archery, stealth and guild explorationTwo Worlds II Archery, stealth and guild exploration: choose the right approach

Use aiming modes, stealth opportunities and local organizations to support travel.

↗
05Two Worlds II / CharactersTwo Worlds II Characters: cast and story roles

Identify the principal Two Worlds II characters and their connections.

↗
06Two Worlds II / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher-supplied pictures for Two Worlds II; the edition note identifies the pictured release.

↗

Neverwinter Nights 2 digital coverNeverwinter Nights 2 ↗

01Neverwinter Nights 2 / Classes, abilities and multiclassingNeverwinter Nights 2 Classes, abilities and multiclassing: choose a coherent character

Build around the game’s D&D 3.5 rules rather than treating every class level as interchangeable.

↗
02Neverwinter Nights 2 / Party control and combatNeverwinter Nights 2 Party control and combat: pause, position and inspect defenses

Coordinate companion roles and understand why an attack or spell fails.

↗
03Neverwinter Nights 2 / Spell preparation, resting and buffsNeverwinter Nights 2 Spell preparation, resting and buffs: manage the party’s magic

Distinguish prepared casters, spontaneous casting and repeatable invocations.

↗
04Neverwinter Nights 2 / Skills, crafting and campaign scopeNeverwinter Nights 2 Skills, crafting and campaign scope: cover utility without wasting levels

Assign specialists for exploration and keep original and expansion rules distinct.

↗
05Neverwinter Nights 2 / CharactersNeverwinter Nights 2 Characters: cast and story roles

Identify the principal Neverwinter Nights 2 characters and their connections.

↗
06Neverwinter Nights 2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Publisher-supplied pictures for Neverwinter Nights 2; the edition note identifies the pictured release.

↗

Mario Party box artMario Party ↗

01Mario Party / BoardsMario Party Boards: all eight maps and Star rules

Compare the original boards and the hazards that change the best route.

↗
02Mario Party / Coins and shopMario Party Coins and shop: Mushroom Village purchases

Understand stored coins, optional blocks and the original game’s item system.

↗
03Mario Party / CharactersMario Party Characters: playable roster and board hosts

See who is selectable and who controls board events.

↗
04Mario Party / Minigames and spacesMario Party Minigames and spaces: turn flow and coin risks

Read space colors and identify what each minigame category rewards.

↗
05Mario Party / UnlocksMario Party Unlocks: Magma Mountain and Eternal Star

Find the original hidden-board requirements and useful completion targets.

↗
06Mario Party / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Mario Party original-game artwork, menus and gameplay pictures. Each image includes its source and edition context.

↗

Mario Party 2 box artMario Party 2 ↗

01Mario Party 2 / BoardsMario Party 2 Boards: all six lands and route hazards

Compare trains, countdowns, day/night changes and Bowser Land’s reversed banks.

↗
02Mario Party 2 / ItemsMario Party 2 Items: prices, Magic Lamp and the one-item limit

Compare useful items and avoid spending the coins needed for the Star itself.

↗
03Mario Party 2 / CharactersMario Party 2 Characters: six players, costumes and hosts

Find the original roster and the characters behind shops and board events.

↗
04Mario Party 2 / MinigamesMario Party 2 Minigames: categories, practice and Mini-Game Land

Understand regular payouts, Battle stakes and unlockable free-play content.

↗
05Mario Party 2 / UnlocksMario Party 2 Unlocks: Bowser Land and minigame purchases

Separate board unlocks from Mini-Game Land and Coaster progression.

↗
06Mario Party 2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Mario Party 2 original-game artwork, menus and gameplay pictures. Each image includes its source and edition context.

↗

Mario Party 3 box artMario Party 3 ↗

01Mario Party 3 / BoardsMario Party 3 Boards: Battle Royale maps and hazards

Compare the six Star-collecting boards and their route-changing events.

↗
02Mario Party 3 / ItemsMario Party 3 Items: prices, lamps and rare effects

Compare the three-slot inventory and the effects that alter a Star race.

↗
03Mario Party 3 / CharactersMario Party 3 Characters: roster, Story restrictions and Duel partners

See which characters enter each mode and which partner they begin with.

↗
04Mario Party 3 / Duel modeMario Party 3 Duel mode: partners, salaries and board rules

Understand five-part health bars, partner placement and recurring wages.

↗
05Mario Party 3 / Story and unlocksMario Party 3 Story and unlocks: Waluigi’s Island, Backtrack and stamps

Follow the story’s board types without confusing character and board access.

↗
06Mario Party 3 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Mario Party 3 original-game artwork, menus and gameplay pictures. Each image includes its source and edition context.

↗

Mario Party 5 box artMario Party 5 ↗

01Mario Party 5 / BoardsMario Party 5 Boards: seven dream maps and their routes

Compare the six initial dreams with unlockable Bowser Nightmare.

↗
02Mario Party 5 / CapsulesMario Party 5 Capsules: self-use prices and board-space effects

Compare movement capsules, coin effects and defensive exceptions.

↗
03Mario Party 5 / CharactersMario Party 5 Characters: ten players and Star Spirit hosts

See which new characters are excluded from Story and Card Party.

↗
04Mario Party 5 / Modes and minigamesMario Party 5 Modes and minigames: Party, Story and Bonus play

Choose the right rules for a board session or a shorter competition.

↗
05Mario Party 5 / Unlocks and Super DuelMario Party 5 Unlocks and Super Duel: Bowser Nightmare and machine parts

Find the hidden board and understand the four-part vehicle builder.

↗
06Mario Party 5 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Mario Party 5 original-game artwork, menus and gameplay pictures. Each image includes its source and edition context.

↗

Mario Party 6 box artMario Party 6 ↗

01Mario Party 6 / BoardsMario Party 6 Boards: day/night changes and six Star rules

See which boards sell, steal or move Stars.

↗
02Mario Party 6 / OrbsMario Party 6 Orbs: green items, traps and ownership

Understand the new distinction between landing traps and passing roadblocks.

↗
03Mario Party 6 / CharactersMario Party 6 Characters: eleven players and Toadette unlock

Identify the complete roster and the day/night hosts.

↗
04Mario Party 6 / Solo and minigamesMario Party 6 Solo and minigames: safe stops and microphone options

Use the solo paths to collect minigames and Stars without walking off the end.

↗
05Mario Party 6 / UnlocksMario Party 6 Unlocks: Toadette, Clockwork Castle and Star Bank

Find the two major purchases and the solo reward route.

↗
06Mario Party 6 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Mario Party 6 original-game artwork, menus and gameplay pictures. Each image includes its source and edition context.

↗

Mario Party 7 box artMario Party 7 ↗

01Mario Party 7 / BoardsMario Party 7 Boards: all six destinations and Star conditions

Compare each board’s Party Cruise and Solo Cruise objectives.

↗
02Mario Party 7 / OrbsMario Party 7 Orbs: personal tools and character powers

Choose movement, protection and character-exclusive effects.

↗
03Mario Party 7 / CharactersMario Party 7 Characters: twelve players and unlock prices

See the full roster, special pairs and non-playable hosts.

↗
04Mario Party 7 / Multiplayer and minigamesMario Party 7 Multiplayer and minigames: eight players and shared controls

Set up controller-sharing modes and distinguish team movement.

↗
05Mario Party 7 / UnlocksMario Party 7 Unlocks: Birdo, Dry Bones and Enchanted Inferno

Separate Duty-Free purchases from Solo Cruise completion.

↗
06Mario Party 7 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Mario Party 7 original-game artwork, menus and gameplay pictures. Each image includes its source and edition context.

↗

Mario Party 8 box artMario Party 8 ↗

01Mario Party 8 / BoardsMario Party 8 Boards: six maps, free Stars and hotel costs

Compare standard Party board rules with Star Battle Arena conditions.

↗
02Mario Party 8 / CandyMario Party 8 Candy: movement, theft and Warped Orbit attacks

Choose Candy by the board and the opponents on the route.

↗
03Mario Party 8 / CharactersMario Party 8 Characters: fourteen players and secret roster slots

Find the full Party roster and the separate use of Miis.

↗
04Mario Party 8 / Minigames and modesMario Party 8 Minigames and modes: Wii Remote controls and carnival tents

Choose a board session, an arena run or shorter minigame play.

↗
05Mario Party 8 / UnlocksMario Party 8 Unlocks: Blooper, Hammer Bro and Bowser’s Warped Orbit

Complete the arena and guarantee the other secret character next time.

↗
06Mario Party 8 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Mario Party 8 original-game artwork, menus and gameplay pictures. Each image includes its source and edition context.

↗

Mario & Luigi: Superstar Saga box artMario & Luigi: Superstar Saga ↗

01Mario & Luigi: Superstar Saga / Battle and Bros. AttacksMario & Luigi: Superstar Saga Battle and Bros. Attacks: timing, BP and action levels

Compare the eight Bros. Attacks and learn the original action-command system.

↗
02Mario & Luigi: Superstar Saga / Field movesMario & Luigi: Superstar Saga Field moves: High Jump, Spin Jump and hand powers

Match each obstacle to the correct brother and learned technique.

↗
03Mario & Luigi: Superstar Saga / CharactersMario & Luigi: Superstar Saga Characters: brothers, Beanbean allies and villains

See who teaches field moves and who drives the Beanstar story.

↗
04Mario & Luigi: Superstar Saga / Beans and equipmentMario & Luigi: Superstar Saga Beans and equipment: Starbeans recipes and rewards

Compare every Cafe blend and the early E. Gadd reward sequence.

↗
05Mario & Luigi: Superstar Saga / Progression and secretsMario & Luigi: Superstar Saga Progression and secrets: Beanstar pieces and scrolls

Match the later objectives to their destinations and track optional rewards.

↗
06Mario & Luigi: Superstar Saga / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Mario & Luigi: Superstar Saga original-game artwork, menus and gameplay pictures. Each image includes its source and edition context.

↗

Mario & Luigi: Partners in Time box artMario & Luigi: Partners in Time ↗

01Mario & Luigi: Partners in Time / Battle controlsMario & Luigi: Partners in Time Battle controls: four brothers and timed defense

Learn the button map and the difference between paired and separated fights.

↗
02Mario & Luigi: Partners in Time / Bros. ItemsMario & Luigi: Partners in Time Bros. Items: attack list and required brothers

Compare shells, flowers and four-brother attacks without searching for BP.

↗
03Mario & Luigi: Partners in Time / CharactersMario & Luigi: Partners in Time Characters: adults, babies, allies and Shroobs

Identify the playable quartet and the supporting time-travel cast.

↗
04Mario & Luigi: Partners in Time / Field moves and routeMario & Luigi: Partners in Time Field moves and route: babies, Spin Jump and time holes

Match split-party actions to the adventure’s major regions.

↗
05Mario & Luigi: Partners in Time / Equipment and resourcesMario & Luigi: Partners in Time Equipment and resources: clothing, badges and recovery

Spend coins and beans on different upgrades for the four-character party.

↗
06Mario & Luigi: Partners in Time / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Mario & Luigi: Partners in Time original-game artwork, menus and gameplay pictures. Each image includes its source and edition context.

↗

Mario & Luigi: Bowser’s Inside Story box artMario & Luigi: Bowser’s Inside Story ↗

01Mario & Luigi: Bowser’s Inside Story / Combat and giant battlesMario & Luigi: Bowser’s Inside Story Combat and giant battles: brothers, Bowser and Vacuum

Read the separate combat controls and prepare for sideways DS encounters.

↗
02Mario & Luigi: Bowser’s Inside Story / Special attacksMario & Luigi: Bowser’s Inside Story Special attacks: Attack Pieces and Bowser minions

Find the original DS attack locations and SP costs.

↗
03Mario & Luigi: Bowser’s Inside Story / CharactersMario & Luigi: Bowser’s Inside Story Characters: Bowser, the brothers and key services

Identify the playable cast, guides, merchants and principal antagonists.

↗
04Mario & Luigi: Bowser’s Inside Story / Ranks and equipmentMario & Luigi: Bowser’s Inside Story Ranks and equipment: DS level thresholds and rewards

Find gear-slot unlocks, shop access and high-level rewards.

↗
05Mario & Luigi: Bowser’s Inside Story / Items, Blitties and explorationMario & Luigi: Bowser’s Inside Story Items, Blitties and exploration: inside/outside checklist

Use the right healing stock and collect Bowser’s optional reward.

↗
06Mario & Luigi: Bowser’s Inside Story / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Mario & Luigi: Bowser’s Inside Story original-game artwork, menus and gameplay pictures. Each image includes its source and edition context.

↗

Super Paper Mario box artSuper Paper Mario ↗

01Super Paper Mario / CharactersSuper Paper Mario Characters: all four heroes and when they join

Compare hero abilities and identify the central story cast.

↗
02Super Paper Mario / PixlsSuper Paper Mario Pixls: abilities, locations and optional unlocks

Match every obstacle type to a Pixl and find the optional allies.

↗
03Super Paper Mario / ChaptersSuper Paper Mario Chapters: world order and Pure Heart progression

See the eight main chapters and the key abilities introduced along the way.

↗
04Super Paper Mario / Combat and itemsSuper Paper Mario Combat and items: HP, points, cards and cooking

Understand the action-RPG systems behind platforming and recovery.

↗
05Super Paper Mario / Optional trialsSuper Paper Mario Optional trials: both Pits, Sammer Guys and arcade

Compare the major side activities and their rewards.

↗
06Super Paper Mario / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Super Paper Mario original-game artwork, menus and gameplay pictures. Each image includes its source and edition context.

↗

Super Princess Peach box artSuper Princess Peach ↗

01Super Princess Peach / VibesSuper Princess Peach Vibes: Joy, Rage, Gloom and Calm puzzle uses

Match the four touch-screen powers to movement, switches and healing.

↗
02Super Princess Peach / Worlds and bossesSuper Princess Peach Worlds and bosses: Vibe Island route and weaknesses

Identify the eight worlds and the power each boss asks you to use.

↗
03Super Princess Peach / CharactersSuper Princess Peach Characters: Peach, Perry and the captured heroes

Identify the playable heroine, parasol companion and rescue targets.

↗
04Super Princess Peach / Perry upgradesSuper Princess Peach Perry upgrades: shop prices and Vibe capacity

Compare attack upgrades and the four levels of HP and Vibe purchases.

↗
05Super Princess Peach / Toads and completionSuper Princess Peach Toads and completion: rescue checks and extra content

Use the map and collections to organize a thorough playthrough.

↗
06Super Princess Peach / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Super Princess Peach original-game artwork, menus and gameplay pictures. Each image includes its source and edition context.

↗

Yoshi’s Story box artYoshi’s Story ↗

01Yoshi’s Story / Controls and fruitYoshi’s Story Controls and fruit: thirty-fruit clears and the Smile Meter

Learn eggs, sniffing and health recovery before committing to a route.

↗
02Yoshi’s Story / LevelsYoshi’s Story Levels: all 24 stages and the Special Heart route

Use page tables to plan six-stage runs and fill the Trial library.

↗
03Yoshi’s Story / CharactersYoshi’s Story Characters: Yoshi colors, fruit preferences and helpers

Compare the six initial colors and the two secret Yoshis.

↗
04Yoshi’s Story / Secret YoshisYoshi’s Story Secret Yoshis: Black, White and recovery rules

Find the giant-egg stages and understand the Story Mode restrictions.

↗
05Yoshi’s Story / Melons and Trial ModeYoshi’s Story Melons and Trial Mode: score routes and completion

Plan thirty-melon clears and track stages still missing from Trial.

↗
06Yoshi’s Story / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Yoshi’s Story original-game artwork, menus and gameplay pictures. Each image includes its source and edition context.

↗

Mario Power Tennis box artMario Power Tennis ↗

01Mario Power Tennis / Shots and controlsMario Power Tennis Shots and controls: topspin, slice, lobs and Power Shots

Learn standard GameCube inputs and when to change shot depth.

↗
02Mario Power Tennis / CharactersMario Power Tennis Characters: all eighteen players and play styles

Compare the initial fourteen characters and the four tournament rewards.

↗
03Mario Power Tennis / CourtsMario Power Tennis Courts: surfaces, gimmicks and secret arenas

Compare ball behavior and the effects that change movement.

↗
04Mario Power Tennis / Tournaments and unlocksMario Power Tennis Tournaments and unlocks: Fly Guy, Paratroopa and star players

Use the correct Singles or Doubles cup route for every secret character.

↗
05Mario Power Tennis / Special gamesMario Power Tennis Special games: Gooper Blooper, Mecha-Bowser and skill practice

Compare the eight minigame objectives and their player limits.

↗
06Mario Power Tennis / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Mario Power Tennis original-game artwork, menus and gameplay pictures. Each image includes its source and edition context.

↗

Zelda II: The Adventure of Link box artZelda II: The Adventure of Link ↗

01Zelda II: The Adventure of Link / beginner guide: levels, swordplay and recoveryZelda II beginner guide: levels, swordplay and recovery

Plan experience upgrades, use towns and learn the two sword techniques.

↗
02Zelda II: The Adventure of Link / all spells and town requirementsZelda II all spells and town requirements

Find the eight spells and the towns that teach them.

↗
03Zelda II: The Adventure of Link / palace order, items and bossesZelda II palace order, items and bosses

Compare every palace’s reward and the overworld routes unlocked by equipment.

↗
04Zelda II: The Adventure of Link / boss weaknesses and permanent upgradesZelda II boss weaknesses and permanent upgrades

Use boss-specific answers and separate containers from temporary pickups.

↗
05Zelda II: The Adventure of Link / key characters, townspeople and final guardiansZelda II key characters, townspeople and final guardians

Identify Link’s helpers and the adversaries guarding the route.

↗
06Zelda II: The Adventure of Link / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Zelda II: The Adventure of Link original-game cover and archive screenshots, with image source and capture context.

↗

The Legend of Zelda: Oracle of Seasons box artThe Legend of Zelda: Oracle of Seasons ↗

01The Legend of Zelda: Oracle of Seasons / Rod of Seasons powers and terrain changesOracle of Seasons Rod of Seasons powers and terrain changes

Find each season’s power and use it to open new routes.

↗
02The Legend of Zelda: Oracle of Seasons / dungeon order, items and bossesOracle of Seasons dungeon order, items and bosses

Find the eight Essences of Nature and the tools collected along the way.

↗
03The Legend of Zelda: Oracle of Seasons / boss weaknesses and seed effectsOracle of Seasons boss weaknesses and seed effects

Match dungeon bosses with their intended items and keep useful seeds stocked.

↗
04The Legend of Zelda: Oracle of Seasons / linked-game passwords, rings and secretsOracle of Seasons linked-game passwords, rings and secrets

Start a linked adventure correctly and distinguish ring transfers from reward secrets.

↗
05The Legend of Zelda: Oracle of Seasons / key characters, companions and servicesOracle of Seasons key characters, companions and services

Identify the oracle, main antagonist, animal helpers and secret-related services.

↗
06The Legend of Zelda: Oracle of Seasons / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

The Legend of Zelda: Oracle of Seasons original-game cover and archive screenshots, with image source and capture context.

↗

The Legend of Zelda: Oracle of Ages box artThe Legend of Zelda: Oracle of Ages ↗

01The Legend of Zelda: Oracle of Ages / Harp of Ages tunes and time travelOracle of Ages Harp of Ages tunes and time travel

Use the three harp tunes and recognize changes between past and present.

↗
02The Legend of Zelda: Oracle of Ages / dungeon order and item upgradesOracle of Ages dungeon order and item upgrades

Track all eight dungeons and the equipment they add.

↗
03The Legend of Zelda: Oracle of Ages / boss puzzle answers and seed effectsOracle of Ages boss puzzle answers and seed effects

Compare the unusual boss mechanics with the five seed types.

↗
04The Legend of Zelda: Oracle of Ages / linked-game passwords, rings and secretsOracle of Ages linked-game passwords, rings and secrets

Start a linked adventure correctly and distinguish ring transfers from reward secrets.

↗
05The Legend of Zelda: Oracle of Ages / key characters, companions and servicesOracle of Ages key characters, companions and services

Identify the oracle, main antagonist, animal helpers and secret-related services.

↗
06The Legend of Zelda: Oracle of Ages / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

The Legend of Zelda: Oracle of Ages original-game cover and archive screenshots, with image source and capture context.

↗

Metroid II: Return of Samus box artMetroid II: Return of Samus ↗

01Metroid II: Return of Samus / beginner guide: navigation, saves and acidMetroid II beginner guide: navigation, saves and acid

Understand how the Metroid hunt opens the world and why a map checklist helps.

↗
02Metroid II: Return of Samus / beam weapons and Morph Ball upgradesMetroid II beam weapons and Morph Ball upgrades

Compare the four beam pickups and the movement tools used on SR388.

↗
03Metroid II: Return of Samus / Metroid forms, missile tactics and the QueenMetroid II Metroid forms, missile tactics and the Queen

Recognize the hunt’s different enemies and prepare for each battle style.

↗
04Metroid II: Return of Samus / energy tanks, missiles and completion goalsMetroid II energy tanks, missiles and completion goals

Separate permanent upgrades, resources and the ending timer.

↗
05Metroid II: Return of Samus / key characters and Metroid formsMetroid II key characters and Metroid forms

Identify Samus and the creatures that define the SR388 expedition.

↗
06Metroid II: Return of Samus / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Metroid II: Return of Samus original-game cover and archive screenshots, with image source and capture context.

↗

Metroid Prime 2: Echoes box artMetroid Prime 2: Echoes ↗

01Metroid Prime 2: Echoes / Dark Aether survival and beginner tipsMetroid Prime 2 Dark Aether survival and beginner tips

Use light fields, scans and suit upgrades to survive the parallel world.

↗
02Metroid Prime 2: Echoes / beam weapons, ammo and visor usesMetroid Prime 2 beam weapons, ammo and visor uses

Compare Power, Dark, Light and Annihilator Beams and the visors supporting them.

↗
03Metroid Prime 2: Echoes / temple order, guardians and major upgradesMetroid Prime 2 temple order, guardians and major upgrades

Track the three regional temples and the items recovered along the route.

↗
04Metroid Prime 2: Echoes / Sky Temple Keys, scans and completion planningMetroid Prime 2 Sky Temple Keys, scans and completion planning

Organize the endgame key hunt without mixing item and logbook progress.

↗
05Metroid Prime 2: Echoes / key characters, factions and guardian rolesMetroid Prime 2 key characters, factions and guardian roles

Meet the figures behind the conflict between Aether and Dark Aether.

↗
06Metroid Prime 2: Echoes / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Metroid Prime 2: Echoes original-game cover and archive screenshots, with image source and capture context.

↗

Metroid Prime 3: Corruption box artMetroid Prime 3: Corruption ↗

01Metroid Prime 3: Corruption / Hypermode, corruption and Wii controlsMetroid Prime 3 Hypermode, corruption and Wii controls

Use powerful Phazon attacks without losing control of the suit.

↗
02Metroid Prime 3: Corruption / planet order, Leviathans and gunship tasksMetroid Prime 3 planet order, Leviathans and gunship tasks

Track the campaign’s major destinations and return visits.

↗
03Metroid Prime 3: Corruption / beam, missile and grapple upgradesMetroid Prime 3 beam, missile and grapple upgrades

Compare the tools that unlock doors, machinery and new movement.

↗
04Metroid Prime 3: Corruption / hunter bosses, Energy Cells and completionMetroid Prime 3 hunter bosses, Energy Cells and completion

Prepare for the corrupted hunters and organize optional collection.

↗
05Metroid Prime 3: Corruption / key characters and the other bounty huntersMetroid Prime 3 key characters and the other bounty hunters

Identify Federation allies, the three hunters and Dark Samus.

↗
06Metroid Prime 3: Corruption / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Metroid Prime 3: Corruption original-game cover and archive screenshots, with image source and capture context.

↗

Kirby 64: The Crystal Shards box artKirby 64: The Crystal Shards ↗

01Kirby 64: The Crystal Shards / ability combinations and how to mix powersKirby 64 ability combinations and how to mix powers

Combine the seven base powers and carry the correct mix into shard puzzles.

↗
02Kirby 64: The Crystal Shards / Crystal Shards, colored blocks and the true endingKirby 64 Crystal Shards, colored blocks and the true ending

Track the 74 shards and unlock the final world.

↗
03Kirby 64: The Crystal Shards / planets and boss weaknessesKirby 64 planets and boss weaknesses

Follow the six planets and recognize each major boss’s attack pattern.

↗
04Kirby 64: The Crystal Shards / items, picnic rewards and multiplayer sub-gamesKirby 64 items, picnic rewards and multiplayer sub-games

Compare recovery items, the goal picnic and the three competitive games.

↗
05Kirby 64: The Crystal Shards / key characters and travel companionsKirby 64 key characters and travel companions

Identify the helpers whose abilities appear in stages and the true finale.

↗
06Kirby 64: The Crystal Shards / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Kirby 64: The Crystal Shards original-game cover and archive screenshots, with image source and capture context.

↗

Kirby & the Amazing Mirror box artKirby & the Amazing Mirror ↗

01Kirby & the Amazing Mirror / map navigation, phone calls and room explorationAmazing Mirror map navigation, phone calls and room exploration

Read the interconnected world and use the other Kirbys effectively.

↗
02Kirby & the Amazing Mirror / areas, bosses and the eight mirror shardsAmazing Mirror areas, bosses and the eight mirror shards

Match each numbered region with its boss and shard.

↗
03Kirby & the Amazing Mirror / Copy Abilities for puzzles and explorationAmazing Mirror Copy Abilities for puzzles and exploration

Use the right ability for stakes, fuses, underwater routes and resistant blocks.

↗
04Kirby & the Amazing Mirror / treasure chests, maps and completionAmazing Mirror treasure chests, maps and completion

Compare permanent treasure rewards and temporary pickups.

↗
05Kirby & the Amazing Mirror / key characters and mirror-world counterpartsAmazing Mirror key characters and mirror-world counterparts

Tell the four Kirbys, Meta Knight and their dark counterparts apart.

↗
06Kirby & the Amazing Mirror / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Kirby & the Amazing Mirror original-game cover and archive screenshots, with image source and capture context.

↗

Kirby: Nightmare in Dream Land box artKirby: Nightmare in Dream Land ↗

01Kirby: Nightmare in Dream Land / Copy Abilities, movement and puzzle toolsNightmare in Dream Land Copy Abilities, movement and puzzle tools

Use the GBA remake’s abilities for combat and hidden-switch routes.

↗
02Kirby: Nightmare in Dream Land / world order and boss referenceNightmare in Dream Land world order and boss reference

Track the seven Star Rod pieces and the Fountain of Dreams finale.

↗
03Kirby: Nightmare in Dream Land / hidden switches, Extra Game and Meta KnightmareNightmare in Dream Land hidden switches, Extra Game and Meta Knightmare

Understand the completion chain for the remake’s extra challenges.

↗
04Kirby: Nightmare in Dream Land / items, recovery and multiplayer sub-gamesNightmare in Dream Land items, recovery and multiplayer sub-games

Compare pickups and the GBA remake’s three competitive games.

↗
05Kirby: Nightmare in Dream Land / key characters and Star Rod guardiansNightmare in Dream Land key characters and Star Rod guardians

Identify the central cast and distinguish their roles in the ending.

↗
06Kirby: Nightmare in Dream Land / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Kirby: Nightmare in Dream Land original-game cover and archive screenshots, with image source and capture context.

↗

Kirby: Squeak Squad box artKirby: Squeak Squad ↗

01Kirby: Squeak Squad / Copy Palette bubbles, mixing and ability storageSqueak Squad Copy Palette bubbles, mixing and ability storage

Manage the DS touch-screen inventory and keep useful powers ready.

↗
02Kirby: Squeak Squad / treasure chests, Star Seals and reward typesSqueak Squad treasure chests, Star Seals and reward types

Find the items that open extra routes and strengthen Kirby.

↗
03Kirby: Squeak Squad / world order and boss referenceSqueak Squad world order and boss reference

Follow the eight worlds from Prism Plains to Gamble Galaxy.

↗
04Kirby: Squeak Squad / ability scrolls, Ghost Medal and sub-gamesSqueak Squad ability scrolls, Ghost Medal and sub-games

Compare optional upgrades with the multiplayer activities.

↗
05Kirby: Squeak Squad / key characters and the SqueaksSqueak Squad key characters and the Squeaks

Identify Daroach’s gang and the figures involved in the stolen treasure.

↗
06Kirby: Squeak Squad / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Kirby: Squeak Squad original-game cover and archive screenshots, with image source and capture context.

↗

Kirby’s Epic Yarn box artKirby’s Epic Yarn ↗

01Kirby’s Epic Yarn / yarn whip, transformations and movementEpic Yarn yarn whip, transformations and movement

Use fabric interactions and temporary forms to find hidden routes.

↗
02Kirby’s Epic Yarn / beads, medals and hidden treasureEpic Yarn beads, medals and hidden treasure

Improve stage results while collecting furniture and music.

↗
03Kirby’s Epic Yarn / world order and boss openingsEpic Yarn world order and boss openings

Follow the Patch Land regions and recognize how each boss can be unraveled.

↗
04Kirby’s Epic Yarn / Quilty Court apartments, shops and challengesEpic Yarn Quilty Court apartments, shops and challenges

Decorate rooms and meet the neighbors who open side challenges.

↗
05Kirby’s Epic Yarn / key characters and Quilty Court neighborsEpic Yarn key characters and Quilty Court neighbors

Identify the yarn-world allies, shops and antagonist.

↗
06Kirby’s Epic Yarn / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Kirby’s Epic Yarn original-game cover and archive screenshots, with image source and capture context.

↗

Kirby’s Return to Dream Land box artKirby’s Return to Dream Land ↗

01Kirby’s Return to Dream Land / Copy Abilities, Super Abilities and team rolesReturn to Dream Land Copy Abilities, Super Abilities and team roles

Use normal move sets, temporary Super Abilities and cooperative characters.

↗
02Kirby’s Return to Dream Land / all Energy Sphere totals and portal checksReturn to Dream Land all Energy Sphere totals and portal checks

Track the 120 spheres by world and identify the common hidden routes.

↗
03Kirby’s Return to Dream Land / world order, ship parts and bossesReturn to Dream Land world order, ship parts and bosses

Follow Popstar’s ship repairs and the journey to Halcandra.

↗
04Kirby’s Return to Dream Land / Extra Mode, Arena and Wii sub-gamesReturn to Dream Land Extra Mode, Arena and Wii sub-games

Unlock harder challenges and distinguish them from the Switch remake.

↗
05Kirby’s Return to Dream Land / key characters and playable partnersReturn to Dream Land key characters and playable partners

Identify the four hero choices, Magolor and Landia.

↗
06Kirby’s Return to Dream Land / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Kirby’s Return to Dream Land original-game cover and archive screenshots, with image source and capture context.

↗

Kirby: Triple Deluxe box artKirby: Triple Deluxe ↗

01Kirby: Triple Deluxe / Hypernova, depth travel and new Copy AbilitiesTriple Deluxe Hypernova, depth travel and new Copy Abilities

Use Miracle Fruit and the four new normal powers.

↗
02Kirby: Triple Deluxe / Sun Stones, rare keychains and collection totalsTriple Deluxe Sun Stones, rare keychains and collection totals

Separate boss-gate stones from the 256-entry keychain collection.

↗
03Kirby: Triple Deluxe / world order and boss weaknessesTriple Deluxe world order and boss weaknesses

Follow the Dreamstalk and prepare for Floralia’s guardians.

↗
04Kirby: Triple Deluxe / Dededetour, Arena and sub-game unlocksTriple Deluxe Dededetour, Arena and sub-game unlocks

Compare the extra adventure, boss rushes and two included sub-games.

↗
05Kirby: Triple Deluxe / key characters and Floralia’s storyTriple Deluxe key characters and Floralia’s story

Identify the kidnapped king, Taranza, Sectonia and Kirby’s helpers.

↗
06Kirby: Triple Deluxe / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Kirby: Triple Deluxe original-game cover and archive screenshots, with image source and capture context.

↗

Fire Emblem Awakening box artFire Emblem Awakening ↗

01Fire Emblem Awakening / Combat and Pair UpFire Emblem Awakening Combat and Pair Up

Use weapon matchups, supporting allies and enemy ranges without relying on a lucky block.

↗
02Fire Emblem Awakening / Classes and sealsFire Emblem Awakening Classes and seals

Compare promotion, reclassing and skill planning for the 3DS release.

↗
03Fire Emblem Awakening / Marriage and child recruitmentFire Emblem Awakening Marriage and child recruitment

Plan S supports, paralogues and inherited skills without mixing in Fates rules.

↗
04Fire Emblem Awakening / World map and equipmentFire Emblem Awakening World map and equipment

Use shops, paralogues, forging and weapon durability to keep the army ready.

↗
05Fire Emblem Awakening / Key charactersFire Emblem Awakening key characters and roles

Compare key characters and service roles; this is a selected reference rather than the complete roster.

↗
06Fire Emblem Awakening / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original game imagery and packaging. See the edition note for regional naming and later emulation overlays.

↗

Fire Emblem: The Sacred Stones box artFire Emblem: The Sacred Stones ↗

01Fire Emblem: The Sacred Stones / Combat and rescueThe Sacred Stones Combat and rescue

Use the GBA weapon triangles, terrain and rescue commands to preserve units.

↗
02Fire Emblem: The Sacred Stones / Classes and branching promotionThe Sacred Stones Classes and branching promotion

Compare promotion items and the trainee route before committing.

↗
03Fire Emblem: The Sacred Stones / Routes and world mapThe Sacred Stones Routes and world map

Understand the route split and optional battles in Magvel.

↗
04Fire Emblem: The Sacred Stones / Monsters and optional dungeonsThe Sacred Stones Monsters and optional dungeons

Prepare for the Tower of Valni and Lagdou Ruins with durable supplies.

↗
05Fire Emblem: The Sacred Stones / Key charactersThe Sacred Stones key characters and roles

Compare key characters and service roles; this is a selected reference rather than the complete roster.

↗
06Fire Emblem: The Sacred Stones / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original game imagery and packaging. See the edition note for regional naming and later emulation overlays.

↗

Fire Emblem: The Blazing Blade box artFire Emblem: The Blazing Blade ↗

01Fire Emblem: The Blazing Blade / Combat and weapon matchupsFire Emblem: The Blazing Blade Combat and weapon matchups

Read weight, effectiveness, terrain and counterattacks before ending a turn.

↗
02Fire Emblem: The Blazing Blade / Campaigns and side chaptersFire Emblem: The Blazing Blade Campaigns and side chapters

Follow the campaign order and preserve important optional chapters.

↗
03Fire Emblem: The Blazing Blade / Promotion items and class rolesFire Emblem: The Blazing Blade Promotion items and class roles

Match promotion items to classes and plan around story-based lord promotions.

↗
04Fire Emblem: The Blazing Blade / Supports, thieves and inventoryFire Emblem: The Blazing Blade Supports, thieves and inventory

Plan the five-conversation limit and keep objective tools in the party.

↗
05Fire Emblem: The Blazing Blade / Key charactersFire Emblem: The Blazing Blade key characters and roles

Compare key characters and service roles; this is a selected reference rather than the complete roster.

↗
06Fire Emblem: The Blazing Blade / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original game imagery and packaging. See the edition note for regional naming and later emulation overlays.

↗

Fire Emblem: Path of Radiance box artFire Emblem: Path of Radiance ↗

01Fire Emblem: Path of Radiance / Combat, terrain and laguzPath of Radiance Combat, terrain and laguz

Plan around transformed allies, movement and enemy equipment.

↗
02Fire Emblem: Path of Radiance / Base and bonus experiencePath of Radiance Base and bonus experience

Use conversations, forging and bonus experience before deployment.

↗
03Fire Emblem: Path of Radiance / Skills and promotionPath of Radiance Skills and promotion

Understand capacity, skill removal and GameCube class progression.

↗
04Fire Emblem: Path of Radiance / Recruitment and supportsPath of Radiance Recruitment and supports

Keep recruit conversations and chapter-based support growth on track.

↗
05Fire Emblem: Path of Radiance / Key charactersPath of Radiance key characters and roles

Compare key characters and service roles; this is a selected reference rather than the complete roster.

↗
06Fire Emblem: Path of Radiance / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original game imagery and packaging. See the edition note for regional naming and later emulation overlays.

↗

Fire Emblem: Radiant Dawn box artFire Emblem: Radiant Dawn ↗

01Fire Emblem: Radiant Dawn / Combat, ledges and terrainRadiant Dawn Combat, ledges and terrain

Check elevation and difficulty-specific rules before attacking.

↗
02Fire Emblem: Radiant Dawn / Armies and promotionRadiant Dawn Armies and promotion

Plan training and supplies around rotating groups and class tiers.

↗
03Fire Emblem: Radiant Dawn / Skills and bonus experienceRadiant Dawn Skills and bonus experience

Use reusable skills and capped stats effectively.

↗
04Fire Emblem: Radiant Dawn / Laguz and endgame preparationRadiant Dawn Laguz and endgame preparation

Maintain transformation and prepare a varied late-game team.

↗
05Fire Emblem: Radiant Dawn / Key charactersRadiant Dawn key characters and roles

Compare key characters and service roles; this is a selected reference rather than the complete roster.

↗
06Fire Emblem: Radiant Dawn / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original game imagery and packaging. See the edition note for regional naming and later emulation overlays.

↗

Advance Wars box artAdvance Wars ↗

01Advance Wars / Capture and incomeAdvance Wars Capture and income

Turn cheap infantry into production and repair advantages.

↗
02Advance Wars / Units, prices and countersAdvance Wars Units, prices and counters

Compare basic costs and roles before spending on one expensive unit.

↗
03Advance Wars / Fog of War and terrainAdvance Wars Fog of War and terrain

Scout concealed tiles and use defensive ground without wasting movement.

↗
04Advance Wars / Campaign and CO PowersAdvance Wars Campaign and CO Powers

Choose a commander around the map and use a power when it changes the turn.

↗
05Advance Wars / Key charactersAdvance Wars key characters and roles

Compare key characters and service roles; this is a selected reference rather than the complete roster.

↗
06Advance Wars / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original game imagery and packaging. See the edition note for regional naming and later emulation overlays.

↗

Advance Wars 2: Black Hole Rising box artAdvance Wars 2: Black Hole Rising ↗

01Advance Wars 2: Black Hole Rising / Capture, income and missile silosAdvance Wars 2 Capture, income and missile silos

Use properties and one-use missiles to secure a production advantage.

↗
02Advance Wars 2: Black Hole Rising / Units and NeotanksAdvance Wars 2 Units and Neotanks

Compare heavy armor with a balanced capture and support force.

↗
03Advance Wars 2: Black Hole Rising / CO Powers and Super CO PowersAdvance Wars 2 CO Powers and Super CO Powers

Decide between an earlier small power and a later major swing.

↗
04Advance Wars 2: Black Hole Rising / Factories, pipelines and campaign objectivesAdvance Wars 2 Factories, pipelines and campaign objectives

Break Black Hole installations by identifying their real targets.

↗
05Advance Wars 2: Black Hole Rising / Key charactersAdvance Wars 2 key characters and roles

Compare key characters and service roles; this is a selected reference rather than the complete roster.

↗
06Advance Wars 2: Black Hole Rising / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original game imagery and packaging. See the edition note for regional naming and later emulation overlays.

↗

Advance Wars: Dual Strike box artAdvance Wars: Dual Strike ↗

01Advance Wars: Dual Strike / New units and supplyAdvance Wars: Dual Strike New units and supply

Compare Dual Strike additions and keep fuel-dependent units operating.

↗
02Advance Wars: Dual Strike / Tag Powers and commander switchingAdvance Wars: Dual Strike Tag Powers and commander switching

Plan two consecutive commander phases without ending the turn too early.

↗
03Advance Wars: Dual Strike / Dual-front battlesAdvance Wars: Dual Strike Dual-front battles

Move reinforcements and manage the secondary map deliberately.

↗
04Advance Wars: Dual Strike / CO skills and game modesAdvance Wars: Dual Strike CO skills and game modes

Separate ranked commander skills, Wars Points and challenge rules.

↗
05Advance Wars: Dual Strike / Key charactersAdvance Wars: Dual Strike key characters and roles

Compare key characters and service roles; this is a selected reference rather than the complete roster.

↗
06Advance Wars: Dual Strike / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original game imagery and packaging. See the edition note for regional naming and later emulation overlays.

↗

Animal Crossing box artAnimal Crossing ↗

01Animal Crossing / Getting started and daily routineAnimal Crossing (GameCube) Getting started and daily routine

Settle into the GameCube town and build a useful daily route.

↗
02Animal Crossing / Bells, fruit and house upgradesAnimal Crossing (GameCube) Bells, fruit and house upgrades

Build repeatable income before committing to house expansions.

↗
03Animal Crossing / Museum and fossil identificationAnimal Crossing (GameCube) Museum and fossil identification

Follow the GameCube fossil-mail workflow and organize donations.

↗
04Animal Crossing / Golden tools and calendarAnimal Crossing (GameCube) Golden tools and calendar

Compare original golden-tool requirements and recurring visits.

↗
05Animal Crossing / Key charactersAnimal Crossing (GameCube) key characters and roles

Compare key characters and service roles; this is a selected reference rather than the complete roster.

↗
06Animal Crossing / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original game imagery and packaging. See the edition note for regional naming and later emulation overlays.

↗

Animal Crossing: City Folk box artAnimal Crossing: City Folk ↗

01Animal Crossing: City Folk / Getting started and town routineAnimal Crossing: City Folk Getting started and town routine

Organize tools, pockets and daily services before the first city trip.

↗
02Animal Crossing: City Folk / City shops and servicesAnimal Crossing: City Folk City shops and services

Find the right building for hairstyles, emotions, fortune-telling and luxury shopping.

↗
03Animal Crossing: City Folk / Bells and collecting routesAnimal Crossing: City Folk Bells and collecting routes

Earn steadily with fruit, the money rock and duplicate catches.

↗
04Animal Crossing: City Folk / Museum and golden toolsAnimal Crossing: City Folk Museum and golden tools

Separate personal catches, donated collections and tool rewards.

↗
05Animal Crossing: City Folk / Key charactersAnimal Crossing: City Folk key characters and roles

Compare key characters and service roles; this is a selected reference rather than the complete roster.

↗
06Animal Crossing: City Folk / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original game imagery and packaging. See the edition note for regional naming and later emulation overlays.

↗

Pokémon Snap box artPokémon Snap ↗

01Pokémon Snap / photo scoring and beginner guidePokémon Snap photo scoring and beginner guide

Improve framing, choose submissions and use repeated trips efficiently.

↗
02Pokémon Snap / course order and unlock requirementsPokémon Snap course order and unlock requirements

Unlock all seven original courses and distinguish score goals from route switches.

↗
03Pokémon Snap / food, Pester Balls and Poké Flute guidePokémon Snap food, Pester Balls and Poké Flute guide

Choose the tool that fits the reaction and keep the camera ready.

↗
04Pokémon Snap / all six Pokémon signs and Rainbow CloudPokémon Snap all six Pokémon signs and Rainbow Cloud

Use a course-by-course checklist for Oak’s environmental photo assignment.

↗
05Pokémon Snap / key characters and featured PokémonPokémon Snap key characters and featured Pokémon

Identify Todd, Professor Oak and selected subjects with important course roles.

↗
06Pokémon Snap / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Pokémon Snap original-game cover and screenshots, with source credits and the pictured release identified.

↗

Pokémon Mystery Dungeon: Explorers of Sky box artPokémon Mystery Dungeon: Explorers of Sky ↗

01Pokémon Mystery Dungeon: Explorers of Sky / starter and partner selection guideExplorers of Sky starter and partner selection guide

Understand the quiz, Sky’s added hero choices and how to compare a starting pair.

↗
02Pokémon Mystery Dungeon: Explorers of Sky / dungeon items, Belly and move PPExplorers of Sky dungeon items, Belly and move PP

Pack the main consumables and respond to low health, hunger and dangerous rooms.

↗
03Pokémon Mystery Dungeon: Explorers of Sky / recruitment and evolution requirementsExplorers of Sky recruitment and evolution requirements

Unlock team recruitment and distinguish ordinary evolution from the hero’s later milestone.

↗
04Pokémon Mystery Dungeon: Explorers of Sky / Special Episodes, Spinda Café and Sky featuresExplorers of Sky Special Episodes, Spinda Café and Sky features

Find the five side stories and understand the services added in Explorers of Sky.

↗
05Pokémon Mystery Dungeon: Explorers of Sky / key characters and Treasure Town servicesExplorers of Sky key characters and Treasure Town services

Find the guild’s main figures and the services that prepare an expedition.

↗
06Pokémon Mystery Dungeon: Explorers of Sky / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Pokémon Mystery Dungeon: Explorers of Sky original-game cover and screenshots, with source credits and the pictured release identified.

↗

Donkey Kong Country Returns box artDonkey Kong Country Returns ↗

01Donkey Kong Country Returns / Wii controls, Diddy and beginner guideDonkey Kong Country Returns Wii controls, Diddy and beginner guide

Learn how movement, Diddy’s hover and the two-player setup change a difficult jump.

↗
02Donkey Kong Country Returns / world order and boss referenceDonkey Kong Country Returns world order and boss reference

Match the eight main worlds to their bosses and prepare for each type of stage.

↗
03Donkey Kong Country Returns / KONG letters, Puzzle Pieces and Golden Temple unlocksDonkey Kong Country Returns KONG letters, Puzzle Pieces and Golden Temple unlocks

Separate the collectible rewards and follow the Wii temple unlock sequence.

↗
04Donkey Kong Country Returns / Mirror Mode and Time Attack guideDonkey Kong Country Returns Mirror Mode and Time Attack guide

Prepare for reversed stages and plan repeatable timed runs in the original Wii game.

↗
05Donkey Kong Country Returns / characters, helpers and shop itemsDonkey Kong Country Returns characters, helpers and shop items

Identify the playable Kongs, animal helpers and original Wii shop options.

↗
06Donkey Kong Country Returns / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Donkey Kong Country Returns original-game cover and screenshots, with source credits and the pictured release identified.

↗

Super Mario Kart box artSuper Mario Kart ↗

01Super Mario Kart / CharactersSuper Mario Kart Characters: all eight drivers and rival behavior

Choose a handling class and recognize computer-only attacks.

↗
02Super Mario Kart / Cups and unlocksSuper Mario Kart Cups and unlocks: Special Cup and 150cc

Find every Grand Prix course and the original progression requirements.

↗
03Super Mario Kart / Items and coinsSuper Mario Kart Items and coins: speed, shells and the Feather

Understand the original item panels and coin penalties.

↗
04Super Mario Kart / DrivingSuper Mario Kart Driving: power slides, track surfaces and safe corners

Learn the SNES controls without importing later drift mechanics.

↗
05Super Mario Kart / Battle and Time TrialsSuper Mario Kart Battle and Time Trials: balloons, maps and practice

Separate two-player battles from the single-player record modes.

↗
06Super Mario Kart / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Super Mario Kart original-edition pictures and promotional media. Captions identify the visible subject, and source credits record any rerelease framing.

↗

Mario Kart: Super Circuit box artMario Kart: Super Circuit ↗

01Mario Kart: Super Circuit / CharactersMario Kart: Super Circuit Characters: all eight drivers and weight classes

Select a kart for recovery, cornering and contact.

↗
02Mario Kart: Super Circuit / Cups and coursesMario Kart: Super Circuit Cups and courses: the 20 Game Boy Advance tracks

Scan the original cup order and the hazards worth practicing.

↗
03Mario Kart: Super Circuit / Extra Cups and ranksMario Kart: Super Circuit Extra Cups and ranks: unlock SNES tracks and three-star goals

Use the correct 100-coin requirement and understand rank factors.

↗
04Mario Kart: Super Circuit / Items and drivingMario Kart: Super Circuit Items and driving: coins, boosts and defensive play

Learn GBA movement and item decisions at a glance.

↗
05Mario Kart: Super Circuit / Time Trial and link playMario Kart: Super Circuit Time Trial and link play: ghosts, Quick Run and cartridges

Choose the right mode for records, practice or multiplayer.

↗
06Mario Kart: Super Circuit / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Mario Kart: Super Circuit original-edition pictures and promotional media. Captions identify the visible subject, and source credits record any rerelease framing.

↗

Mario Tennis box artMario Tennis ↗

01Mario Tennis / Characters and unlocksMario Tennis Characters and unlocks: Shy Guy, DK Jr. and Transfer Pak

Compare the five styles and separate cartridge unlocks from GBC transfers.

↗
02Mario Tennis / Shots and controlsMario Tennis Shots and controls: topspin, slice, lobs and drop shots

Use the N64 A/B combinations to move opponents around the court.

↗
03Mario Tennis / CourtsMario Tennis Courts: surface speeds, bounce and special locations

Adjust positioning for grass, clay, hard and composition courts.

↗
04Mario Tennis / TournamentsMario Tennis Tournaments: Star Cup, stars and Special Tournament

Follow the ordinary and starred tournament ladders.

↗
05Mario Tennis / Special gamesMario Tennis Special games: Ring Shot, Piranha Challenge and Bowser Stage

Find alternatives to standard tennis scoring.

↗
06Mario Tennis / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Mario Tennis original-edition pictures and promotional media. Captions identify the visible subject, and source credits record any rerelease framing.

↗

Mario Golf box artMario Golf ↗

01Mario Golf / Characters and unlocksMario Golf Characters and unlocks: Maple, DK and Get Character

Separate single-player unlocks, multiplayer availability and transfer characters.

↗
02Mario Golf / CoursesMario Golf Courses: Course Point unlocks and hazards

Find all six main courses and the two miniature-golf courses.

↗
03Mario Golf / Swing and puttingMario Golf Swing and putting: power, impact, wind and slope

Read the N64 swing meter and course conditions before committing.

↗
04Mario Golf / ModesMario Golf Modes: tournament, match play, skins and mini-golf

Choose scoring rules that match your objective.

↗
05Mario Golf / Ring Shot and Birdie BadgesMario Golf Ring Shot and Birdie Badges: DK and Maple requirements

Track the two collectible routes without mixing their counters.

↗
06Mario Golf / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Mario Golf original-edition pictures and promotional media. Captions identify the visible subject, and source credits record any rerelease framing.

↗

Mario Golf: Toadstool Tour box artMario Golf: Toadstool Tour ↗

01Mario Golf: Toadstool Tour / Characters and unlocksMario Golf: Toadstool Tour Characters and unlocks: Boo, Petey, Shadow Mario and Bowser Jr.

Match each hidden golfer to the correct game mode.

↗
02Mario Golf: Toadstool Tour / CoursesMario Golf: Toadstool Tour Courses: unlock order from Lakitu Valley to Bowser Badlands

Find all seven courses and their access conditions.

↗
03Mario Golf: Toadstool Tour / Shots and spinMario Golf: Toadstool Tour Shots and spin: automatic swing, manual impact and putting

Use the GameCube swing system and choose how the ball rolls.

↗
04Mario Golf: Toadstool Tour / Side gamesMario Golf: Toadstool Tour Side games: Birdie Challenge, Ring Attack and practice

Choose a challenge that teaches a useful shot and earns a reward.

↗
05Mario Golf: Toadstool Tour / Star Characters and Star TournamentMario Golf: Toadstool Tour Star Characters and Star Tournament: invitation requirements

Unlock stronger forms and understand the regional Ace difficulty difference.

↗
06Mario Golf: Toadstool Tour / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Mario Golf: Toadstool Tour original-edition pictures and promotional media. Captions identify the visible subject, and source credits record any rerelease framing.

↗

Super Mario Strikers box artSuper Mario Strikers ↗

01Super Mario Strikers / CharactersSuper Mario Strikers Characters: captains, sidekicks and the Super Team

Build an original GameCube team without importing sequel statistics.

↗
02Super Mario Strikers / Super StrikesSuper Mario Strikers Super Strikes: two-goal shots, charging and interruption

Learn when to charge and how to deny the opponent’s special shot.

↗
03Super Mario Strikers / Cups and unlocksSuper Mario Strikers Cups and unlocks: Bowser Cup, Super Team and cheats

Follow the eight competitions and their rewards.

↗
04Super Mario Strikers / Items and defenseSuper Mario Strikers Items and defense: tackles, charged shots and electric fences

Manage the item economy while protecting the goal.

↗
05Super Mario Strikers / Stadiums and modesSuper Mario Strikers Stadiums and modes: seven pitches, Strikers 101 and local play

Find the stadium roster and the original match rules.

↗
06Super Mario Strikers / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Super Mario Strikers original-edition pictures and promotional media. Captions identify the visible subject, and source credits record any rerelease framing.

↗

Mario Strikers Charged box artMario Strikers Charged ↗

01Mario Strikers Charged / CharactersMario Strikers Charged Characters: captain classes and all eight sidekicks

Build a team around movement, passing, shooting and defense.

↗
02Mario Strikers Charged / Skillshots and ball chargeMario Strikers Charged Skillshots and ball charge: sidekick finishing and passing

Turn possession into stronger shots and useful goalkeeper disruption.

↗
03Mario Strikers Charged / Mega StrikesMario Strikers Charged Mega Strikes: three to six balls and goalkeeper blocks

Set the volley meter and stop an opposing captain’s attack.

↗
04Mario Strikers Charged / Cups and unlocksMario Strikers Charged Cups and unlocks: Bowser Jr., Diddy, Petey and arena awards

Follow Road to the Striker Cup and the two qualifying-round awards.

↗
05Mario Strikers Charged / Stadiums and challengesMario Strikers Charged Stadiums and challenges: hazards, classic fields and cheats

Read each new arena’s hazard before choosing a route.

↗
06Mario Strikers Charged / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Mario Strikers Charged original-edition pictures and promotional media. Captions identify the visible subject, and source credits record any rerelease framing.

↗

Mario Superstar Baseball box artMario Superstar Baseball ↗

01Mario Superstar Baseball / Characters and unlocksMario Superstar Baseball Characters and unlocks: Challenge captains and hidden players

Find the five starting campaign leaders and their clear rewards.

↗
02Mario Superstar Baseball / Batting and pitchingMario Superstar Baseball Batting and pitching: contact, charged swings and Star Skills

Manage the strike count, runners and shared Team Star meter.

↗
03Mario Superstar Baseball / Chemistry and fieldingMario Superstar Baseball Chemistry and fielding: fast throws, friends and bad pairings

Arrange field positions and batting order around the original chemistry rules.

↗
04Mario Superstar Baseball / Challenge ModeMario Superstar Baseball Challenge Mode: Scout Flags, shop items and Star Missions

Recruit teammates, open Bowser Castle and improve individual players.

↗
05Mario Superstar Baseball / Stadiums and modesMario Superstar Baseball Stadiums and modes: six ballparks, hazards and Toy Field

Choose a ballpark and account for objects that change the play.

↗
06Mario Superstar Baseball / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Mario Superstar Baseball original-edition pictures and promotional media. Captions identify the visible subject, and source credits record any rerelease framing.

↗

Mario Super Sluggers box artMario Super Sluggers ↗

01Mario Super Sluggers / Characters and recruitmentMario Super Sluggers Characters and recruitment: captains, K. Rool, Blooper and Wiggler

Follow specific recruit routes and distinguish Challenge from Exhibition.

↗
02Mario Super Sluggers / Controls and staminaMario Super Sluggers Controls and stamina: Wii play styles, batting and pitcher fatigue

Choose a control setup and learn the signals that affect consistency.

↗
03Mario Super Sluggers / ChemistryMario Super Sluggers Chemistry: Buddy Jump, Buddy Throw and batting items

Use friendly neighbors in the field and the batting order.

↗
04Mario Super Sluggers / Challenge and stadium unlocksMario Super Sluggers Challenge and stadium unlocks: Playroom, Castle, Mansion and Cruiser

Plan Baseball Kingdom progress around recruits, shops and day/night access.

↗
05Mario Super Sluggers / Parks and modesMario Super Sluggers Parks and modes: nine stadiums, day/night rules and Toy Field

Choose a field with the right hazards and time of day.

↗
06Mario Super Sluggers / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Mario Super Sluggers original-edition pictures and promotional media. Captions identify the visible subject, and source credits record any rerelease framing.

↗

Wario Land II box artWario Land II ↗

01Wario Land II / Characters and enemiesWario Land II Characters and enemies: helpers, pirates and puzzle tools

Identify which encounters threaten coins and which provide a way forward.

↗
02Wario Land II / Secret routes and chaptersWario Land II Secret routes and chapters: opening the branching map

Understand the original route, the sleeping shortcut and replay access.

↗
03Wario Land II / TransformationsWario Land II Transformations: useful conditions and how to recover

Compare Wario’s reactions before removing the enemy that causes them.

↗
04Wario Land II / Treasures and completionWario Land II Treasures and completion: prices, Picture Pieces and the final stage

Track the two 50-part collections without confusing their minigames.

↗
05Wario Land II / Movement and puzzlesWario Land II Movement and puzzles: throws, rolls and hidden passages

Use the original move set to investigate rooms and protect your coins.

↗
06Wario Land II / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Wario Land II original-edition pictures and promotional media. Captions identify the visible subject, and source credits record any rerelease framing.

↗

Wario Land 3 box artWario Land 3 ↗

01Wario Land 3 / Characters and encountersWario Land 3 Characters and encounters: the Temple guide and puzzle enemies

Recognize progression helpers and enemies whose attacks open routes.

↗
02Wario Land 3 / Ability upgradesWario Land 3 Ability upgrades: where to find gloves, overalls and boots

Use the chest-location table to unlock Wario’s permanent movement powers.

↗
03Wario Land 3 / Music boxes and chestsWario Land 3 Music boxes and chests: the story route and treasure system

Locate the five music boxes and understand why old levels need revisiting.

↗
04Wario Land 3 / ReactionsWario Land 3 Reactions: fire, invisibility, snow and vampire routes

Match temporary forms to the obstacle rather than treating every hit as a mistake.

↗
05Wario Land 3 / Completion and golfWario Land 3 Completion and golf: Musical Coins, 100 treasures and Time Attack

Separate optional stage goals from the requirements for the final mode.

↗
06Wario Land 3 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Wario Land 3 original-edition pictures and promotional media. Captions identify the visible subject, and source credits record any rerelease framing.

↗

Wario Land 4 box artWario Land 4 ↗

01Wario Land 4 / Characters and reactionsWario Land 4 Characters and reactions: Wario, the cat and puzzle forms

Identify the cast and the transformations used inside the pyramid.

↗
02Wario Land 4 / Passages and levelsWario Land 4 Passages and levels: all 18 stages and six bosses

Use the original passage map to plan your next route.

↗
03Wario Land 4 / Jewel pieces, Keyzers and the Frog SwitchWario Land 4 Jewel pieces, Keyzers and the Frog Switch: escaping a stage

Keep progression items and escape timing separate.

↗
04Wario Land 4 / Bosses and treasuresWario Land 4 Bosses and treasures: protect all 12 chests

Compare boss gimmicks and understand which rewards disappear with time.

↗
05Wario Land 4 / Crowns, CDs and difficultyWario Land 4 Crowns, CDs and difficulty: Karaoke and S-Hard unlocks

Separate score goals, music collection and the higher-difficulty clear.

↗
06Wario Land 4 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Wario Land 4 original-edition pictures and promotional media. Captions identify the visible subject, and source credits record any rerelease framing.

↗

Mario vs. Donkey Kong box artMario vs. Donkey Kong ↗

01Mario vs. Donkey Kong / Characters and enemiesMario vs. Donkey Kong Characters and enemies: Mario, Minis and moving obstacles

Understand which characters you control and how enemies become puzzle tools.

↗
02Mario vs. Donkey Kong / Worlds and Plus modeMario vs. Donkey Kong Worlds and Plus mode: the GBA route at a glance

Follow the six original worlds and understand what changes after the first ending.

↗
03Mario vs. Donkey Kong / Movement and keysMario vs. Donkey Kong Movement and keys: handstands, backflips and safe carrying

Choose the move that fits the room before rushing the key to the door.

↗
04Mario vs. Donkey Kong / Stars and Expert levelsMario vs. Donkey Kong Stars and Expert levels: all 12 GBA unlock requirements

Use score stars and the original thresholds to open the final challenge rooms.

↗
05Mario vs. Donkey Kong / Minis, presents and bossesMario vs. Donkey Kong Minis, presents and bosses: protect the escort and build your score

Connect the rescue stages, boss health and bonus-life opportunities.

↗
06Mario vs. Donkey Kong / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Mario vs. Donkey Kong original-edition pictures and promotional media. Captions identify the visible subject, and source credits record any rerelease framing.

↗

Mario vs. Donkey Kong 2: March of the Minis box artMario vs. Donkey Kong 2: March of the Minis ↗

01Mario vs. Donkey Kong 2: March of the Minis / Characters and MinisMario vs. Donkey Kong 2: March of the Minis Characters and Minis: playable toys and scoring variants

Separate the main-game toys, special-kit characters and supporting cast.

↗
02Mario vs. Donkey Kong 2: March of the Minis / Touch controls and routesMario vs. Donkey Kong 2: March of the Minis Touch controls and routes: taps, swipes and Color Blocks

Learn the DS controls and prepare a room before its timer starts.

↗
03Mario vs. Donkey Kong 2: March of the Minis / Floors and bossesMario vs. Donkey Kong 2: March of the Minis Floors and bosses: all eight themes and cannon rules

Scan the floor order and prepare the right style of boss attack.

↗
04Mario vs. Donkey Kong 2: March of the Minis / Scoring and gold starsMario vs. Donkey Kong 2: March of the Minis Scoring and gold stars: Chain Goals and Gold Mini order

Understand which bonuses turn a safe clear into a high-scoring run.

↗
05Mario vs. Donkey Kong 2: March of the Minis / Unlocks and Construction ZoneMario vs. Donkey Kong 2: March of the Minis Unlocks and Construction Zone: DK’s Hideout, stars and saved levels

Find the basement requirements and distinguish local creation from discontinued online sharing.

↗
06Mario vs. Donkey Kong 2: March of the Minis / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Mario vs. Donkey Kong 2: March of the Minis original-edition pictures and promotional media. Captions identify the visible subject, and source credits record any rerelease framing.

↗

Kirby's Dream Land box artKirby's Dream Land ↗

01Kirby's Dream Land / beginner guide: inhale, float and attackKirby's Dream Land beginner guide: inhale, float and attack

Use the original Kirby move set without looking for later Copy Abilities.

↗
02Kirby's Dream Land / stages, bosses and Mt. Dedede routeKirby's Dream Land stages, bosses and Mt. Dedede route

Match every stage to its main encounter and attack opportunity.

↗
03Kirby's Dream Land / items, recovery and hidden-room checksKirby's Dream Land items, recovery and hidden-room checks

Tell temporary power-ups from health and lives.

↗
04Kirby's Dream Land / Extra Game code and configuration modeKirby's Dream Land Extra Game code and configuration mode

Enter the original title-screen codes and understand the harder game.

↗
05Kirby's Dream Land / characters and enemy rolesKirby's Dream Land characters and enemy roles

Identify the original Dream Land cast and its gameplay roles.

↗
06Kirby's Dream Land / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Kirby's Dream Land box art and four original-game archive screenshots, with source credits and edition context.

↗

Kirby's Dream Land 2 box artKirby's Dream Land 2 ↗

01Kirby's Dream Land 2 / animal friends and ability combinationsKirby's Dream Land 2 animal friends and ability combinations

Choose Rick, Kine or Coo for the terrain and required power.

↗
02Kirby's Dream Land 2 / Rainbow Drops and the true-ending requirementKirby's Dream Land 2 Rainbow Drops and the true-ending requirement

Plan the seven special collectible routes before confronting Dark Matter.

↗
03Kirby's Dream Land 2 / islands and boss strategiesKirby's Dream Land 2 islands and boss strategies

Follow all seven islands and identify the true final fight.

↗
04Kirby's Dream Land 2 / bonus games and completion checklistKirby's Dream Land 2 bonus games and completion checklist

Track Drops, boss bonus rooms and postgame goals separately.

↗
05Kirby's Dream Land 2 / characters and the three animal friendsKirby's Dream Land 2 characters and the three animal friends

Distinguish companions, the possessed king and the final enemy.

↗
06Kirby's Dream Land 2 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Kirby's Dream Land 2 box art and four original-game archive screenshots, with source credits and edition context.

↗

Kirby's Dream Land 3 box artKirby's Dream Land 3 ↗

01Kirby's Dream Land 3 / Heart Stars and the Hyper Zone endingKirby's Dream Land 3 Heart Stars and the Hyper Zone ending

Understand the 30 stage requests and why the normal ending is incomplete.

↗
02Kirby's Dream Land 3 / animal friends, Copy Abilities and GooeyKirby's Dream Land 3 animal friends, Copy Abilities and Gooey

Choose movement and puzzle tools across six companions.

↗
03Kirby's Dream Land 3 / worlds, bosses and final battleKirby's Dream Land 3 worlds, bosses and final battle

Follow the five worlds and the hidden Hyper Zone.

↗
04Kirby's Dream Land 3 / co-op, sub-games and completion goalsKirby's Dream Land 3 co-op, sub-games and completion goals

Separate Heart Stars, boss challenges and local Gooey play.

↗
05Kirby's Dream Land 3 / characters and Animal Friend referenceKirby's Dream Land 3 characters and Animal Friend reference

Meet the six partners, Gooey and the true-final-boss cast.

↗
06Kirby's Dream Land 3 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Kirby's Dream Land 3 box art and four original-game archive screenshots, with source credits and edition context.

↗

Kirby: Canvas Curse box artKirby: Canvas Curse ↗

01Kirby: Canvas Curse / rainbow-line controls, ink and Copy AbilitiesKirby: Canvas Curse rainbow-line controls, ink and Copy Abilities

Guide the ball with careful drawing and taps.

↗
02Kirby: Canvas Curse / medals, Medal Swap and character unlocksKirby: Canvas Curse medals, Medal Swap and character unlocks

Account for all 250 medals without confusing story and trial rewards.

↗
03Kirby: Canvas Curse / Rainbow Run, Time Trial and boss gamesKirby: Canvas Curse Rainbow Run, Time Trial and boss games

Switch between speed, ink efficiency and the three boss-game rules.

↗
04Kirby: Canvas Curse / worlds, hazards and Drawcia battleKirby: Canvas Curse worlds, hazards and Drawcia battle

Follow the painted worlds and prepare for the final encounter.

↗
05Kirby: Canvas Curse / characters and playable ball differencesKirby: Canvas Curse characters and playable ball differences

Compare the hero, paintbrush, rivals and unlockable balls.

↗
06Kirby: Canvas Curse / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Kirby: Canvas Curse box art and four original-game archive screenshots, with source credits and edition context.

↗

Kirby Mass Attack box artKirby Mass Attack ↗

01Kirby Mass Attack / controls, fruit and building ten KirbysKirby Mass Attack controls, fruit and building ten Kirbys

Move the group, launch attacks and replace missing teammates.

↗
02Kirby Mass Attack / medals, Rainbow Medals and Necro NebulaKirby Mass Attack medals, Rainbow Medals and Necro Nebula

Track the special collection that opens the final island.

↗
03Kirby Mass Attack / islands, bosses and team requirementsKirby Mass Attack islands, bosses and team requirements

Follow the five-island campaign and keep enough Kirbys alive.

↗
04Kirby Mass Attack / injured Kirbys, rescue and sub-game unlocksKirby Mass Attack injured Kirbys, rescue and sub-game unlocks

Protect the group and compare the bonus activities.

↗
05Kirby Mass Attack / characters, Daroach and the Skull GangKirby Mass Attack characters, Daroach and the Skull Gang

Identify the helpers and enemies in the split-Kirby adventure.

↗
06Kirby Mass Attack / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Kirby Mass Attack box art and four original-game archive screenshots, with source credits and edition context.

↗

Wario World box artWario World ↗

01Wario World / combat moves, grabs and PiledriversWario World combat moves, grabs and Piledrivers

Turn stunned enemies into attacks and puzzle tools.

↗
02Wario World / treasure, red diamonds and health upgradesWario World treasure, red diamonds and health upgrades

Track the four separate collection types in each stage.

↗
03Wario World / worlds, levels and boss listWario World worlds, levels and boss list

Match every level and world finale to its boss.

↗
04Wario World / trapdoor challenges, garlic and Unithorn’s LairWario World trapdoor challenges, garlic and Unithorn’s Lair

Recover from falls and complete bonus rooms efficiently.

↗
05Wario World / characters, Spritelings and world guardiansWario World characters, Spritelings and world guardians

Identify the helpers and enemies around Treasure Square.

↗
06Wario World / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Wario World box art and four original-game archive screenshots, with source credits and edition context.

↗

WarioWare, Inc.: Mega Microgame$! box artWarioWare, Inc.: Mega Microgame$! ↗

01WarioWare, Inc.: Mega Microgame$! / beginner guide: lives, commands and boss gamesWarioWare, Inc.: Mega Microgame$! beginner guide: lives, commands and boss games

Understand the four-life runs and when the difficulty changes.

↗
02WarioWare, Inc.: Mega Microgame$! / character stages, themes and remix progressionWarioWare, Inc.: Mega Microgame$! character stages, themes and remix progression

Use each host’s theme to anticipate the next microgame.

↗
03WarioWare, Inc.: Mega Microgame$! / Grid flowers, Pyoro and Pyoro 2 unlocksWarioWare, Inc.: Mega Microgame$! Grid flowers, Pyoro and Pyoro 2 unlocks

Finish the two different Grid collection goals.

↗
04WarioWare, Inc.: Mega Microgame$! / bonus games, tower rules and unlock requirementsWarioWare, Inc.: Mega Microgame$! bonus games, tower rules and unlock requirements

Compare the optional challenges without mixing their rules.

↗
05WarioWare, Inc.: Mega Microgame$! / characters and microgame hostsWarioWare, Inc.: Mega Microgame$! characters and microgame hosts

Match each Diamond City employee to the original game’s role.

↗
06WarioWare, Inc.: Mega Microgame$! / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

WarioWare, Inc.: Mega Microgame$! box art and four original-game archive screenshots, with source credits and edition context.

↗

WarioWare: Twisted! box artWarioWare: Twisted! ↗

01WarioWare: Twisted! / gyro controls, calibration and input stylesWarioWare: Twisted! gyro controls, calibration and input styles

Get the original motion cartridge responding predictably.

↗
02WarioWare: Twisted! / stage styles, Fronk and WarioWatch rulesWarioWare: Twisted! stage styles, Fronk and WarioWatch rules

Recognize the special rules before a run consumes your lives.

↗
03WarioWare: Twisted! / souvenirs, Spindex and Pyoro R unlocksWarioWare: Twisted! souvenirs, Spindex and Pyoro R unlocks

Separate capsule rewards from special completion rewards.

↗
04WarioWare: Twisted! / tower unlocks and high-score challengesWarioWare: Twisted! tower unlocks and high-score challenges

Compare Skyscraper, Tower, Mansion and WarioWatch 2.

↗
05WarioWare: Twisted! / characters and motion-game hostsWarioWare: Twisted! characters and motion-game hosts

Match the Twisted cast to their control lessons.

↗
06WarioWare: Twisted! / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

WarioWare: Twisted! box art and four original-game archive screenshots, with source credits and edition context.

↗

WarioWare: Smooth Moves box artWarioWare: Smooth Moves ↗

01WarioWare: Smooth Moves / Wii Remote forms and motion controlsWarioWare: Smooth Moves Wii Remote forms and motion controls

Start each microgame in the correct grip.

↗
02WarioWare: Smooth Moves / story stages and Temple of Form practiceWarioWare: Smooth Moves story stages and Temple of Form practice

Unlock forms and rehearse unfamiliar microgames.

↗
03WarioWare: Smooth Moves / multiplayer modes and controller sharingWarioWare: Smooth Moves multiplayer modes and controller sharing

Choose a party mode and follow its pass-the-controller rules.

↗
04WarioWare: Smooth Moves / bonus minigames and mixed-score challengesWarioWare: Smooth Moves bonus minigames and mixed-score challenges

Compare longer activities with the microgame endurance sets.

↗
05WarioWare: Smooth Moves / characters and the Form Baton castWarioWare: Smooth Moves characters and the Form Baton cast

Meet the returning hosts and new Diamond City characters.

↗
06WarioWare: Smooth Moves / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

WarioWare: Smooth Moves box art and four original-game archive screenshots, with source credits and edition context.

↗

Donkey Kong Jungle Beat box artDonkey Kong Jungle Beat ↗

01Donkey Kong Jungle Beat / DK Bongos controls and Sound Wave AttackDonkey Kong Jungle Beat DK Bongos controls and Sound Wave Attack

Learn movement, claps and airborne actions in the GameCube original.

↗
02Donkey Kong Jungle Beat / combos, beat totals and platinum crestsDonkey Kong Jungle Beat combos, beat totals and platinum crests

Build a multiplier and finish above the four crest thresholds.

↗
03Donkey Kong Jungle Beat / kingdom progression and boss familiesDonkey Kong Jungle Beat kingdom progression and boss families

Recognize Kongs, Rocs, Hogs and Tusks before the showdown.

↗
04Donkey Kong Jungle Beat / Jungle Buddies, beat health and route planningDonkey Kong Jungle Beat Jungle Buddies, beat health and route planning

Use the four helpers without dropping the scoring chain.

↗
05Donkey Kong Jungle Beat / characters, helpers and Evil KingsDonkey Kong Jungle Beat characters, helpers and Evil Kings

Identify the original Jungle Beat cast without importing Country partners.

↗
06Donkey Kong Jungle Beat / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Donkey Kong Jungle Beat box art and four original-game archive screenshots, with source credits and edition context.

↗

Donkey Kong Country: Tropical Freeze box artDonkey Kong Country: Tropical Freeze ↗

01Donkey Kong Country: Tropical Freeze / Diddy, Dixie, Cranky and movement abilitiesDonkey Kong Country: Tropical Freeze Diddy, Dixie, Cranky and movement abilities

Choose the partner that solves the next route problem.

↗
02Donkey Kong Country: Tropical Freeze / KONG Letters, puzzle pieces and secret exitsDonkey Kong Country: Tropical Freeze KONG Letters, puzzle pieces and secret exits

Know which collectibles unlock levels and which unlock artwork.

↗
03Donkey Kong Country: Tropical Freeze / islands, bosses and Snowmad weaknessesDonkey Kong Country: Tropical Freeze islands, bosses and Snowmad weaknesses

Follow the six main islands and identify the boss at each end.

↗
04Donkey Kong Country: Tropical Freeze / Hard Mode, 200% completion and Time AttackDonkey Kong Country: Tropical Freeze Hard Mode, 200% completion and Time Attack

Separate one-heart clears, blue letters and speed medals.

↗
05Donkey Kong Country: Tropical Freeze / characters and Kong partner referenceDonkey Kong Country: Tropical Freeze characters and Kong partner reference

Distinguish the Wii U partners, shopkeeper and Snowmad leader.

↗
06Donkey Kong Country: Tropical Freeze / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Donkey Kong Country: Tropical Freeze box art and four original-game archive screenshots, with source credits and edition context.

↗

Luigi's Mansion: Dark Moon box artLuigi's Mansion: Dark Moon ↗

01Luigi's Mansion: Dark Moon / Poltergust 5000, Strobulb and Dark-Light guideLuigi's Mansion: Dark Moon Poltergust 5000, Strobulb and Dark-Light guide

Use the correct tool for ghosts, invisible objects and tracking.

↗
02Luigi's Mansion: Dark Moon / mansions, mission route and boss namesLuigi's Mansion: Dark Moon mansions, mission route and boss names

Follow the five mansion themes and their Possessors.

↗
03Luigi's Mansion: Dark Moon / gems, Boos, bonus missions and upgradesLuigi's Mansion: Dark Moon gems, Boos, bonus missions and upgrades

Track mansion collections without confusing their rewards.

↗
04Luigi's Mansion: Dark Moon / ScareScraper modes, three-star ranks and file medalsLuigi's Mansion: Dark Moon ScareScraper modes, three-star ranks and file medals

Separate mission rankings from the multiplayer ghost collection.

↗
05Luigi's Mansion: Dark Moon / characters, ghost types and rescue targetsLuigi's Mansion: Dark Moon characters, ghost types and rescue targets

Identify the Evershade Valley cast and common ghost behaviors.

↗
06Luigi's Mansion: Dark Moon / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Luigi's Mansion: Dark Moon box art and four original-game archive screenshots, with source credits and edition context.

↗

Kid Icarus: Uprising box artKid Icarus: Uprising ↗

01Kid Icarus: Uprising / controls, Intensity and the Fiend’s CauldronKid Icarus: Uprising controls, Intensity and the Fiend’s Cauldron

Learn air combat, ground dodges and difficulty-risk choices.

↗
02Kid Icarus: Uprising / weapon types, value and fusion planningKid Icarus: Uprising weapon types, value and fusion planning

Compare the nine weapon classes before consuming a favorite in fusion.

↗
03Kid Icarus: Uprising / Powers, Treasure Hunt and loadout planningKid Icarus: Uprising Powers, Treasure Hunt and loadout planning

Fit limited-use abilities into the grid and target specific rewards.

↗
04Kid Icarus: Uprising / chapter route, Light vs. Dark and local playKid Icarus: Uprising chapter route, Light vs. Dark and local play

Understand the 25-chapter campaign and team-life rule.

↗
05Kid Icarus: Uprising / characters, gods and rival factionsKid Icarus: Uprising characters, gods and rival factions

Identify Pit’s allies, rivals and the later antagonists.

↗
06Kid Icarus: Uprising / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Kid Icarus: Uprising box art and four original-game archive screenshots, with source credits and edition context.

↗

Pokémon Ranger: Shadows of Almia box artPokémon Ranger: Shadows of Almia ↗

01Pokémon Ranger: Shadows of Almia / Capture Styler and Poké AssistsPokémon Ranger: Shadows of Almia Capture Styler and Poké Assists

Keep the capture line safe while building friendship and using the right assist.

↗
02Pokémon Ranger: Shadows of Almia / Partner Pokémon and FarmPokémon Ranger: Shadows of Almia Partner Pokémon and Farm

Compare the first partners and understand how the full partner collection works.

↗
03Pokémon Ranger: Shadows of Almia / Field Moves and Travel PokémonPokémon Ranger: Shadows of Almia Field Moves and Travel Pokémon

Read an obstacle requirement and bring the right helper before leaving an area.

↗
04Pokémon Ranger: Shadows of Almia / Ranger Quests and RegigigasPokémon Ranger: Shadows of Almia Ranger Quests and Regigigas

Track optional quests, permanent Styler upgrades and the final Browser challenge.

↗
05Pokémon Ranger: Shadows of Almia / Characters and Ranger RolesPokémon Ranger: Shadows of Almia Characters and Ranger Roles

Identify the people, partners and organizations that guide the Almia campaign.

↗
06Pokémon Ranger: Shadows of Almia / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Authentic game images and original packaging, with source credits. Captions identify later emulation frames, regional text and full-field reference images where applicable.

↗

Pokémon Ranger: Guardian Signs box artPokémon Ranger: Guardian Signs ↗

01Pokémon Ranger: Guardian Signs / Ranger Signs and Legendary RidesPokémon Ranger: Guardian Signs Ranger Signs and Legendary Rides

Choose Raikou, Entei or Suicune for the obstacle in front of you.

↗
02Pokémon Ranger: Guardian Signs / Capture and Poké Assist PlacementPokémon Ranger: Guardian Signs Capture and Poké Assist Placement

Protect the Styler and position helpers outside the target's attack path.

↗
03Pokémon Ranger: Guardian Signs / Field Moves and Browser CompletionPokémon Ranger: Guardian Signs Field Moves and Browser Completion

Plan Oblivia routes around obstacle requirements and the Pokémon already registered.

↗
04Pokémon Ranger: Guardian Signs / Past Missions and Local MultiplayerPokémon Ranger: Guardian Signs Past Missions and Local Multiplayer

Understand the temple missions and how their progression differs from the story.

↗
05Pokémon Ranger: Guardian Signs / Characters and Oblivia FactionsPokémon Ranger: Guardian Signs Characters and Oblivia Factions

Find the role of Ukulele Pichu, the Rangers and the Pokémon Pinchers.

↗
06Pokémon Ranger: Guardian Signs / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Authentic game images and original packaging, with source credits. Captions identify later emulation frames, regional text and full-field reference images where applicable.

↗

Pokémon Conquest box artPokémon Conquest ↗

01Pokémon Conquest / Battle Movement and Attack RangesPokémon Conquest Battle Movement and Attack Ranges

Plan each Pokémon around its one attack, movement range and battlefield objective.

↗
02Pokémon Conquest / Warrior and Warlord RecruitmentPokémon Conquest Warrior and Warlord Recruitment

Know which defeats can lead to recruitment and when a special Warrior must land the last hit.

↗
03Pokémon Conquest / Perfect Links and EvolutionPokémon Conquest Perfect Links and Evolution

Understand link caps, partner compatibility and species-specific evolution requirements.

↗
04Pokémon Conquest / Kingdom Types and Monthly PlanningPokémon Conquest Kingdom Types and Monthly Planning

Build a balanced Ransei army and use each month's actions efficiently.

↗
05Pokémon Conquest / Warlords and Early PartnersPokémon Conquest Warlords and Early Partners

Identify the main Ransei leaders and their practical battle roles.

↗
06Pokémon Conquest / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Authentic game images and original packaging, with source credits. Captions identify later emulation frames, regional text and full-field reference images where applicable.

↗

Pokémon Battle Revolution box artPokémon Battle Revolution ↗

01Pokémon Battle Revolution / Battle Passes and DS PokémonPokémon Battle Revolution Battle Passes and DS Pokémon

Know what a rental pass provides and how copied Pokémon populate a custom team.

↗
02Pokémon Battle Revolution / Colosseum Rules and Team SelectionPokémon Battle Revolution Colosseum Rules and Team Selection

Prepare for roulette, rentals and unusual tournament formats across Pokétopia.

↗
03Pokémon Battle Revolution / Generation IV Type and Move BasicsPokémon Battle Revolution Generation IV Type and Move Basics

Use move categories, STAB and coverage that actually exist in the Wii game.

↗
04Pokémon Battle Revolution / Double Battles and Partner SafetyPokémon Battle Revolution Double Battles and Partner Safety

Choose two leads that support each other and target the most urgent threat.

↗
05Pokémon Battle Revolution / Trainers and Pokétopia RolesPokémon Battle Revolution Trainers and Pokétopia Roles

Recognize the custom trainer, rental leader and late-game Pokétopia Master.

↗
06Pokémon Battle Revolution / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Authentic game images and original packaging, with source credits. Captions identify later emulation frames, regional text and full-field reference images where applicable.

↗

Pokémon Trading Card Game box artPokémon Trading Card Game ↗

01Pokémon Trading Card Game / Deck Building and Trainer CardsPokémon Trading Card Game Deck Building and Trainer Cards

Improve consistency without confusing the Game Boy game with modern TCG formats.

↗
02Pokémon Trading Card Game / Duel Rules and Winning ConditionsPokémon Trading Card Game Duel Rules and Winning Conditions

Understand prizes, Energy attachments, retreating and the end of a turn.

↗
03Pokémon Trading Card Game / Club Masters and Medal RoutePokémon Trading Card Game Club Masters and Medal Route

Match your deck to the club while checking the actual weakness on each card.

↗
04Pokémon Trading Card Game / Booster Packs and Promotional CardsPokémon Trading Card Game Booster Packs and Promotional Cards

Use repeat duels, Mason's messages and special encounters to grow the collection.

↗
05Pokémon Trading Card Game / Duelists and Grand MastersPokémon Trading Card Game Duelists and Grand Masters

Identify the mentor, rival and final opponents before the Pokémon Dome.

↗
06Pokémon Trading Card Game / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Authentic game images and original packaging, with source credits. Captions identify later emulation frames, regional text and full-field reference images where applicable.

↗

Pokémon Pinball box artPokémon Pinball ↗

01Pokémon Pinball / Catch Em Mode and Encounter AreasPokémon Pinball Catch Em Mode and Encounter Areas

Turn GET lights into a catch and keep track of the original game's capture sequence.

↗
02Pokémon Pinball / Evolution Mode and Pokédex EntriesPokémon Pinball Evolution Mode and Pokédex Entries

Evolve caught Pokémon by lighting EVO and collecting the required markers.

↗
03Pokémon Pinball / Bonus Stages and MewtwoPokémon Pinball Bonus Stages and Mewtwo

Compare each field's bonus challenges before the shared Mewtwo round.

↗
04Pokémon Pinball / Scoring and Ball SaversPokémon Pinball Scoring and Ball Savers

Build a long run around safe returns, ball upgrades and useful mode progress.

↗
05Pokémon Pinball / Table Pokémon and Their FunctionsPokémon Pinball Table Pokémon and Their Functions

Identify the Pokémon built into Red and Blue field mechanisms.

↗
06Pokémon Pinball / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Authentic game images and original packaging, with source credits. Captions identify later emulation frames, regional text and full-field reference images where applicable.

↗

Pokémon Pinball: Ruby & Sapphire box artPokémon Pinball: Ruby & Sapphire ↗

01Pokémon Pinball: Ruby & Sapphire / Catch Em Mode and TravelPokémon Pinball: Ruby & Sapphire Catch Em Mode and Travel

Start a capture in the right area and complete its reveal and target phases.

↗
02Pokémon Pinball: Ruby & Sapphire / Evolution and Egg HatchingPokémon Pinball: Ruby & Sapphire Evolution and Egg Hatching

Use the Evo route and each field's egg system to fill different Pokédex gaps.

↗
03Pokémon Pinball: Ruby & Sapphire / Bonus Stages and Legendary PokémonPokémon Pinball: Ruby & Sapphire Bonus Stages and Legendary Pokémon

Compare Kecleon, Dusclops and the legendary boss stages.

↗
04Pokémon Pinball: Ruby & Sapphire / Shop Items and Ball SaversPokémon Pinball: Ruby & Sapphire Shop Items and Ball Savers

Spend coins on the protection or timing that helps the current run.

↗
05Pokémon Pinball: Ruby & Sapphire / Field Pokémon and Helper RolesPokémon Pinball: Ruby & Sapphire Field Pokémon and Helper Roles

Identify the pocket, egg, saver and bonus Pokémon on both boards.

↗
06Pokémon Pinball: Ruby & Sapphire / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Authentic game images and original packaging, with source credits. Captions identify later emulation frames, regional text and full-field reference images where applicable.

↗

Golden Sun box artGolden Sun ↗

01Golden Sun / Djinn States and Early LocationsGolden Sun Djinn States and Early Locations

Understand Set, Standby and Recovery before building a summon strategy.

↗
02Golden Sun / Classes, Healing and Djinn DistributionGolden Sun Classes, Healing and Djinn Distribution

Experiment with mixed elements while preserving the party's essential spells.

↗
03Golden Sun / Field Psynergy and Puzzle CluesGolden Sun Field Psynergy and Puzzle Clues

Match Move, Mind Read, Reveal and other tools to environmental clues.

↗
04Golden Sun / Boss Preparation and Summon TimingGolden Sun Boss Preparation and Summon Timing

Survive the recovery turns after a powerful summon opening.

↗
05Golden Sun / Party Members and Elemental RolesGolden Sun Party Members and Elemental Roles

Identify the four Adepts and understand which roles can change through Djinn.

↗
06Golden Sun / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Authentic game images and original packaging, with source credits. Captions identify later emulation frames, regional text and full-field reference images where applicable.

↗

Golden Sun: The Lost Age box artGolden Sun: The Lost Age ↗

01Golden Sun: The Lost Age / Djinn, Classes and the Eight-Adept PartyGolden Sun: The Lost Age Djinn, Classes and the Eight-Adept Party

Keep useful class abilities while distributing the sequel's larger Djinn collection.

↗
02Golden Sun: The Lost Age / Field Psynergy and the Elemental RocksGolden Sun: The Lost Age Field Psynergy and the Elemental Rocks

Recognize the tools that unlock the sequel's exploration routes.

↗
03Golden Sun: The Lost Age / Password Transfer from Golden SunGolden Sun: The Lost Age Password Transfer from Golden Sun

Choose Bronze, Silver or Gold data and avoid entering an unnecessary long password.

↗
04Golden Sun: The Lost Age / Summon Tablets and Optional BossesGolden Sun: The Lost Age Summon Tablets and Optional Bosses

Prepare for advanced summon rewards without sacrificing the party's survival plan.

↗
05Golden Sun: The Lost Age / Felix Party and Returning AdeptsGolden Sun: The Lost Age Felix Party and Returning Adepts

Identify the sequel's four leads and the later connection to Isaac's team.

↗
06Golden Sun: The Lost Age / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Authentic game images and original packaging, with source credits. Captions identify later emulation frames, regional text and full-field reference images where applicable.

↗

Fire Emblem: Shadow Dragon box artFire Emblem: Shadow Dragon ↗

01Fire Emblem: Shadow Dragon / Combat and the Wing SpearFire Emblem: Shadow Dragon Combat and the Wing Spear

Use weapon advantage, effective damage and enemy ranges to protect the army.

↗
02Fire Emblem: Shadow Dragon / Recruitment and Village ChecklistFire Emblem: Shadow Dragon Recruitment and Village Checklist

Bring the right speaker for early allies and the important Tiki recruitment.

↗
03Fire Emblem: Shadow Dragon / Reclassing and Master SealsFire Emblem: Shadow Dragon Reclassing and Master Seals

Distinguish changing a role from promoting an eligible unit.

↗
04Fire Emblem: Shadow Dragon / Marth, Map Saves and Permanent LossFire Emblem: Shadow Dragon Marth, Map Saves and Permanent Loss

Plan objective routes and use the DS map-save system deliberately.

↗
05Fire Emblem: Shadow Dragon / Key Units and Recruitment RolesFire Emblem: Shadow Dragon Key Units and Recruitment Roles

Compare the army's leaders, support units and special recruitment links.

↗
06Fire Emblem: Shadow Dragon / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Authentic game images and original packaging, with source credits. Captions identify later emulation frames, regional text and full-field reference images where applicable.

↗

Advance Wars: Days of Ruin box artAdvance Wars: Days of Ruin ↗

01Advance Wars: Days of Ruin / New Units and CounterplayAdvance Wars: Days of Ruin New Units and Counterplay

Compare bikes, flares, anti-tanks and rigs with familiar frontline choices.

↗
02Advance Wars: Days of Ruin / Capture, Income and RepairsAdvance Wars: Days of Ruin Capture, Income and Repairs

Use healthy capture units and productive bases to build an economic lead.

↗
03Advance Wars: Days of Ruin / CO Zone, Boarding and PowersAdvance Wars: Days of Ruin CO Zone, Boarding and Powers

Position the commander's vehicle to support attacks without losing the command unit.

↗
04Advance Wars: Days of Ruin / Fog of War and TerrainAdvance Wars: Days of Ruin Fog of War and Terrain

Reveal hidden units before committing valuable attackers or capture troops.

↗
05Advance Wars: Days of Ruin / Commanders and Regional NamesAdvance Wars: Days of Ruin Commanders and Regional Names

Compare the campaign leaders and identify their Dark Conflict names.

↗
06Advance Wars: Days of Ruin / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Authentic game images and original packaging, with source credits. Captions identify later emulation frames, regional text and full-field reference images where applicable.

↗

F-Zero X box artF-Zero X ↗

01F-Zero X / Boost, Energy and Pit AreasF-Zero X Boost, Energy and Pit Areas

Plan lap-two boosts around the next repair strip and the next dangerous corner.

↗
02F-Zero X / Machine Stats and Acceleration SettingsF-Zero X Machine Stats and Acceleration Settings

Choose a manageable machine and tune it for the course.

↗
03F-Zero X / Joker Cup, X Cup and Machine UnlocksF-Zero X Joker Cup, X Cup and Machine Unlocks

Follow the trophy progression that opens the full Nintendo 64 roster and random courses.

↗
04F-Zero X / Grand Prix Points, Rivals and AttacksF-Zero X Grand Prix Points, Rivals and Attacks

Win the six-race total while managing limited spare machines.

↗
05F-Zero X / Pilots and Starting MachinesF-Zero X Pilots and Starting Machines

Compare the six initially available pilots without treating one stat as a complete ranking.

↗
06F-Zero X / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Authentic game images and original packaging, with source credits. Captions identify later emulation frames, regional text and full-field reference images where applicable.

↗

F-Zero GX box artF-Zero GX ↗

01F-Zero GX / Boost, Energy and CorneringF-Zero GX Boost, Energy and Cornering

Build a repeatable racing line before spending the entire energy meter.

↗
02F-Zero GX / Diamond Cup, Master and AX UnlocksF-Zero GX Diamond Cup, Master and AX Unlocks

Follow the GX cup progression and remember to visit the shop.

↗
03F-Zero GX / Story Mode Chapters and ObjectivesF-Zero GX Story Mode Chapters and Objectives

Prepare for capsules, survival races and Falcon's late-story duels.

↗
04F-Zero GX / Garage and Custom MachinesF-Zero GX Garage and Custom Machines

Compare body, cockpit and booster parts without relying on letter grades alone.

↗
05F-Zero GX / Pilots and Story RivalsF-Zero GX Pilots and Story Rivals

Identify Captain Falcon's rivals and the machines tied to the GX story.

↗
06F-Zero GX / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Authentic game images and original packaging, with source credits. Captions identify later emulation frames, regional text and full-field reference images where applicable.

↗

Mario Party 9 box artMario Party 9 ↗

01Mario Party 9 / CharactersMario Party 9 Characters: roster and Solo Mode restrictions

Identify the two unlockable characters and what selection changes.

↗
02Mario Party 9 / BoardsMario Party 9 Boards: routes, hazards and special rules

Choose a board by its main movement hazard.

↗
03Mario Party 9 / Dice and Mini StarsMario Party 9 Dice and Mini Stars: control the captain’s turn

Use restricted dice ranges to avoid expensive landings.

↗
04Mario Party 9 / Bosses and minigamesMario Party 9 Bosses and minigames: earn points without feeding rivals

Separate cooperative boss damage from competitive scoring.

↗
05Mario Party 9 / UnlocksMario Party 9 Unlocks: characters, boards and Museum purchases

Track the main progression rewards separately from cosmetics.

↗
06Mario Party 9 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Mario Party 9 original-edition images. Pictures and captions identify gameplay, promotional scenes and historical menus.

↗

Mario Party 10 box artMario Party 10 ↗

01Mario Party 10 / CharactersMario Party 10 Characters: Toadette, Spike and Bowser’s role

Separate ordinary contestants from the GamePad antagonist.

↗
02Mario Party 10 / Boards and modesMario Party 10 Boards and modes: Mini Stars, hearts or Stars

Choose the rules before choosing a board.

↗
03Mario Party 10 / Bowser PartyMario Party 10 Bowser Party: hearts, dice and the final guess

Understand why a surviving teammate can still save the group.

↗
04Mario Party 10 / amiibo PartyMario Party 10 amiibo Party: supported boards, coins and tokens

Use the compact ten-turn rules with compatible figures.

↗
05Mario Party 10 / Minigames and unlocksMario Party 10 Minigames and unlocks: quick modes and point spending

Find the short competitions and useful shop targets.

↗
06Mario Party 10 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Mario Party 10 original-edition images. Pictures and captions identify gameplay, promotional scenes and historical menus.

↗

Mario Party: Island Tour box artMario Party: Island Tour ↗

01Mario Party: Island Tour / CharactersMario Party: Island Tour Characters: all ten contestants and Bowser Jr.

Find the only locked character and avoid invented character bonuses.

↗
02Mario Party: Island Tour / BoardsMario Party: Island Tour Boards: all seven win conditions

Match the winning condition to the board before rolling.

↗
03Mario Party: Island Tour / Bowser’s TowerMario Party: Island Tour Bowser’s Tower: floors, bosses and the character reward

Plan a solo run through the 30-floor challenge.

↗
04Mario Party: Island Tour / MinigamesMario Party: Island Tour Minigames: Free Play, Time Attack and balloon races

Pick a mode for practice, speed or short multiplayer sets.

↗
05Mario Party: Island Tour / Local play and itemsMario Party: Island Tour Local play and items: one-card setup and board limits

Set up nearby systems and know which rules change by board.

↗
06Mario Party: Island Tour / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Mario Party: Island Tour original-edition images. Pictures and captions identify gameplay, promotional scenes and historical menus.

↗

Mario & Luigi: Dream Team box artMario & Luigi: Dream Team ↗

01Mario & Luigi: Dream Team / CharactersMario & Luigi: Dream Team Characters: Mario, Luigi and dream-world roles

Know which character is controlled in each world.

↗
02Mario & Luigi: Dream Team / CombatMario & Luigi: Dream Team Combat: timed hits, counters and badge effects

Build damage without spending every Bros. Point.

↗
03Mario & Luigi: Dream Team / Dream worldMario & Luigi: Dream Team Dream world: Luiginary Works and group movement

Use sleeping Luigi and the Luiginoids to change the route.

↗
04Mario & Luigi: Dream Team / Attacks and equipmentMario & Luigi: Dream Team Attacks and equipment: pieces, BP and stat choices

Prioritize upgrades that address your actual battle problem.

↗
05Mario & Luigi: Dream Team / ProgressionMario & Luigi: Dream Team Progression: Pi’illos, side challenges and Hard Mode

Keep main-story progress separate from completion goals.

↗
06Mario & Luigi: Dream Team / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Mario & Luigi: Dream Team original-edition images. Pictures and captions identify gameplay, promotional scenes and historical menus.

↗

Mario & Luigi: Paper Jam box artMario & Luigi: Paper Jam ↗

01Mario & Luigi: Paper Jam / CharactersMario & Luigi: Paper Jam Characters: the A, B and Y team

Separate ordinary brothers, Paper Mario and support characters.

↗
02Mario & Luigi: Paper Jam / Copy and Trio AttacksMario & Luigi: Paper Jam Copy and Trio Attacks: managing the paper hero

Maintain copies and practice the team’s group-damage options.

↗
03Mario & Luigi: Paper Jam / Battle CardsMario & Luigi: Paper Jam Battle Cards: decks, Star Points and support effects

Build a ten-card deck that works alongside normal actions.

↗
04Mario & Luigi: Paper Jam / Paper Toads and papercraftsMario & Luigi: Paper Jam Paper Toads and papercrafts: missions and giant battles

Connect rescue missions to the giant battle system.

↗
05Mario & Luigi: Paper Jam / Progression and ranksMario & Luigi: Paper Jam Progression and ranks: levels, regions and preparation

Know when rank choices arrive and what story gates require.

↗
06Mario & Luigi: Paper Jam / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Mario & Luigi: Paper Jam original-edition images. Pictures and captions identify gameplay, promotional scenes and historical menus.

↗

Paper Mario: Sticker Star box artPaper Mario: Sticker Star ↗

01Paper Mario: Sticker Star / CharactersPaper Mario: Sticker Star Characters: Mario, Kersti and the major helpers

Distinguish story allies from active battle partners.

↗
02Paper Mario: Sticker Star / Stickers and battlesPaper Mario: Sticker Star Stickers and battles: targeting, action commands and coins

Spend the right sticker on the right enemy.

↗
03Paper Mario: Sticker Star / Things and PaperizePaper Mario: Sticker Star Things and Paperize: field puzzles and sticker conversion

Know when an object belongs in the world instead of a battle.

↗
04Paper Mario: Sticker Star / Royal Sticker bossesPaper Mario: Sticker Star Royal Sticker bosses: world order and preparation

Track the six major targets without treating every fight alike.

↗
05Paper Mario: Sticker Star / HP and collectionPaper Mario: Sticker Star HP and collection: Hearts, album space and the museum

Organize completion goals around useful rewards.

↗
06Paper Mario: Sticker Star / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Paper Mario: Sticker Star original-edition images. Pictures and captions identify gameplay, promotional scenes and historical menus.

↗

Mario Hoops 3-on-3 box artMario Hoops 3-on-3 ↗

01Mario Hoops 3-on-3 / CharactersMario Hoops 3-on-3 Characters: five classes and balanced teams

Choose teammates with different ways to win possession.

↗
02Mario Hoops 3-on-3 / Scoring and coinsMario Hoops 3-on-3 Scoring and coins: 20, 30 and 40-point baskets

Understand why a coin-rich possession can reverse the score.

↗
03Mario Hoops 3-on-3 / Controls and defenseMario Hoops 3-on-3 Controls and defense: dribbles, passes and shot blocking

Use the touch screen to protect the ball and read the carrier.

↗
04Mario Hoops 3-on-3 / Tourneys and unlocksMario Hoops 3-on-3 Tourneys and unlocks: trophies, Final Fantasy guests and Cactuar

Track Normal and Hard rewards separately.

↗
05Mario Hoops 3-on-3 / Courts and modesMario Hoops 3-on-3 Courts and modes: hazards and hidden locations

Pick a court for practice or a specific unlock.

↗
06Mario Hoops 3-on-3 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Mario Hoops 3-on-3 original-edition images. Pictures and captions identify gameplay, promotional scenes and historical menus.

↗

Mario Golf: World Tour box artMario Golf: World Tour ↗

01Mario Golf: World Tour / CharactersMario Golf: World Tour Characters: Star Coin unlocks and Star versions

Separate new golfers, improved versions and DLC characters.

↗
02Mario Golf: World Tour / Shot controlsMario Golf: World Tour Shot controls: power, impact, spin and putting

Read the lie and wind before touching the power meter.

↗
03Mario Golf: World Tour / Castle Club and coursesMario Golf: World Tour Castle Club and courses: championships and Sky Island

Follow the Mii’s progression through the club.

↗
04Mario Golf: World Tour / Challenges and coinsMario Golf: World Tour Challenges and coins: Star Coins, Moon Coins and equipment

Track challenge rewards separately from spendable currency.

↗
05Mario Golf: World Tour / DLC and local playMario Golf: World Tour DLC and local play: what belongs to the original release

Identify installed extras and available offline modes.

↗
06Mario Golf: World Tour / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Mario Golf: World Tour original-edition images. Pictures and captions identify gameplay, promotional scenes and historical menus.

↗

New Super Mario Bros. U box artNew Super Mario Bros. U ↗

01New Super Mario Bros. U / CharactersNew Super Mario Bros. U Characters: Wii U roster and Yoshi roles

Identify playable heroes and helpers in the original campaign.

↗
02New Super Mario Bros. U / Power-upsNew Super Mario Bros. U Power-ups: Flying Squirrel, P-Acorn and inventory

Match each form to the obstacle instead of spending rare items blindly.

↗
03New Super Mario Bros. U / Star Coins and routesNew Super Mario Bros. U Star Coins and routes: regional sets and Superstar Road

Track three coins per course and inspect branches on the map.

↗
04New Super Mario Bros. U / Boost Mode and multiplayerNew Super Mario Bros. U Boost Mode and multiplayer: GamePad blocks and shared space

Coordinate the fifth player and avoid accidental team hazards.

↗
05New Super Mario Bros. U / Challenges and NabbitNew Super Mario Bros. U Challenges and Nabbit: extra modes and P-Acorn rewards

Choose an activity by the skill or reward you want.

↗
06New Super Mario Bros. U / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

New Super Mario Bros. U original-edition images. Pictures and captions identify gameplay, promotional scenes and historical menus.

↗

Super Mario Bros.: The Lost Levels box artSuper Mario Bros.: The Lost Levels ↗

01Super Mario Bros.: The Lost Levels / CharactersSuper Mario Bros.: The Lost Levels Characters: Mario versus Luigi and the single-player rules

Choose the physics that suit the route you are learning.

↗
02Super Mario Bros.: The Lost Levels / Power-ups and Poison MushroomsSuper Mario Bros.: The Lost Levels Power-ups and Poison Mushrooms: what helps and what hurts

Recognize harmful mushrooms before chasing a moving item.

↗
03Super Mario Bros.: The Lost Levels / Movement and hazardsSuper Mario Bros.: The Lost Levels Movement and hazards: wind, springs and airborne enemies

Control momentum before the game demands a long jump.

↗
04Super Mario Bros.: The Lost Levels / Worlds and warpsSuper Mario Bros.: The Lost Levels Worlds and warps: World 9 and the eight-clear requirement

Separate the two bonus-world unlock systems.

↗
05Super Mario Bros.: The Lost Levels / Castles and survivalSuper Mario Bros.: The Lost Levels Castles and survival: axes, fireballs and continues

Preserve lives without confusing remake conveniences with original rules.

↗
06Super Mario Bros.: The Lost Levels / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Super Mario Bros.: The Lost Levels original-edition images. Pictures and captions identify gameplay, promotional scenes and historical menus.

↗

Mario Kart 8 box artMario Kart 8 ↗

01Mario Kart 8 / CharactersMario Kart 8 Characters: base roster and DLC drivers

Separate trophy unlocks from the two paid character packs.

↗
02Mario Kart 8 / Cups and coursesMario Kart 8 Cups and courses: all 32 originals and DLC cups

Find each four-race cup without mixing in the Deluxe Booster Course Pass.

↗
03Mario Kart 8 / Items and defenceMario Kart 8 Items and defence: shells, Super Horn and Crazy Eight

Use the original one-slot item system and recognize practical defensive options.

↗
04Mario Kart 8 / Driving and 200ccMario Kart 8 Driving and 200cc: drifts, coins and anti-gravity

Match turning technique to engine class and wheel mode.

↗
05Mario Kart 8 / Unlocks and gold partsMario Kart 8 Unlocks and gold parts: coins, trophies and staff ghosts

Track the original Wii U goals for vehicle parts and gold equipment.

↗
06Mario Kart 8 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Mario Kart 8 original-edition images. Pictures and captions identify gameplay, promotional scenes and historical menus.

↗

Super Mario Maker box artSuper Mario Maker ↗

01Super Mario Maker / Characters and formsSuper Mario Maker Characters and forms: Mario, costumes and course enemies

Identify playable forms, helpers and obstacles in the original editor.

↗
02Super Mario Maker / Game stylesSuper Mario Maker Game styles: movement and power-up differences

Choose among the four Wii U styles before designing a jump or puzzle.

↗
03Super Mario Maker / Course partsSuper Mario Maker Course parts: pipes, tracks, enemies and checkpoints

Build readable routes using the original Wii U editor’s main tools.

↗
04Super Mario Maker / Offline modesSuper Mario Maker Offline modes: 10 Mario Challenge and saved courses

See which original Wii U features remain usable after online closure.

↗
05Super Mario Maker / Saving and unlocksSuper Mario Maker Saving and unlocks: Coursebot, costumes and sample goals

Manage local creations and distinguish offline rewards from old network unlocks.

↗
06Super Mario Maker / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Super Mario Maker original-edition images. Pictures and captions identify gameplay, promotional scenes and historical menus.

↗

Super Smash Bros. for Nintendo 3DS box artSuper Smash Bros. for Nintendo 3DS ↗

01Super Smash Bros. for Nintendo 3DS / CharactersSuper Smash Bros. for Nintendo 3DS Characters: all twelve match-count unlocks

Use the 3DS unlock order rather than the shorter Wii U list.

↗
02Super Smash Bros. for Nintendo 3DS / Smash RunSuper Smash Bros. for Nintendo 3DS Smash Run: boosts, powers and the final event

Read the six stat boosts and prepare for more than a normal stock battle.

↗
03Super Smash Bros. for Nintendo 3DS / Battle basicsSuper Smash Bros. for Nintendo 3DS Battle basics: damage, recovery and match rules

Learn the controls and decisions that matter on a small handheld screen.

↗
04Super Smash Bros. for Nintendo 3DS / Stages and itemsSuper Smash Bros. for Nintendo 3DS Stages and items: unlock requirements and useful effects

Find selected 3DS stage unlocks and recognize common battle pickups.

↗
05Super Smash Bros. for Nintendo 3DS / Modes and customizationSuper Smash Bros. for Nintendo 3DS Modes and customization: Classic, All-Star and equipment

Choose an activity by the reward or skill you want to work on.

↗
06Super Smash Bros. for Nintendo 3DS / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Super Smash Bros. for Nintendo 3DS original-edition images. Pictures and captions identify gameplay, promotional scenes and historical menus.

↗

Super Smash Bros. for Wii U box artSuper Smash Bros. for Wii U ↗

01Super Smash Bros. for Wii U / CharactersSuper Smash Bros. for Wii U Characters: eight challenger unlocks and roster options

Track Wii U match milestones and avoid using the 3DS unlock order.

↗
02Super Smash Bros. for Wii U / Eight-player SmashSuper Smash Bros. for Wii U Eight-player Smash: controllers, stages and local setup

Prepare a local session with up to eight fighters on one Wii U.

↗
03Super Smash Bros. for Wii U / Smash TourSuper Smash Bros. for Wii U Smash Tour: fighters, stats and the final battle

Understand the Wii U board mode’s resources and route choices.

↗
04Super Smash Bros. for Wii U / Solo modes and Special OrdersSuper Smash Bros. for Wii U Solo modes and Special Orders: rewards and risk

Choose between Classic, All-Star, Event battles and the two Orders formats.

↗
05Super Smash Bros. for Wii U / Items, custom fighters and stagesSuper Smash Bros. for Wii U Items, custom fighters and stages: local reference

Set up a deliberate local ruleset and recognize the main customization tools.

↗
06Super Smash Bros. for Wii U / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Super Smash Bros. for Wii U original-edition images. Pictures and captions identify gameplay, promotional scenes and historical menus.

↗

Kirby Air Ride box artKirby Air Ride ↗

01Kirby Air Ride / controls and beginner racing tipsKirby Air Ride controls and beginner racing tips

Learn the control rhythm before choosing a specialist machine.

↗
02Kirby Air Ride / best machines by purpose and legendary vehiclesKirby Air Ride best machines by purpose and legendary vehicles

Choose according to handling, flight or battle requirements.

↗
03Kirby Air Ride / City Trial patches, events and Stadium preparationKirby Air Ride City Trial patches, events and Stadium preparation

Turn the timed city phase into a useful final-event build.

↗
04Kirby Air Ride / checklists, Free Run and Top Ride controlsKirby Air Ride checklists, Free Run and Top Ride controls

Use the right mode and objective wording when chasing unlocks.

↗
05Kirby Air Ride / characters, riders and City Trial visitorsKirby Air Ride characters, riders and City Trial visitors

Meet the cast and connect each role to the playable adventure.

↗
06Kirby Air Ride / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Kirby Air Ride box art and four original-game archive screenshots, with source credits and edition context.

↗

Kirby: Planet Robobot box artKirby: Planet Robobot ↗

01Kirby: Planet Robobot / beginner guide and Copy Ability choicesKirby: Planet Robobot beginner guide and Copy Ability choices

Use ordinary Kirby powers before and between armor sections.

↗
02Kirby: Planet Robobot / Robobot Armor modes and puzzle usesKirby: Planet Robobot Robobot Armor modes and puzzle uses

Match scanned technology to stage obstacles.

↗
03Kirby: Planet Robobot / Code Cubes, areas and EX stagesKirby: Planet Robobot Code Cubes, areas and EX stages

Track boss access separately from a full Cube collection.

↗
04Kirby: Planet Robobot / Meta Knightmare Returns and arena preparationKirby: Planet Robobot Meta Knightmare Returns and arena preparation

Choose the right postgame activity and manage limited recovery.

↗
05Kirby: Planet Robobot / characters and Haltmann Works enemiesKirby: Planet Robobot characters and Haltmann Works enemies

Meet the cast and connect each role to the playable adventure.

↗
06Kirby: Planet Robobot / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Kirby: Planet Robobot box art and four original-game archive screenshots, with source credits and edition context.

↗

Kirby and the Rainbow Curse box artKirby and the Rainbow Curse ↗

01Kirby and the Rainbow Curse / rainbow-rope controls and ink managementKirby and the Rainbow Curse rainbow-rope controls and ink management

Draw paths that let Kirby keep moving safely.

↗
02Kirby and the Rainbow Curse / Star Dash and vehicle transformationsKirby and the Rainbow Curse Star Dash and vehicle transformations

Distinguish rolling Kirby from tank, submarine and rocket controls.

↗
03Kirby and the Rainbow Curse / worlds, treasure chests and diary pagesKirby and the Rainbow Curse worlds, treasure chests and diary pages

Use the stage record for systematic collection.

↗
04Kirby and the Rainbow Curse / local co-op, challenge rooms and amiibo scopeKirby and the Rainbow Curse local co-op, challenge rooms and amiibo scope

Coordinate the GamePad player with spear-wielding partners.

↗
05Kirby and the Rainbow Curse / characters and Seventopia story rolesKirby and the Rainbow Curse characters and Seventopia story roles

Meet the cast and connect each role to the playable adventure.

↗
06Kirby and the Rainbow Curse / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Kirby and the Rainbow Curse box art and four original-game archive screenshots, with source credits and edition context.

↗

Star Fox Adventures box artStar Fox Adventures ↗

01Star Fox Adventures / beginner guide, staff combat and suppliesStar Fox Adventures beginner guide, staff combat and supplies

Follow the next objective while keeping Fox prepared for detours.

↗
02Star Fox Adventures / staff upgrades and Tricky command referenceStar Fox Adventures staff upgrades and Tricky command reference

Match obstacles to the tool actually available in the quest.

↗
03Star Fox Adventures / SpellStones, Krazoa Spirits and region goalsStar Fox Adventures SpellStones, Krazoa Spirits and region goals

Keep the planet-restoration and Spirit tasks distinct.

↗
04Star Fox Adventures / boss encounters and final-battle preparationStar Fox Adventures boss encounters and final-battle preparation

Recognize the encounter tool and avoid an unnecessary fight.

↗
05Star Fox Adventures / characters and Dinosaur Planet alliesStar Fox Adventures characters and Dinosaur Planet allies

Meet the cast and connect each role to the playable adventure.

↗
06Star Fox Adventures / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Star Fox Adventures box art and four original-game archive screenshots, with source credits and edition context.

↗

Star Fox: Assault box artStar Fox: Assault ↗

01Star Fox: Assault / controls, mission objectives and survivalStar Fox: Assault controls, mission objectives and survival

Adapt to the campaign’s three main play styles.

↗
02Star Fox: Assault / weapons, Arwing and Landmaster rolesStar Fox: Assault weapons, Arwing and Landmaster roles

Choose a weapon for range and target movement.

↗
03Star Fox: Assault / campaign mission order and objective typesStar Fox: Assault campaign mission order and objective types

Follow the ten-mission story without looking for a branching map.

↗
04Star Fox: Assault / medals, Special Flags and local versus setupStar Fox: Assault medals, Special Flags and local versus setup

Keep campaign score objectives separate from versus unlock progress.

↗
05Star Fox: Assault / characters, Star Wolf and the AparoidsStar Fox: Assault characters, Star Wolf and the Aparoids

Meet the cast and connect each role to the playable adventure.

↗
06Star Fox: Assault / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Star Fox: Assault box art and four original-game archive screenshots, with source credits and edition context.

↗

Star Fox Command box artStar Fox Command ↗

01Star Fox Command / touch controls and combat timer tipsStar Fox Command touch controls and combat timer tips

Move between map decisions and timed dogfights confidently.

↗
02Star Fox Command / strategy-map routes, missiles and Great Fox defenseStar Fox Command strategy-map routes, missiles and Great Fox defense

Plan the turn before starting any individual battle.

↗
03Star Fox Command / pilot ships and weapon-style comparisonsStar Fox Command pilot ships and weapon-style comparisons

Treat each aircraft as a different control and weapon package.

↗
04Star Fox Command / branching endings and local multiplayerStar Fox Command branching endings and local multiplayer

Replay the campaign choices and distinguish local play from retired online services.

↗
05Star Fox Command / characters, returning pilots and Anglar enemiesStar Fox Command characters, returning pilots and Anglar enemies

Meet the cast and connect each role to the playable adventure.

↗
06Star Fox Command / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Star Fox Command box art and four original-game archive screenshots, with source credits and edition context.

↗

Metroid Prime Hunters box artMetroid Prime Hunters ↗

01Metroid Prime Hunters / controls, scanning and campaign survivalMetroid Prime Hunters controls, scanning and campaign survival

Learn the retail game’s touch aiming and exploration rhythm.

↗
02Metroid Prime Hunters / special weapons, barriers and hunter affinitiesMetroid Prime Hunters special weapons, barriers and hunter affinities

Identify the six specialist weapons and their associated hunters.

↗
03Metroid Prime Hunters / Octoliths and Alimbic destination route checksMetroid Prime Hunters Octoliths and Alimbic destination route checks

Understand the four-location return loop before the Oubliette.

↗
04Metroid Prime Hunters / Gorea color-switch order and full-ending routeMetroid Prime Hunters Gorea color-switch order and full-ending route

Complete the Alimbic Prophecy during the first Gorea phase.

↗
05Metroid Prime Hunters / characters, rival weapons and alternate formsMetroid Prime Hunters characters, rival weapons and alternate forms

Meet the cast and connect each role to the playable adventure.

↗
06Metroid Prime Hunters / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Retail Nintendo DS Metroid Prime Hunters cover, two retail-game screenshots and original-game character imagery. The First Hunt demo is excluded.

↗

Metroid: Other M box artMetroid: Other M ↗

01Metroid: Other M / controls, SenseMove and ConcentrationMetroid: Other M controls, SenseMove and Concentration

Learn the Wii Remote view switch and the game’s recovery rules.

↗
02Metroid: Other M / beam attacks, missiles and finishing movesMetroid: Other M beam attacks, missiles and finishing moves

Use enemy state to decide between shooting and close-range attacks.

↗
03Metroid: Other M / Bottle Ship sectors, authorization and hidden itemsMetroid: Other M Bottle Ship sectors, authorization and hidden items

Tell story-gated equipment from optional expansion pickups.

↗
04Metroid: Other M / boss preparation, epilogue and Hard ModeMetroid: Other M boss preparation, epilogue and Hard Mode

Finish the post-credits mission before treating the file as complete.

↗
05Metroid: Other M / characters and the Bottle Ship investigationMetroid: Other M characters and the Bottle Ship investigation

Meet the cast and connect each role to the playable adventure.

↗
06Metroid: Other M / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Metroid: Other M box art and four original-game archive screenshots, with source credits and edition context.

↗

Kid Icarus box artKid Icarus ↗

01Kid Icarus / NES controls, hearts and early-stage survivalKid Icarus NES controls, hearts and early-stage survival

Survive the opening climb before chasing every reward.

↗
02Kid Icarus / recovery items, weapons and upgrade roomsKid Icarus recovery items, weapons and upgrade rooms

Spend hearts on the resource that solves the next problem.

↗
03Kid Icarus / fortress maps, Eggplant Wizards and CenturionsKid Icarus fortress maps, Eggplant Wizards and Centurions

Navigate room mazes without losing access to your bow.

↗
04Kid Icarus / world order, fortress bosses and MedusaKid Icarus world order, fortress bosses and Medusa

Follow the climb from the Underworld to the Palace in the Sky.

↗
05Kid Icarus / characters, fortress bosses and recurring enemiesKid Icarus characters, fortress bosses and recurring enemies

Meet the cast and connect each role to the playable adventure.

↗
06Kid Icarus / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Kid Icarus box art and four original-game archive screenshots, with source credits and edition context.

↗

Wario Land: Shake It! box artWario Land: Shake It! ↗

01Wario Land: Shake It! / Wii Remote controls and Earthshake PunchWario Land: Shake It! Wii Remote controls and Earthshake Punch

Match button, shake and tilt inputs to Wario’s current action.

↗
02Wario Land: Shake It! / escape timers, dash routes and stage planningWario Land: Shake It! escape timers, dash routes and stage planning

Search outward, then return through the stage efficiently.

↗
03Wario Land: Shake It! / continents, maps and boss orderWario Land: Shake It! continents, maps and boss order

Use the shop and map to choose the next destination.

↗
04Wario Land: Shake It! / treasures, Secret Maps and mission replay checklistWario Land: Shake It! treasures, Secret Maps and mission replay checklist

Separate a stage clear from its optional completion goals.

↗
05Wario Land: Shake It! / characters, bosses and the Shake DimensionWario Land: Shake It! characters, bosses and the Shake Dimension

Meet the cast and connect each role to the playable adventure.

↗
06Wario Land: Shake It! / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Wario Land: Shake It! box art and four original-game archive screenshots, with source credits and edition context.

↗

Yoshi Touch & Go box artYoshi Touch & Go ↗

01Yoshi Touch & Go / stylus controls, clouds and the two-stage loopYoshi Touch & Go stylus controls, clouds and the two-stage loop

Learn how sky guidance becomes ground-stage egg aiming.

↗
02Yoshi Touch & Go / egg combos, fruit and Yoshi color planningYoshi Touch & Go egg combos, fruit and Yoshi color planning

Turn the same route into a higher score without exhausting ammunition.

↗
03Yoshi Touch & Go / Score Attack, Marathon, Time Attack and ChallengeYoshi Touch & Go Score Attack, Marathon, Time Attack and Challenge

Pick the mode that matches the record you want to improve.

↗
04Yoshi Touch & Go / local versus, rankings and replay habitsYoshi Touch & Go local versus, rankings and replay habits

Race a nearby friend and make solo practice measurable.

↗
05Yoshi Touch & Go / characters, Yoshi colors and recurring enemiesYoshi Touch & Go characters, Yoshi colors and recurring enemies

Meet the cast and connect each role to the playable adventure.

↗
06Yoshi Touch & Go / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Yoshi Touch & Go box art and four original-game archive screenshots, with source credits and edition context.

↗

Yoshi's Island DS box artYoshi's Island DS ↗

01Yoshi's Island DS / two-screen movement, eggs and baby rescuesYoshi's Island DS two-screen movement, eggs and baby rescues

Keep the baby safe while reading the full vertical playfield.

↗
02Yoshi's Island DS / all baby abilities and Stork Stop swapsYoshi's Island DS all baby abilities and Stork Stop swaps

Choose a passenger based on the obstacle ahead.

↗
03Yoshi's Island DS / 100-point scores, character coins and extra stagesYoshi's Island DS 100-point scores, character coins and extra stages

Track level score separately from character-specific collectibles.

↗
04Yoshi's Island DS / world bosses, stage 4 forts and stage 8 castlesYoshi's Island DS world bosses, stage 4 forts and stage 8 castles

Plan around the two main encounters in each world.

↗
05Yoshi's Island DS / characters and the five baby partnersYoshi's Island DS characters and the five baby partners

Meet the cast and connect each role to the playable adventure.

↗
06Yoshi's Island DS / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Yoshi's Island DS box art and four original-game archive screenshots, with source credits and edition context.

↗

Yoshi's Woolly World box artYoshi's Woolly World ↗

01Yoshi's Woolly World / yarn balls, hidden knots and Mellow ModeYoshi's Woolly World yarn balls, hidden knots and Mellow Mode

Read the fabric scenery as part of the puzzle.

↗
02Yoshi's Woolly World / Wonder Wool, Smiley Flowers and Stamp PatchesYoshi's Woolly World Wonder Wool, Smiley Flowers and Stamp Patches

Use the stage record to separate each collection task.

↗
03Yoshi's Woolly World / transformations and useful Power BadgesYoshi's Woolly World transformations and useful Power Badges

Adjust to short transformation sections and optional helpers.

↗
04Yoshi's Woolly World / local co-op and Special Course preparationYoshi's Woolly World local co-op and Special Course preparation

Coordinate two Yoshis and prepare for checkpoint-free challenges.

↗
05Yoshi's Woolly World / characters, Poochy and knitted bossesYoshi's Woolly World characters, Poochy and knitted bosses

Meet the cast and connect each role to the playable adventure.

↗
06Yoshi's Woolly World / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Yoshi's Woolly World box art and four original-game archive screenshots, with source credits and edition context.

↗

Splatoon box artSplatoon ↗

01Splatoon / characters and Inkopolis rolesSplatoon characters and Inkopolis roles

Meet the cast and connect each role to the playable adventure.

↗
02Splatoon / Octo Valley stages and bossesSplatoon Octo Valley stages and bosses

Follow the five campaign areas and read each boss’s main opening.

↗
03Splatoon / weapons and ink movementSplatoon weapons and ink movement

Compare original weapon families and the ink habits used in Hero Mode.

↗
04Splatoon / Sunken Scrolls, Power Eggs and campaign upgradesSplatoon Sunken Scrolls, Power Eggs and campaign upgrades

Separate permanent collectibles from spendable Hero Mode resources.

↗
05Splatoon / modes and offline play after online closureSplatoon modes and offline play after online closure

Choose between today’s offline features and historical multiplayer rules.

↗
06Splatoon / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original Wii U Splatoon packaging, campaign screenshots and promotional imagery. Historical online scenes are identified in their captions.

↗

Pokémon Super Mystery Dungeon box artPokémon Super Mystery Dungeon ↗

01Pokémon Super Mystery Dungeon / Starter Pokémon and Partner ChoicesPokémon Super Mystery Dungeon Starter Pokémon and Partner Choices

Compare the 20 choices and build a pair with complementary ranges and types.

↗
02Pokémon Super Mystery Dungeon / Dungeon Survival and Alliance AttacksPokémon Super Mystery Dungeon Dungeon Survival and Alliance Attacks

Manage Belly, turn order and disabling tools before a crowded room becomes a wipe.

↗
03Pokémon Super Mystery Dungeon / Looplets, Emeras and AwakeningPokémon Super Mystery Dungeon Looplets, Emeras and Awakening

Use temporary dungeon bonuses without confusing them with permanent equipment.

↗
04Pokémon Super Mystery Dungeon / Connection Orb Recruitment and Expedition RequestsPokémon Super Mystery Dungeon Connection Orb Recruitment and Expedition Requests

Grow the network, combine compatible requests and rotate available allies.

↗
05Pokémon Super Mystery Dungeon / Characters, Serene Village and the Expedition SocietyPokémon Super Mystery Dungeon Characters, Serene Village and the Expedition Society

Recognize the major companions and the roles that matter during exploration.

↗
06Pokémon Super Mystery Dungeon / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-edition game screenshots and packaging. Each image includes its source and edition in the credits.

↗

Pokémon Mystery Dungeon: Gates to Infinity box artPokémon Mystery Dungeon: Gates to Infinity ↗

01Pokémon Mystery Dungeon: Gates to Infinity / Best Starter Pair and Early Dungeon TacticsPokémon Mystery Dungeon: Gates to Infinity Best Starter Pair and Early Dungeon Tactics

Compare the five species without assuming there is one mandatory best pair.

↗
02Pokémon Mystery Dungeon: Gates to Infinity / Pokémon Paradise Buildings and MaterialsPokémon Mystery Dungeon: Gates to Infinity Pokémon Paradise Buildings and Materials

Choose facilities that support the moves and supplies your team actually uses.

↗
03Pokémon Mystery Dungeon: Gates to Infinity / Team Skills, Move Growth and Team AttacksPokémon Mystery Dungeon: Gates to Infinity Team Skills, Move Growth and Team Attacks

Understand the progression systems that help more than one Pokémon.

↗
04Pokémon Mystery Dungeon: Gates to Infinity / Magnagates, Companion Mode and Local MultiplayerPokémon Mystery Dungeon: Gates to Infinity Magnagates, Companion Mode and Local Multiplayer

Distinguish camera dungeons from the main story and the team’s side expeditions.

↗
05Pokémon Mystery Dungeon: Gates to Infinity / Characters and Post Town ServicesPokémon Mystery Dungeon: Gates to Infinity Characters and Post Town Services

Meet the Paradise team and know who handles the next practical task.

↗
06Pokémon Mystery Dungeon: Gates to Infinity / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-edition game screenshots and packaging. Each image includes its source and edition in the credits.

↗

Pokémon Rumble box artPokémon Rumble ↗

01Pokémon Rumble / Battle Royale Ranks and Entry PowerPokémon Rumble Battle Royale Ranks and Entry Power

Check Normal and Advanced thresholds before spending money on a toy that will soon be replaced.

↗
02Pokémon Rumble / Recruiting Toy Pokémon and Choosing MovesPokémon Rumble Recruiting Toy Pokémon and Choosing Moves

Judge recruits by Power, attacks and handling instead of keeping the opening toy forever.

↗
03Pokémon Rumble / Six Stage Themes and Boss PreparationPokémon Rumble Six Stage Themes and Boss Preparation

Use the field stages to broaden your collection before returning to the arena.

↗
04Pokémon Rumble / Terminal Services and Four-Player Co-opPokémon Rumble Terminal Services and Four-Player Co-op

Know where to manage moves, duplicates and a local multiplayer session.

↗
05Pokémon Rumble / Toy Pokémon Roster and Collection PrioritiesPokémon Rumble Toy Pokémon Roster and Collection Priorities

Understand the toy roster without confusing Rumble with the five-generation 3DS sequel.

↗
06Pokémon Rumble / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-edition game screenshots and packaging. Each image includes its source and edition in the credits.

↗

Pokémon Rumble Blast box artPokémon Rumble Blast ↗

01Pokémon Rumble Blast / Battle Royale, Team Battle and Charge BattlePokémon Rumble Blast Battle Royale, Team Battle and Charge Battle

Compare switching, objectives and preparation for the four main battle formats.

↗
02Pokémon Rumble Blast / Recruiting, Combos and Special TraitsPokémon Rumble Blast Recruiting, Combos and Special Traits

Build a collection that is stronger in practice as well as on the Power list.

↗
03Pokémon Rumble Blast / Move-a-majig, Move Vendors and Move SchoolPokémon Rumble Blast Move-a-majig, Move Vendors and Move School

Choose the right facility and understand which upgrades consume other Pokémon.

↗
04Pokémon Rumble Blast / Towns, Healing and Two-Player Local PlayPokémon Rumble Blast Towns, Healing and Two-Player Local Play

Use fountains and tunnels, then check the limits of cooperative exploration.

↗
05Pokémon Rumble Blast / Toyland Characters and Legendary CollectionPokémon Rumble Blast Toyland Characters and Legendary Collection

Follow the Glowdrop story and keep character roles separate from toy-building mechanics.

↗
06Pokémon Rumble Blast / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-edition game screenshots and packaging. Each image includes its source and edition in the credits.

↗

PokéPark Wii: Pikachu’s Adventure box artPokéPark Wii: Pikachu’s Adventure ↗

01PokéPark Wii: Pikachu’s Adventure / Befriending Pokémon and Skill GamesPokéPark Wii: Pikachu’s Adventure Befriending Pokémon and Skill Games

Win the right challenge and turn new friends into useful attraction choices.

↗
02PokéPark Wii: Pikachu’s Adventure / Attractions and Choosing the Right PokémonPokéPark Wii: Pikachu’s Adventure Attractions and Choosing the Right Pokémon

Match a friend’s strengths to each event and improve records with a repeatable technique.

↗
03PokéPark Wii: Pikachu’s Adventure / Pikachu Upgrades and Gathering Place TrainersPokéPark Wii: Pikachu’s Adventure Pikachu Upgrades and Gathering Place Trainers

Choose the upgrade that fixes the challenge currently blocking your route.

↗
04PokéPark Wii: Pikachu’s Adventure / Zones, Sky Prism Progress and Photo CollectionPokéPark Wii: Pikachu’s Adventure Zones, Sky Prism Progress and Photo Collection

Use the Gathering Place to revisit zones and separate the story from record hunting.

↗
05PokéPark Wii: Pikachu’s Adventure / Characters, Trainers and Attraction HostsPokéPark Wii: Pikachu’s Adventure Characters, Trainers and Attraction Hosts

Identify the Pokémon who move the story forward and those who improve your next attempt.

↗
06PokéPark Wii: Pikachu’s Adventure / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-edition game screenshots and packaging. Each image includes its source and edition in the credits.

↗

PokéPark 2: Wonders Beyond box artPokéPark 2: Wonders Beyond ↗

01PokéPark 2: Wonders Beyond / Playable Pokémon and Exploration AbilitiesPokéPark 2: Wonders Beyond Playable Pokémon and Exploration Abilities

Use the four partners to clear water, high ledges, machinery and breakable barriers.

↗
02PokéPark 2: Wonders Beyond / Port Town Trainers, Upgrade Prices and PrioritiesPokéPark 2: Wonders Beyond Port Town Trainers, Upgrade Prices and Priorities

Find the correct trainer and budget berries across all four partners.

↗
03PokéPark 2: Wonders Beyond / Wish Park Attractions and MultiplayerPokéPark 2: Wonders Beyond Wish Park Attractions and Multiplayer

Compare the four games and improve scores by following their specific cues.

↗
04PokéPark 2: Wonders Beyond / Friendship Challenges and Battle SupportPokéPark 2: Wonders Beyond Friendship Challenges and Battle Support

Read the requested challenge, win new allies and use support in tougher fights.

↗
05PokéPark 2: Wonders Beyond / Characters, Area Leaders and the Rescue TeamPokéPark 2: Wonders Beyond Characters, Area Leaders and the Rescue Team

Identify the four partners, their trainers and the Pokémon tied to Wish Park.

↗
06PokéPark 2: Wonders Beyond / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-edition game screenshots and packaging. Each image includes its source and edition in the credits.

↗

Xenoblade Chronicles box artXenoblade Chronicles ↗

01Xenoblade Chronicles / Combat Arts, Aggro and Break–Topple–DazeXenoblade Chronicles Combat Arts, Aggro and Break–Topple–Daze

Build a usable battle rhythm instead of pressing every Art as soon as it lights up.

↗
02Xenoblade Chronicles / Monado Arts and Countering VisionsXenoblade Chronicles Monado Arts and Countering Visions

Read the incoming attack and choose protection that actually matches it.

↗
03Xenoblade Chronicles / Gem Crafting, Equipment Weight and Art ManualsXenoblade Chronicles Gem Crafting, Equipment Weight and Art Manuals

Build useful equipment from crystals without judging armor by defense alone.

↗
04Xenoblade Chronicles / Quests, Affinity and Exploration RewardsXenoblade Chronicles Quests, Affinity and Exploration Rewards

Use landmarks, schedules and the Collectopaedia to make each trip count.

↗
05Xenoblade Chronicles / Party Characters and Practical Team RolesXenoblade Chronicles Party Characters and Practical Team Roles

Compare the main party’s strengths while avoiding the late-game identity reveal.

↗
06Xenoblade Chronicles / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-edition game screenshots and packaging. Each image includes its source and edition in the credits.

↗

Golden Sun: Dark Dawn box artGolden Sun: Dark Dawn ↗

01Golden Sun: Dark Dawn / Missable Djinn and Early Collection ChecklistGolden Sun: Dark Dawn Missable Djinn and Early Collection Checklist

Make the first regional lockout a deliberate checkpoint rather than a surprise.

↗
02Golden Sun: Dark Dawn / Djinn, Classes, Summons and RecoveryGolden Sun: Dark Dawn Djinn, Classes, Summons and Recovery

Understand why setting every Djinni to Standby can weaken the party before a boss.

↗
03Golden Sun: Dark Dawn / Field Psynergy and Puzzle ObstaclesGolden Sun: Dark Dawn Field Psynergy and Puzzle Obstacles

Match visible environmental clues to the ability that can change them.

↗
04Golden Sun: Dark Dawn / Battle Party, Healing and Boss PreparationGolden Sun: Dark Dawn Battle Party, Healing and Boss Preparation

Assign recovery jobs and preserve a stable team through Djinn cycles.

↗
05Golden Sun: Dark Dawn / Characters and the Eight AdeptsGolden Sun: Dark Dawn Characters and the Eight Adepts

Compare the party’s elements and identify the returning generation without late-story spoilers.

↗
06Golden Sun: Dark Dawn / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-edition game screenshots and packaging. Each image includes its source and edition in the credits.

↗

Fire Emblem Fates box artFire Emblem Fates ↗

01Fire Emblem Fates / Birthright, Conquest and Revelation DifferencesFire Emblem Fates Birthright, Conquest and Revelation Differences

Choose an available route and a loss setting that fits the campaign you want to play.

↗
02Fire Emblem Fates / Attack Stance, Guard Stance and Weapon TriangleFire Emblem Fates Attack Stance, Guard Stance and Weapon Triangle

Choose between extra actions and protection before committing to an enemy phase.

↗
03Fire Emblem Fates / Class Seals, Promotions and Support-Based ClassesFire Emblem Fates Class Seals, Promotions and Support-Based Classes

Choose the seal that reaches the desired class without wasting a rare item.

↗
04Fire Emblem Fates / My Castle, Supplies and Support PlanningFire Emblem Fates My Castle, Supplies and Support Planning

Use the between-map base to prepare a stronger army before the next deployment.

↗
05Fire Emblem Fates / Characters and Route-Specific Royal FamiliesFire Emblem Fates Characters and Route-Specific Royal Families

Identify the shared leads and compare the Hoshidan and Nohrian siblings.

↗
06Fire Emblem Fates / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-edition game screenshots and packaging. Each image includes its source and edition in the credits.

↗

Tomodachi Life box artTomodachi Life ↗

01Tomodachi Life / Mii Creation, Voices and Island SetupTomodachi Life Mii Creation, Voices and Island Setup

Build an island with distinct residents and keep their appearance, profile and personality settings organized.

↗
02Tomodachi Life / Happiness, Food Reactions and Level RewardsTomodachi Life Happiness, Food Reactions and Level Rewards

Use each Mii’s own reactions to decide what to give next.

↗
03Tomodachi Life / Friendship, Romance and Compatibility TesterTomodachi Life Friendship, Romance and Compatibility Tester

Read actual relationships and respond to social requests without mistaking a novelty rating for a promise.

↗
04Tomodachi Life / Island Buildings, Concerts and QR CodesTomodachi Life Island Buildings, Concerts and QR Codes

Find the facility for each task and understand what character sharing carries across.

↗
05Tomodachi Life / Mii Characters, Families and Traveller RolesTomodachi Life Mii Characters, Families and Traveller Roles

Understand the island’s cast categories without treating player-created residents as a fixed story roster.

↗
06Tomodachi Life / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-edition game screenshots and packaging. Each image includes its source and edition in the credits.

↗

Fantasy Life box artFantasy Life ↗

01Fantasy Life / All 12 Lives and How to Change JobsFantasy Life All 12 Lives and How to Change Jobs

Compare combat, gathering and crafting licenses before choosing your next training route.

↗
02Fantasy Life / Stars, Bliss, Skill Levels and Life RanksFantasy Life Stars, Bliss, Skill Levels and Life Ranks

Identify which progress meter a task advances and who receives the report.

↗
03Fantasy Life / Crafting, Gathering and Material PlanningFantasy Life Crafting, Gathering and Material Planning

Link recipes to resources, tools and workshop actions so materials do not sit unused.

↗
04Fantasy Life / Combat, Bounties, Healing and Expansion AccessFantasy Life Combat, Bounties, Healing and Expansion Access

Prepare field supplies and carry valuable bounties back to a clerk.

↗
05Fantasy Life / Characters, City Leaders and Useful ContactsFantasy Life Characters, City Leaders and Useful Contacts

Find the people who advance the story, manage your home and track your progress.

↗
06Fantasy Life / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-edition game screenshots and packaging. Each image includes its source and edition in the credits.

↗

Pilotwings 64 box artPilotwings 64 ↗

01Pilotwings 64 / Characters, Weight Classes and Pilot ChoicePilotwings 64 Characters, Weight Classes and Pilot Choice

Compare all six pilots and choose a consistent practice setup.

↗
02Pilotwings 64 / Hang Glider Controls, Thermals and LandingsPilotwings 64 Hang Glider Controls, Thermals and Landings

Manage height and line up the target before the final descent.

↗
03Pilotwings 64 / Rocket Belt Controls, Hovering and Precision LandingsPilotwings 64 Rocket Belt Controls, Hovering and Precision Landings

Use short corrections to control momentum and finish over the target.

↗
04Pilotwings 64 / Gyrocopter Controls, Missiles and Runway LandingsPilotwings 64 Gyrocopter Controls, Missiles and Runway Landings

Fly a planned circuit and return with the runway already lined up.

↗
05Pilotwings 64 / Badge Scores, Classes and Flight-Test ProgressPilotwings 64 Badge Scores, Classes and Flight-Test Progress

See the score targets and choose the next test worth improving.

↗
06Pilotwings 64 / REFERENCEArtwork & pictures

Original-edition game screenshots and packaging. Each image includes its source and edition in the credits.

↗

Pokémon Ruby / Sapphire box artPokémon Ruby / Sapphire ↗

01Pokémon Ruby / Sapphire / COLLECTIBLESRuby and Sapphire Pokédex: all 202 Hoenn Pokémon, locations, evolutions and stats

Explore all 202 original Hoenn entries with authentic Ruby/Sapphire sprites, Generation III types and searchable names. Open any card for original encounters, evolutions, abilities, stats and moves.

↗
02Pokémon Ruby / Sapphire / REFERENCEPokémon Ruby and Sapphire Moves

Search the original 354 moves by name, type and Generation III class. Compare power, accuracy, PP, machines and Pokémon learners.

↗
03Pokémon Ruby / Sapphire / REFERENCEPokémon Ruby and Sapphire Abilities

Search the original 76 abilities and their Ruby and Sapphire effects. Find Pokémon with each regular ability.

↗
04Pokémon Ruby / Sapphire / REFERENCEPokémon Ruby and Sapphire Items

Find original Ruby and Sapphire items by name, effect or location. Browse Bag pockets, purchase prices, single-use TMs, reusable HMs and availability.

↗
05Pokémon Ruby / Sapphire / REFERENCEPokémon Ruby and Sapphire Gym Leaders

Browse the eight original Ruby and Sapphire Gym Leaders, from Roxanne to Wallace, with exact teams, levels, moves, abilities, held items, badges and TM rewards.

↗
06Pokémon Ruby / Sapphire / REFERENCEPokémon Ruby and Sapphire Elite Four

See the original Ruby and Sapphire teams for Sidney, Phoebe, Glacia and Drake, including all Pokémon, levels, moves, abilities and held items.

↗
07Pokémon Ruby / Sapphire / REFERENCEPokémon Ruby and Sapphire Champion

Prepare for Champion Steven’s original Ruby and Sapphire team, including all six Pokémon, their moves, abilities, held items and level 58 Metagross.

↗
08Pokémon Ruby / Sapphire / GUIDERuby and Sapphire starters and battle basics

Choose a Hoenn starter, learn the original damage rules and plan a useful early party.

↗
09Pokémon Ruby / Sapphire / WALKTHROUGHRuby and Sapphire complete story walkthrough

Follow Littleroot, all eight badges, the version-specific villain team, the Cave of Origin and Champion Steven.

↗
10Pokémon Ruby / Sapphire / GUIDERuby and Sapphire Gym puzzles, badges and field moves

Navigate the eight Hoenn Gyms and match every badge to its field HM permission.

↗
11Pokémon Ruby / Sapphire / GUIDEHoenn towns, routes and access guide

Use a location checklist to connect Hoenn’s land routes, water routes, caves and postgame destinations.

↗
12Pokémon Ruby / Sapphire / GUIDETeam Magma, Team Aqua and the Cave of Origin

Follow each version’s villain sequence and prepare for its one-time legendary encounter.

↗
13Pokémon Ruby / Sapphire / GUIDERuby and Sapphire caves and optional dungeons

Plan Granite Cave, Meteor Falls, the Abandoned Ship, Shoal Cave, Sky Pillar and Victory Road return trips.

↗
14Pokémon Ruby / Sapphire / GUIDERuby and Sapphire legendary, gift and trade Pokémon

Track unique catches, version differences, starter choices, Eggs, fossils and in-game trades.

↗
15Pokémon Ruby / Sapphire / GUIDERuby and Sapphire Regi Braille puzzle guide

Unlock the Sealed Chamber and solve the original Regirock, Regice and Registeel chamber puzzles.

↗
16Pokémon Ruby / Sapphire / GUIDERuby and Sapphire postgame and daily events

Plan the S.S. Ticket, roaming Eon Pokémon, Beldum, Sky Pillar, Battle Tower and clock-based returns.

↗
17Pokémon Ruby / Sapphire / POSTGAMERuby and Sapphire Battle Tower rules and preparation

Build a three-Pokémon singles team for the original Level 50 and Level 100 Battle Tower challenges.

↗
18Pokémon Ruby / Sapphire / GUIDERuby and Sapphire Generation III battle mechanics

Understand damage categories, natures, abilities, weather, Double Battles and original Steel resistances.

↗
19Pokémon Ruby / Sapphire / GUIDERuby and Sapphire breeding, EVs, IVs and natures

Use the Route 117 Day Care and original Generation III inheritance and training rules.

↗
20Pokémon Ruby / Sapphire / GUIDERuby and Sapphire catching and special encounters

Plan grass, fishing, diving, Safari Zone, roamer and one-time encounters with the right Poké Balls.

↗
21Pokémon Ruby / Sapphire / GUIDERuby and Sapphire version exclusives and Pokédex completion

Separate catches, evolutions, trades and historical event entries while completing the original 202-entry Hoenn index.

↗
22Pokémon Ruby / Sapphire / GUIDERuby and Sapphire Contests, Pokéblocks and ribbons

Prepare condition, contest moves and a balanced Pokéblock plan for the five original Contest categories.

↗
23Pokémon Ruby / Sapphire / GUIDERuby and Sapphire Secret Bases, record mixing and the PokéNav

Use Secret Power, decorate a base, exchange records and follow the original Trainer’s Eyes rematch list.

↗
24Pokémon Ruby / Sapphire / GUIDERuby and Sapphire Trick House, bikes and optional activities

Follow the eight Trick House challenges, choose a bike and plan Game Corner and side-route rewards.

↗
25Pokémon Ruby / Sapphire / GUIDERuby and Sapphire clock, Shoal Cave tides and Berry glitch

Distinguish the working cartridge clock, tide windows, depleted battery and original calendar glitch.

↗
26Pokémon Ruby / Sapphire / GUIDERuby and Sapphire original release differences and connectivity

Separate the two original versions from Emerald, the remakes and compatible Generation III trades.

↗
27Pokémon Ruby / Sapphire / GUIDERuby and Sapphire move services and evolution methods

Find the Move Reminder and Move Deleter, then plan stones, friendship, trades, Beauty and special evolutions.

↗
28Pokémon Ruby / Sapphire / GUIDERuby and Sapphire TM and HM locations

Look up all 50 single-use TMs and eight reusable HMs, with original move categories and field badge requirements.

↗
29Pokémon Ruby / Sapphire / GALLERYRuby and Sapphire image gallery

Original Game Boy Advance box art, trainer sprites and Pokémon sprites for Ruby and Sapphire, with individual source credits.

↗

Pokémon Sun / Moon box artPokémon Sun / Moon ↗

01Pokémon Sun / Moon / COLLECTIBLESSun and Moon Pokédex: all 302 Alola Pokémon, stats, evolutions and moves

Explore all 302 original Alola entries with pictures, native Alolan forms, types and search. Open a species for original Sun/Moon stats, abilities, evolution requirements and learnsets.

↗
02Pokémon Sun / Moon / REFERENCEPokémon Sun and Moon Moves

Search original Sun and Moon moves by name, type and class. Compare Generation VII power, accuracy, PP, machines and Pokémon learners.

↗
03Pokémon Sun / Moon / REFERENCEPokémon Sun and Moon Abilities

Search Sun and Moon abilities and effects. Compare regular and Hidden Ability slots and find Pokémon that can have each ability.

↗
04Pokémon Sun / Moon / REFERENCEPokémon Sun and Moon Items

Find original Sun and Moon items by name, effect or location. Browse Bag pockets, cash shop prices, Z-Crystals, all 100 reusable TMs and availability.

↗
05Pokémon Sun / Moon / REFERENCEPokémon Sun and Moon TM Locations

All 100 reusable original Sun and Moon TMs with moves, move statistics and acquisition places.

↗
06Pokémon Sun / Moon / REFERENCEPokémon Sun and Moon Island Trials and Kahunas

Browse the seven original Sun and Moon trials and four island kahuna teams, with Totem auras, SOS allies, levels, moves, abilities, held items and Z-Crystal rewards.

↗
07Pokémon Sun / Moon / REFERENCEPokémon Sun and Moon Elite Four

Compare Hala, Olivia, Acerola and Kahili’s original Sun and Moon Elite Four teams for the first challenge and level 63 postgame rematches.

↗
08Pokémon Sun / Moon / REFERENCEPokémon Sun and Moon Champion Battle

See Professor Kukui’s original Sun and Moon Champion battle and title-defense teams. Choose Rowlet, Litten or Popplio to show your starter-dependent opponent.

↗
09Pokémon Sun / Moon / GUIDESun and Moon complete story walkthrough

Follow the original 2016 route from your first starter through seven trials, four kahunas, Aether Paradise and the first Alola League.

↗
10Pokémon Sun / Moon / GUIDESun and Moon starters and early team building

Choose Rowlet, Litten or Popplio and prepare a flexible team for the opening island challenges.

↗
11Pokémon Sun / Moon / GUIDESun and Moon island challenge and Totem strategy

Prepare for aura boosts, SOS allies and the seven original trial Totems, then the four kahuna grand trials.

↗
12Pokémon Sun / Moon / GUIDESun and Moon Alola locations and Poké Ride

Connect the four island routes with the Ride Pokémon that clear rocks, water, rough ground and heavy blocks.

↗
13Pokémon Sun / Moon / GUIDESun and Moon version differences and Pokédex completion

Separate the original 302-entry Alola index, exclusives, time offset and Ultra-release changes.

↗
14Pokémon Sun / Moon / GUIDESun and Moon Z-Moves and Z-Crystals

Match a held crystal with a compatible move and choose when to spend the party’s one use of Z-Power.

↗
15Pokémon Sun / Moon / GUIDESun and Moon SOS battles and catching

Keep a caller active, manage its allies and end the chain safely when a rare species or useful Ability appears.

↗
16Pokémon Sun / Moon / GUIDESun and Moon Alolan forms and evolution methods

Plan regional typing, version-dependent Lycanroc and the original locations for late evolutions.

↗
17Pokémon Sun / Moon / GUIDESun and Moon breeding, natures and Egg moves

Use Paniola Ranch’s Nursery to arrange compatible parents, useful inherited values and the correct regional form.

↗
18Pokémon Sun / Moon / GUIDESun and Moon EVs, IVs and Hyper Training

Separate earned EVs, inherited IVs and Bottle Cap effects while preparing a deliberate battle team.

↗
19Pokémon Sun / Moon / GUIDESun and Moon Poké Pelago, Beans and Berries

Develop Mohn’s islands and put boxed Pokémon to work on Berries, items, training and hatching.

↗
20Pokémon Sun / Moon / GUIDESun and Moon Festival Plaza and connectivity

Use Plaza facilities and local wireless play while distinguishing historical internet features from current availability.

↗
21Pokémon Sun / Moon / GUIDESun and Moon legendary Pokémon and Ultra Beasts

Plan original cover legends, four guardians, the International Police missions and Necrozma without importing Ultra Warp Ride.

↗
22Pokémon Sun / Moon / GUIDESun and Moon Zygarde Cells and Cores

Use the Zygarde Cube and Route 16 Restoration Center to assemble the original Alola forms.

↗
23Pokémon Sun / Moon / GUIDESun and Moon Battle Tree and Battle Royal preparation

Prepare legal teams, use BP deliberately and understand how streak battles differ from a four-way Battle Royal.

↗
24Pokémon Sun / Moon / GUIDESun and Moon postgame and daily events

Choose a clear goal after becoming Champion: guardians, Ultra Beasts, gifts, title defense, Poni exploration or daily training.

↗
25Pokémon Sun / Moon / GUIDESun and Moon QR Scanner, Island Scan and gifts

Use QR points for the original day-by-island encounter list and distinguish seen entries from Pokémon gifts.

↗
26Pokémon Sun / Moon / GUIDESun and Moon move services and TM planning

Use reusable TMs, Mount Lanakila’s Move Reminder and the actual original-game tutor services.

↗
27Pokémon Sun / Moon / GUIDESun and Moon Pokémon Refresh, friendship and time

Care for the party while keeping affection, evolution friendship and Moon’s clock offset distinct.

↗
28Pokémon Sun / Moon / GALLERYSun and Moon image gallery

Original 2016 Nintendo 3DS covers, character artwork and Alola Pokémon artwork with individual picture credits.

↗

Pokémon X / Y box artPokémon X / Y ↗

01Pokémon X / Y / COLLECTIBLESPokémon X and Y Pokédex: all 457 Kalos Pokémon, locations, evolutions and stats

Explore all 457 Kalos Pokédex entries with X/Y sprites, Fairy-era types and searchable names. Open any card for locations, evolutions, Mega Evolutions, stats and moves.

↗
02Pokémon X / Y / REFERENCEPokémon X and Y Moves

Search all 616 moves in Pokémon X and Y by name, type and category. Compare power, accuracy, PP, TMs and the Kalos Pokémon that learn each move.

↗
03Pokémon X / Y / REFERENCEPokémon X and Y Abilities

Search all 188 abilities in Pokémon X and Y and their effects. Find the Kalos Pokémon with each regular or Hidden Ability.

↗
04Pokémon X / Y / REFERENCEPokémon X and Y Items

Find Pokémon X and Y items by name, effect or location. Browse Bag pockets, Mega Stones, prices, all 100 reusable TMs and 5 HMs.

↗
05Pokémon X / Y / REFERENCEPokémon X and Y Gym Leaders

Browse all eight Pokémon X and Y Gym Leaders, from Viola to Wulfric, with teams, levels, moves, abilities, badges and TM rewards.

↗
06Pokémon X / Y / REFERENCEPokémon X and Y Elite Four

See the Pokémon X and Y Elite Four teams for Malva, Siebold, Wikstrom and Drasna, including every Pokémon, level, move and ability.

↗
07Pokémon X / Y / REFERENCEPokémon X and Y Champion

Prepare for Champion Diantha in Pokémon X and Y: all six Pokémon, their moves and abilities, and her Mega Gardevoir.

↗
08Pokémon X / Y / GUIDEPokémon X and Y getting started guide

Start Pokémon X or Y with the right first choices: Kalos starters, the Kanto starter gift, Fairy type, Mega Evolution, Exp. Share and Pokémon-Amie.

↗
09Pokémon X / Y / GUIDEPokémon X and Y story walkthrough

Follow the full Pokémon X and Y story route from Vaniville Town to Champion Diantha, with every Gym, Team Flare event and key item.

↗
10Pokémon X / Y / GUIDEPokémon X and Y Gyms, puzzles and badges

All eight Kalos Gyms in order, with their type, puzzle, badge, TM reward and the level up to which traded Pokémon obey.

↗
11Pokémon X / Y / GUIDETeam Flare and the ultimate weapon

Learn about Team Flare, Lysandre, AZ and the ultimate weapon in Pokémon X and Y, and when you meet them in the story.

↗
12Pokémon X / Y / GUIDEPokémon X and Y postgame and legendary Pokémon

What to do after the Pokémon X and Y Hall of Fame: Kiloude City, Looker’s missions, the Friend Safari, Battle Maison and legendary Pokémon.

↗
13Pokémon X / Y / GUIDEFriend Safari and Battle Maison

How the Pokémon X and Y Friend Safari and Battle Maison work in Kiloude City, including Hidden Abilities, IVs and Battle Points.

↗
14Pokémon X / Y / GUIDEPokémon X and Y encounter methods

How each encounter method in Pokémon X and Y works: grass, flowers, Horde Encounters, ambushes, fishing, Rock Smash and the Friend Safari.

↗
15Pokémon X / Y / GUIDEPokémon X and Y version exclusives

Every Pokémon that is only found in the wild in Pokémon X or Pokémon Y, and how to complete the Kalos Pokédex.

↗
16Pokémon X / Y / GUIDEPokémon X and Y evolution methods and move services

Special evolution methods in Pokémon X and Y, including Inkay, Sylveon, Goodra and Pangoro, plus the Move Reminder and Move Deleter.

↗
17Pokémon X / Y / GUIDEPokémon X and Y Mega Evolution and Mega Stones

How Mega Evolution works in Pokémon X and Y, where to get the Mega Ring, and where to find every Mega Stone.

↗
18Pokémon X / Y / GUIDEPokémon X and Y breeding, EVs, IVs and Super Training

Breed and train strong Pokémon in X and Y: the Route 7 Day Care, Destiny Knot, Everstone, Hidden Abilities, EVs and Super Training.

↗
19Pokémon X / Y / GUIDEPokémon X and Y TM and HM locations

Find all 100 TMs and 5 HMs in Pokémon X and Y, with move type, category and location.

↗
20Pokémon X / Y / GALLERYPokémon X and Y image gallery

Original Nintendo 3DS box art, official character artwork and Pokémon sprites for Pokémon X and Y, with individual source credits.

↗

Pokémon Sword / Shield box artPokémon Sword / Shield ↗

01Pokémon Sword / Shield / GETTING STARTEDGalar Gym Challenge and version differences

Follow the eight-badge sequence, identify version-exclusive Gym Leaders and understand Galar’s first Champion Cup.

↗
02Pokémon Sword / Shield / GALLERYSword and Shield image gallery

Original Switch retail covers, Galar trainer portraits and Pokémon artwork with picture credits.

↗
03Pokémon Sword / Shield / REFERENCEPokémon Sword and Shield Gym Leaders

Compare Galar’s eight Gym challenges, including Sword and Shield’s exclusive leaders. Browse original teams, levels, moves, badges and reward TMs.

↗
04Pokémon Sword / Shield / REFERENCEPokémon Sword and Shield Champion Cup

Prepare for the first story tournament in Wyndon: Marnie, Hop, Bede and the returning Gym Leaders. Select your version and your original starter.

↗
05Pokémon Sword / Shield / REFERENCEPokémon Sword and Shield Champion Leon

Choose Grookey, Scorbunny or Sobble to see Leon’s matching first title-match team, including his level 65 Gigantamax Charizard.

↗

Pokémon Let’s Go, Pikachu! / Eevee! box artPokémon Let’s Go, Pikachu! / Eevee! ↗

01Pokémon Let’s Go, Pikachu! / Eevee! / GETTING STARTEDStarting your Let’s Go Kanto journey

Choose your partner edition, prepare catching supplies and understand the Let’s Go rules for items, TMs and Secret Techniques.

↗
02Pokémon Let’s Go, Pikachu! / Eevee! / TMSLet’s Go TM locations

Find all 60 reusable TMs in Let’s Go, Pikachu! and Eevee!, with move names, types and acquisition locations.

↗
03Pokémon Let’s Go, Pikachu! / Eevee! / TRAININGLet’s Go candies and training

Understand Candy Jar items, Awakening Values, stat candy sizes, species candy and your partner Pokémon.

↗
04Pokémon Let’s Go, Pikachu! / Eevee! / GALLERYLet’s Go, Pikachu! and Eevee! image gallery

Original Switch covers, Let’s Go characters, partner Pokémon and game artwork with picture credits.

↗
05Pokémon Let’s Go, Pikachu! / Eevee! / ITEMSPokémon Let’s Go, Pikachu! and Eevee! Items

Search Let’s Go items by name, effect or location. Find shop prices, Candy Jar items, all 60 reusable TMs, key items and Mega Stones.

↗

Pokémon Scarlet / Violet box artPokémon Scarlet / Violet ↗

01Pokémon Scarlet / Violet / GETTING STARTEDPaldea Victory Road and Terastallization

Choose a first partner, plan a level-based Gym route and prepare for Paldea’s first Champion Assessment.

↗
02Pokémon Scarlet / Violet / GALLERYScarlet and Violet image gallery

Original Switch retail covers, Paldea character artwork, starters and Koraidon and Miraidon with picture credits.

↗
03Pokémon Scarlet / Violet / REFERENCEPokémon Scarlet and Violet Gym Leaders

Compare Paldea’s eight initial Gym teams, listed in suggested level order. Find badges, reward TMs, moves and each ace’s Tera type.

↗
04Pokémon Scarlet / Violet / REFERENCEPokémon Scarlet and Violet Elite Four

Prepare for the first Champion Assessment: Rika, Poppy, Larry and Hassel, with original teams, levels, Abilities, moves and Tera types.

↗
05Pokémon Scarlet / Violet / REFERENCEPokémon Scarlet and Violet Top Champion Geeta

Geeta’s first Champion Assessment team, from level 61 Espathra to level 62 Glimmora with Tera Rock.

↗

Pokémon Ultra Sun / Ultra Moon reference artworkPokémon Ultra Sun / Ultra Moon ↗

01Pokémon Ultra Sun / Ultra Moon / GETTING STARTEDUltra Sun and Ultra Moon island challenge and version differences

Follow the revised trial order, see which Totems and battles change between versions, and prepare for Molayne’s Elite Four and Hau.

↗
02Pokémon Ultra Sun / Ultra Moon / GALLERYUltra Sun and Ultra Moon image gallery

Reference models of Necrozma’s forms, the Alola starters, Ultra Sun and Ultra Moon Totems and League aces, with picture credits.

↗
03Pokémon Ultra Sun / Ultra Moon / REFERENCEPokémon Ultra Sun and Ultra Moon Island Trials and Kahunas

Browse every Ultra Sun and Ultra Moon trial and grand trial, including the new Totems, Mina’s Fairy trial and version-exclusive battles. See auras, SOS allies, levels, abilities, held items, moves and Z-Crystal rewards.

↗
04Pokémon Ultra Sun / Ultra Moon / REFERENCEPokémon Ultra Sun and Ultra Moon Elite Four

Compare Molayne, Olivia, Acerola and Kahili’s Ultra Sun and Ultra Moon Elite Four teams for the first League challenge and the level 66 rematches.

↗
05Pokémon Ultra Sun / Ultra Moon / REFERENCEPokémon Ultra Sun and Ultra Moon Champion Hau

Choose Rowlet, Litten or Popplio to see Hau’s matching first Champion team, including his level 60 Z-Crystal ace.

↗

Pokémon Diamond / Pearl box artPokémon Diamond / Pearl ↗

01Pokémon Diamond / Pearl / STORYDiamond and Pearl: the Sinnoh journey

Choose a starter and follow the original Diamond/Pearl badge route from Twinleaf Town to Cynthia.

↗
02Pokémon Diamond / Pearl / COLLECTIBLESDiamond/Pearl versions and Pokédex completion

Compare original version exclusives, Dialga and Palkia, the 151-entry regional list and National Pokédex access.

↗
03Pokémon Diamond / Pearl / MECHANICSDiamond/Pearl catching, evolution and breeding

Plan original Honey Trees, evolution methods, the Solaceon Day Care, friendship and field moves.

↗
04Pokémon Diamond / Pearl / GALLERYDiamond and Pearl image gallery

Original Nintendo DS covers, Sinnoh character artwork and Pokémon sprites with source credits.

↗
05Pokémon Diamond / Pearl / REFERENCEDiamond & Pearl Pokédex

Search the original 151 Sinnoh Pokémon or all 493 standard National species with Diamond/Pearl sprites, Generation IV stats, types, abilities and Egg groups.

↗
06Pokémon Diamond / Pearl / REFERENCEDiamond & Pearl Moves

Search all 467 original Generation IV moves by name, type or class, with Diamond/Pearl power, accuracy, PP, machines and Pokémon learners.

↗
07Pokémon Diamond / Pearl / REFERENCEDiamond & Pearl Abilities

Browse all 123 original Generation IV abilities, game descriptions and standard National Pokémon ability assignments.

↗
08Pokémon Diamond / Pearl / REFERENCEDiamond & Pearl Items

Search 441 Diamond/Pearl item definitions, original inventory sprites, effects, pockets, costs and sources, including 92 TMs and 8 HMs.

↗
09Pokémon Diamond / Pearl / REFERENCEDiamond and Pearl Egg Groups

Browse all 15 original Egg Groups and their Generation IV species to plan compatible parents at the Solaceon Day Care.

↗
10Pokémon Diamond / Pearl / REFERENCEPokémon Diamond and Pearl Gym Leaders

Browse the eight original Diamond and Pearl Gym Leaders with their Pokémon, levels, moves, abilities, held items, badges and TM rewards.

↗
11Pokémon Diamond / Pearl / REFERENCEPokémon Diamond and Pearl Elite Four

See Aaron, Bertha, Flint and Lucian’s original Diamond and Pearl teams, with exact Pokémon, levels, moves, abilities and held items.

↗
12Pokémon Diamond / Pearl / REFERENCEPokémon Diamond and Pearl Champion

Prepare for Champion Cynthia’s original Diamond and Pearl team: six Pokémon, including Gastrodon and level 66 Garchomp, with every move, ability and held item.

↗

Pokémon Omega Ruby / Alpha Sapphire box artPokémon Omega Ruby / Alpha Sapphire ↗

01Pokémon Omega Ruby / Alpha Sapphire / GETTING STARTEDHoenn badges, starter choices and Mega Evolution

Choose a first partner, follow the eight-badge route and prepare for the original and rematch Pokémon League teams.

↗
02Pokémon Omega Ruby / Alpha Sapphire / GALLERYOmega Ruby and Alpha Sapphire image gallery

Both original Nintendo 3DS covers, ORAS trainer portraits, Hoenn starters and Mega form sprites with picture credits.

↗
03Pokémon Omega Ruby / Alpha Sapphire / REFERENCEPokémon Omega Ruby and Alpha Sapphire Gym Leaders

Browse Hoenn’s eight Gym Leaders in Omega Ruby and Alpha Sapphire, with Pokémon teams, levels, moves, abilities, badges and reward TMs.

↗
04Pokémon Omega Ruby / Alpha Sapphire / REFERENCEPokémon Omega Ruby and Alpha Sapphire Elite Four

Compare Sidney, Phoebe, Glacia and Drake’s first League teams and stronger post-Delta Episode rematches, including their Mega Evolution aces.

↗
05Pokémon Omega Ruby / Alpha Sapphire / REFERENCEPokémon Omega Ruby and Alpha Sapphire Champion Steven

Prepare for Champion Steven’s first title battle and post-Delta Episode rematch, including his Mega Metagross.

↗

Pokémon Legends: Arceus box artPokémon Legends: Arceus ↗

01Pokémon Legends: Arceus / GETTING STARTEDHisui research, first partners and battle styles

Choose Rowlet, Cyndaquil or Oshawott, prepare a survey party and learn the basics of catching, research and agile or strong styles.

↗
02Pokémon Legends: Arceus / GALLERYLegends: Arceus image gallery

Original Nintendo Switch retail packaging, Survey Corps portraits and official Hisui artwork with picture credits.

↗
03Pokémon Legends: Arceus / REFERENCELegends: Arceus Pokédex

Explore all 242 Hisui Pokémon with regional forms, types, base stats, normal and shiny model previews, search and filters.

↗

Pokémon Ranger box artPokémon Ranger ↗

01Pokémon Ranger / GETTING STARTEDBegin your Ranger journey in Fiore

Choose Lunick or Solana, meet your permanent partner and learn how Ranger missions, the Browser and saving work in the original DS game.

↗
02Pokémon Ranger / CAPTURE GUIDECapture Styler: continuous loops and Poké Assists

Understand loop counts, broken lines, Styler energy and Plusle or Minun’s rechargeable Discharge Assist in the first Pokémon Ranger.

↗
03Pokémon Ranger / MISSIONSFiore mission guide: the ten main assignments

Follow the original story from Ringtown and Fall City to the Go-Rock Squad base and Fiore Temple, with the extra assignments placed between the main missions.

↗
04Pokémon Ranger / FIELD GUIDEField Moves, temporary helpers and partner Pokémon

Identify the original nine Field Moves, match obstacle strength and understand how Friend Pokémon differ from permanent Plusle or Minun partners.

↗
05Pokémon Ranger / GALLERYPokémon Ranger artwork and Fiore image gallery

Original DS retail cover, Fiore reference map, four Ranger portraits and Plusle/Minun species artwork, with unchanged local images and source credits.

↗

Pokémon Mystery Dungeon: Blue Rescue Team box artPokémon Mystery Dungeon: Blue Rescue Team ↗

01Pokémon Mystery Dungeon: Blue Rescue Team / GETTING STARTEDStart your Blue Rescue Team adventure

Understand the original personality quiz, your first rescue, Pokémon Square and saving before setting off on the Nintendo DS adventure.

↗
02Pokémon Mystery Dungeon: Blue Rescue Team / TEAM GUIDEBlue Rescue Team starters and partner choices

All sixteen original hero Pokémon, their male/female quiz outcomes, the ten partner options and the same-type restriction.

↗
03Pokémon Mystery Dungeon: Blue Rescue Team / DUNGEON GUIDEDungeon survival: turns, hunger and your rescue team

Learn turn-based movement, the original 20-item Toolbox, move PP, Friend Area recruitment and post-story evolution in Blue Rescue Team.

↗
04Pokémon Mystery Dungeon: Blue Rescue Team / RESCUE GUIDERescue jobs, team ranks and the early dungeon route

Take jobs from the mailbox and Pelipper board, prepare for the right objective and follow the early story’s rescue chain.

↗
05Pokémon Mystery Dungeon: Blue Rescue Team / EDITION GUIDENintendo DS Mystery Dungeon editions: Blue, Time, Darkness and Sky

Compare original Blue Rescue Team with Red on GBA and the three Nintendo DS Explorers games, with release years and edition-specific features.

↗
06Pokémon Mystery Dungeon: Blue Rescue Team / GALLERYBlue Rescue Team artwork and image gallery

Original Nintendo DS packaging, a Blue menu image, Rescue Team illustrations and clearly labelled Pokémon species references with source credits.

↗

Tekken box artTekken ↗

01Tekken / STORYStory

The tournament and central characters in Tekken. Story spoilers.

↗
02Tekken / REFERENCECharacters

Tekken fighter roster, character profiles and original game pictures.

↗
03Tekken / REFERENCEStages

Tekken arenas and stage pictures.

↗
04Tekken / REFERENCEControls & mechanics

Tekken controls, combat systems and edition-specific mechanics.

↗
05Tekken / REFERENCEGame modes

Tekken solo, versus and bonus modes, with edition notes.

↗
06Tekken / REFERENCEImage gallery

Original Tekken artwork and screenshots, with picture captions.

↗

Tekken 2 box artTekken 2 ↗

01Tekken 2 / STORYStory

The tournament and central characters in Tekken 2. Story spoilers.

↗
02Tekken 2 / REFERENCECharacters

Tekken 2 fighter roster, character profiles and original game pictures.

↗
03Tekken 2 / REFERENCEStages

Tekken 2 arenas and stage pictures.

↗
04Tekken 2 / REFERENCEControls & mechanics

Tekken 2 controls, combat systems and edition-specific mechanics.

↗
05Tekken 2 / REFERENCEGame modes

Tekken 2 solo, versus and bonus modes, with edition notes.

↗
06Tekken 2 / REFERENCEImage gallery

Original Tekken 2 artwork and screenshots, with picture captions.

↗

Tekken 4 box artTekken 4 ↗

01Tekken 4 / STORYStory

The tournament and central characters in Tekken 4. Story spoilers.

↗
02Tekken 4 / REFERENCECharacters

Tekken 4 fighter roster, character profiles and original game pictures.

↗
03Tekken 4 / REFERENCEStages

Tekken 4 arenas and stage pictures.

↗
04Tekken 4 / REFERENCEControls & mechanics

Tekken 4 controls, combat systems and edition-specific mechanics.

↗
05Tekken 4 / REFERENCEGame modes

Tekken 4 solo, versus and bonus modes, with edition notes.

↗
06Tekken 4 / REFERENCEImage gallery

Original Tekken 4 artwork and screenshots, with picture captions.

↗

Tekken 5 box artTekken 5 ↗

01Tekken 5 / STORYStory

The tournament and central characters in Tekken 5. Story spoilers.

↗
02Tekken 5 / REFERENCECharacters

Tekken 5 fighter roster, character profiles and original game pictures.

↗
03Tekken 5 / REFERENCEStages

Tekken 5 arenas and stage pictures.

↗
04Tekken 5 / REFERENCEControls & mechanics

Tekken 5 controls, combat systems and edition-specific mechanics.

↗
05Tekken 5 / REFERENCEGame modes

Tekken 5 solo, versus and bonus modes, with edition notes.

↗
06Tekken 5 / REFERENCETekken Bowl · Dark Resurrection on PSP

The original PS2 Tekken 5 has no bowling. Tekken Bowl returns in the PSP edition of Tekken: Dark Resurrection; it is absent from the PS3 Dark Resurrection edition.

↗
07Tekken 5 / REFERENCEImage gallery

Original Tekken 5 artwork and screenshots, with picture captions.

↗

Tekken 6 box artTekken 6 ↗

01Tekken 6 / STORYStory

The tournament and central characters in Tekken 6. Story spoilers.

↗
02Tekken 6 / REFERENCECharacters

Tekken 6 fighter roster, character profiles and original game pictures.

↗
03Tekken 6 / REFERENCEStages

Tekken 6 arenas and stage pictures.

↗
04Tekken 6 / REFERENCEControls & mechanics

Tekken 6 controls, combat systems and edition-specific mechanics.

↗
05Tekken 6 / REFERENCEGame modes

Tekken 6 solo, versus and bonus modes, with edition notes.

↗
06Tekken 6 / REFERENCEImage gallery

Original Tekken 6 artwork and screenshots, with picture captions.

↗

Tekken Tag Tournament 2 box artTekken Tag Tournament 2 ↗

01Tekken Tag Tournament 2 / STORYStory

The tournament and central characters in Tekken Tag Tournament 2. Story spoilers.

↗
02Tekken Tag Tournament 2 / REFERENCECharacters

Tekken Tag Tournament 2 fighter roster, character profiles and original game pictures.

↗
03Tekken Tag Tournament 2 / REFERENCEStages

Tekken Tag Tournament 2 arenas and stage pictures.

↗
04Tekken Tag Tournament 2 / REFERENCEControls & mechanics

Tekken Tag Tournament 2 controls, combat systems and edition-specific mechanics.

↗
05Tekken Tag Tournament 2 / REFERENCEGame modes

Tekken Tag Tournament 2 solo, versus and bonus modes, with edition notes.

↗
06Tekken Tag Tournament 2 / REFERENCEImage gallery

Original Tekken Tag Tournament 2 artwork and screenshots, with picture captions.

↗

Tekken 7 box artTekken 7 ↗

01Tekken 7 / STORYStory

The tournament and central characters in Tekken 7. Story spoilers.

↗
02Tekken 7 / REFERENCECharacters

Tekken 7 fighter roster, character profiles and original game pictures.

↗
03Tekken 7 / REFERENCEStages

Tekken 7 arenas and stage pictures.

↗
04Tekken 7 / REFERENCEControls & mechanics

Tekken 7 controls, combat systems and edition-specific mechanics.

↗
05Tekken 7 / REFERENCEGame modes

Tekken 7 solo, versus and bonus modes, with edition notes.

↗
06Tekken 7 / REFERENCEUltimate Tekken Bowl

Ultimate Tekken Bowl is Tekken 7’s paid DLC bowling mode, released on 31 August 2017. It requires the main game and the add-on, or a bundle that includes it.

↗
07Tekken 7 / REFERENCEImage gallery

Original Tekken 7 artwork and screenshots, with picture captions.

↗